oa in My Sane a iy Rue at Ay ara Selene ra tan fr eoatatt ” Soria ri Bet eri gee aia ee ait S ee see ee eens SSOP Tints thal baiedeta ti aadicit hed tle ein ines Nes nk: re ap Unt sae! aia Se bee Paev ig a ae Bivens reer eee st wy etre er TRE aes ia SEER aoe: ps 4 pears HES Wayne rere sy | a Hr rier EEC ete vis Terr rca -. reves a aie ast A an arn sb ae rn cu na Deel mpailite Coen eat Hit aes a ROT in ate ae ai ate ro i in) Past rere Poe CA aoa eL ares Son a Py Me BUM Cmet Miter esis eau i np i aoe ne CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME OF THE SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND GIVEN IN 1891 BY HENRY WILLIAMS SAGE Sq University Lib QL 307.454 a "niin olin,ove2 ANATOMICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL RESEARCHES: COMPRISING AN ACCOUNT OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE TWO EXPEDITIONS TO WESTERN YUNNAN IN 1868 anv 1875; AND A MONOGRAPH OF THE TWO CETACEAN GENERA, PLATANISTA AND ORCELLA. BY JOHN ANDERSON, M.D., EDIN., SUPERINTENDENT INDIAN MUSEUM, AND PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, MEDICAL COLLEGE, CALCUTTA $ MEDICAL OFFICER TO THE EXPEDITIONS. FIRST VOLUME~—TEXT. LONDON: BERNARD QUARITCH, 1s, PICCADILLY. 1878. ANATOMICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL RESEARCHES, AND ZOOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE YUNNAN EXPEDITIONS. CALCUTTA: OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 8, HASTINGS STREET. Simiide Hylobates hoolock, Harlan: SYSTEMATIC INDEX; ALSO A LIST °" CENERA AND SPECIES OBTAINED ON THE EXPEDITIONS TO WESTERN YUNNAN.* SECTION I-—VERTEBRATA. FIRST QUADRUMANA. lar, Linn.* . > var® . pileatus, Gray* 3 leucogenys, Ogilby* . leuciscus, Schreber* . miilleri, Martin* : agilis, F. Cuv.* (Siamanga) syndactylus, Raffles fuscus, Winslow Lewis* ; concolor, Harlan* Semnopitheous barbei, Blyth pileatus, Blyth entellus, Dufresne* schistaceus, Hodgson*. albipes, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil.* . priamus, Elliot* . hypoleucus, Blyth* johnii, Fischer* . cephalopterus, Zimm.* ursinus, Blyth* . obscurus, Reid* . holotephreus, Andr.* . : germani, A. M.-Edwards* . maurus, Schreber* cristatus, Raffles* és 3 femoralis, Horsfield.* auratus, Geoff. St.-Hil.* rubicundus, Miiller* . phayrei, Blyth* . melalophus, F. Cuv.* . mitratus, Eschscholtz* siamensis, M. and S.* . rutledgii, Andr.* PART OF MAMMALIA. Page. 1 ab. 5 ab. 6 ab. Semnopithecus frontatus, Miller and Schlegel* . #5 nemeus, Linn.* ne nigripes, A. M.-Edwards* . 3 (Nasalis) larvatus, Wurmb.* 3 roxellanz, A. M.-Edwards* Macacus arctoides, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. 53 leoninus, Blyth . 3 rhesus, Audebert fi assamensis, M’Clelland ag cynomolgus, Linn.* ms nemestrinus, Linn.* 3 fuscatus, Blyth* se tibetanus, A. M. -Edwards*. 39 rufescens, Andr.* 7 is maurus, F. Cuv.* 5 5 ocreatus, Ogilby* . . % lasiotis, Gray* 3 sancti-johannis, Swinhoe* . 38 cyclopis, Swinhoe* 5 sinicus, Linn.* ss pileatus, Shaw* , silenus, Linn.* . Crrceepiictne (Cynopithecus) niger, Deen: * ” ” nigrescens, Temm.* CHIROPTERA. Pteropide ‘ Cynopterus marginatus, Geoff. . Rhinolophide Rhinolophus pearsoni, Horsfield a celophyllus, Peters Phyllorhina larvata, Horsfield ie speoris, Schneider 5 fulva, Gray Vespertilionidze ; : Vespertilio montivagus, Dobson Scotophilus ornatus, Blyth * Species neither obtained nor observed on the two Expeditions are indicated by an asterisk, 95 ib. ab. ab, 96 97 ab. 98 ab. ab. 99 Vesperugo affinis, Dobson Oe ¥ andersoni, Dobson . Emballonuride . Taphozous longimanus, Plandlwietes : INSECTIVORA. Nycticibide Nycticebus cinereus, A. M. “Edwards Tupaiide . : Dendrogale murina, M. aed 8. * 55 frenata, Gray* Tupaia : : . » ellioti, Waterhouse* » belangeri, Wagner » chinensis, Andr. . » ferruginea, Rafiles* » Splendidula, Gray* » javanica, Horsfield* . >> malaccana, Andr.* » tana, Raffles* nicobarica, Zelebor* Hylomide Hylomys peguensis, Blyth Soricide . : : Chimarrogale hinalusen, Cans Anurosorex assamensis, Andr.* CARNIVORA. Felide Felis tigris, Linn. » pardus, Linn. . » bengalensis, Desm. . » domesticus, Auct. Viverride : Viverricula malaccensis, Gmelin Prionodon pardicolor, Hodgson Herpestide A : Herpestes auropunctatus, Hodeson : i persicus, Gray* ‘ smithi, Gray* 5 maccarthie, Gray* . 35 pallidus, Wagner* 5 ferrugineus, Blanford* a jerdoni, Gray* an fuscus, Waterhouse* ss javanicus, Geoffroy* 35 brachyurus, Gray* . e vitticollis, Bennett* . 3 urva, Hodgson* semitorquatus, oe Mustelide Helictis moschatus, Ghiy. a Meles (Arctonyx) ee F. Cuv. Lutra . : RODENTIA. Sciuride . . Sciurus bicolor, Sparmann* Ei » giganteus, M’Clelland . » indicus, Erxleben* >» maximus, Gmelin* » macrourus, Pennant* . » pygerythrus, Is. Geoff. St. Hil. » caniceps, Gray SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 100 101 é . 102 : . 0b. 103 ab. 107 110 ab, 111 124 126 129 130 132 134 ab. 136 ab. 138 ab. 139 2b. 150 100 160 161 164 165 166 ab. ab. 168 172 174 176 178 181 182 183 184 185 187 188 189 191 193 ab. 196 200 214 215 220 222 223 224, 227 229 Sciurus phayrei, Blyth blanfordi, Blyth . F griseimanus, A. M. -Edwards* atrodorsalis, Gray bimaculatus, Temm.* . erythreus, Pallas ‘ ; castaneoventris, Gray* . gordoni, Andr. . hippurus, Is. Geoff. St. Hil. * sladeni, Andr. F ferrugineus, F. Cuv.* lokroides, Hodgson lokriah, Hodgson* leucomus, M. and S.* . alstoni, Andr.* pernyi, A. M. Ravards: modestus, M. and S.* . chinensis, Gray* . philippensis, Waterhouse* tenuis, Horsfield* murinus, M. and S8.* exilis, S. Miiller* . palmarum, Linn. . tristriatus, Waterhouse* sublineatus, Waterhouse* layardi, Blyth* berdmorei, Blyth* insignis, F. Cuv.* maclellandi, Horsfield . soricinus, Waterhouse* quinquestriatus, Andy. . vittatus, Raffles* . plantani, Ljune* . deschinschicus, Gmelin prevosti, Desmarest* s : (Rhinosciurus) tupaoides, Gray* . 9 seen Gray* Pteromide Pteromys oral, Tickell* cineraceus, Blyth* yunnanensis, Andr. pectoralis, Swinhoe* melanopterus, A. M.-Edwards* alborufus, A. M.-Edwards* magnificus, Hodgson* albiventer, Gray* caniceps, Gray* leucogenys, Temm.* elegans, Temm.* nitidus, Desm.* melanotis, Gray* pearsoni, Gray fuscocapillus, Jerdon* 5 xanthipes, A. M.-Edwards* fimbriatus, Gray* baberi, Blyth* pulverulentus, Giinther* alboniger, Hodgson* pheomelas, Giinther* tephromelas, Giinther* horsfieldi, Waterhouse* spadiceus, Blyth* genibarbis, Horsfield¥ lepidus, Horsfield* 207 282 283 ab. 284, 285 286 287 289 290 291 292 293 294, 295 296 297 ab. 298 ab. 299 ab, 300 301 1b. Pteromys volans, Linn.* . » momonga,Temm.* . Muride : Mus bowersi, Andr. », Sladeni, Andr. 3, Tubricosa, Andr. » yunnanensis, Andr. . »» kakhyenensis, Andr. . » Viculorum, Andr. Vandeleuria Mus (Vandeleuria) slarasensy Bonnett Rhizomys Rhizomys aumateancts, Raffles iS erythrogenys, Andr.* Pr pruinosus, Blyth SECOND CETACEA. . Orcella fluminalis, Andr. Orcella brevirostris, Owen* PSITTACI. Palzornis eupatrius, Linn. » torquatus, Bodd. s cyanocephalus, Wagler 3 melanorhynchus, Wagler . ACCIPITRES. Falconide Falco subbuteo, Linn. » saturatus, Blyth Microhierax czrulescens, Linn. Pernis ptilorhynchus, Temm. Elanus ceruleus, Desf. Circus melanoleucus, Forster Astur poliopsis, Hume . Haliztus leucoryphus, Pallas Milvus melanotis, T. and §. Pandion haliztus, Linn. . STRIGES. Bubonide Bubo ignavus, Forster Carine pulchra, Hume Ninox lugubris, Tickell PICARIA. Bucerotidee : Hydrocissa albiroatria, Shaw Upupide : : Upupa indica, Bonap. Alcedinide Haleyon smyrnensis, ies Alcedo bengalensis, Gmelin Ceryle rudis, Linn. Coraciidee Coracias affinis, ‘McClelland Meropide SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 302 303 304 ab. 305 - 306 « 0b, 307 308 309 313 314, 322 324 325 Rhizomys minor, Gray* 3 badius, Hodgson Rs sinensis, Gray* 5 Hystricide. Hystrix yunnanensis, Ande, RUMINANTIA. Nemorhedus bubalina, Hodgson 35 edwardsi, David Cervulus muntjac, Zimm. Cervus porcinus, Zimm. Edentata Manis : Manis aurita, Hodzeon » javanica, Desm. PART OF MAMMALIA. 355 358 | Platanista gangetica, Lebeck* . 369 | Balenoptera edeni, Andr.* AVES. Merops philippensis, Linn. 567 » viridis, Linn. ib. » leschenaulti, Vieill. 568 | Nyctiornis athertoni, Jardine and Selby ib. | Capitonide ; : . Megalema hodgsoni, Bouay: 3 asiatica, Lath. . 569 Picide . : a Chrysocolaptes snliousie Hadoson Gecinus striolatus, Blyth 571 Yungipicus rubricatus, Blyth ee 9 Chrysonotus shorei, Vigors Cuculide ‘ 1b. Cuculus canorus, Thaw 573 » sonnerati, Lath. . #b. | Cacomantis rufiventris, Jerdon 574 | Surniculus lugubris, Hodgson . 575 Caprimulgide . Caprimulgus jotaka, (ormi: ond Schlegel . 576 3 macrurus, Horsfield ib, PASSERES. 1b. Passeres . 577 Corvide Corvus insolens, thane 1b. » levaillanti, Lesson ib. | Pica rustica, Scop. 578 | Dendrocitta rufa, Scop. ib. | Urocissa magnirostris, Blyth 579 | Sturnide : ab. | Acridotheres tristis, Tian, 580 sf fuscus, Wagler ab. 5 siamensis, Swinhoe 2 581 | Sturnopastor contra, Linn., var, superciliaris, Blyth . ab. 9 nigricollis, Payk, . 7%), | Temenuchus burmanicus, Jerdon Page. 327 329 330 332 ab. 333 2b. 337 340 341 ab. 352 353 417 551 581 582 583 2b. 2b. 584 ab. ab. 585 586 ab. ib. 587 ab. ab. 588 ab, ab. 589 ib, ab. ab. 590 591 592 593 594 ab. ab. 595. 596 lv Temenuchus eee Blyth Ploceide . , Ploceus baya, Blyth . »» manyar, Horsfield Munia atricapilla, Vieill. » punctularia Linn. » undulata, Latham Estrilda flavidiventris, Wallace Fringillide ji - Passer montanus, Linn. » flaveolus, Blyth » cinnamomeus, Gould Emberiza aureola, Pallas 5 fucata, Palias sb pusilla, Pallas . Melophus melanicterus, Gmelin Alaudide : Alauda gulgula, Reacktin Alaudula raytal, Blyth Mirafra assamica, McClelland Motacillide . . Corydalla richardi, Vieillot 5 ubiquitaria, Hodgson Pipastes maculatus, Hodgson Budytes viridis, Bonap. » calcaratus, Hodgson Motacilla luzonensis, Scop. y maderaspatensis, Gmelin Henicuride 5 Henicurus immaculatus, Hodeact Turdide Monticola cyanea, Linn. Copsychus saularis, Linn. Chimarrhornis leucocephala, Vigors . Cyanecula suecica, Lath. Calliope kamschatkensis, Gmelin » pectoralis, Gould . Pratincola jerdoni, Blyth . Fr ferrea, Hodgson ne caprata, Horsfield a indica, Blyth . Muscicapide : Muscicapula Sanpliey Blyth . Cyornis rubeculoides, Vigors » tickelli, Blyth Siphia strophiata, Hodgson Erythrosterna albicilla, Pallas . Eumyias melanops, Vigors Sylviidee ‘ Acrocephalus dumetran ‘Blyth Neornis brevicaudatus, Blyth Phylloscopus fuscatus, Blyth Bs lugubris, Blyth 3 viridanus, Blyth . Fe affinis, Tickell a superciliosus, Gmelin . 3 viridipennis, Blyth 5 occipitalis, Jerdon Abrornis superciliaris, Tickell . Culicipeta tephrocephalus, Andr. Merulide 5 Garrulax moniliger, Hod eeen » sannio, Swinhoe SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 596 597 2b. 598 ab. 599 600 ab. 601 2b. 602 ab. ab. 603 2b. 604 605 ab. 606 ib. 2b. ab. 607 608 ab. 609 ab. 610 ab, 2b. 611 ab. 613 ab, 614 615 ab. 616 617 ab. 618 619 ab. ah. 620 ab. 621 622 ab. 2b. 623 ab. 624, 2b. 625 2b. 626 10. ab. ab. 627 ab. ab. Actinodura nipalensis, Hodgson 59 egertoni, Gould Pteruthius eralatus, Tickell Leiothrichide . : Leiothrix callipyga, Hodgson argentauris, Hodgson rr cyanuropterus, Hodgson Herpornis xantholeuca, Hodgson Zosteropidee : Zosterops palpebrosa, Teor, a simplex, Swinhoe ” ‘Paridee Melanochlora sates Hodasca Parus commixtug, Swinhoe 5, nipalensis, Hodgson Sittidee Dendrophila eorallina, Hodgson Timaliidee : Pomatorhinus ruficollis, Hisduses Timalia pileata, Horsfield Mixornis rubricapilla, Tickell . Alcippe phayrei, Blyth Stachyris nigriceps, Hodgson 53 chrysea, Hodgson Pyctorhis sinensis, Gmelin Chleuasicus ruficeps, Blyth Suthora brunnea, Andr. Megaluride . Ghaterriiea gularis, Blyth Megalurus palustris, Horsfield . er inornatus, Sykes Prinia rufescens, Blyth » gracilis, Franklin . 5» hodgsoni, Blyth Cisticola melanocephala, Andr. Suya crinigera, Hodgson » superciliaris, Andr. Orthotomus sutorius, Forster . Laniide . Lanius tephronotus, Vicon » digriceps, Fejnllin » cristatus, Linn. » collurioides, Lesson Tephrodovrnis pondiceriana, Gmelin . Hemipus capitalis, McClelland . Graucalidee : 4 3 . Graucalus macei, Lesson . Pericrocotus elegans, McClelland 5 brevirostris, Vigors ss roseus, Vieill. Hirundinide Hirundo rustica, Linn. » filifera, Steph. . » erythropygia, Sykes Cotyle sinensis, J. E. Gray Dicruride ¥ Chibia hottentota, fiw Bhringa remifer, Temm. Chaptia znea, Vieill. Buchanga atra, Hermann re longicaudata, Hay Tchitreadeo =. . : erythrogenys, Vigors : Page. 627 928 20. 629 2b. 630 2b. ab. 631 ab. 2b. 632 2b. 2b. 2b. 633 2b. 26. 634 ab. 635 ab. 636 ab, 637 638 ab. 639 2b. ab. 640 ab. 641 ab. 642 2b. ab. 643 ab. 644, 645 646 ab. 647 ab. ab. 648 ab. 649 2b. 2b. 650 2b. 651 ab. 2b. 652 2b. 653 654 2b. Terpsiphone affinis, Blyth . . Hypothymis azurea, Bodd.. . Rhipidura albofrontata, Franklin » albicollis, Vieill. . Brachypodiidae at ee essarLet es Hypsipetes yunnanensis, Andr. Hemixus flavala, Hodgson . Otocompsa emeria, Linn. Pycnonotus nigripileus, Blyth . xanthorrhous, Andr. _ blanfordi, Jerdon - flavescens, Blyth Phyllornis aurifrons, Temm. Tora typhia, Linn. . . Oriolides ‘ Oriolus melanocephalus, Ginn: Nectarinide . Arachnechthra alent Ande, ZEthopyga miles, Hodgson. 3 dabryi, Wake Chaleoparia cingalensis, Gmelin Diceum cruentatum, Linn. » chrysorrheum, Temm. GEMITORES. Treronide . Crocopus vivaditrons, Biyth Columbide F Turtur tigrina, Temm. . » meena, Sykes » visorius, Linn. », orientalis, Lath. Chalcophaps indica, Linn. . GALLINA. Phasianide . - . Pavo muticus, Linn. Gallus ferrugineus, Gmelin Euplocamus lineatus, Vigors . 5 andersoni, Elliot Thaumalea amherstiz, Leadb. . Phasianus sladeni, Andr. Tetraonide . 3 . Francolinus perlatus, Gandia Arboricola atrogularis, Blyth Bambusicola fytchii, Andr. . Turnicide ‘ Tarnix plumbipes, Hodson 6 GRALLATORES. Charadride (dicnemus crepitans, Tema: Lobivanellus atronuchalis, Blyth Testudinide Testudo 5 Testudo elongata, Blyth . » platynota, Boe Emydide . . Geoemyda : . Chaibassia tricarinata, Bly th* . CHELONIA. SYSTEMATIC INDEX, Page. . 654 » 655 » 0b, » 656 . 0d » « 8b, . 657 . 8d. 658 ab. . 659 . 4. » 660 ab. ab, . ab, . 661 ab. ab 662 s- 40% . 663 ab. 664 2b. 665 ab. ab. 666 10. 667 668 1b. 669 ab. 670 671 ab. 672 ab. 673 tb. ab. 2b. 674 ib. 675 Hoplopterus ventralis, Wagler Charadrius fulvus, Gmelin. Agialitis dubia, Scop. . Scolopacide Totanus canescens, Gmelin » glareola, Gmelin ‘ »» ochropus, Temm. Tringa temmincki, Leissl, . Actitis hypoleucus, Linn, Scolop1x gallinago, Linn. ‘ Rhynchea bengalensis, Linn. . Parride Metopidius diode, ‘Tath. ; Gruide . . . . Grus antigone, Pallas . Ibidide . Falcinellus rufus, Soop: . Ardeidee : . Ardea cinnamomea, Gmelin 3» purpurea, Linn. Herodias intermedia, Wagler . - garzetta, Linn. Buphus coromandus, Bodd. . Ardeola prasinosceles, Swinhoe Butorides javanica, Horsfd. Nycticorax griseus, Linn. Rallids Erythra phenicura, Hareter Rallina fusca, Linn. Hypotenidia striata, Linn. Gallinula chloropus, Linn. Laride Sterna seena, Sees yy javanica, Horsfield Hydrochelidon hybrida, Pallas NATATORES. Pelecanide . . Pelecanus philippinensis, Gielia Graculidz Phalacrocorax carbo, ee pygmeus, Pallas Plotide 3 Plotus melancratter Farsbor : Anatide Anser indicus, Tathant Anas pecilorhyncha, Forster . Tadorna casarca, Linn. Spatula clypeata, Linn. Querquedula crecca, Linn. si falcata, Pallas Podicepidee Podiceps plitlippansis Bont. aad Vieill. REPTILIA. 705 ab. ab. 706 712 716 ab. 718 Chaibassia theobaldi, Andr,* Geoemyda depressa, Andr.* Emys . . Emys trijuga, Dum. and Bib,, 7 var. hater Bataguride . ‘ . Batagur Batagur trivittata, Dain, and Bib. » iavadica, Andr, ‘ Page. 675 ab. 676 677 678 679 680 681 ab. 683 ab. ib. 684 2b. ab. 686 ao. ib. 687 688 689 ab. 690 691 ab. ab. 692 1b. 693 ab. 694 ad, 695 1b, 696 2b. 697 698 ab. ab. ib. 699 1b, 700 1b. 701 702 ab 718 721 722 723 729 2b. 730 736 Batagur duvaucelli, Dum. and Bib.* » lineata, Gray* s» (Morenia) ocellata, Deans and Bib. A es petersi, Andr.* » (Hardella) thurgi, Gray* . » (Tetraonyx) baska, aoe Trionycide . . ‘: Emyda scutata, Peters Trionyx peguensis, Gray : SAURIA. Varanidee . Hydrosaurus salvator, dane Zonuride Pseudopus Sencilte Gray. Scincidee Tropidophorus ‘pendence: Blyth Mocoa, Gray : 3 : Mocoa exigua, Andr. Geckotide . ; Gecko guttatus, Daudin : : Hemidactylus (Peripia) meyeri, Bleeker . ” ” 5 maculatus, Dum. and Bib. 5 frenatus, Schlegel Agamide * Draco maculatus, Gray Japalura yunnanensis, Andr. Calotes versicolor, Daudin »» mystaceus, Dum. and Bib. 5 maria, Gray ; ‘ : * » emma, Gray 5 : 3 Oriocalotes kakhienensis, And, ‘ - OPHIDIA. Tortricide . : ‘ ANURA. Ranide . . ‘ 5 . : Rana tigrina, Daud. - mG » fusca, Blyth . 7 7 Fs » kuhlii, Schlegel > yunnanensis, Andr, » gracilis, Wiegm. Engystomatide Diplopelma carnaticum, J erdon Callula pulchra, Gray Bufonide Bufo melanostictus, ‘Schneid, Polypedatidee $ ‘i : . Physostomi . . s : Siluride : é . i Wallago attu, Bloch. . F ‘. Callichrous bimaculatus, Bl. . i mutilatus, Weigm. SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 739 | Cylindrophis rufus, Wagler . ‘i 745 | Oligontide . ; : 755 | Simotes theobaldi, Giinther ‘ é 4761 | Colubride ‘ ; : : 764 | Ablabes bicolor, Blyth 771 » . cdllaris, Gray . . 779 » bistrigatus, Giinther . id, | Coluber porphyraceus, Cantor . 786 | Elaphis yunnanensis, Dum. and Bib. Compsosoma radiatum, Boie Ptyas mucosus, Linn. 795 , korros, Reinwardt 2b. | Tropidonotus stolatus, Linn. ‘ ab. “ modestus, Giinther 1b. ” dipsas, Blyth 796 35 quincunciatus, Schlegel wb. as subminiatus, Boie 797 | Atyetium schistosum, Daud., var. yunnanensis. 2b. | Dendrophide : . 798 | Gonyosoma gramineum, Giinther ib. | Dendrophis picta, Gmelin ib. | Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw 799 | Dryiophide 800 | Passerita mycterizans, Tie: 801 | Lycodontide f 802 | Lycodon aulicus, Linn. . Ophites fasciatus, Andr. 803 | Elapide F % 805 | Naja tripudians, Merr. ib. | Bungarus fasciatus, Schneider 806 | Crotalide ib. | Trimeresurus gramineus, Shaw 2b. 39 erythrurus, Cantor 3 monticola, Giinther Viperide é 3 . 808_| Daboin russellii, Shaw. AMPHIBIA. Polypedates marmoratus, Blyth 837 x yunnanensis, Andr. ib, | Ixalus lateralis, Andr. . id. »» kakhienensis, Andr. 838 » tuberculatus, Andy. g39 | Hylarana erythrea, Schlegel 840 * margariana, Andr. . : 841 | Hylide ib. | Hyla chinensis, Giinther 5 ib. URODELA. 26. | Salamandrida Mecodonta ab. | Tylototriton . . . 842 | Tylototriton verrucosus, Andr, PISCES. 863 | Macrones cavasius, Ham. Buch. . 0b. » corsula, Ham. Buch, . %b.| Rita sacerdotum, Andr. : - 7%, | Exostoma andersoni, Day Page. 808 809 2b. ab. ab. 810 811 812 813 815 . 0b. . tb. 816 ab. 817 819 821 822 ab. 824 2b. ab. 825 826 ab. 1b. 2b. 827 828 ib. ab, 2b. 830 832 833 ab. 841 843 844, 845 ab. 846 ab. 847 2b. 848 ab. ab. 863 2b. 864, 86 SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Cyprinide: 6. ww ws Carassius auratus, Linn. < : 5 < 3 Catla buchanani, C. and V.. . : 3 pe bs Cirrhina mrigala, Ham. Buch. . é Labeo calbasu, Ham. Buch. , »» curchius, Ham. Buch. Barbus sarana, Ham. Buch. . x apogon, C. and V. » margarianus, Andr. Page. 866 2b. ab. ab. 867 ab. ab. ab. ab. Barbus mosal, Ham. Buch. . ‘ 5 ‘ Oreinus richardsoni, Gray . Danio kakhienensis, Andr. Bariliys interrupta, Day : . ‘ Osteobrama, Heckel - . ; 53 microlepis, Blyth Misgurnus anguillicaudatus, Cantor Notopteride . ‘ : . Notopterus kapirat, Liste. : é aes SECTION II-INVERTEBRATA. MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPHORA . Gasteropoda pulmonata. Helicide ‘ . . Trochomorpha percompressa, Blanf. Nanina (Rotula) arata, Blanf. 3 55 pansa, Bens. ‘ ‘ (Macrochlamys) resplendens, Phil. : ” ” hypoleuca, Blanf. (Durgella) honesta, Gld,, var. andersoniana, Nevill % r a » (Sitala) attegia, Bens. F » diplodon, Bens. z (Microcystis) hanakcpareubisy, Pfr. Lelie (Plectopylis) andersoni, Blanf. » (Plectotropis) tapeina, Bens. ” ” ” 9 Var. akoutongen- sis, Theob. . var. rotatoria, Busch. var. bhamoensis, Nevill trichotropis, Pfr. perplanata, Nevill oldhami, Bens. 3 catostoma, Blanf. . : huttoni, Pfr., var. vind aie Nevill ‘ F phayrei, Theob. mete 5 (Trachia) delibrata, Bens. ‘ 3 (Ganesella) capitium, Bens. . » (Dorcasia) similaris, Fer. bolus, Bens. zoroaster, Theob. FEY ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” i scalpturita, Bens. Pupa (Cylindrus) insularis, Ehr. . how (Leucochila) ccenopicta, Hutton ‘ »» (Scopelophila) salwiniana, Theob. Succinea acuminata, Blanf. . ‘i $ : _ Veronicella, n. sp. . 7 ‘ eas . si birmanica, Theob. Helicarion resplendens, Nevill gigas, Bens., var. . magnificum, God.-Aust. anil Nevill | venustum, Theob. es (Cryptosoma) prestans, Gould. Ennea (Huttonella) bicolor, Hutton : Streptaxis theobaldi, Bens. . . «© . Stenogyra (Opeas) gracilis, Hutton by a, Git ” 3” ” » 873 ab. ab. ab. ab. 874 ib. ab. ab. 875 ab. ab. 876 ab. ab. ab, 877 ab. 878 ab. ab. 879 2b. 2b. 880 ab. 881 26. ab. 882 ab. ab. ab. 883 ab. ab. 884, ab. tb. 885 ab. ab. 2b. Glessula obtusa, Blanf. » subfusiformis, Blanf. . . : a » pyramis, Bens. : . » blanfordiana, Nevill . . Limnzide , 3 . ‘i Limnza andersoniana, Nevill * » yunnanensis, Nevill » acuminata, Lamk., var. rufescens, Gray »» luteola, Lamk., var, Planorbis exustus, Tesh, Ss compressus, Hutton Prosobranchia Neurobranchia Cyclophoride . Cyclophorus scblevioatua, Blanf. és x fulguratus, Pfr. . eR oy zebrinus, Bens., var. Spiraculum andersoni, BIf. 3a avanum, BIf. Pterocyclus insignis, Theob., var. . . . ay feddeni, BIf. ‘ Alyczeus amphora, Benson. . . Ctenobranchia, 7 . : : 5 $ Paludinide . 7 . 3 Bithynia Scone Mol. a turrita, Blanf. 5 ‘ os moreletiana, Nevill Margarya melanioides, Nevill : Paludina chinensis, Gray, var. ampulliformis, Eyd. et Soul. ; 2 » dissimilis, Mull., var. Secassatalas Blanf, ‘ ee a » var. viridis, Ry. » siamensis, Fr., var. ? » bengalensis, Lam., var. doliaris, Gla. Paludomus andersoriaie, Nevill i ‘ ; 3 ei var. peguensis . 5 ornata, Benson . r - burmanica, Nevill B ee ” 3 blanfordiana, Nevill Melanide 5 2 : Melania (Striatella) ianerediains Mill. 3 : (Melanoides) jugicostis, Benson . iravadica, Blanf. reevei, Brot. var. imbricata, Har, ” ” ” ” ” ” 9 So (Plotia) ahi Mill. é i Ampullaride ‘ 7 : . 7 Ampullaria theobaldi, anh: 5 . , js vii Page. » 868 - 0. ab. 869 ab. ab. ab. ab. 886 1b. 2b. 2b. 2b. 2b. 887 ab. - 888 2b. ib. 1b. 2b. 889 2b. 2b. . 2b. 890 2b. 2b. . tb. - 891 20. r 892 893 2b. - 894 26. 895 2b. 896 2b. 807 898 2b. ib. 899 ib. ACEPHALA. Unionide Unio marginalis, Lamk., var. saviadieritte, N avill . » var. corriana, Lea ” fadldsat, Theobald Fe 3 burmanus, Blanf. f : bhamoensis, Theob. . . foliaceus, Gld., var. fragilis, Nevill COLEOPTERA. Cicindelide . 7 Cicindela chloris, Hope 29 himaleyica, Redt. flavomaculata, Kollar nn Carabidae ‘ 3 . Chlemis ‘ - 5 F A Omaseus 3 F : 5 - 5 Harpalus Fs es 3 Dytiscidee Dineutes lateralis, Teac « A Scarabeide . é . . Copris sagax, Schonh. . 3 Onthophagus a e ri Oniticellus brama, Redt. Melolonthide Serica micans, Fabr. . . ‘ ; Apogonia ; i Schizonycha . . i Lepidiota bimaculata, Saunders 5 Ancylonycha . : : ; : : Mimelide Anomala splendens, Bape Mimela glabra, Hope Euchlora perplexa, Hope ” monochroa, Reiche. Popilia biguttata, Wieden Dynastidee Heteronychus eas, Fabr. Eupatorus hardwickii, eee Cetoniidee Rhomborrhina Glycyphana margineallis Gory et Poet Cetonia ‘ . Malacodermidse ‘ 4 Dictyoptera . ‘ F g Lampyris . . ; ; Buprestide . : . . : Argilus . . . . . . Elateride z 7 ‘ i ‘ Melanotus . < ‘ F . Bostrychide Apate . . . . Bhipidophorides 5 ‘ 2 Rhipidophorus Lagriide 7 ; : Lagria basalis, “Hope Sm) eke uke Tenebrionide . an Oe Opatrum . : ‘ r Epilampus. ‘ 3 . . Mylabride . . SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. Unio pugio, Bens. a : 899 », bonneaudi, BK. andS&., var. . ib. », andersonianus, Nevill 900 | Cyrenidez 5 ‘ 2b. | Corbicula ennai Prime . ib. » yunnanensis, Nevill ‘ 2. » andersoniana, Nevill : 901 INSECTA. 907 ab. 2b. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 2b. 2b. 1b. 2b. ab. ab. 2b. ab. ab. 908 2b. 2b. ab. ab. tb. ib. ab. ab. ib. ib. ib. 2b. ab. 2b. ab. 1b. ab. ab, ab. ib. 909 ab, ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 1b. ab. ab. 16, Lytta nepalensis, Hope . . Curculionids 5 . . . Apoderus : 3 : . . Arrhenodes . . . . ‘ Cyrtotrachelus ‘: : ‘ . Cleonus , A ‘ : ; Lixus. . . . . . Blosyrus @ ‘ . . Sipalus granulatus, Fabr. . . Sipalus . . . . . . Cerambycide . 2 . . . Batocera roylei, Hope . : Ceroplesis tricincta, Dej. a Lamia wallichi, Hope. . : Rosalia Blepephaeus bnoetaalen Chevrol , Purpuricenus temmincki, Guer. . Eurybatus 9-punctatus, Westw. . Apomecyna albomaculatus, Perrond. Clytus . . : . Glenea . ‘ . . . * Sagrida . ; : Sagra mouhoti, Baly ; is Crioceride . . . Temnaspis mouhoti, Baly Crioceris impressa, Fabr. . Hispide "i é . Anisodera excavata, "Baly ‘ A Craspedonta leayana, Latr. ‘ Halticide oon in RE bg Graptodera , . . . Cacoscelis : . . . . Cassididee a 4 . é Aspidomorpha sanctevarncis, Fabr. . Coptocycla catinata, Bohem. . . Eumolpide . . Corynodes peregrinus, Herbst. Eumolpus : 7 Chrysomelidse - Paralina cyanicollis, Hope. Lina . . . Clythride . . Diapromorpha mnelandyus; Dej. Cryptocephalide . . Cryptocephalus . . Galerucide . . . Haplosonys smaragdipennis, Chev. ° rr quadrifasciata, Hope . Callopistria fulminans, Falderm =. Rhaphia cyanipennis, ae oe Aulacophora . - . i Page. 901 2b. ab. 902 2b. 2b. 903 909 2b. 2b. 2b. 1b. 2b. tb. 2b. 16. 2b. ab. 2b. 2b. 26. 26. 910 2b. ab. ab. 2b. 2b. 2b. ab. ab, 1b. tb. ab. ab. 2d. ab. 2b. 2b. 2b. 2b, 16. 2b, ab. 2b. 2b. 2b. 2b. eb. 911 2b. 2b. 2b. 26, 1b. 2b, ab, Rhaphidopalpa sexmaculata, Hope... Phyllotreta cyanura, Hope 5 lunata, Hope . ‘ . : Adorium maculiventris, Chev. mls Adorium Galeruca - is Coccinellide . : ‘ Harmonia ccptenipecct ata Linn. . Leis bicolor, Hope . $ 5 . », 19-signata, Falderm Lemnia plagiata, Fabr. . es ‘ » biplagiata, Swartz. » Psexareata, Muls. : Coccinella. : . . . Epilachna macularis, Muls, . ‘ Epilachna . . * . | : Erotylide . . «. . . ’ Fatua . F 3 ORTHOPTERA. Phasmide Bacteria x ‘ : Mantide ‘ ‘ 5 Mantis . ‘ 3 ‘ . ‘ Gryllide Gryllotalpa vulvar, Geof. Gryllus consimilis, Walker Locustidee Phaneroptera ee sa, Walker . Acrididz : : : . Pyrgomorpha crenulata, Fabr. Opomala tenebrosa, Walker Phymateus miliaris, Linn. Cyrtacanthacris ferrina, Walker : > punctipennis, Walker Acridium virescens, Walker » angustifrons, Walker Epzromia vulnerata, De Haan z varia, Walker Mastax innotata, Walker Tetrix exultans, Stal. Oxya diminuta, Walker Caloptinus incomptus, Walker 34 inamenus, Walker Blattide Leucophza Epilampra Periplaneta Forficulide Forficula Lebia NEUROPTERA. Libellulide . : i Matrona basilaris, De Selys Neurobasis chinensis, Linn. Neurothemis sophronia, Drury 3 equestris, Fabr. Vestalis gracilis, Rambur Brachybasis coromandeliana, Fabr. Lestes nodalis, De Selys Lepthemis sabina, Drury Crocothemis servilia, Drury Libellula SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 911 ab. ab. ab. ab, ab. ab. 2b. ab. ab. ab. 2b. ab. 2b. ab. ib. ab. ab. 912 1b. ab. 1b. 2b. ab, ab. ab. ib. 20. . 0b, . ib, . 2b, ab. 913 2b. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 914 1b. ab. 915 . tb. . 2d. ab. ab. ab. 2, 915 ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 1b. ib. ab. Libellula dalei, De Selys . 3 (?) albicauda, Brauer 3 lelia, De Selys Pantala flavescens, Fabr. Rhyothemis variegata, Linn. Rhinocypha cuneata, De Selys Palpopleura sexmaculata, Fabr. Mnais andersoni, McLachlan Myrmeleontide Formicales : Phryganide . Stenopsyche griseipennis, Meliactlan HYMENOPTERA, Hymenoptera . . Dorylidz : Dorylus longicornis, Schnek. Scoliadee ; . Scolia (Triliacos) dimidiata: Guér. instabilis, Smith . $$ ; rubiginosa, Fabr. . » (Dielis) annulata, Fabr. Pompilide : : . Pompilus dorsalis, St. Fare . Pompilus ‘ Macromeris elolboss, i Mygnimia aureosericea, Guér. Sphegide . Ammophila Larridz Larrada : 4 : . 6 Eumenide : 5 Rhynchium carnaticum, Sanse. Vespide : : : . Polistes hebizus, Fabr. 5 : . Polistes Vespa basalis, Smith s bellona, Smith Apide Crocisa decora, Smith Anthophora 4 " zonata, Linn. Xylocopa tenuiscapa, Westw. Xylocopa Bombus inipebansu, Smith Apis indica, Fabr. > floralis, Kirby . ; » dorsata, Fabr. ; - : » laboriosa, Smith , Tenthredinide - Tenthredo : . ; Ichneumonidz Pimpla ” ” DIPTERA. Tipularide . . Pterocosmus velutinus, Walker Tabanidz Tabanus 3 > « ; Bombyliaride A : . , Anthrax semiscita P A Anthrax . Trichopthalmia : Discocephala 4 . Page. 915 ib. ab. ab. ab. 916 ab, ab, ib, ab. 916 ab. ab. ib. 2b. 1b. 2b. 2b. ab. ab. ab. ib. 1b. ab, 917 2b. ib. ab, ab. ab. ab. 2b. ab. ab, ab. ab. 2b. 918 2b. 1b. . id. . 919 ab. ab. ab. . 919 ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 2b. Asilide Dasypogon Nusa Laphria Syrphide : Eristalis andremon, “Walker é ‘ A amphicrates, Walker ; Eristalis ? ‘ ‘ iS f Muscide Tachina eiatocats, Walker Tachina Musca HEMIPTERA. Pachycoride . Cantao ocellatus, eibe Solenosthedium rubropunctatum, Gui: Pentatomides - Asopide Zicrona cerulea, Linn: Halydide Dalpada clavata, Fabr. Dalpada Edessidz Aspongopus sieviventrls, ‘Hops Eusthenes é Mictidee Dalader Slankventiie, Hope Thysomerus, sp. ? Harpactor Coreidze Macrocheraia Sean Gray Dysdereus keenigi, Linn. Scrinetha augur Physopelta gutta, B. Nepide Ranatra grossa, Fabr. Naucoris HOMOPTERA. Stridulantide . Dundubia cinctimanus, Walker Cicada Platypleura nébilis, Gan Cicadellidze Urophora inet, Guay Cercopide A : Cercopis nigripennis, Fobr. : . » septempunctata, Walker Cercopis Tettigonide Tettigonia LEPIDOPTERA. Rhopalocera Satyridz Melanitis ismene, Chain. » vamana, Moore Neope pulaha, Moore Orinoma damaris, Gray . Debis europa, Fabr. » verma, Kollar » rohria, Fabr. », chandica, Moore », latiaris, Hewitson . SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. 919 ib. id. ab. ab. . ob. . ad. ab. 920 ab. ib. ib. 920 ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ib. ab. ib. 921 ab. ib. 921 ab. ib. ab. ab. ab. ib. - = 0b, ab. ib. 921 ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 922 ab, Debis dyrta, Feld. , Zopheessa andersoni, Atkinson Mycalesis otrea, Cram. Mycalesis runeka, Moore lalassis, Hewits. 3 malsara, Moore a nala, Feld. ‘ ; Yphthima sakra, Moore . a methora, Hewits. 3 newara, Moore Danaide Euplea midamus, lac » klugii, Moore 5, siamensis, Feld. Danais tytia, Gray » plexippus, Linn. . 5, chrysippus, Linn. », limniace, Cram. » melissa, Cram. aglea, Cram. a . . Aion vesta, Fabr. Papilionide . : . Papilio dissimilis, Linn. <5 panope, Linn. » castor, Westw. a pammon, Linn. - erithonius, Cram. $5 antiphates, Cram. 35 chiron, Wallace. “ cloanthus, Westw. s xuthus, Lion. . Pyrameis cardui, Linn. ‘ »» indica. Herbst. Vanessa casbmirensis, Kollar . » charonia, Drury Junonia orathyia, Linn. » laomedia, Linn. » lemonias, Linn. a almana, Linn. : A 3 asterie, Linn. 55 enone, Linn. . a Precis iphita, Cram. » hara, Moore Ergolis ariadne, Linn. Cyrestis thyodamus, Boisd. Symbrenthia hyppocla, Cram. Cethosia cyane, Fabr. 5 biblis, Drury Cirrochroa aoris, Doubleday anid Tits J mithila, Moore Atella phalanta, Drury Argynnis niphe, Linn. 3 rudra, Moore 5 childreni, Gray Diadema bolina, Linn. Euripus halitherses, Doubleday and Hewits. Hestina nama, Doubleday and Hewits. »» persimilis, Westw. Castalia chandra, Moore Neptis ananta, Moore » nandina, Moore » hordonia, Stoll. . . » emodes, Moore » amba, Moore Page. 922 ab. SYSTEMATIC INDEX. Page. Neptis soma, Moore oo. ele «924 | Thestias pyrene, Linn. Athyma leucothoe, Linn. sige eed tes . . 4b. | Hebomoia glaucippe, Linn. » cama, Moore . 3 : ; : . 4b. | Terias hecabe, Linn. Athyma selenophora, Kollar. % ; e . 0. » silhetana, Wallace . Limenitis daraxa, Doubleday and Hewits. . 0b. » venata, Moore Adolias lepidea, Butler . eel AB, | Erycinides Neurosigma siva, Westw. : so . ©. id, | Zemeros flegyas, Cram. Adolias garuda, Moore . » » =» eo, Dodona fylla, Boisd. 5, france, Gray Z ‘ . 7 i . 4. | Sospita neophron, Boisd. . », boisduvalii, Gray : ; ‘ , . 4b, | Lyceenide Pe Symphedra dirtea, Fabr. s ; : : . ib, | Polyommatus puspa, "Horsf. Charaxes athamas, Drury : ‘ . : . ad. ” kasmira, Moore . Kallima inachis, Bd. 3 : a . 4 . od. 9 chandala, Moore #Xmona lena, Atkinson . é ‘ : _: , ab. | Myrina jafra, Godt. ; Pieridae e i . . 925 | Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore Prioneris Hiesiylle, Doubleday : i : . 4b. | Hesperidee ; , Thyca pasithoé, Linn. . : ; 3 i . 4b. | Tagiades dasahara, Moore Eronia hippia, Fabr. é . . ; : . 4p, | Pamphila mesa, Moore Pieris nama, Doubleday . . oo. ea ab, | Hesperia chaya, Moore » gliciria, Cram 2. wee » éltola, Hewits. . 5, Nelete, Menétr. var.? . " 3 AB: Hesperia * Tachyris lalage, Doubleday and Howis: ‘ . , ag, | Plesioneura liliana, Atkinson : » Zelmira, Cram. : . ‘ z . ab. HETEROCERA. 3 hippo, Cram. 5 , ab: 5 aes Gonepteryx verhuellii, Van der Hosv. 3 ‘4 . ad. ae ae Callidryas hilaria, Cram. ‘ ; , p obs |. satkinsent, Moaré + ee ae 2 ‘ ‘ c aah: » fytebei, Moore ; ‘i cmeone, Cram. .. |. . : x. “ah: : Cela ae ee) CRUSTACEA. CRUSTACEA CANCROIDEA. Telphusa andersoniana, J. Wood-Mason . Cancroidea grapsidica . 3 ; i - 931 5 hispida, J. Wood-Mason Telphuside . , : . 0b. 35 tumida, J. Wood-Mason Telphusa edwardsi, " Wood- Mason : s . 4%, | Paratelphusa dayana, J. Wood-Mason xi Page. 925 ib. ab. ab. ab. 926 ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. ab. 2b. 927 ab, 928 ab. 932 933 934 935 CORRIGENDA. Introduction: page xvii, line 12, for “ Mr. Allan” read “ Mr. Allen.” Page 368, line 3, for “ Orca” read “ Globicephalus.” ” ” 377, line 33, for “ fig. 5b” read “ fig, 15.” 399, line 32, for “ug” read “ gl.” 441, line 21, for “Pl. XXV” read “ Pl. XXVI.” 449, line 3, for “Pl. XXXVI” read “ Pl. XXVI.” 449, line 38, insert “ Pl. XXYV, fig. 2” before “Pl. XXVII, fig. 1.” 454, line 19, for “fig. 2” read “ fig. 4.” 480, line 20, for “ Pl. XXXII” read “ Pl. XXXIII.” 613, line 2, for “ Wagler” read “ Linn.” 626, line 33, for “ TEPHROCEPHALA ” read “ TEPHROCEPHALUS.” 656, line 40, omit “n. s.” 673, line 21, omit “ns.” 686, line 4, for “Cones” read “ Coues.” 706, line 9, for “ Elegans” read “ Actinodes,” 886, footnote, for “ S. fusiformis” read “ G. fusiformis.” CaS The sanguine expectation that this work would have been issued during the past year hus led to 1878 appearing on the title-page instead of 1879, the delay having arisen from circumstances over which the author had no control. INTRODUCTION. HIS work was originally intended to be confined to a description of the Zoolo- gical Results of the two Yunnan Expeditions. In working them out, how- ever, I was led to examine certain Asiatic genera as a whole; and having done so, I have embraced the opportunity to incorporate these observations along with the results of the Expeditions, as they were founded, in the majority of cases, on the actual comparison of the types of the individual species; hence the descriptions of the various species of Hylobates, Macacus, Semnopithecus, Sciurus, &c. In the same way, in dealing with the Cetacean of the Irawady, I was led to compare it with its near ally occasionally found in the estuary streams of the Ganges, and, as this latter form had never been fully described, to include an account of its placentation and anatomy generally alongside of the former. Moreover, as both of these Cetaceans are more or less fluviatile in their habits, I was further induced, from the circumstance that I had already devoted some time to an examin- ation of the placentation and anatomy of Platanista, to add a history of its distri- bution and structure to that of the two former, and thus to give a Monograph of the known fluviatile Cetacea of Asia. It will be observed that for special sections of the work I am indebted to naturalists who are recognized authorities in the departments which they describe. It is necessary that I should here give a short account of the two Expeditions, in order to bring out the difficulties with which I was beset asa naturalist, and which, to my great regret, were of so formidable a nature, that they restricted my investigations within the narrowest limits in a country the fauna of which is extremely rich and all but unknown. The First Expedition was despatched in the end of 1867 from Calcutta, and returned in November 1868; and the Second Expedition left Mandalay on the 3rd January 1875, and returned thither on the 10th March of the same year. By the permission of the Trustees of the Indian Museum, my services were placed at the disposal of the Government of India to accompany the two Missions as Naturalist and Medical Officer. With regard to the scope of the First Expedition, it was intended that it should penetrate from Mandalay into the Province of Yunnan, vid Bhamé, and, if possible, XiV INTRODUCTION. continue its progress from thence to Canton. Its instructions were to explore the trade routes which proceed from Bham6 to China, and to report on their capabilities for commerce, and to collect information on the resources of the countries through which it passed. The duty especially entrusted to me was the investigation of the natural-his- torical, physical and ethnological features of the country traversed. This Expedition was under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Edward B. Sladen, then British Political Resident at the Court of Mandalay. When the Mission reached Bhamé, a point which it attained by proceeding up the Irawady in one of the steamers of the King of Burma, it was ascertained that the country lying immediately to the east, and which had never before been entered by Europeans from the west, was in a State of anarchy. This condition of affairs was the means of detaining the Expedition at Bhamé more than a month, a period which permitted me partially to investigate the fauna of that district, having pre- viously, as far as lay in my power, made every use of the frequent detentions, during our progress up the river from Mandalay, for the same object. My movements, however, were much circumscribed, being limited only to a few miles’ radius around Bhamé itself, owing to the very unsettled condition of the neighbourhood from the continual raids made at that period by the Kakhyens, who inhabit the adjoining mountains, and who bear among the Burmese a most unenviable notoriety for trea- chery. It was inexpedient to go beyond the stockade which encircled the town with- out being fully armed; and even the report of a fowling-piece, heard in the town from without, created alarm amongst the inhabitants. From Bhamé, the Mission proceeded on the 26th February to a small stockaded village on the right bank of the Tapeng, immediately below the Kakhyen moun- tains ; a few days there were also devoted to collecting natural history specimens, The Mission was met at this point by certain Hill Chiefs, who undertook to give it a safe convoy as far as the Shan States in the Province of Yunnan. Starting under this promised protection, the Expedition left Tsitkaw on the 21st of March, accompanied by a large escort of hillmen, and by about 100 mules carrying the bag- ge. After three marches up these mountains, we reached Ponsee, a Kakhyen village, at an elevation a little over 3,000 feet. The marches thither were most unfavourable to any attempt at collecting, as the forest was excessively dense, and the route a mere mule-track along precipitous mountain sides, from the neighbour- hood of which nearly all animal life was scared by the tread of the mules, the shouts of their drivers, and the constant firing of matchlocks by unruly and inebriated Kakhyens. On the 2nd March, the whole Expedition was brought to a halt by a threatened attack in front; and on the morning of the 3rd not a Chief or Tsawbwa INTRODUCTION. XV would move until the guard had fired a volley to frighten away the Méts and any ill-disposed persons. At Ponsee, we were deserted by the muleteers, who carried off all the mules; and, pitching our tents, we were detained there over two months by the hostile attitude of the Hill Chiefs, and the constant reports of open opposition to be looked for, if we attempted to advance. It was only when we arrived at Ponsee that we ascertained the real political condition of the country to the east, and that in crossing a small stream on the 2nd March, we had entered the Empire of China and the Province of Yunnan, which was then in open rebellion. Two months in such a locality, under more favourable circumstances, would have yielded a rich harvest of zoological results; but during the period we resided at Ponsee, we lived in constant expectation of being attacked; and on one occasion the headmen of even the village of Ponsee itself had the audacity to fire into our camp, which was completely commanded by their village. There was also always an ele- ment of uncertainty regarding our possible advance, as a portion of each day was generally occupied in treating with the hillmen and with Shans from beyond for carriage to take us forward ; and if this had been found, our only chance of pro- ceeding was to have availed ourselves of it at once. Every day when I went out, there was the constant expectation of finding on my return the camp struck, and the Mission prepared to start. This state of things, of course, materially restricted my movements, and interfered with my researches. Apart, however, from these circum- stances, the precipitous character of the hillsides, the dense nature of the jungle clothing them, and the paucity of hill paths, made collecting a most difficult under- taking. Leaving Ponsee, a descent of nearly 1,000 feet brought us into the valley of Sanda, inhabited by Shans. On this march the same difficulties had to be contended with as on the previ- ous marches; and at Manwyne, the first town at which the Expedition halted, the inhabitants objected strongly to the use of firearms, and our movements there were jealously watched, and when going out anywhere we were followed by a crowd of inquisitive natives. Proceeding from Manwyne along the level valley which, at the season we travelled through it, was completely under rice cultivation, irrigated by artificial channels from the Tahé river, the Expedition was attacked within one hour of its departure from Manwyne; and the result was that we had to use the greatest circumspection until Sanda (Sanda-foo of the maps) was reached. At Sanda, there was the same objection to the use of firearms as at Manwyne; and on my return to this town, about two months afterwards, I was especially asked not to fire on the hillside behind the town, as my doing so would certainly induce XVi INTRODUCTION. the Tiger-ndt to kill the then reigning Chief. It was therefore impossible under these circumstances to do much at Sanda in investigating its natural history. As the same liability to attack was anticipated on the march from Sanda to Muangla as had been experienced between Manwyne and the former place, the Mission had to keep well together, and to be on the alert. At Muangla, we were warned not to go any distance from the town, and I had therefore to confine my observations to a radius of about two miles. From Muangla to Nantin, and from thence to Teng-yue-chow (Momien), a large caravan of merchandise, which had long been delayed in its progress by reason of the dangers of the road, took advantage of the fancied protection afforded by the Mission. A short way from Muangla, however, the advance of the caravan and Mission was retarded for a few hours, as the Panthay Officers who had met us at the latter town reported that a large body of armed men had assembled to oppose our progress, at the head of the narrow defile which closes in the valley. This report, however, proved to be erroneous, and to have had its origin in a murderous attack which had been committed on a poor Shan trader, whom we passed lying dying on the road. Beyond the defile, our advance was protected by bodies of armed Mahomedan rebels (Panthays), who beat their gongs and fired their matchlocks as we passed, in honour of the Mission and to scare away the robber bands of hillmen. At Nantin, we remained only two days, during which I had to show all my alcoholic collections in order to remove an impression from the minds of the officials that we carried about with us flying dragons, to let loose on the people. A few miles beyond the town, we were attacked by Chinese, and lost three of our Panthay guard, and two mule-loads, chiefly consisting of my property, and which entailed on me the irreparable loss of most of my notes on Natural History. As it became evident that the further progress of the Mission beyond Momien would be at once dangerous, and, in the existing state of things, liable to embroil it with the Chinese constituted authorities, it was resolved not to attempt the pro- secution of our enquiries beyond Momien. ‘During our residence there, we were not permitted to go beyond sight of the town without the protection of an armed cuard, and were only once allowed this doubtful privilege. The marches back to Manwyne were nearly a repetition of our advance, but without experiencing any open hostilities. From Manwyne we diverged and crossed the mountain range on the south of the Sanda Valley into the sequestered valley of Hotha and Latha, where we remained about three weeks, still bearing with us the unenviable reputation of bringing flying dragons and other evils upon the inhabitants, who alleged that a person had died in every village we had visited, In this valley I shot neither bird nor mammal, INTRODUCTION, Xvil From Hotha, we marched direct to the plains, without encountering any further difficulties, and, from Bhamé, returned to Mandalay by boat. The Second Expedition was appointed to leave Burma in January 1875, in order to accomplish the passage of the hill country before the setting in of the rainy season. The command was entrusted to Colonel Horace Browne, of the Burmese Commission. The post of geographer was filled by Mr. Ney Elias. Mr. Margary, a most promising member of the Consular Service, thoroughly versed in the Chinese language and etiquette, had also been appointed to accompany the Mission, and had crossed China from Shanghai to Bhamé for the express purpose. The Mission had also the services of Mr. Allan, another officer of Her Majesty’s Chinese Consular Service. The preparations for ensuring the success of this Mission in every depart- ment were made as complete as foresight could make them. The Mission was despatched with the intention of thoroughly examining the country to the east of Teng-yue-chow, and of traversing China to Shanghai. Its history, however, was excessively brief and most disastrous. After vainly at- tempting to penetrate into Yunnan by the Sawady route, a few miles to the south of Bhamé, Colonel Browne resolved to revert to the route pursued by the First Expedition under Colonel Sladen. The Mission, however, was only permitted to make three marches, when it was attacked by a large body of Chinese, and compelled to make a precipitate retreat to Burma; Margary, who had preceded the mission by one march, having with four of his followers been treacherously murdered at Manwyne. It is evident, from the foregoing brief summary of the history of these Missions, that the opportunities they afforded for the prosecution of Natural History inqui- ries, and for the investigation of the subjects that were allotted to me, were very few indeed. I have thought it desirable to bring these difficulties out prominently, because there can be little doubt but that the area traversed is very rich in animal life. Its geographical position, along with the little knowledge we have gained of it, leads to the conclusion that, when facilities are offered for its thorough examina- tion, it will yield many new specific forms of great interest. I have elsewhere’ described in detail the physical features of the country traversed, and have given some illustrations of these in another work,’ from photo- graphs and sketches taken on the Expeditions. It is therefore unnecessary that I should again re-enter on this subject. 1 Report on the Expedition to Western Yunnan vid Bhamd. Calcutta, 1871. 2 Mandalay to Momein: a narrative of the Two Expeditions to Western China of 1868 and 1875. London: Macmillan & Co., 1876. Xvili INTRODUCTION. Owing to the circumstances already indicated, materials were not collected on a scale sufficient to permit of any extended comparison between the fauna of the area traversed and that of the surrounding countries; but it may be as well to direct attention to certain facts ascertained on the Expeditions. A marked feature of the mammalian fauna of the Kakhyen hills, of the hill range to the east of Bham6, and of the hilly country through which the Trawady flows below Bhamé, is the presence of Hylobates hoolook, a species of a thoroughly Indo-Malayan type, associated with Macacus assamensis, which isa nearly allied form to the common Indian monkey, UZ rhesus. A short way to the south of the second defile of the Irawady, another hilly tract occurs in which Indo- Malayan species of Semnopithecus are to be found, viz., S'. pileatus and S. barbei, the former extending into Tenasserim and into Assam, where it is a prevalent species, occurring at no great altitude, and the latter penetrating the valleys of the Kakhyen mountains to the east, where it is associated with the Indo-Malayan genus Nycticebus, which is represented by NV. cinereus, a species which was first described from Siam by M. A. M.-Edwards. The range of this species also embraces Cachar, Sylhet, the Garo hills, and Assam; whilst the genus is represented in Arracan and the Chittagong hill tracts by the allied species N. tardigradus. Macacus rhesus, Audebert, which has hitherto been regarded as essentially characteristic of the fauna of Bengal and Upper India, would appear to have its range extending much further to the east than has hitherto been acknowledged. It occurs in the valleys of the mountain systems to the north and east of Akyab, from whence I have received many living examples from Colonel Sladen. Its eastward distribution, however, is not limited to that region; but it may be traced across the range of mountains that defines Arracan from Burma; and, moreover, it would appear to extend as far east as the left bank of the Irawady below Mandalay, the capital of Independent Burma. Another instance of distribution, almost a parallel to the foregoing, is to be found in Herpestes auropunctatus, a species which is profusely distributed over Upper India and Bengal, but which is also very prevalent at Chittagong, ranging into Upper Burma, about Bhamé; whereas it does not appear to enter Pegu. It occurs also in Cachar, where, as in Upper Burma, it differs only from the individuals found in Bengal in its darker colour. In the Kakhyen hills, and in the valley of Sanda, that remarkable Indo-Ma- layan insectivorous genus Twpaia, which in its external appearance and partially arboreal habits mimics the grizzled squirrels of the Malayan fauna, is not at all uncommon. It is represented by one species which appears to be new, and which I have designated 7’. chinensis. This genus, however, has a westward distribution as far as the Sikkim Himalaya, where I have observed it at Kurseong, at an eleva- INTRODUCTION. x1x tion of 4,500 feet. Associated in the Kakhyen hills with this Indo-Malayan type, is that peculiar, and comparatively short-tailed, so-called Tree-shrew, Hylomys, which was first discovered in Borneo, and afterwards by Major Berdmore in Tenasserim. The Paleartic Manchurian genus Chimarrogale, which was first discovered in Japan and afterwards in the Himalaya, occurs also in the Kakhyen mountains at Ponsee. The species is closely allied to that found in Japan. Itis probable that in the Kakhyen hills it will be ascertained to be associated with the genus Anu- rosorex, which is also a member of the same section of the Paleartic fauna, and the occurrence of which on the hill ranges of Northern Assam was recently established by the researches of Mr. H. 8. Peal of Sibsdgar. The genus Talpa, which is represented in the Himalayas and in the Assam region by two species, one of which occurs in the valley of the Sittang, will also doubtless be found in the high region to the east of Bhamé. Another instance of an Indian mammal extending its range to Western Yunnan is to be found in Vandeleuria, a subgeneric type of Mus, occurring in Southern and Central India and in the valleys of the Himalaya, and which I obtained in the valley of the Nampoung, within the Chinese frontier, the animal being apparently identical with the species found in Central India. The squirrels, on the other hand, are peculiar in the circumstance that not only certain species of the valley of the Irawady about Bham6, but others also of the hill region to the east, manifest types of coloration which do not occur to the west or to the south; for example, the squirrels which are distinguished by one or more lines on the ventral aspect of the body. The squirrel with more than one line on the belly occurs, as faras my observations go, only in the hills, and does not extend into the valley of the Irawady; whereas the squirrel with a single ventral line occurs not only in the valley, but extends into the mountain ranges to the east; and in con- nection with this, it is noteworthy that squirrels with analogous ventral lineation are found as far as the eastern sea-board of China. The large flying squirrel of Western Yunnan is also specifically distinct from the Himalayan species, and also from the voltant squirrels of Eastern China; whereas the smaller form P. pearsoni is found on the mountain ranges of Assam and Yunnan. That peculiar rodent type Rhizomys, which is allied to the Paleartic type Spalax, has its maximum specific development in the Indo-Chinese region, and is represented in the high area to the east of Bhamé by two species, R. pruinosus and R. badius, which are also found on the mountainous region to the west of the Irawady, con- stituting one of its zoological features, the former species having a further west- ward extension as far as the Sikkim-Himalaya. xx INTRODUCTION. The species of porcupine which occurs in Western Yunnan seems to be inter- mediate between the Eastern Chinese short-crested porcupine and an allied species in the Himalaya, both of which are nearly related to the small short-crested porcupine of Bengal, which, in its form as in its pronounced burrowing habits, is very distinct from the long-crested porcupine of Southern and Western India—a species which is hardly specifically separable from the large porcupine of Southern Europe and of North and North-Western Africa. The musteline genus Helictis is represented in Western Yunnan by a species, H. moschata, specifically distinct from H. nipalensis of the Himalaya. It would appear probable that the species of the genus Luira and its sub-genus dAonyx are specifically identical with the species found in the Himalaya. The different species of otter, however, found in the Indian section of the Oriental region are not at all rightly understood. An otter occurs in Bengal and in the Himalaya with a considerably flattened head and a somewhat spatulate muzzle, the skull of which is hardly distinguishable from the skull of the European otter; and this form would appear to be the Lutra nair of Cuvier, with which the L. indica, Gray, is identical. Another otter also occurs in Bengal with a deep head and a short deep muzzle, and a skull quite distinct from that of L. nair, as the postorbital portion is long and tumid, and in these features markedly different from the skull of L. nair, in which the postorbital region is contracted. Both of these otters are very closely allied to species which occur in the mountain streams of Western Yunnan asso- ciated with ZL. (Aonyx) leptonyx, an otter which has a wide distribution in the Indo-Malayan and Indo-Chinese regions. The musteline genus Meles (Arctonyz) is represented in Western Yunnan by the same species which occurs in the Assam region. On the higher mountain ranges to the east, in the neighbourhood of Sanda and Teng-yue-chow, and associated with a number of Paleeartic types, is found Mlurus, specifically identical with the so-called Cat-bear of the Himalaya. From the number of skins which are used for the decoration of the head-dresses of the Military officials, the species would appear to be very prevalent, and to have a much greater numerical development than in the Himalaya. I learned of the existence of a black bear in the Kakhyen hills, and indeed of its occurrence also in the mountain ranges generally to the east of Bhamé, and observed one skin which, from its general character, led me to conclude that it might probably be Ursus tibetanus ; but as there was, however, some doubt regarding this skin, I resolved to omit any reference to the species, except in this Introduction. Since the last Expedition, however, I have instituted enquiries on the eastern frontier of Burma regarding the species of bear said to occur there, and, as a result, the INTRODUCTION. xxi Zoological Garden of Calcutta received from Mr. Rivers Thompson, ©.8.1., then Chief Commissioner of British Burma, a living example of Ursus tibetanus from the hilly region at Tonghoo, in nearly the 19° parallel of latitude; and from this circumstance I,am disposed to conclude that my observation in the Kakhyen hills was correct. This species has been recorded by M. L’Abbé A. David from Shensi, and by Swinhoe from Hainan and Formosa.’ The tiger and leopard are prevalent at Bhamé, and equally so in the elevated valleys about Sanda and in the mountain ranges to the east, whereas in the Kakhyen hills the black variety of the latter animal is found; and associated with these species is another but much smaller cat, F. bengalensis, and which occurs in the valleys of the elevated region about Momien and also at Bhamé. The Himalayan species of Prionodon also occurs in the Kakhyen hills, and associated with it is that widely distributed species Viverricula malaccensis. At Momien, which is enclosed by rounded hills, covered only with grass and patches of bracken, I observed a small yellow fox; but as I have not been able to determine the species satisfactorily, having obtained only one young individual, I have omitted the species from the text. In association with it, there is a hare, which, for a similar reason, I have not been able to determine specifically. In the region of Teng-yue-chow, the Himalayan and Chinese species of Goat Antelopes, WV. bubulina and N. edwardsi, would appear to meet; and on the very high mountain ranges to the north of Teng-yue-chow that Palzartic type Woschus occurs. Cervus porcinus is prevalent at the base of the Kakhyen hills, and on them the cry of the barking deer, C. vaginalis, is a familiar sound. Wild elephants, the Singphos or Kakhyens assert, are occasional visitors to the mountains, ascending from the neighbourhood of Bhamé to an elevation of 5,000 feet. The Shans of Bhamé are familiar with the existence of a two-horned Rhinoceros, which occurs on the right bank of the Irawady, in the district of Mogoung; but I could not obtain any reliable information to serve as a guide to the identification of the species, whether it might be R. niger, ‘or the species which I some years ago described as R. swmatrensis of Bell, but which Dr. Sclater considered to be a distinct species and named R&R. lasiotis. R. swmatrensis, as understood by me, occurs at Chittagong, and is apparently the animal found in the valleys of Tipperah and Munipur to the north, and therefore is in all likelihood the species said to occur at Mogoung. . 1 ‘The bear referred to by Blyth in his Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of Burma under the name of U. malayanus as occurring at Tonghoo, on the authority of Mason, is doubtless U. tibetanus, which would also appear to extend north- wards through the Himalaya to Baltichist4én and to the confines of Sind and Persia, from whence Blanford at first described it as a new species, U. yedrosianus (Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, Vol. XLVI, Pt. II, 1877, p. 317), afterwards, however, acknowledging the specific identity of the BalGchistén black bear with U. tidetanus. Xx INTRODUCTION. The Himalayan Ant-eater is the species which occurs in the high valleys of Sanda and Momien; whereas, at Bham6, the Indo-Malayan species Manis javanica is found. When the Avine fauna is examined, it may also be observed that the compara- tively low region about Bhaméd, the area of the Kakhyen hills, and the elevated region beyond them to the east, is each characterized by distinct features. The fauna of Bhamé and its immediate neighbourhood is essentially Burmese; but a consideration of the species reveals the existence in it of a slight intermixture of species, more or less distinctive of the high country to the east, associated with others which partake more of the Malayan fauna. In the same way, inthe Kakhyen hills, the fauna is markedly Burmese, but it, at the same time, has distinct Himalayan and Khasia-hill affinities, with a much larger intermixture of Chinese species than is to be found in the area about Bhamd. To the east of the Kakhyen hills, it becomes more Chinese, and species are met with which are only sparsely represented in the Bhamé area, while many occur which do not extend into the valley of the Irawady. Some of these, however, have a considerable distribution to the western side of the Irawady valley, into the mountainous region of Assam, Munipur, and the Khasia hills. In this elevated region, it is found that this section of the fauna as well has a strongly pronounced Paleartic aspect, e.g., one of the most characteristic birds of the hills around Momien is a true pheasant, P. sladeni, with another allied form Thawmalea, whereas this group of birds is represented in the Kakhyen hills and around Bhamdé by Huplocamus. The Chelonian fauna, both terrestrial and fluviatile, around Bhamé, would appear to be perfectly distinct from that of India. So far as the species are concerned, none of those that are Indian extend into the valley of the Upper Irawady, while certain Indo-Chinese and Indo-Malayan forms, such as Pyxidea and Geoemyda, range as far westwards as the Garo hills and Assam. That remarkable Indo-Chinese genus Platysternum is found at some considerable distance to the south of Bham6, viz., at Tonghoo, where it is associated with Cyclemys and with the Indo-Chinese type Geoemyda, which finds the western limit of its distribution in Arracan. It is there- fore probable that further research about Bhamé, and in the neighbouring mountains to the east, will reveal the existence of kindred forms in these regions. In the Sittang valley to the south, Hylomys, which, as has been seen, occurs also in the Kakhyen hills, is associated in the former locality with Tropidophorous, an Indo- Malayan type of lizard which ranges northwards into the Hotha valley, to an eleva- tion of 4,500 feet; and such a fact as this goes to strengthen the anticipation which has been Just expressed. Not only, however, do none of the Indian species of Ohelonia find their way into Upper Burma, so far as is at present known, but the land-tortoise INTRODUCTION. Xxili is specifically distinct from that which is so prevalent in Pegu, viz., 7. elongata. The affinity, however, manifested by the northern species, 7. platynota, is more towards T. actinodes than to T. elongata; and it is a remarkable circumstance that, whilst T. platynota does not extend either into Assam or-into Bengal, 7. elongata is found on the outskirts of the eastern border of the plateau of Central India, and would also appear to exist in the Terai region of the Sikkim-Himalaya. But certain reptiles, which are highly characteristic of the Indian fauna, are also found at Bhamé, viz., Calotes versicolor, Tropidonotus stolatus, and Passerita mycterizans, associated with such Indo-Malayan forms as Calotes mystaceus, the first and the last occurring together also at Mandalay. In the Kakhyen hills, and in the country beyond, 7. stolatus is supplanted by 7. dipsas, a Himalo-Chinese species. In the Kakhyen hills, that Malayan type Draco is found, but rarely ; while in the valleys to the east, the fauna is characterized by such forms as Pseudopus, which also occurs in Lower Pegu, the Khasia hills and the Sikkim-Himalaya, and others, e. g., Japalura, Oriocalotes, Ablabes, Coluber, Hlaphis, which are essentially Hima- layan forms ; and with these is associated the Malayan type Ophites. Even the indi- vidual species of these genera are either identical with, or are very closely allied to, the species occurring in the Eastern Himalayas, while the Trimeresurus of the high valleys of Western Yunnan is identical with 7. monticola. Occurring along with these Ophidian forms in the area to the east of the Kakhyen hills, and chiefly to the east of Muangla, are found the Paleartic types Tylototriton, and Carassius as represented by the gold carp; and it is especially worthy of note that all of these forms, with the exception of Carassius, are also dis- tinctive of the fauna of the Sikkim-Himalaya. The sudden transition from the valley of the Irawady to the high country of Yunnan is very striking, because the traveller, after three marches over the Kakhyen mountains, is suddenly introduced from a Burmese-speaking population, clad in the light, many-coloured flimsy garments of a tropical people, into a Chinese-speaking race, clothed in the thick, dull-blue habiliments of a mountain people. This change of scene, however, is not more marked than that which distinguishes the faune and flore. After the dense vegetation and Burmese fauna of the valley of the Irawady are left behind, and the Burmo-Himalayan flora and mixed Burmese Indo-Malayan and Himalayan fauna of the Kakhyen hills have been passed, the elevated country becomes bare and grassy, and Burmese and Malayo-Himalayan species give way before others which are essentially Chinese and Paleartic. The physical features, however, of these regions have, as I have already said, been described in detail in my previous works on the scientific results of the two Expeditions to Western Yunnan. Xxiv INTRODUCTION. In concluding these introductory remarks to a volume which has greatly exceeded my original intention regarding its scope, I embrace the opportunity to record my thanks to Dr. Murie for much valuable assistance accorded to me in its progress through the press. During my absence from Europe, he undertook the supervision of the drawing, printing and colouring of the plates which illustrate this volume; and moreover I had the advantage of his opinion and advice in some anatomical details, and in the identification of certain species. To the artist Mr. Berjeau, who has faithfully reproduced the anatomical features of the objects described and the distinctive characters of the species represented, my thanks are also due. I am specially indebted to Dr. Dobson for having undertaken the descrip- tion of the Chiroptera. The identifications of the birds were verified by Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, who has carefully worked out the literature. To Dr. Giinther and Mr. Francis Day I am obliged for their aid in identifying the few fish obtained ; and more especially to the latter Ichthyologist, who favoured me with a list of the fish collected on the First Expedition, and undertook the description of certain species. I have also the pleasure to express my thanks to Mr. W. T. Blanford, who described the new species of Mollusca collected on the First Expedition; and to Mr. G. Nevill for the account of all the species of this group which were brought together on the two Expeditions. In the list and description of certain insects, I am particularly indebted to Mr. Frederick Moore; whilst I have also to acknowledge the assistance of Mr. Frederick Smith and Mr. Maclachlan in the description of others. The late Mr. W. S. Atkinson and the late Mr. Francis Walker identified and described the new species of those groups, to which they had specially devoted their attention. My thanks are due to Mr. J. Wood-Mason for having worked out the Crus- tacea, an account of which originally appeared in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. I acknowledge with pleasure my indebtedness to Professor A. C. Brown for the opportunity of figuring in this work a series of the ear-labyrinth of various Cetacean genera, taken from casts made by himself. To Professors Giinther, Flower, Turner, Schlegel, A. M.-Edwards, and Paul Gervais, I am under great obligations for the facilities they afforded me in examining the collections under their individual charge ; and to Professor Peters for his advice regarding certain species described in this work. INTRODUCTION. XXV Among others who gave me the benefit of their assistance, I am under obliga- tion to Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen for the plate of Rhizomys ery- throgenys, reproduced from a sketch made by him from the living animal. In conclusion, I must tender my thanks to the Trustees of the Indian Museum for permission to use for the illustration of this work many original drawings in their possession. CALCUTTA; The 21st December 1878. ; FIRST PART. a MAMMALIA. QUADRUMANA. SIMIIDA. Genus HyLosates, Illiger. * HYLOBATES HOOLOCK,! Harlan. | The Fifé, Nieuhoff, Recueil des Voyages, &e. vol. ili. 1716, p. 168. The Golock, De Visme, Philosoph. Trans. vol. lix. 1769, p. 72. The Gulok, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 38rd ed. 1798, p. 185. The Voulock Aliamand, Buffon, Hist. Nat. (Sonnini) vol. xxxv. (1809), p. 140. Simia lar, Philosoph. Trans. vol. lix. 1769, p. 607, Simia hoolock, Harlan, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. iv. new ser. 1834, p. 52, pl. 2 (animal and skull). Hylobates choromandus, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 689; London and Edinb. Phil. Mag. 1838, p- 531; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 3; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 54; Martin, Hist. Quad. 1841, pp. 415, 442 (plate); Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii, 1843, p. 5385; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 31; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii, (1844), p. 464; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 55. Hylobates hoolock, Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 8; M‘Clelland, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 148; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1841, p- 535; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quad. 1841, pp. 416, 438 (fig. of head); Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 838; vol. xiii. 1844, pp. 464, 476; vol. xliv. ex. no. 1875, p. 1; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 4; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 2; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 11; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. vol. ii. 1844, p. 29; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 9; Horsf. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 2; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1856, p. 54 (fig. of head) ; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 73, 76; Beyrich, Abhandl. der Berl. Akad. der Wiss. 1860, p. 7; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 86, pl. v. Hylobates scyritus, Ogilby, Mamm. Himalaya, Royle’s Ill. Him. Bot. 1839, p. LX ; Madr. Journ. Lit. & Se. vol. xii. 1840. Hylobates hulok, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. (1840), p. 76, vol. v. 1855, p. 20. Hylobates houlock, Lesson, Sp. des. Mammif. 1840, p. 54. ? Hylobates niger, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 20.3 1 An asterisk prefixed to a species mentioned in this work indicates that it was obtained or observed on one or other of the two Expeditions to Western China. 2A reference to this term, H. seyritus, Ogilby, has been given by Waterhouse in his Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1838, p. 3, to the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, but I have failed to discover it. Waterhouse appears to have been followed by succeeding authors, who have quoted his reference without verifying it. Ogilby, too, himself, in his “Natural History of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Opossums” (Charles Knight’s Library Ent. Know. “ Menageries,” vol. i. 1838, p. 144), refers to the Zool. Trans. vol. iv., p. 109, for the description of H. scyritus; but in the reference in question no such species is named. 3 Ogilby mentions a Gibbon described by Harlan as H. niger; but I have not been able to discover that any Gibbon has ever been described under that name. A 2 SIMIIDA. I first met with this species in Upper Burma, in passing through the magni- ficent defile of the Irawady, below Bhamé, where the river is enclosed by high hills, covered with dense forest, for about fifteen miles of its course. It was early morn- ing and the air was resonant with the loud calls of this Gibbon; large troops were answering each other from the opposite banks, and the hills echoed and re-echoed the sound. The Hoolock is also common on the Kakhyen hills, on the eastern frontier of Yunnan; and, there, too, my attention was called to them at daybreak when they passed up from their sheltered sleeping-ground in the deep and warm valleys to heights of about 4,000 feet. We, in the middle distance, first caught a faint murmur of voices; but every minute it became more and more distinct, till at last the whole troop rushed past in a storm of sound, vociferating “ whoko !” “ whoko !”’ and in a few more minutes their cry was heard far up the mountain-side. | Considering that their progress is almost exclusively arboreal, the rapidity with which they make their ascent is wonderful. Associated with this arboreal habit of progression, we find that H. hoolock derives its nourishment from leaves, insects, eggs and birds, the essential features of sylvan life. From a series of observations made in the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, on the food of this species, we learn that it eats, with evident satisfaction, the leaves of the following trees : Moringa pterygosperma, Gaertn., Spondias mangi- fera, Pers., and Ficus religiosa, Linn. Like the leaf-eating monkeys, such as Semno- pithecus entellus, it devours with avidity the leaves of Beta vulgaris, Mog., and those of the aquatic convolvulus, J. reptans, Poir. With the Ourang-outan it also manifests a decided predilection for the bright-coloured flowers of Canna indica, Linn. It is no new fact that H. hooloch, like its congener H. lar, has a marked par- tiality for spiders and their webs, which become tangled in its long slim fingers, and that orthopterous insects are regarded by it with special favour, over which it utters its peculiar cry of satisfaction. Eggs also are to it a bonne bouche. It was first in the Calcutta gardens that I became aware of the circumstance that small living birds were devoured by it with a method and eagerness which has left no doubt in my mind that this species, in its natural state, must be a scourge to the feathery tribe. The living bird being seized by the body, the work of destruction is begun at the head. The hoolock in so doing forcibly reminded me of the course pursued by that nocturnal nest-harrier Mycticebus tardigradus. As is well known, this species has the most westerly distribution of the mem- bers of the genus. Pemberton,’ who was an accurate observer, records that it occurs in the lower ranges of Bhutan; and a remark of Hodgson’s* would seem to favour the supposition that it occasionally finds its way even to the sheltered valleys of Nepal, as he mentions that his collectors were alarmed in the Kachar* by the 1 Journ. As. Bos. Beng. vol. viii. 1839, p. 272. 2 T, c., 1832, p. 339, foot-note, L. ¢., p. 339, Hodgson applied the name Kachar to the northern region of Nepal. HYLOBATES. 3 apparition of a wild man, from which, instead of shooting it, they fled away. This animal, they said, moved erectly, and was covered with long dark hair, and had no tail. Blyth' also observes that it exists in the hill ranges to the eastward of Upper Assam, in the region inhabited by the Nagas and Ahors, where it abounds in the upland forests in parties of from 100 to 150 individuals. ‘From thence it ranges in a south-westerly direction through the hill region of Assam to Sylhet and Kachar, and the Khasia and Garo hills, in the last of which it is prevalent;* it is also apparently found in some parts of Mymensing. It spreads through the moun- tains to the north and east of Chittagong, through Arracan, and is distributed south- wards as far as Martaban. From Assam and Munipore it crosses the valley of the Trawady, and penetrates into the range of mountains that define its eastern limit ; but it does not pass into the high, but treeless, country to the east of Nantin. Swinhoe* mentions a species of Black Gibbon said to exist in the country to the west of Canton, and suggests that it may be the same as the animal found in Hainan, and which he had attempted to identify with H. pileatus.* In Arracan and Martaban it is associated with H. lar; the latter, however, does not appear to extend into the northern portion of the Irawady valley.’ The variation of colour, which is so observable in this species throughout the area of its range, seems to be more distinctive of the female than of the male sex, as it would appear to be a rare circumstance to find an adult male otherwise than deep black, whereas females of mature age are not unfrequently pale yellow. At the same time it is a well-ascertained fact that young males occasionally present a similar variation, but whether they become black as they grow older has not been | determined. Even in females adhering most to the characteristic hue of the species, the black is always of a less deep tint than in the adult male, and they generally have a brownish tinge. I have observed females from Assam and Cachar in which the upper parts were pale yellow and the under parts and the sides of the head brown, whilst the area immediately surrounding the nude parts of the face was so white as to con- trast with the surrounding yellow. This type of coloration approaches that of the *Ungka puti” or H. agilis. In other females from the same region, the fur instead of being pure yellow is greyish yellow, and their resemblance to H. leuciscus is such that I have seen hoolocks of this type referred to that species by able zoologists. Black would seem to be the prevailing colour of the young at -birth, but the not unfrequent occurrence of bright yellow individuals in a species the adults of 1 Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1844, p. 464. 2 The type was probably obtained from these hills, as Dr. Harlan’s specimen came from Goalpara. 3 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 615. 4 Tbid, p. 225. Du Halde (Descrip. Emp. Chin. vol. 1, p. 118), in his description of the kingdom of Mansi, men- tions a great black ape. 5 Tickell states that H. lar extends to the northern confines of Pegu, and limits its westerly distribution to the east of the spur dividing British Burma from Arracan (Journ, As. Soc, Beng. 1864, p. 196). 4 SIMITD A. which are generally black, and the persistence of the former colour throughout life in some females, and perhaps also in some males, are facts of considerable interest, and should not be lost sight of in studying the various species of Semno- pitheci. Some of the species of this tailed group appear only to be distinguish- able from each other by differences of colour, some of them being deep black and others bright red. The dark-coloured species have their young born yellow or red. The leading features of the skull of H. hoolock as compared with ZH. lar are its less prominent orbital ridges, longer muzzle, more elongated nasal orifice, and considerably larger teeth, associated with a much longer palate than in ZH. lar. Such a series of structural characters occurring in the skull along with peripheral distinctions by which alone it is possible to separate H. hoolock from ZH. lar clearly indicate the two as distinct species. On the other hand, the skull of H. agilis has the prominent ridges surrounding the orbits, the short snout and palate and small teeth of H. lar, to which in external characters it is closely allied. The skulls also of HA. leuciscus and of HT. miilleri do not appear to me to present any very marked structural modification on the skull of ZH. lar. There is occasionally considerable asymmetry between the two sides of the facial bones of H. hoolock, due to a lateral twisting which I have generally observed to be towards the right side. It is quite apparent in life, and sometimes produces a most ludicrous appearance. This asymmetry does not appear to affect the rest of the skull. The canine teeth, unlike those of the higher anthropoid apes, appear to be equally well developed in both sexes of all the species, if the specimens on which these observations are founded have been correctly sexed, which I have no reason to doubt, as I have as far as possible personally: verified the sex in each instance. Dahlbom, in his comparatively recent revision of the genus, has placed, it appears to me, undue stress on the character of the absence or presence of a tuber- cle on the clavicle, for the existence of such a nodule can hardly be regarded in the light of a structural character, as it simply- indicates that the muscle has had a more powerful attachment to the bone than in those cases in which the nodule is only feebly developed. Such a character would be largely influenced by the life the animal led, and unless all the individuals on which his observation rests were thoroughly ferine, its value is much lessened. Dahlbom accepts H. agilis as distinct trom H. rafflesti, and HH. entelloides as separable from H. lar. I append a synopsis of the species after a careful comparison and study of the various types in Europe and the exainination of a very extensive series in India. HYLOBATES. 5 HYLoBATES LAR, Linn. Le grand Gibbon, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, pl. ii.; Zdid, Daubenton, p. 96. Le petit Gibbon, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, pl. iii.; Daubenton, p. 102; Latr. Hist. Nat. Buffon (Sonnini ed.), vol. xxxv. 1809, p. 206, pl. ix. The Long-armed Ape, Pennant, Syn. Mamm. 1771, p. 99; Hist. Quad. vol. i. (8rd ed.) 1793, p. 184 (in part) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1. 1800, p. 12, pl. v. The Lesser Long-armed Ape, Pennant, Syn. Mamm. 1771, p. 100. Le Gibbon, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, 1" fam. sect. ii. pl. i.; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini ed.), vol. xxxv. (1809) p. 197, pl. viii. Homo lar, Linn, Mantissa Plant. 1771, Append. p. 521. Simia longimana, Schreber, Séiugeth. vol. i. 1775, p. 66, pl. ii. figs. 1 & 2 (Buffon) ; Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 177, p. 9; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 174. Simia lar, Boddaert, Elench. An. 1785, p. 55; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. (13th ed.) 1788, p-. 29; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 12 (in part). Pithecus lar, Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini ed.), vol. xxxvi. 1809, p. 276. Pithecus varius, Laty. Hist. Nat. Buffon (Sonnini ed.), vol. xxxvi. 1809, p. 276. Pithecus variegatus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 88. Hybolates lar, Iliger, Abhand. der Akad. der Wiss. Berlin, 1815, p. 88; Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 5; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 50; pl. 5. fig. 3 (Buffon) ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 71, vol. v. 1855, p. 15; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. (Mastol. Méth.) 1840, p. 52; Martin, Hist. Quad. or Monkeys, 1841, pp. 416, 417, 433 (plate) ; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. vol. x. 1841, p. 888; vol. xil. 1843, p. 176; vol. xiv. 1845, p. 463; vol. xv. 1846, p. 172; vol. xvi. 1847, pp. 729, 730; vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 1; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 5; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 2; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 10. Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 172; Fry, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p. 15; Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1846, p. 487 ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 8; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 52 (fig. of head); Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. Anim. 1856, pp. 78, 77; Tickell, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 428; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. 1869, p. 360 ; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 86, pl. v. , Hylobates variegatus, Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 5; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 51; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 31; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 6; Bory de St. Vincent, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xii. 1827, p. 285; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 27; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 4; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 30 (in part). Simia albimana, Vigors & Horsfield, Zool. Journ. no. 18, 1828, vol. iv. p. 107. Simia variegatus, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 11. Hylobates albimanus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voyage de Bélanger, 1834, p. 29; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 28; Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237. Hylobates leuciscus, Cantor, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1846, p. 338. Pale Variety. Hylobates entelloides, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Compt. Rend. vol. xv. 1842, p. 717; Zool. Voy. de Jacque- mont, vol. iv. 1844, p. 13; Archiv. du Mus. vol. ii. 184—? p. 582, pl. xxix.; Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 9; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 52 (fig. of head) ; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 73, 76; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 2. This species is generally easily recognisable by its pale yellowish, almost white, hands and feet, by the grey, almost white, supercilium, whiskers, and beard, and by the deep black of the rest of the pelage. 6 SIMIIDA. It is the subject, however, of considerable variation, the most extreme variety being that in which the general colour of the animal, instead of being black, becomes wholly pale yellow (Z. entelloides, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil.). It may be observed, however, that, even in these very pale animals, which as in H. hoolock are generally females, the paler colour of the hands and feet can to a certain extent be detected. Between these two well-defined extremes every variety of colour is exhibited by the species, but the characteristic specific markings of the face, hands, and feet are preserved. In some individuals the index and middle tues of the foot become united by a web, as in A. syndactylus. Its voice is perfectly distinct from that of H. hooloch. It appears to be confined to Arracan, Lower Pegu, Tenasserim, and to the Malayan peninsula. HYLOBATES PILEATUS, Gray. Hylobates pileatus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 186, pl. xxi.; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1871, p. 10. Hylobates lar, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 2. The individuals of this species are generally distinguished by a black area on the top of the head resembling a cap, and by the chest being almost wholly of the same colour, which, however, in some instances extends on to the throat and belly. The back of the head, the upper surface of the trunk, the limbs, the circumference of the black spot on the crown, are greyish, usually paler in the latter area, all the remaining portions being black. Other specimens are all white, with the exception of the back which is brownish, and the top of the head and the chest which are black; while some are brownish, with the chest, belly, and sides of the face black, the throat also partaking more or less of the latter colour. In some examples the whole of the under parts are black and the whiskers are white. It is a most variable Gibbon, and the circumstance that it is to a certain extent resembled by H. agilis, H. leuciscus, and H. miilleri, in the distribution of their colours, has suggested to the minds of some zoologists, and with a show of probability, that they may all ultimately prove to be referable to one species. Inhabits Siam. HYLOBATES LEUCOGENYS, Ogilby. L’ Onke, Tabraca, Hist. Civile et Nat. de Siam, vol. ii. 1771, p. 808. Hylobates leucogenys, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 20; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. vol. x. 184] p- 838; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadrumana, 1841, p. 445 (plate and fig. of skull) ; Is. Geoff, St.-Hil. Comptes Rendus, 1842, vol. xv. p. 717, Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 585; Schinz Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 28; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 54; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 20; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 187() p- ll. ; This species is entirely black, with the exception of the area below the ears, the cheeks, and the part of the throat immediately behind the chin, which are white. HYLOBATES. 7 The specimens in London and Paris exactly agree with each other. This species inhabits Siam (Paris Museum), and is probably closely allied to those forms of H. pileatus in which the animals are wholly black with the exception of the whiskers; so that it seems to be so closely related to H. pileatus that the two may ultimately prove to be identical. HYLoBATES LEUcIscUS, Schreber. The Wow Wow, Camper, Allgemeene Vaterland. Letterfn. i. p. 18. The Long-armed Ape, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1798, pl. xxxviii. The Long-armed Ape (var. B), Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1793, p. 184, Le Moloch, Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1" fam. sect. ii. pl. ii. The Long-armed Ape (white var.), Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1, 1840, p. 12, pl. vi. Le Gibbon cendré, Latr. Hist. Nat. Buffon (Sonnini ed.), vol. xxxv. (1809) p. 207, pl. x. Simia leucisea, Schreber, Saugeth. tab. iii. 6, 1775. Pithecus leuciscus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 89. Hylobates leuciscus, Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 6; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 51; F. Cuvier, Dict. des Se. Nat. xxxvi. 1825, p. 289; Lesson. Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 31; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. 1827, p. 6; Bory de St. Vincent, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xii. 1827, p. 284; G. Cuv. Reg. An. vol. i. (nouv. éd.) 1829, p. 90; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 12; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Bélanger’s Voy. aux Ind. Orient., Zool. 1834, p. 26; Compt. Rend. vol. xv. 1842, p. 716; Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 7; Arch. du Mus. vol. v. 1852, p- 584; Miiller, Tijdsch. voor Natuur. Gesch. en Phys. vol. ii. 1835, p. 327; Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 4; Wagner, Schreber, Sdiugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 78, pl. iii. B; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 51; Martin, Hist. Quad. or Monkeys, 1841, pp. 416, 417, 486; S. Miiller, Verhandl. over de Zool. van den indisch. Arch. 1839—44, p. 15; Gray, Hand-list Mamm, B. M. 1848, p. 2; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p- 12; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839—44, p. 48; Blyth, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 465; Jdid, vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 4; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 5; Schinz. Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1842, p. 31; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 173; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 53 (fig. of head); Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 16; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Regn. An. 1856, pp. 73, 74; Giebel, Zeitschr. ges. Ntrwiss. 1876, p. 168 (skull) ; Bischoff, Abh. Bayr. Ak. Wiss. vol. x. 1870, p- 119, 5 plates (pl. i. head). General colour, uniform grey, paler on the lower region of the back; area around the face paler than the other parts, with the exception of the frontal streak, which is more or less conspicuous. The top of the head is occasionally blackish or dark brown, forming a kind of cap, but in others it is very obscure; the fingers and toes tend to blackish. The fur is dense, profuse, and rather long and woolly. Inhabits Java. The Bornean Gibbon (ZH. miilleri, Martin) appears to be closely allied to this species, but the materials at our disposal are not yet sufficient to determine whether the two are specifically identical. It is, however, noteworthy that two animals corresponding to H. leuciscus and to H. miilleri, now living together in the Calcutta gardens, both utter undistin- 8 SIMIIDA. > guishably the peculiar “Wow Wow” of the former, both in its slow and in its remarkably rapid, trilling scale. HYLOBATES MULLERI, Martin. Hylobates concolor, Miiller, Verhandl. over de Zool. ind. Archipel, 1841, p. 48; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 838; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 417; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 31; Temminck, Coup d’ceil sur les Possess. Neerland. vol. ii. 1849 p. 403; Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 55 (fig. of head); Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 17 (in part), Hylobates milleri, Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 444; Temminck, Coup d’ceil sur les Possess. Neerland. vol. iii, 1849, p. 403; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 7; Arch, du Mus. vol. v. 1852, p. 534; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 73, 75. Hylobates funereus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Compt. Rend. vol. xxxi. Dec. 1850, p. 874; Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p.7; Arch. du Mus. vol. v. 1852, p. 532, pl. xxvi; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 53, figure; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 18. This species varies from grey to dark yellowish brown, but the grey in certain lights appears pure ashy, and in others of a brownish tint. In some the chest and abdomen are frequently of a lighter colour than the other parts, and of a brownish yellow, and this seems to be the character of individuals met with on the west coast of Borneo, while those inhabiting the meridional parts of the island have the hands and fore part of the body of a black-brown or reddish brown. In both of these varieties there is a yellowish white supercilium. The last of them leads into the Hylobates from the neighbouring islands of Sulu to the north-east of Borneo, in which case the upper parts of the body are either grey or brownish, the lower part of the back and the loins being a little more clear than the rest. The outer surface of the limbs, the feet, less the toes, the back part of the head, a narrow supraorbital band, and the sides of the face, are paler than the other parts, and generally are ashy grey, more or less pure. The anterior portion of the upper surface of the head and the ventral aspect of the body are more or less brownish black, and the inner aspect of the limbs is of the same tint in the greater part of its extent. The upper surfaces of the hands and the toes are of the same colour, but the blackish brown is markedly mixed with grey. The face and under parts are black and the eyes are brown. Inhabits Borneo and the neighbouring islands of Sulu. As has been remarked by Miller, this species is closely allied to H. leuciscus, the general type of colouring being the same in both; and this observation is also applicable to H. pileatus, and in a more modified degree to H. agilis, all of these Gibbons being characterised by the tendency to form a dark skull-cap, so to speak, and by the colour of the dorsal region to pale on the loins; while in H. miilleri and H. pileatus there is the further disposition for the breast, belly, and inside of the limbs to become darker than the back; but as this is also the character of the light- coloured females of H. hoolock, much specific importance cannot be attached to it. HYLOBATES. 9 HYLOBATES AGILIS, F. Cuv. The Ounko, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. June 1824, pls. vii, viii. Pithecus lar, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 88. Hylobates agilis, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Sept. 1821, pls. v, vi; F. Cuv. Dict. des Se. Nat. ; vol. xxxvi. 1825, p. 288 ; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 31; Temm. Monogr. de Mamm. vol. 1. 1827, p. 18; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p.7; G. Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. 1829, vol. i. p- 90; Yarrell, Zool. Journ. vol. v. 1835, p. 137 ; Miiller, Tijdsch. voor Natuur. Gesch, en Phys. vol. ii, 1835, p. 826; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 18388, 2nd ed. p. 3; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 8388; vol. xii. 1844, p. 465; vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 8; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1868, p. 5; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quad. 1841, pp. 416, 417, 425 (plate) ; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 2; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhand. 1839-44, p. 48; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xv. 1846, p. 173; Fry, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1846, p- 11; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1846, p. 484; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammnif. 1851, p. 7; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 53 (figure) ; Dahlbom, Stud. Zoo]. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 74, 78, pl. iii. fig. 9 (clavicle); Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 12. Pithecus agilis, Desmarest, Mamm, 1820, p. 532.1 Simia lar, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii, 1822, p. 242 ; Vigors & Horsfield, Zool. Journ. vol. iv. 1828-29, p. 106; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829 (in part), p. 12. Hylobates lar, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mamm. June 1824, pls. 7,8; Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxxvi. 1825, p. 289; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 80; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 5; Bory de St. Vincent, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xii. 1827, p. 284; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours de VHist. Nat. des Mammif. 1829, p. 33 ; G. Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. 1829, p. 90; Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237. Hylobates variegatus, Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm. vol. i. 1827, p. xiii; Miller, Tijdschr. voor Natuur. Gesch. en Phys. vol. ii, 1835, p. 326 ; Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 74; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 52; S. Miller, Verhandl. over de Zool. van den Indisch. Arch. 1841, p. 15; Miller, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 47; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 3; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 16. Hylobates raffie:, Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours de Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1829, p. 34; Zool. du Voyage de Bélanger, 1834, p. 28 ; Compt. Rend. vol. xv. 1842, p. 716; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 535; Miiller, Tijdschr. voor Natuur. Gesch. en Phys. vol. ii. 1835, p. 826; Mill. und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1889-44, p. 48; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p 73. Hylobates unko, Lesson (in part) Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 53. Hylobates raffesii, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 8; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 538 (fig. of head); Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 74, 80; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 11. The occiput, the back from immediately behind the shoulders, the flanks, the hips, and the outer surfaces of the fore and hind limbs, pale yellow. The shoulders, chest, and belly, and the inside of the limbs and feet, dark brown. The eyebrows and whiskers pale greyish. A few reddish hairs in the region of the genitalia. Animals presenting the foregoing characters constitute the “‘ Ungka puti,” or H. agilis, ¥. Cuv.; but the Gibbons which are distinguished by the following parti- culars, and which are known to the natives as “‘ Ungka etam” (H. rafflesii, Geoff.), appear to be only a dark variety of H. agilis. The type of this variety, which I have carefully compared with that of ZH. agilis, 1 From the circumstance that Desmarest quotes F. Cuvier as the first zoologist to recognise this species, it is evident that the “ Mammologie,” although dated 1820, did not appear before September 1821. B 10 SIMITDA. is wholly black, with the exception of a white streak over the eyes and the cheeks, which are ashy grey; but in another example in the Paris Museum, also regarded as a type, the ashy grey of the cheeks is absent, and the supraorbital pale line is reduced to a mere trace. In this species, as in H. lar, the index and middle toes of the hind feet are occasionally united by a web. Inhabits Sumatra. Hytopates (SIAMANGA) SYNDACTYLUS, Raffles. Simia Gibbon, C. Miller, Phil. Trans. vol. xiv. (abridged ed.) 1778, p. 318. Pithecus syndactylus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 531; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 30. Hylobates syndactylus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. var. 1821, pl. iv.; Dict. des Se. Nat. vol. xxxvi. 1825, p. 287; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. (1827) p. 6; Bory de St. Vincent, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xii. 1827, p. 283; G. Cuv. Reg. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. 1829, p. 90; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. aux Indes Orient. Bélanger, 1834, Zool. p. 80; Cat. Méthod. des Mamm. 1851, p. 9; G. Bennett, Wanderings in New South Wales, 1834, vol. ii. p. 151; Miller, Tijdschr. voor Natuur, Gesch. en Phys. vol. ii. 1835, p. 824; Schlegel, Essai sur la Phys. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 286; Waterhouse, Cat. Mus. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1838, p. 4; Wagner, Schreber, Sdéugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 69, Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 15; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 50; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1841, p. 5385; Comptes Rendus, vol. xv 1842, p. 717; Martin, Hist. of Quadr. (Monkeys) 1841, p. 420 (plate) ; S. Miiller (und Schlegel), Verhandel. over de Zool. 1839-44, p. 15; Sandifort, Muller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 31, 38, pl. il. figs. 3-5 (brain) pl. vii. figs. 1-3 (larynx & sac); Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng, vol. xiii. 1844, pp. 463, 474; vol. xliv. ex. no. 1875, p. 8; Schinz, Syn. Mamun. vol.i. 1844, p. 28; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 51, figure; Flower, Nat. Hist. Review, 1863, p. 279 (plate); Giebel, Zeitsch. ges. Ntrwiss. 1866, p. 186. Simia syndactytus, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. 1822, p. 241; Horsfield, Zool, Res. in Java, 1824, plate ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 11; Helfer, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. vii. 1838, p. 858. Stamanga syndactyla, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 1; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p- 9; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 1; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, p. 71. Body more robust than in Hylobates hoolock : pelage deep, woolly, black, with no pale supercilium, nor white around the face. A bare area on the throat corres- ponding to the position of a large dilatable laryngeal sac. The index and middle toes of the foot united to the last phalange. Inhabits the Island of Sumatra; the Malayan peninsula (Wallace) ; Tenasse- rim (Helfer). The skull of H. syndactylus is distinguished from the skull of the other Hylo- bates by the greater forward projection of its supraorbital ridges and by its much deeper face. It is also the largest skull of the genus. The occipital region appears to be more abruptly truncated than in the other species, but the brain cavity does not seem to be relatively broader than in the shorter and smaller skulls of H. hoolock and H. lar, The skulls of all Hylobates are more or less depressed, but the truncation of the central portion is more distinctive of H. syndactylus than of the other species. HY LOBATES. ji (Doubtful species.) HYLOBATES FUSCUS, Winslow Lewis. Hylobates fuscus, Winslow Lewis, Boston Journal, Nat. Hist. vol. i. Pt. i. May 1834, p. 32; pls. 1. and ii. (skeleton and skull). General colour, dirty brown. Face and hands black. Such is the brief description of this animal, a male and female of which were purchased in Calcutta from the menagerie of a Rajah, who stated that he had obtained them from the vicinity of the Himalaya. The animal from which the above description was taken was an adult female with mature dentition. ‘The upper canines were enormously projecting, extending nearly to the mental foramina when the jaws were closed; the inferior canines projecting upwards as far as the alveolar processes of the upper jaw. The vertebral formula was C. 7: D.13: L. 5: 8.3: C. 1:29. The sternum had three pieces and there were six false ribs. From the locality assigned to this species, we would have looked for the characters of H. hoolock, but among the very many examples of the latter species which have passed under my notice, I have never met with any in which the characteristic white supercilium was absent. On the other hand, the description of H. fuscus suggests that it may be a brownish example of the wholly black Gibbon from Borneo, which was described by Dr. Harlan as H. concolor, but from a hermaphrodite individual, and which appears to have been a very different animal from the H. concolor, Miller, which was afterwards named H. miillert by Martin. I attach no importance whatever to the locality assigned to this Gibbon, because my experience of Rajahs’ menageries in Calcutta has taught me that the owners have no means of ascertaining with any degree of accuracy the localities from whence their specimens are obtained. HYLOBATES CONCOLOR, Harlan. Simia concolor, Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1827, vol. v. pl. u. p. 229. HHylobates concolor, Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Génl. 1837, p, 237; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 79; vol. v. 1855, p. 17 (in part) ; Blyth. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. x. 1841, p.838; Fry, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846, p. 15; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1846, p. 487. Hylobates hariant, Lesson, Bull. des Se. Nat. sseasaa) vol. xiii. 1827, p. 111. This Gibbon was a hermaphrodite from the Island of Borneo, described as having the fur full, crisp, and universally black. Considering the abnormal con- struction of this animal, it must be left to future research to determine whether or not such a species exists in Borneo distinct from H. miilleri, Martin. 12 SIMIIDA. Genus SremnopitHecus, F. Cuv.' * SEMNOPITHECUS BARBEI, Blyth. ? Semnopithecus maurus, Helfer, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xii. 1843, p. 358. Presbytis Barbei, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi. 1847, p. 734; vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p- 11; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 14. This species has no crest, nor is the hair so elongated on the occiput as in SN, obscurus, Reid, but the hair on the side of the head, before the ears, is long and outwardly projecting. The adults of both sexes are alike in colour, and the general hue is dark blackish-fuliginous, but the shoulders, fore-limbs, exclusive of the hands, the front of the tibial portions of the hind limbs, the back and sides of the head and the tail, are feebly washed with silvery grey over the dark fur. The hands, feet, eyebrows, and whiskers are black. The under parts are concolorous with the general tint of the body. There is no trace of a white stripe on the inside of the limbs. The hair on the vertex is moderately long and directed backwards ; on the lips there is a narrow fringe of short yellowish hairs, and there is a short beard. The skin of the face is bluish black. Length of body 1 foot 73 inches, tail 2 feet 5 inches.. The skull of S. darbei has the comparatively elongated interorbital region of S. obscurus, but its nasals are very much broader and form a considerable suture with the frontal, and the facial portion of the skull is also less forwardly projected than in that species. The orbits in both of these species are more or less rounded, while in S. siamensis they are transversely broader than high, and contracted to- wards their inner side and associated with a short interorbital septum. There is a very close similarity between the under surfaces of the skulls of S. obscurus and 8. barbei, but the latter is distinguished by a much shorter palate and by a somewhat more curved dental line than in S. obscurus. The teeth of §. barbei are somewhat smaller than in S. obscurus. The last molar of the lower jaw of §. barbei and 8. obscurus has a well-developed fifth talon, as in the majority of the Semnopitheci. The symphysis of the lower jaw of 8. barbei is not so deep as in S. odscurus, but it is much broader in front and more flattened than in §. obscurus. * The genera Semnopithecus and Preshytis were both created in 1821, the first by F. Cuvier (Hist. Nat. des Mammif. vol. ii. Juillet 1821) for the reception of 8S. melalophus and S. entellus, which, like the majority of their allies, are distinguished by having three tubercles or cusps on the last inferior molar, while the second, Presbytis, was founded by Eschscholtz on S. mitratus, which has only four tubercles on the last inferior molar. Mivart,? however, has recently shown that certain individuals of S. siamensis agree with 8. mitratus in the absence of the fifth talon, and that much importance cannot be attached to its absence or presence, as we find Gallago (Otogale) pallida, Gray, subject to a similar variation, and also Nycticibus javanicus, Is. Geoff., as recorded by Huxley.? The circumstance, therefore, that the genus Semnopithecus more accurately portrays the general characters of the group than Presbytis, and the fact that it has been adopted by the great majority of naturalists, in preference to the latter term, are the reasons which lead me to adopt it. ? Proc. Zool, Soc. 1864, p. 626. 3 Ibid, p. 323. SEMNOPITHECUS. 13 An adult female (type) skull, when compared with a male skull with the dentition perfect, presents these characters; it is considerably larger and has the interorbital region much more vertical. I observe that in §. obscwrus, a female of that species is also distinguished from the male skull not only by amore vertical but by a longer and narrower interorbital region. Indeed, the differences that exist in these respects between the skulls of well-authenticated examples of the two sexes are greater than are generally found to exist between the same sexes of different species ! Taking the characters of this form as a whole, there can be no doubt that its nearest ally is S. obscurus. In his original description of the species, Blyth stated that his types were from the province of Ye in Tenasserim, but in his catalogue of mammals’ he afterwards assigned them to the Tippera hills on the authority of the Reverend Mr. Barbe, the original discoverer of this monkey. I observed this species in 1868 in the valley of the Tapeng in the centre of the Kakhyen hills, in troops of about thirty to fifty monkeys, usually distributed over three or four high forest trees overhanging the mountain streams that debouch into the Tapeng. Being seldom disturbed they permitted a near approach. In the defile of the Irawady above Mandalay on the left bank of the river this species is also met with in the patches of thick forest which occur in that locality. * SEMNOPITHECUS PILEATUS, Blyth. The Assam entellus monkey, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 782. Semnopithecus pileatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xii. 1843, p. 174; Zdid, vol. xiii. 1844, pp. 467, 476; Horsfield, Cat. Mam, E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1857, p. 7; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 30; Hutton, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1867, pp. 946, 950. Presbytis pileatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi. 1847, pp. 735, 1271, pl. xxvi. fig. 3; vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 11; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 12. Presbytis chrysogaster; Licht. Peters, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 429. Semnopithecus potenziani, Pr. Bonap. Comptes Rendus, vol. xliu. 1856, p. 412. A black-faced crestless monkey, somewhat smaller than S. entellus. Long, black supraciliary hairs outwardly divergent. Hairs on the vertex not elongated, but somewhat longer than those on the occiput and temples, which they impend and produce a capped appearance. The whiskers before the ears long and outwardly divergent and hiding the lower half of these organs, and continued down the sides of the cheek to the chin as a short but distinct ruff. The upper surface of the head dark ashy grey, tending to black, and contrasting with the reddish- yellow whiskers and beard, but more or less tinged with ferruginous, which is occasionally rather well marked on the front of the forehead. The rest of the upper parts, including the neck, the upper half of the brachium, and the lower half of the limb below the elbow, the outside of the thighs, and the whole of the tail dark 1 L.c., p, 14, 14 SIMIIDA. ashy grey, passing into black on the extremity of the tail, which is tufted. The fingers are dark, almost blackish, and the distal half of the foot is almost wholly black, especially the toes: the whole of these parts, with the exception of the hands and feet, although ashy grey, has a slight ferruginous tinge in the fully mature animal: the remainder of the limbs is more or less ferruginous or yellowish erey, palest on the lower portion of the hind limb. The throat and the whole of the chest and upper part of the belly rich orange or golden-yellow, paling to yellowish on the rest of the under parts and on the inside of the limbs. Tail about one-third longer than the body. The skull of S. pileatus is considerably smaller than that of S. entellus, but is about the same size as the skull of S. priamus. Unlike the Indian Semuotes, it has the supraorbital ridges only moderately developed and the lambdoidal ridge but feebly prominent. The brain-case is more globular than in the other species owing to the absence of the last-mentioned character. The facial portion slopes considerably forwards, as in S. schistaceus, and, like that species, the nasal bones are straight, but flattened, so that they project but little anterior to the orbits. The face has thus a much-flattened aspect in life. The muzzle is moderately long and broad. The teeth are about the same size as in S. priamus; and, as in Semnopitheci generally, the teeth of the female are considerably smaller than those of the male, and the palate in that sex is somewhat shorter than in the male. In the latter it is moderately deep with the alveolar borders slightly posteriorly convergent. The posterior palatine foramen is compressed. In a male that had been kept in confinement from youth to maturity the maxillary series of teeth occupies a space measuring 1°50, whereas in a ferine male the teeth are somewhat smaller, occupying an area of only 1:30 inch, the palate being deeper and shorter than in the former individual. Although the ferine male is older than the domesticated individual, its supraorbital ridges are less developed. The breadth across the fronto-malar suture equals the distance between the anterior border of the foramen magnum to the outer margin of the premaxillary foramen, and the greatest zygomatic breadth falls short of that interval half the length of the premaxillary foramen. This is a common monkey in Northern Assam, from whence it ranges south to Tippera, and through Arracan and Upper Burma to Tenasserim. The type of S. potenziant came from Tenasserim, but Blyth’s §. pileatus was a half- grown specimen in the Barrackpore menagerie near Calcutta, and alleged to be of Malayan origin. It is now, however, well ascertained that this monkey is not at all uncommon in Tippera and Assam, and I am therefore disposed to think that the locality originally assigned to 8. pileatus was erroneous, and that the animal came either from Tippera or Assam. In this respect it would be analogous to the case of WM. speciosus (arctoides) also described from a Barrackpore specimen said to have been brought from Japan, but probably procured in the same region as S. pileatus. I observed a troop of this species at Tsingu Myo SEMNOPITHECUS. 15 on the left bank of the Irawady at the entrance or lower end of the first defile. The young are much paler than the adults, and are a soft delicate grey, the areas which are ferruginous or orange-yellow in the mature animal being albescent or only slightly fulvous. The fur is soft, silky, and rather long; and the tail is tufted, and in the young is almost grey. A specimen which I had alive for some time, and which was caught in Northern Assam, was, like young Semnopitheci generally, of a mild disposition. This, how- ever, is not the character of these animals in the adult state, for their tempers become unreliable, and the males when irritated are very fierce and determined in attack. This species in the general distribution of its colouring and in the strong projecting supraorbital ridge of hairs more closely resembles S. entellus and its near allies than any of the other Semnopithecit. Having had the opportunity to examine nearly all the types of the different species of Semnopithecus, I subjoin the results of my observations. SEMNOPITHECUS ENTELLUS, Dufresne. L’entelle, Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, Fam. iv. sec. ii. fig. 2; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini) vol. xxxvi. (1809), p. 85, pl. lvi. Simia entellus, Dufresne, Bull. Soc. Philom. vol. i. 1797, p. 49; Mag. Encyclop. vol. iv. 1797 ; F. Cuv. Dict. des Se. Nat. vol. xx. 1821, p. 33. Cercopithecus entellus, Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon, vol. xxxvi. (Sonnini ed.) 1809, p. 283; Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xv. 1817, p. 581; Kuhl. Beitr. zu Zool. 1820, p. 12; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 59. Semnopithecus entellus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. (1825), p. 568; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 40; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 10; Cuv. Reg. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. 1829, p. 94; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 14; E. T. Bennett, Garden and Monog. Zool. Soe. vol. i. 1831, p. 81; Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 199 ; Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 75; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 38; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888 (second ed.), p. 4; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 435; Elliot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Sc. vol. x. 1839, p. 95; Nat. Hist. Monkeys, 1841, p. 461; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 99, pl. xxiii. B; Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 32; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 56; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 461 (plate); Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xu. 1843, pp. 169, 172; vol. xii, 1844, pp. 470, 476; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839, pp. 44, 59; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1840, p. 42; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 18; Arch. du Mus. vol. v. 1852, pp. 537, 538; Horsf. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p, 4; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 60; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 87, 89; Beyrich, Abhandl. der Berl. Akad. der Wiss. 1860, p. 7; Roy. Lankester Quart. Journ. Sc. 1865, p. 562; Hutton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 944; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 14, var. 1; A. M.-Edwards, Arch. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 242. Presbytis entellus, Gray, Hand-list, B. M. 1843, p. 4 (an part); Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. vol. xvi. (1847), p. 782; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. (1851), p. 313; Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Bengal, 1863, p. 11; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 4. Semnopithecus albogularis, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 58. 16 SIMIID. Preshytis anchises, Elliot, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xin. 1844, pp. 470, 476; Ibid, vol. xvi. 1847, p. 733; Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1851, p. 313; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 14; Wagner, Schreber, Siiugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 32. General colour of the body pale yellow, washed with ashy grey or brownish on the nape and back, and with a darker tint of the same colour on the shoulders and the outside of the limbs. A strong line of black supraorbital hairs, as in all its Indian allies: no crest. Hands and feet and their under surfaces and the skin of the face and ears black. The tail is concolorous with the back, but paling towards its tip: it is about one-fourth longer than the body. This form is most nearly allied to S. schistaceus, but I have observed indivi- duals which in their bright colours approached closely to the allied form occurring in Assam, viz. 8. pileatus. A consideration of the types of 8. schistaceus, S. pileatus, S. hypoleucus, and 8. priamus, in conjunction with a large series of 8. entellus, leads me to believe that in the following synopsis of the group we have the species arranged according to their affinities. I have examined the entelloid monkeys which Colonel Sykes obtained in the Deccan, and which I do not consider to differ specifi- cally from this species. Sir Walter Elliot was inclined to regard the entelloid monkey from Southern and Central India as belonging to a distinct form which he named S. anchises, and an example of which in the shape of a skin was sent’ to Blyth at Calcutta, who considered it to be S. entellus. Unfortunately this skin no longer exists in the Indian Museum, and there are no materials at present available for the settlement of this point; but having every reliance on Blyth’s judgment in such a matter, I accept his views regarding S. anchises. The characters of the skull of this species I enumerate under S. schistaceus. This species appears to range from the Deccan northwards to the right bank of the Ganges, but what are the limits of its distribution to the west and north-west is not accurately known, but it reaches to the seaboard to the east, and in the Hima- layas is replaced by S. schistaceus, to the south-east by S. hypoleucus, and to the south-west by 8. priamus. In Assam it is represented by 8. pilestus, The food of the entelloid monkey appears to consist very largely of the leaves of forest trees. SEMNOPITHECUS SCHISTACEUS, Hodgson. Lhe Langér, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. 1832, vol. i. p, 339. The Long-tailed Monkey, Pemberton, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. viii. 1839, p. 722. Lhe Masuri Langdér, Hutton, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 471. Semnopithecus entellus, Hodgson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1834, p. 95; Ogilby, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. vol. xii. 1840, p. 144. Semnopithecus schistaceus, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. ix. 1840, p. 1212; vol. x. 1841, p. 907; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1842, p. 212; vol. iv. 1844, p- 255; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii, 1842, p. 314; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xii. 1843, pp. 171, 172; vol. xii, 1844, p. 471; Ldid, p. 476; Horsfd. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 5; Wagner, Schreber, Singeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 33; Schlagenw. Proc. As. Soe. Beng. 1866, p. 23; Hutton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 948, SEMNOPITHECUS. 17 Semnopithecus nepalensis, Hodgson, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. vol. ix. 1840, p. 1212 ; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol, ii, 1842, p. 212. Presbytis entellus, Gray, Cat. Hodgson, Nepal Mamm. &c, 1846, p. 1, var. 2; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, pp. 14, 15. Presbytis schistaceus, Blyth, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1851, p. 318; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p.11; Jerdon, Mamm. India, 1867, p, 6; Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xli. 1872, p. 32, General colour of the upper parts, except the head, dark slaty, darkest on the outside of the fore-limbs; dark on the thighs, but paling towards the ankle; hands and feet concolorous with the limbs. Head pale yellow, nearly white; chin, throat, chest, and under parts and inside of limbs yellowish. The tail is concolorous with the back, darkening towards its tip. ‘The ears, palms, and soles are black. The fur long, wavy, and profuse. In old individuals the general colour is paler, inclining to grey and even to white on the head, while in the young and adolescents the feet are occasionally darker than in adults. Hab.—Bhutan, to the north-west Himalaya, west of Simla, at elevations from 4,000 to 18,000 feet. The skulls of 8. entellus and 8. schistaceus present certain features by which they can be separated the one from the other, and the differences that exist between them are greater than those which subsist between S. entellus and S. priamus. The skull of S. schistaceus is somewhat larger than that of 8. entellus. The supraorbital ridge of S. schistaceus does not form so thick and wide a pent roof as it does in S. entellus, and it is less forwardly projected. But the most marked distinction is to be observed in the much longer facial portion of the skull of 8. schistaceus, t.e., in the interspace existing between the middle of the supraorbital ridge to the extremity (alveolar) of the premaxillaries, an interval which is considerably longer than in S. entellus. When the skulls of the two forms are placed in natural position, it is observed that the supraorbital ridges of S. entellus are projected more anteriorly to the lower margin of the orbit than in S. schistaceus. This character is brought out when a line is produced from the middle of the supraorbital ridge to the tip of the premaxillaries. In 8. entelius the line rests against the supraorbital margin, and may either touch or not touch the distal ends of the nasals and the extremities of the premaxillaries, thus including two well-marked concavities, one the fronto-nasal and the other the naso-premaxillary, the latter being the larger and the best defined of the two concavities. In §. schistaceus the line does not touch the extremity of the premaxillaries, but owing to the almost straightforward projection of the nasals passes a long way anterior to the alveolar margin of the premaxillaries, and if it were not that the supraorbital ridge is swollen, the line would be almost wholly in contact with the nasals. This forward projection of these bones gives rise to a much greater breadth of the maxillee, between the inner border of the orbit and the nasal portion of the premaxillary, than occurs in §. entellus. The external nasal orifice, owing to the forward projection of the facial bones to a much greater c 18 SIMIIDZ. extent than prevails in 8. entedlus, is much longer than in that species, and the depth of the face from the distal extremity of the nasals to the alveolar border is much greater. The premaxillaries also are more anteriorly rounded and produced than in §. entellus, thus conferring greater length on the muzzle. Associated with the shorter muzzle of S. entellus and its more downwardly compressed face is a considerable concavity immediately below the orbit, at the base of the muzzle, external to the maxillo-malar suture, but little marked in S. schistaceus. The transverse breadth of the face is proportionally greater than in S. schistaceus, which is also true of the zygomatic breadth, so that the head of S. entellus is more rounded than in the mountain species. The palate of 8. schistaceus is relatively narrower and deeper, and its alveolar borders are more parallel. The teeth of S. schistaceus are somewhat larger than in S. entellus, and the palate, therefore, is somewhat longer. The petrous bones, also, are not so prominent in the former as in the latter. The symphysis of the lower jaw is considerably longer and broader than in S. entelius, and the lower jaw itself is generally more massive and deep. SEMNOPITHECUS ALBIPES, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Semnopithecus albipes, Is. Geoff. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 14; Arch. du Mus. vol. v. 1852, p. 586; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 61; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 34; Dahlbom, Stud. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 87, 89. The animal is brownish grey on the body, and more or less yellowish on the head: the anterior extremities are tawny grey and the hind limbs sullied white, the tail is greyish or brownish, and the under parts of the body are whitish. The face is black, the hair on the head towards the occiput is raised into a kind of short tuft, which is prolonged backwards to near the nape as a small median crest, but it is possible that this may be artificially produced. Ft. In. Length of the body from the muzzle to the root of the tail =. » 2 1:48 29 2299 tail . : . : . . . . . . 2 2:06 This species, the types of which I have examined in Paris, has all the characters of the entelloid group of Semnopitheci, and notwithstanding its wide separation geographically from the race of S. entellus which has been designated S. priamus and afterwards S. pallipes by Blyth, it is most closely allied to it,—so much so that Gray has regarded the latter as synonymous with 8. albipes, but Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire has distinctly stated that this species is peculiar to Manilla. In its rudimentary crest he saw in it an affinity to the crested Malayan species, but I agree with A. M.-Edwards that Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire attached too much importance to the radiation of the hair on the vertex. Had it not been distinctly stated that S. albipes is an inhabitant of Manilla, I should have followed Dy. Gray’s example and regarded the two as identical. SEMNOPITHECUS. 19 SEMNOPITHECUS PRIAMUS, Elliot. Semnopithecus priam, Elliot, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. (1844), pp. 470, 476. Semnopithecus pallipes, Blyth, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 312. Presbytis priamus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 732, pl. liv. fig. 1; Idid, p. 1271 ; vol. xx. 1851, p. 318; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. new ser. 1848, p. 454; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 12; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Soc.’s Mus. 1851, p. 5; > Kelaart, Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 3; Wagner, Schreber, Sdéugeth. Suppl. vol. v. (1855), p. 33 ; Sir E. Tennent, Nat. Hist. of Ceylon, 1861, p. 5, fig. 2, not fig. 3; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 7. Presbytis thersites, Elliot, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 1271, pl. liv. fig. 3 ; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 14; Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeylan. 1852, p. 5; Wagner, Schreber, Saéugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 34; Tennent, Ceylon, Hist. of, 1860, p- 182, plate, fig. 1, not fig. 2; Hutton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 949. Semnopithecus albipes, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 15. Pale ashy grey on the upper parts, darkest on the back. The sides of the head, nape, lower half of the thigh, and the hands and feet yellowish. The outside of the fore-limb and the remainder of the thigh are pale ashy like the trunk. The under parts and the inside of the limbs are yellowish. The tail is concolorous with the back, but paler towards its somewhat tufted extremity. The face, ears, and under surface of the feet black. Such are the characters of specimens from the Coromandel Coast. Those from Ceylon are much darker, being of a pale vinaceous brown on the upper parts, except on the sides and front of the head, and on the nape and back of thighs which are yellowish. The vertex, the outside of the limbs, and the tail are also vinaceous brown, The under parts and the inside of the limbs are yellowish. Blyth described S. priamus as having a compressed, high, vertical crest, but as one of the specimens in the Indian Museum referred by Blyth to S. priamus shows no sign of a crest, and as Blyth states that this individual did not possess a crest in life, I removed the skulls of the two types of S. priamus (No. 30 A & B of Blyth’s Cat. of Mamm.), and in A, which has a short erect crest, I found that the skin on the vertex had been cut open and cotton-wool introduced between the skull and the skin, and that where the cotton-wool was, there the crest existed. In the other specimen, B, the short crest occurred exactly over the point of a wire which perforated the skull and pressed against the skin. Therefore, until the crest has been observed in the living animal, I am inclined to believe that it had been produced in these stuffed specimens by the bad preparation of the skins in mounting them. The type of §. thersites was from Ceylon, and does not differ in any essentials from the Ceylon individual referred by Blyth to 8. priamus. The skull of S. priamus in its adult condition is considerably smaller than that of S. entellus; the vertical depth of its face is relatively less than in that species, while, on the other hand, it is proportionately broader across the orbits. 20 SIMIID &. Its fronto-nasal depth also is less than in S. entellws, the nasals being short and broad, and the nasal opening considerably shorter than in that species. A line drawn through the centre of the face, from the alveolar border of the premaxillaries to the supraorbital ridge, does not touch the distal ends of the nasals, these bones being rather flattened and broad and slightly concave. These differences in the details of the configuration must confer on S. priamus a very different visage from that of §. entelius. There is not much difference in the teeth of the two forms, but in 8S. priamus they are relatively larger than in S. entellus, except the canines, which are smaller. The palate has the general characters of that of S'. entellus, and, like it, is of variable depth. The differences in the relative sizes of these two skulls are indicated in the following measurements :— S. schis- S. 8. taceus. |entellus.|priamus. Tip of premaxillaries to centre of lambdoidal ridge ; . : ; : : .| 530 5:05 460 Ditto to anterior margin of foramen magnum . ‘ : , : -| 3°85 3:50 3°28 Ditto to end of palate ‘ 2°22 2:05 1:95 Breadth across fronto-malar suture 3:00 3:00 2:90 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch . 3:95 4:00 3°63 Depth through coronoid process of mandible ‘ : 2°45 2°51 2:10 Transverse breadth of ascending ramus in a line with alveolar border : ‘ .| 145 1:38 1:30 Length of symphysis. 4 ; . ; 3 ‘ 1:50 1:25 1:10 Transverse breadth of sy mphysis ‘ 0°80 0°50 058 From the foregoing measurements it will be observed that the lower jaw: of S. schistaceus is characterised by great depth and breadth of symphysis, and that S. priamus resembles it in having a symphysis relatively broader than &. entellus. This species inhabits the Eastern Ghats of India, and Northern Ceylon. SEMNOPITHECUS HYPOLEUCUS, Blyth. Semnopithecus hypoleucus, Blyth, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 889; vol. xii, 1843, pp. 170, 172; vol. xi, 1844, pp. 470, 476; vol. xvi. 1847, p. 783, pl. xxvi. fig. 1, and p. 1271; Am. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1851, p. 313; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E, Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 14; Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 31. Semnopitheeus johnit, var. Martin, Nat, Hist. Quad, 1841, p. 489; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, 1870, p. 14. Semnopithecus dussumieri, Is, Geoff. St.-Hil. Comptes Rendus, 1842, vol. xv. p. 719; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 538, pl. xxx.; vol. v. 1852, p. 537; Cat. Méthod des Mammif, 185] »p. 13; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 61, pl. iv.; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Bint, Rog, An. 1856, pp. 87, 89. Presbytis johnii, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii, 1859, p. 283; Cat. Mam. As, Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 12; Jerdon, Mam. Ind, 1867, p. 7. Brown from the shoulders to the root of the tail, darkest on the middle of the back, paler on the sides and the posterior half of the outside of the thighs. Anti- brachium, front of the thighs and lower half of leg black, and light brownish on the front of the tibia; hands and feet black. Head, throat, under parts, and inside of brachium and thighs yellow, and especially bright on the chest and belly. Tail SEMNOPITHECUS. 21 black, brownish towards its tip. Hair of head semi-erect and backwardly directed. A few black hairs before the ears, which, like the face and under surface of hands and feet, are black. The skull of S. hypoleucus has the general features of S. priamus, but it is smaller and characterised by much less prominent supraorbital ridges, and by con- siderably less interorbital breadth, with narrow, rather compressed nasals, in this respect conforming to the female of 8. priamus. A mature male skull taken from the type of Blyth’s S. hypoleucus resembles in its size and frontal ridges an adolescent male of S. priamus, cutting its permanent canines and last molar; the teeth of this example of S. priamus being considerably larger than those of S. hypoleucus. The skull of the type is entire, with the exception of the occi- pital and basi-occipital portion, and its length from the premaxillaries to the lamb- doidal ridge is 4°26; the palate measures 1°78. The fronto-malar and greatest zygomatic breadth are respectively 2°55 and 3°30. These measurements show that this is the smallest of all these species. The lower jaw has a similar symphysis to S. priamus, only a little narrower, and the coronoid process has much the same proportion. This species inhabits the forests of the Malabar Coast, and does not extend to Ceylon. SEMNOPITHECUS JOHNII, Fischer. Eiginer affenarten, C. J. John. Berlin, Ges. Nat. Freunde N. Schr. vol. i. 1795, pp. 211, 218. Cercopithecus johnii, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 25. Semnopithecus cucullatus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 38; Comptes Rendus, 1842, vol. xv. p. 719; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 541; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p- 59; Miiller und Schl. Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 59 ; Wagner, Schreber, Séugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1846, p. 98; Schinz, Syn. Mam. vol. i. 1844, p. 41; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 13; Arch. du Mus. vol. v. 1852, p. 538; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 61 (fig. head) ; Wagner, Schreber, Sdéugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 26; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An, 1856, pp. 87, 89; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B, M. 1870, . 14, eee eel joknii, Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 5; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. new ser. 1838, p. 489; Hist. Nat. Quadr. 1841 (in part), p. 487; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xii. 1843, p. 169; Ibid, vol, xxvi. 1847, pp. 734, 1272; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. new ser. 1848, p. 454 ; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 3; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 8. Semnopithecus jubatus, Wagner, Schreber, Saéugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 305; vol. v. 1855, p. 26; Schinz, Syn. Mamm, vol. i. 1844, p. 41 ; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E, Ind. Co. Mus, 1851, p. 14. Semnopithecus cephalopterus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xiii. 1844 p. 469 (in part). Presbytis cucullatus, Blyth, Journ. As, Soc, Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 283; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 14. Presbytis jubatus, Jerdon, Mamm. Ind, 1867, p. 7. Wholly black or brownish black, generally deep black in the adult, with the exception of the long undulating hairs of the head, which at all ages are some F 22 SIMIID A. tint of yellowish brown. The rump and the base of the tail, which, even occasion- ally in the young, but generally in the adult, are grey. The tail is about one-sixth longer than the body. Length of body to root of tail 26 inches, length of tail 30 inches. The skull of S. johnii is about the same size as that of S. cephalopterus, to which it is closely affined, but the muzzle is considerably narrower and somewhat shorter, and the interval between the eyes is nut so broad. Owing to the narrow muzzle, the palate is more contracted than in either S. cephalopterus or S. ursinus, but the teeth are somewhat larger. The supraorbital ridges are but little developed, and the breadth across the fronto-malar suture is about the same as in S. cephalopterus, also the breadth of the skull. The symphysis of the lower jaw is much shorter than in S. cephalopterus, but the distance between the angles of the jaw is much greater than in that species, and the dental ramus is not nearly so deep, nor is the transverse breadth of the ascending ramus so great. It inhabits the high country from the Nilgiris to Travancore. Its nearest allies are the white-whiskered S. cephalopterus of Ceylon, and Sennopithecus obscurus on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal. S. johnit is usually found in small troops, and leaps with amazing agility and has a loud call like 8. entellus. Miiller and Schlegel regarded S. johnéi as simply a climatic race of S. cephalop- terus, an Opinion which was at one time held by Blyth, but with other limitations. SEMNOPITHECUS CEPHALOPTERUS, Zimmermann. The Lion-tailed Monkey (8), Pennant, Syn. Mamm. 1771, p. 109, pl. 108, fig. 2. La guenon a face purpre, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vii. 1789, p. 80, pl. xxi.; Latr. Buffon. Hist. Nat. (Sonnini) vol. xxxv. 1809, p. 292, pl. xxvii. Lhe Purple-faced Monkey, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 8rd ed. 1793, p. 199, pl. xliii.; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1. (1800), pl. xiii. Cercopithecus kephalopterus, Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 185. Cercopithecus cephalopterus, Boddaert, Elench. Animal. 1785, p. 58; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 17. Simia veter, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. i. (1800), p. 36. Cercopithecus leucoprymnus, Otto. Nova. Acta. Acad. Nat. Cur., vol. sii. 1825, p. 505; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 37. . Semnopithecus fulvogriseus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 570; Is. Geoff, St.-Hil. Voy. de. Bélanger, Zool. 1834, p- 36 (in part) ; Comptes Rendus, vol. xv. 1842, p. 719; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new series), vol. ii. 1838, p. 439. . Semnopithecus leucoprymnus, Desm. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xlviii. 1827, p- 439 ; Geoff. St.-Hil. Cours de. Hist. Nat. des. Mammif. (1828) lect. 8, p. 10; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 16; Lesson, Compl. des CEuvres de Buffon, 1828-30, vol. iv. p- 22; Sp. des Mammif. 1830, p. 57 Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. aux Indes. Orient. Bélanger, Zool. 1834 (in part), p. 36; Cat. Meéthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 12; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 96; Zbid Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 25; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 59; Schinz, Sy, Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 40; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1844, p. 60; Dahlbom, Stud, Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 87-89; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 14. SEMNOPITHEOUS. 23 Semnopithecus nestor, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 67; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 60; Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 1; Fitzinger, Sitzr. der Math. Natur. vol. xv. 1855, p. 242. Semnopithecus cephalopterus, Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 482, plate 286; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 839; vol. xii. 1843, p. 169; vol. xili. 1844, p. 468 (in part), p. 476 (in part). Presbytis cephalopterus, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. 1843, p. 4; Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 130; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, pp. 734 & 1271 (plate) ; vol. xliv. 1875 ex. no. p. 11; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1862, p. 13; Kelaart, Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 1; Sir E. Tennent, Nat. Hist. Ceylon, 1861, p. 5, plate, fig. 38, not fig. 1, which is 8. thersites. The general colour of this species is uniform greyish black, becoming black on the hands and feet; the lower part of the back, the base of the tail, and the outside of the upper part of the thighs are grey, tinged with brown in younger specimens, and the hair is rather short. The tail is tufted, becoming albescent towards its tip. The top of the head and the back of the neck are greyish brown; strong, black, supraorbital hairs extending outwards to near the ear. A ruff of white hairs, more or less tinged with brown, encircling the face and extending on to the throat and under surface of neck; the hairs on the sides of the face long, soft, and pointed up- wards, forming a conspicuous whisker. The skin of the face black, with a purplish tinge; the palms and soles dull black. The under parts are dusky grey or only paler than the back, but generally the insides of the thighs anterior to the callosities are pale yellowish, almost white. Length of body 1 foot 9 inches, and tail 2 feet 7 inches. Habitat.—Ceylon, but to no great altitude. The young of S. cephalopterus generally resembles the parents, but I have before me a young female from Ceylon, uniform pale yellowish, the top of the head being faintly washed with brownish and the shoulder and the middle of the back tinged with dusky. There can be no doubt of the identity of the race or variety with S. cephalopterus.* The characters of the skull and wherein they differ from 8. ursinus, the most nearly allied form, will be found stated under that species. I have examined the type of Desmarest’s S. lewcoprymnus in the Paris Museum, which exactly agrees with the foregoing description, but I cannot say as much for the type of S. latibarbatus, which is quite a baby; it is wholly yellow, with paler cheeks and chin, but the locality from whence it came was unknown. In the Cat. Méthod. des Mammiféres this monkey has still been retained as distinct from S. cephalopterus, and itis there remarked that the individual is unfortunately very young, but that the examination of it and Pennant’s figure furnishes many arguments in 1 The following references appear to relate to the white var. of S. cephalopterus :— Another sort of monkey, Knox, Hist. Relation of Ceylon, p. i. ch. vi. p. 25 (1681). The Lion-tailed Monkey, vay. (y)s Pennant’s Syn. Quad. 1771, p, 110. The Purple-faced Monkey, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1793, p. 199, (white var.) Cercopithecus senex, Ersleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777, p. 24; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 183; Boddaert, Elench. An. vol. i. 1785, p. 57. Macacus silenus, var. alba, Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p. 28. Presbytis albinus, Kelaart, Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 7. 24 SIMIIDA. favour of the existence of a distinct species with a shorter tail, tufted at its ex- tremity, and with a pelage more uniform, notably so in the posterior region of the body. The specimen, however, is so young that I do not consider it to be sufficient for the establishment of a species. I have therefore separated the references to it as a foot-note.' Blyth, writing in 1844,? stated that he was quite satisfied of the specitical iden- tity of §. cephalopterus and S. johnii, as he had seen many monkeys intermediate between these two, and from his previous remarks we are led to believe that he regarded 8. cephalopterus as the type usually distinctive of the female and S. johnii as that more characteristic of the male, but this view he appears to have after- wards abandoned. There can be no doubt, however, that 8. cephalopterus, S. ursinus, and S. johnii are closely allied, and whether or not they are to be regarded as distinct species or only local races of one and the same species depends solely on the meaning attached to the term species. In separating these animals, which are genetically extremely closely allied to each other and also to 8. obscuwrus, I have followed the generally accepted estimate of the term species, in our days, but which to my own mind has more the significance of a localrace. It is, however, extremely difficult to draw the line; even in two such groups as the monkeys represented by S. entellus and S. cephalopterus (the first including under it S. schistaceus, S. pileatus, and S. priamus, and the second comprising S. wrsinus and S§. johnii), the types are separated from each other by well-marked characters, but when S. hypoleucus is studied, these two groups are seen to be linked together by it, as that form partakes of the characters of the two representative species S. entellus and 8. cephalopterus. SEMNOPITHECUS URSINUS, Blyth. Presbytis ursinus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xx. 1851, p. 155; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1868, p. 138; Kelaart, Faun. Zeylan. 1852, p. 2. Somewhat larger than S. cephalopterus. Fur profuse, nearly 83 inches long in the adult, dark brown, passing into black on the hands and feet and into slightly more rufous-brown on the head. The sacral region and thighs are not grey either in the young or adult, the former being coloured exactly like the latter, except that the head is more rufous. Eyebrows long and black, and the beard, throat, chest and whiskers are white or yellowish brown. 1 Cercopithecus latibarbatus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 94; Desmarest and Verey, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xv. 1817, p. 578; Kuhl. Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 10; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 57; Desmoulins Dict. Class d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 568; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 35; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 11; Simia latibarbata, ¥. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xx. 1821, p. 82; Semnopithecus latibarbatus, Martin Charlee. worth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 439; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1838, 2nd ed. p. 4; Is. Geoff. St-Hil. Cat, Méthod des Mammif. 185], p- 12; Dahlbom, Stud. Fam. Zool. Reg. An. 1856 pp. 87, 89. ; ; 2D.e. SEMNOPITHECUS. 25 The remaining under parts are concolorous with the upper surface, except that there is occasionally a yellowish area inside the base of the thighs, as in S. cephalopterus. This species is confined to the mountains of Ceylon.’ Its skull is closely allied to that of S. cephalopterus, but in the only adult § skull at my disposal for observation, the face is shorter than in it, and the nasals are somewhat longer. In the same skull the supraorbital ridges are more strongly marked than in the skull of S. cephalopterus, but the latter is somewhat younger. The palate of S. cephalopterus is narrower and longer than that of §. wrsinus and more posteriorly contracted, the posterior palatine foramina being more compressed and reduced in capacity than in S. wrsinus, in which the anterior palatine fora- mina are much larger than in §. cephalopterus. In these two forms the first- mentioned foramina, instead of being round as in the other Indian Semnopitheci, are laterally compressed. The skull of S. wrsinus is shorter and more rounded than S'. cephalopterus, with a greater zygomatic breadth, Associated with these charac- ters we find S. wrsinus with nearly uniform brown fur and whitish whiskers and beard, with only the faintest trace of a paler tint on the sacral region. The skulls of S. cephalopterus and S. uwrsinus are more closely allied to the skull of S. johnit than to any other Indian Semnopithecus. * SEMNOPITHECUS OBSCURUS, Reid. Semnopithecus obscurus, Reid, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p 14; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat, Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 440; Nat. Hist. Quadrumana, 1841, p. 486; Is. Geoff. St,-Hil. Comptes Rendus, 1842, vol. xv. p. 719; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xii. 1843, p. 176; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xv. 1846, p. 174; Horsfield, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. 1846, p- 335; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi. 1847, p. 734; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 12; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 27, plate ii. ; Dahlbom, Stud. Fam. Zool. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 86, 89; Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 742 ; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 14. Semnopithecus albocinereus, Lesson Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 65; Gervais, Voy. autour du Monde, Zool. vol. i. Mammif. p. 4; Plate (animal and skull) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm, vol. 1. 1844, p. 42 ; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 61 ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p- 39 (in part). Presbytis obscura, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1848, p.3; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. vol. xin. 1844, p- 467 ; Ldid, 1875, vol. xliv. ex. no., p. 10; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 14. Semnopithecus leucomystax, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 59. Semnopithecus halonifer, Cantor, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, vol. i. 1849, p. 235; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xv. 1845, p. 497; Ld2d, 1846, vol. xvu. p. 335, The adults of this species are ashy or brownish black, darkest on the forehead and the sides of the face, shoulder, and sides of the body; the hands and feet being 1¥orbes’ Eleven Years in Ceylon, vol. ii. p. 144. 2 As the monkey on which Desmarest’s description of S. albocinereus was founded is unknown, I shall not com- plicate the synonymy by giving the references to it in the text, but they are as follows :— S. albocinereus, Desm. Mam. Suppl. (1822), p. 534; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. (1827), p. 14; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829 (in part), p. 20; Lesson Man. de Mamm. 1820, p. 38. D 26 SIMIIDA. deep black. There are no parietal whorls; but the hair on the head is long and directed backwards, and originates in a peak as far down as the glabella, and is smoothed down on the top of the head from the occipital crest backwards, and is whitish with a yellowish tint. On the back of the neck and between the shoulders the colour tends to ashy brown, and the rest of the body posteriorly is somewhat paler than the sides. The tail is concolorous with the hind part of the back and much longer than the body, but not tufted. The under parts and inside of the limbs and outside of the thighs are of a slightly paler tint than the upper parts. The mouth and eyelids are whitish, but the rest of the face is black. The newly- born young is bright fulvous, but the fur soon changes, and in specimens with the body 11°50 inches in length, the fur is dark ashy brown, very faintly paler on the top of the head, which tends to grey. The hair above the orbits and on the sides of the cheeks is black, which is also the colour of the hands and feet. The rufous colour of the young is most slow to disappear from the head, throat, flanks, thighs, and the terminal half of the tail. Length of the adult male body 1 foot 9 inches, tail 2 feet 8 inches. Although there is a somewhat strong resemblance between the colouring of this species, excluding the pale hairs on the head, and that of S. stamensis which is associated with it in Malacca, as is proved by Cantor’s catalogue and speci- mens, yet the §. siamensis (S. albocinereus, Cantor), in the presence of its crest, is more closely allied to 8. mitratus, of which it appears to be the continental representa- tive. S. obscurus, on the other hand, presents some general characters which affine it to the somewhat similarly coloured species on the opposite side of the Bay of Bengal, viz., S. johnii. The skull of S. obdscurus is distinguished from that of S. siamensis by the narrower character of its face, the less outward projection of the external orbital process of the frontal, and by its less capacious orbits. The frontal region also is much narrower than that of 8. stamensis, in which the area between the temporal ridges is broad and expanded, whereas it is much more limited in this species. The orbital septum anteriorly is longer and broader than in 8. siamensis. It differs also from the skull of true S. maurus, by the greater flattening and expansion of the occipital region and the longer and less obtuse character of the brain-case and the greater breadth of its base. This species occurs in Siam and the Malayan peninsula, and is not unfre- quently offered for sale in the Singapore market. I have examined the types of S. obscurus, S. leucomytax, and S. halonifer, all of which in no way differ from one another. Cantor has doubtfully referred the Simia maura, Raffles, to this species, and explains the circumstance that Raffles described the face as black on the supposition that he had never seen S. maura alive; but the typical example in the Indian Museum, London, is a monkey in no way resembling this species and constitutes the type of S. femoralis, Horsfield, a specimen of which from Cantor exists in the same Museum, and is in no way separable from S. sumatranus, Miller and Schlegel. SEMNOPITHECUS. 27 SEMNOPITHECUS HOLOTEPHREUS, 0a. S. Uniform dark slaty gray passing into black on the fore-arm and hands, and also on the feet. Under parts and inside of front limb and thighs pale-yellowish grey. Head slightly crested over vertex, but only with a feeble tendency to lateral compression. Supraorbital hairs moderately long and black. Whiskers rather long, directed backwards and outwards, hiding the earsin front. Face bluish black ; area around the eyes and the lips white. The nasal region of the skull is rather prominent, nearly straight, and moderately broad, with the orifice narrow and rather long. Supraorbital ridges are well developed, and the orbits are nearly round and of moderate size. The premaxillaries form a slightiy expanded suture with the nasals. The last-men- tioned bones are about half the lateral length of the premaxillaries. The palate has moderately broad margins, very slightly posteriorly convergent. Ft. In. Length of head and body : ; : : : : : : . 1 910 A ot 2 ow s&s s+ f & & le & «& 2 we Habitat.—Unknown. SEMNOPITHECUS GERMANI, A. M.-Edwards. Semnopithecus germani, A. M.-Edwards, L’Institut, Soc. Phil. Séance du 12 Fev. 1876. The pelage of the types of this species is pale silvery grey on a darkish back- ground which passes into deep black on the hands and feet. There is a strong supraorbital line of black hairs which, however, project outwards and backwards, and the cheeks are covered with long grey hairs. The hairs on the flanks are long, silky and grey. The under parts are greyish. The tail is longer than the body and grey. The young is bright orange-yellow, except on the top of the head, the antibrachium and feet, which are blackish. The colour of the face in life is not known. Habitat.—Cochin China. SEMNOPITHECUS MAURUS, Schreber. The Middle-sized Black Monkey, Edwards’ Gleanings Nat. Hist. 1764, part ii. p. 221, pl. 311; Pennant’s Syn. Mam. 1771, p. 119. La guenon négre, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vii. 1789, p. 83. The Negro Monkey, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1793, p. 206; Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. i. pt. i. 1800, p. 47. Simia maura, Schreber, Saiugeth. vol. i. 1775, p. 107, pl. xxii. B.; Gmelin, Lin. Syst. Nat. 13th ed. 1788, p. 85; Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1, 1800, p. 47; F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xx. 1821, p. 33. 28 SIMIIDA. Cercopithecus maurus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777, p. 41; Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. 1780, vol. ii. p. 193; Boddaert. Elench. An. 1785, p. 60; Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. (1812), p. 93; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xv. 1817, p. 576; Mamm. 1820, p- 55; Kuhl. Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 12. Semnopithecus maurus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mamm. Nov. 1822, pl, xti.; Horsfd. Zool. Resch. Java, pl. (1824); Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 570; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 40; Compl. des Ciuvres de Buffon, vol. iv. 1828-30; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 9; G. Cuvier, Régn. An. vol. i. nouv. éd. 1829, p. 94; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829 (in part), p. 15; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1832, p. 42; Schlegel, Essai sur la Phys. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc, Lond. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 5; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. new ser. 1838, p. 436; Nat. Hist. Monkeys, 1841, p. 478; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 91; Jdid, vol. v. 1855, p. 23; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 63; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl., 1839-44, pp. 61, 76, tab. 12 bis.; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. ii. p. 39; Is. Geoff. Cat. des Mammif. 1851, p. 14; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. East Ind. Co. Mus. (1851), p. 9; Jacquemont et Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud. Zool. vol. iii. 1853, p. 22; Gervais, Hist. Nat. de Mamm. 1856, p. 62 (fig. of head) ; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88, 90; Martens, Die Preus. Exped. nach Ost. Asien, Zool. 1865, p. 52; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, 1870, p. 15. Simia ceylonicus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 572. Semnopithecus edwardsii, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 15. Presbytis maura, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 3. Preshytis maurus, Blyth, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 735; Cat. Mamm. As. Soe. Mus. 1863, p. 13. Semnopithecus ‘nyrrhus, Horstd., Horsfield, Zool. Resch. Java, 1821 (plate) ; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. Zool. Soc. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 5; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 438 ; Wagner, Schreber, Siiugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 94; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 64; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 15. Presbytis pyrrhus, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 3; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 10. The body, generally, covered with rather long deep black hair in the adult, which becomes tipped or intermixed with silvery white in the old animal. The under surface of the body is less densely covered than the back, and the abdomen is nearly naked. The hair on the head is either erectly divergent all round the face and over the upper front of the head, or in some it may radiate from a centre, being long and bushy on the sides of the face, becoming directed backwards on the cheeks, and passing under the ears in the form of pointed whiskers. In some animals there is a white spot at the base of the tail beneath, but this character is very variable. The face is black, with a kind of warm tint, and is rather flat. Length of body 1 foot 5°50 inches, length of tail 1 foot 11:50 inches. The young are uniform reddish brown, but the change from this colour to that of the adult is soon inaugurated and begins first on the extremities of the animal as grey, and afterwards shows itself on the upper surface of the head, on the shoulders and flanks, which become black, this colour rapidly spreading all over the body and last disappearing on the whiskers. The form described by Horsfield as S. pyrrhus, and which is associated in Java with S. maurus, appears to be only a variety of the latter specics, as its form and SEMNOPITHECUS. 29 proportions are alike, and because the distribution of the hair on the head is the same in both. It would seem to be only a persistent condition of the colour characters of youth, the fur, instead of changing to black, becoming a deeper tint of the colour distinctive of the animal at birth. It has not been satisfactorily estab- lished that this rufous variation is solely characteristic of the female, as has been suggested by some authors. Whatever may be the true nature of this remarkable variation or persistence of the youthful type, it is not at all a common circumstance, and such individuals are highly prized in Java. One of the leading features of the skull as compared with the skulls of the other species of Semnopithecit is the narrowness of the external nasal orifice and the - little marked concavity that exists between the extremity of the nasals and the premaxillaries. The latter bones are somewhat contracted over the root of the second incisor, so that if the line of their suture with the maxillary at that point were pro- duced downwards, it would cut through the middle of that tooth. Such being the limited character of the premaxillaries at that part, they suddenly expand between the roots of the second incisor and the canine. The orbits are small compared with the skulls of such forms as §. melalophus, and their greatest diameter is oblique, passing downwards and outwards from the nasal process of the frontal to the lower third of the orbital surface of the malars. The frontal is full and arched, and the interorbital septum is of moderate breadth and length. The inferior margin of the nasals is but little above the lower margin of the orbits, which is very different from what is the case in §. femoralis, in which the orbits are very large with the lower or free margins of the nasals only a little below the level of their centres. Associated with this character is a more forwardly projected muzzle with the front border of the nasals nearly in the same plane as the dental portion of the premaxillaries. Habitat.—Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, neighbouring islands and Java. SEMNOPITHECUS CRISTATUS, Raffles. Simia cristatus, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xiii. 1822, p. 245. Semnopithecus pruinosus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, Suppl. p. 833; Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 569; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 10; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 41; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 4; Waterhouse, Cat. Zool. Soc. Mus. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 5 ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 92 ; Lézd, vol. v. Suppl. 1855, p. 24; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 62; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 62 (fig. head). Semnopithecus mitratus, Cuv. Rég. Animal, 1829, nouv. éd. vol. i. p. 4 (in part). Semnopithecus maurus, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 15 (in part). Semnopithecus cristatus, Miiller, Tijdschr. voor Natuur. Gesch. en. Phys. vol. ii. 1835, pp. 316, 328; Schlegel, Essai sur la Phys. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat, Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 485; Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 476; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 3; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 61, 77, tab. 12, fig. 1 (young) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 39; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1846, p. 175 ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p.11; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. 30 SIMIID&. Mus. 1851, pp. 18, 14; Jacquemont et Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud. Zool. vol. iii. 1853, p. 22, Pls. 3 and 4; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88, 89; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 15. The specimen of S. cristatus in the Indian Museum, London, presented by Sir Stamford Raffles as an example of this species, and which may therefore be regarded as the type, is a brownish-black monkey tinged with fuliginous on the flanks, fore-arm, and crest, but not more so than examples of S. maurus are occa- sionally with grey. Raffles describes the species as dark grey, the hairs being in general black, with white tips. The face, fore-arms, hands and feet are black, and the upper surface of the tail nearly black, the under parts of the body paler, the hair of the head diverging round the face and forming on the top a kind of crest. Miller and Schlegel describe the face, ears, and under surface of hands coal black, as in S. maurus, which supports Raffles’ statement as to the colour of the face and which has been questioned by some naturalists. Raffles also describes a variety of this animal as light grey or whitish. In the size and proportions of its parts the species closely resembles S. maurus, and many zoologists have considered it merely as a local race of that form, an opinion justifiable from the mere consideration of their external characters, but it remains to be ascertained whether these views are supported by the structure of their skeletons. There can be no doubt that S. cristatus is much more variable than S. maurus, but at the same time monkeys from Sumatra are found quite as black as S. mawrus, and with the essential features of that species. Miller and Schlegel were of the opinion that S. cristatus was only recognisable from the latter by its grey fur, and they extend its distribution to Borneo as well as Sumatra. The monkeys of this group from these islands are characterised by their black faces, black or blackish-brown fur, nearly similarly crested heads and like proportions of body. Much, however, has yet to be learned regarding them and the changes they undergo from youth to age in both sexes. Ft. In. Leneth of the body to the vent. : ; : : ‘ 3 fe 2s EO » of tail. ; : 2 6 The young are reddish fawn, but the hands and feet gradually change through greyish brown to the colour of the adult, the crest also with increasing age becom- ing directed forwards. I have not had an opportunity to examine the skull of this species, which has large orbits.’ Habitat.—Sumatra and Borneo. SEMNOPITHECUS FEMORALIS, Horsfield. Simia maura, Raffles, Trans. Lin. Soc. vol. xiii. 1822, p. 247. Semnopithecus femoralis, Horsfield, Appendix, Life, Sir T. S. Raffles, 1830, p- 643; Waterhouse, Cat. Zool. Soc. Mus. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 5; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new 1 Martin, 7. ¢., p. 476. SEMNOPITHECUS. 31 ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 486; Nat. Hist. Quadrumana, 1841, p. 480 (in part); Hoyrsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 10; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 15; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 62; Dahlbom, Stud. Fam. Zool. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88, 90; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 16. Semnopithecus chrysomelas, Miiller, Tijdsch. voor. Natuur. Gesch. vol. v. pt. i. and ii. (1838), (Plate), p. 188; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 61. Ap. 71, tab. 10, figs. 1 and 2 g and ¢, tab. 11, figs. 2 and 3; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol.i. 1844, p. 37; Jacquemont and Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud. Zool. vol. iii, 1858, p. 22; Wagner, Schreber, Saéugeth. Suppl. vol. i, 1840, p. 22, Suppl. vol. v. 1855, in part, p. 22. Semnopithecus sumatranus, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 6, 78, tab. 10 bis, fig. 1 ¢; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 89; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. EH. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 15; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 23. Simia femoratis, Cantor, Journ. As. Soe. vol. xv. 1846, p. 174. S. femoralis is a uniformly brownish-black monkey, the limbs, head, and tail being almost wholly black, but the difference between the colours is not well defined, and the fore-limb is grizzled with whitish hairs. The tail is slightly tufted at its extremity. There is a rather short, vertical crest directed backwards, the hair anterior to it projecting forwards over the eyebrows. ‘The ears are moderately large and partially exposed. The hair on the front and side of the head and on the middle of the crest is blackish or duil brown. The upper lip and chin are clad with short whitish hairs, with longer black hairs intermixed on the chin. Along the flanks the hair is short, sparse, brown, and somewhat grizzled, which is the character also on the belly. The throat, sides of the neck and chest are concolorous with the upper parts. A narrow, well-defined white line passes along the middle of the under surface from the chest in the adult to the hinder portion of the abdomen, but in young specimens this line is obscure, as the throat, chest and abdomen are yellowish white, and where it dies away on the inside of the limb, the white line is prolonged as a fine line to the wrist and ankle. In the adult the brachium is greyish, but there is a distinct tendency visible to the formation of a narrow obscure greyish line along the inner aspect of the antibrachium, but of variable intensity. Between and inside of the thighs is aiso white or pale grey, and this colour extends a short way below the knee. The face, ears, and the palms of the hands and sides of the feet black.’ Ft. In. Length of body to root of tail : : : : . : . . Ll 700 » of tail. : ; : : : ; : : : . 1 10°50 Inhabits Borneo and Sumatvra. As has been pointed out by previous authors, there do not appear to be any facts relating to the structure of the so-called S. chrysomelas from Borneo that would sanction its recognition as a species distinct from 8. femoralis of Sumatra, and I have arrived at this opinion after an examination of the type specimens. Miiller and Schlegel described as a female of this species a monkey of a yellowish colour, but which must have been originally much brighter, seeing it had been 1 Miiller and Schlegel have represented the face of S. chrysomelas as bluish, but they state that it is quite hypothetical, as the colour of the face of this Bornean monkey in life is not known. 32 SIMIIDA. preserved for some time in alcohol. It agreed in its form and general dimensions with the undoubted females of §. chrysomelas of the same type of colouring as the males. Intermixed among the yellowish hairs on the head, tail, and limbs are numerous black hairs, a character which occurring also in &. auratus, Is. Geoff., with which this animal agrees in every respect except its lighter colouring, has suggested the probability that these reddish monkeys of the 8. auratus type are females of S. chrysomelas either in a transitional or in a seasonal tinge of pelage. So little, however, is known regarding the life, history, and pelage changes of the Semno- pitheci, and especially of S. femoralis, that the evidence regarding the specific identity of S. femoralis with S. auratus must still be regarded as an open question. There is also a remarkable similarity between the skulls of S. rwbicundus and S. femoralis, both of which are from Borneo, the former in its colouring being closely allied to 8. auratus. The skull of an adult female has the orbits very large and outwardly expanded, the forehead moderately arched and expanded. The orbital septum is rather long and broad, more especially at its upper end, the extremity of the nasals being but little below the middle of the orbit. There is a slight nodosity at the naso- frontal suture. The hinder border of the last molar is on a line with the posterior margin of the palate. The fifth talon of the last inferior molar is but feebly developed. SEMNOPITHECUS AURATUS, Geoff. St.-Hilaire. Cercopithecus auratus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. 1812, vol. xix. p. 93; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xv. 1817, p. 576; Mamm. 1820, p. 56; Kuhl. Beitr. zur. Zool. 1820, p- 10; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 35; Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm. vol. i. 1827, p. 14; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 11. Simia auratus, F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xx. 1821, p. 34. Semnopithecus auratus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1825, p. 570; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 15; Lesson, Compl. des Giuvres de Buffon, 1828-30, vol. iii. p. 18; Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 44; Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag, Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 439 ; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 63; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadrumana or Monkeys, 1841 (in part), p. 474 (plate) ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 15; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des. Mammif. 1854, p. 62; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88-90 ; Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi. 1875, p. 10. Semnopithecus chrysomelas, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 22 (in part). The type of this form is a pale golden-yellow monkey with the hair on the head rather long and erect. All the under parts are yellow. A large black patch on the knee, and intermingled black hairs on the yellow tail and hind feet. The colour of the face in life is unknown. Habitat.—Said to inhabit the Moluccas. The proportions and character of the crest of this monkey seem to me to point in the direction of its being a variety of S. femoralis, either depending on inter- mediate pelage distinctive of the female at a period of her history or attributable SEMNOPITHECUS. 33 to seasonal changes, but, as I have already remarked, these suppositions are purely conjectural. Martin referred the S. pyrrhus, Horsfield, to this species, but the general characters of the animal and nature of its crest, and the locality, Java, from whence it was obtained, appear to me clearly to indicate it as a variety of S. maurus. SEMNOPITHECUS RUBICUNDUS, Miller. Semnopithecus rubicundus, Miiller, Tijdsch. voor Natuur. Gesch. vol. v. pts. 1 and 11, 1838, p. 137 (Plate); Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 184], p. 473 ; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 61, 69, Tab, 9, figs. 1 & 2; figs. 3 & 4 (skull), tab. 11, fig. 1 (juv.); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. 1. 1844, p. 36; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 16; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63 (fig. head); Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 22; Beyrich, Abhandl. der Berl. Akad. der Wiss. 1860, p. 7; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, 1870, p-17; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 11. In the type of this species, all the animal is deep maroon-red, with the exception of the hands and feet, which are sullied with blackish. The hair on the frontal region is markedly radiated in all directions, that in front overshadowing the eyes, the eyebrows in the adults, wanting the remarkably long bristles which occur in them in the young. The hair on the vertex is laterally compressed, long, semi-erect, being thrown somewhat backwards and tending to become recumbent. Whiskers but little developed. Face and ears bluish black; lips dull, flesh-coloured. Nose depressed and slightly wrinkled. Tail concolorous with body, or darker, and tufted. Hair on sides of body rather long. Under parts slightly paler than the upper surface. In the young, the general colour of the upper parts is purplish-red or brown, paler on the back, where it is mixed with yellowish hair, and still lighter on the head ; the remaining parts being yellowish grey or white, except the tail, which is rather darker than the back. Ft. In. Length of body to vent . : ; . ; ; : : . 2 0:00 of tail : : : ‘ ‘ 3 : : ; . 2 575 The leading features of this species are its rich dark maroon colour, radiating hair on forehead, and compressed, semi-erect crest tending to become recumbent. It is the only known member of the genus with radiating hair on the forehead, but in other respects it has a marked general resemblance to the Bornean Semnopitheci, which have been described under the names of S. melalophus and S. flavimanus, of which Miller and Schlegel considered it to be the representative in Borneo. These zoologists have also directed attention to certain details in which the skulls of these supposed species resemble each other, more particularly to the forward bulging of their interorbital portion. But while these resemblances exist there are so many other points of difference between these Bornean and Sumatran monkeys as do not justify their being regarded even in the light of varieties of a common species. S. rubicundus has been found hitherto only in Borneo. E 34 SIMIIDA. SEMNOPITHECUS PHAYREI, Blyth. Semnopithecus phayrei, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 733, pl. xxxl. fig. 8; Ibid, p. 1271; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 28; Tickell, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxvii. 1859, p. 428. A somewhat peaked median crest on the vertex, long outwardly-directed whiskers, and white eyelids and lips. The general colour is brown, passing into blackish brown on the antibrachium and on the hands, and into the same colour on the anterior two-thirds of the feet and on the last third of the tail. The back between the shoulders to the loins is faintly washed with yellowish brown. The chin, chest, and belly are pale yellow, passing on the inside of the brachium and thigh into brownish. No pale streak on the inside of the limbs. Lips and area around the eyes pinkish white, the remainder of the face dark leaden. Length of body 1’ 6:20, tail 1’ 9°20. The skull has the interorbital space of moderate length, the forehead rather full, but the supraorbital ridges are not strongly developed, whilst the external orbital angle of the frontal is rather prominent in adults. The greatest breadth of the orbits is from the internal frontal angle obliquely downwards and outwards across the orbit, whereas in S. barbei and S. obscurus the orbits are nearly round. In the fully adult ferine male type, the ridges marking the attachments of the temporal muscles do not meet in the middle line, but are separated by about an interval of 1 inch. The brain-case is upwardly tilted, so that the occipital region is nearly vertical. Associated with this upward tilting of the brain-case is a down- ward slope of the facial region. This species has hitherto been recorded only from Arracan. SEMNOPITHECUS MELALOPHUS, F. Cuv.! Semnopithecus melalophus, ¥. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. July 1821, pl. ix.; Desmarest, Mamm. 1822, Suppl. p. 533; Raffles, Trans. Lin. Soc. vol. xxii. 1822, p. 245; Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. 1825, p. 569; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 10; G. Cuvier, Reg. An. (nouv. éd.) vol. i. 1829, p. 94; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 41; Desmarest, Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xlviii. 1827, p. 38; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 14; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 40; Miiller, Tijdschr. voor Natuur. Gees ey Phys. vol. ii. 1835, p. 327; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Mus. 1838, p. 4; Martin Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new ser.) vol. ii. 1838, p. 438 ; Waener, Schreber, Siuseth, Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 85; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p- 61; Martin, Nat. Hist. Gael 1841, p. 470; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 60, 66, tab. 12 bis (fig. head) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i. p. 36; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 16; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63, (fig. head) ; Wagner, Schreber, 1In Hist. Nat. de Mammif., this name is written melalophas, and in the Index melanophus so both th have come to be applied. a ese terms SEMNOPITHECUS. 35 Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 21; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88, 90; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 16; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 10. Semnopithecus flavimanus, Lesson, Cent. Zool. 1830, Augt. p.109, pl. xl; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 39; Waterhouse, Cat. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 4; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new ser.) vol. ii. 1838, p. 438; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 60; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quad. 1841, p. 470, fig. 284; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Comptes Rendus, vol. xv. 1842, p. 719; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 543; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 61, 67; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 37; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, pp. 11-14; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 16; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88-90. Semnopithecus sumatranus, var. aurata, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pl. x. bis, fig. 2, head of ¢. Presbytes melanophus, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 2. Presbytes flavimana, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 2. Presbytes nobilis, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 3; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ui, 1843, p. 545; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 476; Zé¢d, 1875, vol. xliv. ex. no, p. 11. Semnopithecus nobilis, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M, 1870, p. 17; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63. A careful consideration of the typical specimens of the monkeys which have been described under the names S. melalophus, Raffles, S. flavimanus, S. sumatranus 2 var. aurata, Miller and Schlegel, and S. nobdilis, Gray, has led me to form the opinion that they are all referable to one species which is found in Sumatra and in the Malayan peninsula. The key which opens out this view of their relations is the form which has been described by Miller and Schlegel as the female of S. sumatranus under the name of variety aurata. But apart altogether from that specimen, a comparison of the types of §. melalophus and 8S. flavimanus which I made in Paris, has convinced me that the latter is only a variety of the former, as it has a similarly formed crest which in its dusky tipping conforms to the character which has been selected by Raffles as distinctive of the species; and in another specimen referred in the Paris Museum to 8. flavimanus, the forehead is pale yellowish, and, as in 8. melalophus, the crest and a narrow line over the ear to the external orbital angle are dark brown. The upper surface and shoulder of the type specimen are reddish washed with pale brown, the rest of the fore-limbs and the whole of the hinder extremities and the tail are pale orange-red or a paler tint of the same colour as §. melalophus. All of these specimens have the same proportions, and their crests are alike. An examination of the type of S. nobilis in the British Museum does not reveal any differences between it and S. melalophus. S. sumatranus var. aurata is generally yellowish throughout, with the exception of a few brownish hairs which tend sometimes to group themselves irregularly—a circumstance which Miller and Schlegel thought indicated that this yellow garb was transitional. But I am inclined to think that this will be found not to be the case, as numerous adult male and female monkeys exhibiting these characters with but little variation have been under my observation dead and alive, and all of them appeared to be specifically identical with 8. melalophus. 36 SIMIID #. The skull of S. melalophus, like others of the Semnopitheci, is characterised by a slight swelling or nodosity of the nasal processes or internal orbital angles of the frontals. This feature is most developed in an adult female skull before me, and to such an extent compared with an adult male that had not the skulls been removed under my direct supervision from the two individuals which yielded them, I would have been puzzled to regard them as belonging to one and the same species. But the external characters of these two animals were identical, both belonging to the variety named S. sumatranus var. aurata, Miiller and Schlegel. The occipital regions of these skulls are also remarkably unlike, as in the female it is very much produced backwards and downwardly directed, while in the male it is much more vertical, thus considerably reducing the length of the brain-case. The frontal region is broad and the orbits large and obliquely oval. F or In. Length of body (female) to root of tail 6 - of tail 8 Habitat.—Sumatra. wor SEMNOPITHECUS MITRATUS, Eschscholtz. Presbytis mitrata, Eschscholtz, Kozebue Reise Sud See und Berings-Strasse, 1821, p. 196, plate, (figs. 1 and 2, skull), (fig. 3, hand) ; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 44. Semnopithecus comatus, Desmarest, Mamm. Suppl. 1822, p. 533; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif 1825, March, pl. xiii. ; Desmoulins, Dict. Class, d’ Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1825, p. 569; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 41; Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm. vol. i. 1827, p. 14.; Desmarest, Dict. de Se. Nat. vol. xlviii. 1827, p. 488; Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 10; G. Cuv. Rég. An. (nouv. éd.) 1829, vol. i. p. 94 (in part) ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 16 (exclusive of 8. faseci- cularis, Raffles) ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 40; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 87, pl. xxiv. A; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 61; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadr. 1841, p. 468; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 38; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63 ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 24; Beyrich, Abhandl. der Berl. Akad. der Wiss. 1860, p. 7. Semnopithecus fulvogriseus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii. (1825), 570 (in part, skeleton) ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 15; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 36; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i, new ser. 1838, p. 439. Presbytis mitrula, Griffith, An. King. vol. v. 1827, p. 7. Semnopithecus fascicularis, Owen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 75. Semnopithecus mitratus, Schlegel, Essai sur la Physion. des Serpens, Pt. Gén. 1837, p. 237; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 60, 65, pl. xii. fig. 2 (juv.), pl. xii. bis fig. 1; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 16; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 15; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88, 90; Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 626; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 16. Presbytis mitratus, Blainville, Osteo. des Mammif, vol. i, 1839-64, p. 23. General colour dark greyish, darker on the back and the external surface of the limbs, but paler on the feet, on which a few reddish hairs are sometimes inter- mixed. The flanks, the under parts, and inside of limbs are yellowish or sullied white. The upper surface of the tail dark greyish and its extremity occasionally SEMNOPITHECUS. 37 paling to grey, and tufted. These colours of the upper and under parts are clearly marked. A well-defined, vertically compressed crest on the vertex, expanding on the occiput, where the hairs are shorter. On the forehead the hairs tend to radiate from a centre outwards and forwards and project considerably over the eyes. The hair of the crest and upper parts of the head is blackish, but on the front of the crest it is - darker. The face is sparsely covered with fine hairs, which are whitish on the lips, black on the cheeks, and grey on the nose. The whitish hair of the chin and throat is rather sparse, but the hair on the back and flanks is rather long. Ears and face sooty black ; lips somewhat flesh-coloured. The young during the first few weeks is covered with rather woolly hair, which is light grey, tipped with white, on the head, back, and upper surface of the tail. On the remaining parts of the body, and on the forehead, cheeks, and chin, it is greyish white. The face is dark leaden. Ft. In. Length of body to root of tail (adult female). ‘ : : . lL 875 » of tail without hair : : ; : i : : » %& 425 Habitat—Java. The S. comatus, Desmarest, having by mistake been assigned to Sumatra. The skull of this species is closely allied to that of §. stamensis, so much so that Miiller and Schlegel state that the two are perfectly similar, and since they wrote Is. Geoffroy has pointed out that this species is always distinguished by only four tubercles on the last inferior molar. The Dutch naturalists were of the opinion that §. siamensis was only a climatic and continental race of this species, and this view of their affinity is further strengthened by Mivart’s observation that the same tooth in S. nigrimanus and S. cinereus, which are in no way separable from S. siamen- sis,—a statement which I make after a careful examination of these types and of the specimen on which Mivart’s observation rests,—are also distinguished by the pre- sence of only four tubercles on the last inferior molar. There are, however, two striking features of 8. siamensis, viz., the white area around the eyes and the white mouth which are almost absent in S. mitratus, the colours of the fur of which are also not those of S. mitratus. The proof of their identity being as yet not satis- factorily established, I have therefore indicated the two as distinct species. SEMNOPITHECUS SIAMENSIS, Miiller & Schlegel. Semnopithecus siamensis, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1841, p. 60; Schinz. Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 40; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méth. des. Mammif. 1851, p. 16; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 63; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth, Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 25; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 88 and 90; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 16; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 9. Semnopithecus albocinereus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xu, 1843, p. 175; vol. xvi (1847), p- 733; Cat. Mam. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 15; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv., 1846, p. 174; Wagner, Schreber, Sdéugeth. Suppl. vol. v., 1855, p. 29. 38 SIMITIDA. Presbytes cinerea, Gray, Hand-list. Mam. B. M. 1843, p. 198. Semnopithecus nigrimanus, Is, Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 545; Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1864, p. 626: Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv, 1875, ex. no. p. 9. Semnopithecus argentatus, Blyth, Horsfd. Cat. Mam. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 7. Semnopithecus cinereus, Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 626. Presbytes cristatus (nec. Raffles), Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 9. Presbytes melanophus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 1875, ex. no. p. 9. Prevailing colour, clear ashy grey, on the upper parts more or less tinged with brown, passing into black on the hands and feet, and to blackish brown on the front of the crest, and to pale-yellowish brown on the cheeks. A whitish line along the inside of the foot. The tail uniformly dark brown or blackish. A moderately long, erect, compressed crest, and the hairs on the parietal bones forming a whorl, the anterior hairs being directed forwards, projecting beyond the eyebrows. The under parts are less dark than those of the upper surface, and tend to greyish or yellowish grey. The face is dull black, with the region around the eyes and the mouth fleshy white. In the young, some months old, the forehead, temporai region, sides of the face and behind the ear, the flanks, the outside of the thighs, and the under parts are pale grey, the remaining parts being pale brownish. Inhabits Siam and the Malayan peninsula. I have examined all the specimens on which the above synonomy is based. Under 8. mitratus, I have mentioned that this species has generally only four tubercles on the last molar of the lower jaw, but in a specimen in the Indian Museum there is a distinct rudimentary fifth talon—rudimentary as compared with the ordi- nary dimensions attained by that structure ; and Mivart mentions that he has observed a Semnopithecus with six talons on the last inferior molar. SEMNOPITHECUS RUTLEDGITI, n. s. Form slender; black, the hairs tipped with lustrous grey on the head and trunk, and with asomewhat yellowish grey on the limbs, except on the hands and feet, which are jet black. The under parts are paler and more broadly tipped with grey. The crest is very well defined, erect, median, much compressed and not bent forward in front, with the hair external to iton the parietal region very short and broadly tipped with lustrous grey, as is also the crest posteriorly, giving a whitish appearance to the sides and back of head when seen in certain lights. Hairs on the front of the forehead short and not divergent over the face. Whiskers long, backwardly and upwardly divided and broadly tipped with yellowish grey. Beard greyish, face dark-bluish black. The tail black above, tipped with grey, but yellow on the under surface, especially at the root. The foregoing description is drawn up from a female cutting her last molar above and below; the latter tooth has four cusps. The skull in its general form and SEMNOPITHECUS. 39 character resembles the skull of S. maurus, but is distinguished from it by its gradually expanding premaxillaries. Ft. In. Length of body . : : . . : : . ; . 1 5:00 » of tail : ; : ; ‘ ‘ ‘ : : . 2 050 Habitat unknown. SEMNOPITHECUS FRONTATUS, Miller. Semnopithecus frontatus, Miller, Tijdsch. von Natuur. Gesch., vol. v. pl. I & II, 1838, p. 136; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quad., 1841, p. 475 (fig. 285, head); Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 62 & 78; Tab. 8, fig. g; fig. 2, head; figs. 8 and 4, skull; Schinz, Syn. Mamm., vol. i. 1844, p. 88; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif., 1851, p. 15; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif., 1854, p. 63; Wagner, Schreber, Séugeth, Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 24; Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An., 1856, pp. 88 & 90; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 16. Form slender; the face broad across the eyes, but compressed from above downwards; the trunk of the body dark-yellowish brown, with a tinge of red on the flanks in some individuals, but passing into dark brown and then into black on the greater part of the outside of the limbs, on the back part of the thighs and on the root of the tail; the remainder of the tail being greyish or yellowish brown and tufted. The neck and head are yellow-brown, but the latter colour passes into black on the haired portion of the forehead, sides of the head, and on the crest. The under parts are pale reddish, lighter on the throat, extending as a narrow band down the inside of the fore-limbs to near the wrist, and also on the hind limbs, but stopping short of the ankle. A bald, triangular area between the eyebrows, ascend- ing to the middle of the forehead and in reality occupying the glabella, reaching at its upper end that part where the radiation of the hair of the other species usually takes place, of a milky-white colour and wrinkled; the rest of the face being deep black, except the lower lip anda narrow line along the upper lip which are flesh- coloured and sparsely covered with yellowish brown hairs. Along the upper margin of the bare area are arranged long and black hairs, which, being directed downwards and outwards, commingle with the long, bristly, black eyebrows, and reach as far back as the ears,as a marked lateral tuft or pencil, the hair on the side of the head above these lengthened hairs being short. The hairs on the cheeks from near the nose along the malar region to the anterior root of the zygomatic arch are long and black, increasing in length on the hindmost part of the cheek to such a degree that they depend nearly to the shoulder. The crest is erect, high and compressed, occupying the middle line of the head like the ridge of a helmet, over-arching the forehead, where it is slightly contracted, and reaching backwards to the occiput, where it decreases and mingles with the hairs on the upper part of the neck. 40 SIMIIDA. The young do not appear to differ much in colour from the adults. Ft. In. Length of body to root of tail . : ‘ : : ‘ , - 1 10-25 » of tail : : ‘ : P ; : ‘ , - & 475 The skull of this remarkable animal is distinguished from the skulls of the other Semnopitheci, by its highly arched, but rather narrow, retreating forehead; by the great breadth of its orbits, the little marked prominence or arching of the interorbital space compared with that of the other crested species in which it is narrower than in S. frontatus ; by its broad but short and truncated facial portion ; and by the more retreating character and less depth of the symphysis of the lower jaw. This species is at once recognised by the bare, milky-coloured, nude area on its forehead, by its remarkable, blunt-shaped crest, and by the long dependent tufts from the forehead and sides of the face. Inhabits Borneo. SEMNOPITHECUS NEMAEUS, Linn. Le douc, Buffon, Hist. Nat., vol. xiv. 1766, p. 298, pl. xxi.; Suppl., vol. vii. 1789, p. 85, pl. vii. ; Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, iv. Fam. Sect. i. pl. i.; Latreille, Hist. Nat. de Buffon, (Sonnini), vol. xxxvi. (1809), p. 65, pls. li. et li. The Cochin China Monkey, Penn. Hist. Quad. 3rd ed. 1793, vol. i. p. 211; Shaw, Genl. Zool., vol, i, pt. i. pl. 23. Simia nemaeus, Lin. Mantissa Plant., 1771, p. 521; Schreber, Siiugeth, vol. i. 1775, p. 110, pl. xxiv.; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., vol. i. (18 ed.) 1788, p. 31; Shaw, Genl. Zool., vol. i. pt. 1. 1800, p. 56; F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat., vol. xx. 1821, p. 32. Cercopithecus nemaeus, Erxleben, Syst. Rég. An. 1777, p. 42.; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch., vol. 11. 1870, p. 194; Boddaert, Elench. An. 1785, p. 60; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., vol. xv. 1817, p. 574; Kuhl. Beitr. zur. Zool., 1820, p. 8. Pygauthriz nemaeus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. des Mus., vol. xix. 1812, p. 90. Lasiopyga nemaeus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 54; Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1820, p. 39; Griffith, An. Kingd., vol. v. 1827, p. 8; Dahlbom, Stud. Zoo. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, p. 84; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 18. Semnopithecus nemaeus, F, Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif., May 1825, pl. 14; Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat., vol. vii. 1825, p. 570; Cuv. Rég. An. (nouv. éd.) vol. i. 1829, p. 93; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 18; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. des voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 34; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond., 2nd ed. 1838, p. 4; Martin, Charles- worth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., new. ser. vol. ii. 1838, p. 434; Nat. Hist. Quad., 1841, p. 459, fig. 283; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 101; Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 35; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif., 1840, p. 55; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 62; Schinz, Syn. Mamm., vol. i, 1844, p. 43 ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif., 1851, p- 12; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif., 1856, p. 60, pl. iii; A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif., 1868-74, p. 242. Presbytes nemaeus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 11. Upper surface of the body and sides greyish, passing into blackish on the fore- head, and into black on the base of the neck, front of the breast, shoulder, brachium, SEMNOPITHECUS. 41 thighs, hands and feet ; the anti-brachium white, and the lower half of the hind limb red or reddish brown. A large area on the rump immediately above the tail involving its base and passing round to the groin, white, all the tail being similarly coloured. Head brown, with a narrow band of chestnut passing under the ears backwards, and a broader band of the same colour, margined with black, posteriorly passing over the chest from shoulder to shoulder; the whiskers long, white, and directed backwards. The face naked and lemon-coloured ; the callosities, palms, and soles yellow. The hairs of the trunk are annulated with from 10 to 12 rings of white and blackish. Ft. In. Length of body to root of tail . ‘ : : : . 2 1:00 » oftal . : : : : : ; : . lL 825 Both sexes in this beautiful monkey, and in its near ally, S. nigripes, are alike in colour, and the young differ but little from the adult. The skull has the forehead rather low and the interorbital space rather broad. The facial portion is broad at the base, but rounded anteriorly. As is now well known, this animal presents all the structural features of Semnopithecus. Inhabits the northern portion of Cochin China. The naturalists of the ‘ Bonite’ encountered it in numerous troops near Tourane. SEMNOPITHECUS NIGRIPES, A. M.-Edwards. Semnopithecus nigripes, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du. Mus. vol. vi, 1871, Bull, p. 7., Plate i.; Blyth., Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1875, vol. xliv., ex. no. p. 11. In 8. nigripes the posterior extremities are uniformly blackish from the origin of the tail downwards, while in S. nemaeus the lower half of the limb is brown. The anterior limbs are greyish black, uniformly speckled with white, whereas in S. nemaeus the anti-brachium is white. The same general distribution of colour prevails as in the last-mentioned species. The face is nude and appears to be yellow as in the douc, and there is a frontal band of black hairs directed a little forwards, but which, however, in §. nemaeus is less intense and more backwardly recumbent. It also resembles the dowe in having the base of the neck and front of the breast surrounded by a black collar which is bordered with red, but the whiskers of S. nigripes are black and shorter. The back, the flanks, and the belly are covered with clear brilliant grey hairs, tending to fawn, and finely annulated with deep grey, often black. The precaudal area is pure white, and contracts towards the tail, which is entirely white and very long. The proportions between the skeleton of S. nigripes and S. nemaeus appear to be very different, the limbs of the former being more elongated than those of the latter. The skull is relatively much smaller and the brain-case is more depressed and F 42 SIMIIDA. less high; the occipital region being prolonged less backwards, and the lambdoidal suture is thrown upwards. The face is short, and the nasal portion is narrow and depressed, wanting the interorbital swelling that occurs in so many of the crested Semnopitheci. The orbits are rather large. The proportions of the limbs in these two species have been stated by A. M.-Edwards as follows: taking for the two as a unit of measure the total length of the vertebral column comprised between the head and the end of the sacrum : S, nigripes. 8. nemaeus. Total length of vertebral column : ; : : . 100-0 100 Pr of head : : 5 j : : : 28°0 31 y of femur ‘ § ‘ ‘ : ; : 59-0 56 5 of tibia ; : : : : : : 55'5 48 oa of humerus . : : ‘ ; : . 49°0 47 4 of radius ‘ ‘ . ‘ ; ; 4 58:0 53 Inhabits Saigon and the forests bordering the Mekong towards its mouth. This species, from what has been stated, is evidently closely allied to 8. nemaeus, which is a parallel species inhabiting the more northerly portion of Cochin China, the first being recognised by its black hinder extremities and the latter by the lower half of the hind limbs being reddish-brown or red. SEMNOPITHECUS (NASALIS) LARVATUS, Wurmb. De Kakaw, Wurmb. Batav. Genootsch. Verhand. vol. i. (1781), p. 145. La guenon a long nez, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vii. 1789, p. 53, Pls. xi. and xii. ; Latreille, Buff. Hist. Nat. (ed. Sonnini) vol. xxxv. (1809), p. 294, Pls. xxix and xxx, Le Kakaw, Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, Fam. iv. Sect. 11, fig. 1 (1797). The Proboscis Monkey, Shaw. Genl. Zool., vol. i. Pt. 1 (1800), plate 22. Cercopithecus larvatus, Wurmb. Batav. Genootsch. Verhand. vol. iii. 1781, p. 145; Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool, 1820, p. 12. Nasalis larvatus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus., vol. xix, 1812, p. 90; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1820, p. 39; Griffith, An. Kingd., vol. v. 1827, p. 9; Geoff. Cours de l’Hist. Nat. des Mamm. 1828 ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. du Bélanger, 1834, p. 47; Cat. M. Mamm. 1831, p. 11; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 5; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 66; Jacquemot and Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud. Zool., vol. ii. 1853, p. 17, Pls. 2, 2A, 2B; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, 1870, p. 13. Cercopithecus nasicus, Desmarest and Virey, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., vol. xv. 1817, p. 574; Cuv. Régn. An. nouv. éd. vol. i, 1829, p. 94; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 102, Pl. x. B. Lasiopyga nasicus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 54. Simia nasica, F. Cuv. Dict. des Se. Nat. vol. xx. 1821, p. 32. Semnopithecus nasicus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vii, 1825, p. 570; Martin, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. new ser. 1838, p. 440; S. Miller (Verhandl.), Over de Zool. van den Indsch. Arch. 1841, p. 15; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhand]. 1839-44, pp. 62, 80, tab. 12, fig. 3 (juv.); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p- 43; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 35. Nasalis recurvus, Vigors and Horsfield, Zool. Journ. vol. iv. 1828-29, p. 109 (fig. head) ; Martin Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 71; Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. ii, 1838, p. 440, SEMNOPITHECUS. 43, Semnopithecus larvatus, Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p.16; Martin, Nat. Hist. Quadrumana, 1841, p- 453, figs. 279, 280, 281, 282; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 58, head juv., fig. adult. Simia nasalis, Martin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 70. Rhynochopithecus larvatus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, p. 93, pl. iv. The upper surface of the head, neck, back and flanks dark red-brown, passing into greyish yellow on the crupper, tail, and limbs. A yellow stripe on the shoulder. The hair on the sides of the face, neck, and shoulder is long and of a yellowish tint variegated with reddish brown, and the chin is well bearded. The under parts are yellowish white, and the tail is tufted. The face is a dirty yellow merging with the white around the lips. The under surfaces of the extremities are blackish, and the ears are of the same colour, and small. Nose produced into a proboscis with large nostrils opening downwards and separated from each other by a septun, but only developed in its characteristic form at a very advanced age in both sexes, being much shorter in the young and turned upwards (S. recurvus, Vig. and Horsfd.). The eyes are rather widely apart; the neck short, and the throat rather swollen from the presence of a laryngeal sack. The colours of both sexes are the same, but the female is smaller than the male. Its colour as it advances in age is the subject of considerable change. In early youth, the mouth and the area around the eyes are bluish, and the cheeks are curiously wrinkled, and the rest of the face is sullied brownish white, and the ear flesh-coloured, but intensely black around the margin. The hands are black ; and the head with the exception of the crown, the neck, the upper part of the chest, and the front of the upper arm, are dark red-brown, the rest of the pelage being sullied, pale-yellowish brown. Through a series of changes during which the red-brown of the upper parts first increases in strength and the grey- brown of the hips and upper side of the tail change to yellowish white, the adult pelage is reached. Ft. In. Length of adult, muzzle to base of tail . s : » 2 5 » of tail : ; < ; i : ae Qe 2 This peculiar form, which has all the structural characters of Semnopithecus, appears to be restricted to the Island of Borneo. SEMNOPITHECUS (NASALIS) ROXELLANZ, A. M.-Edwards. Semnopithecus roxellang, A. M.-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, 14 Fev. 1870, vol. Ixx. 1870, p. 341. Rhinopithecus’ roscellane, A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 233, pls. xxxvi. et xxxvii; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 11. Face much depressed in the nasal portion, nearly nude and turquoise-green. Nose much upturned and terminating in a point shaped as two follicles. Face 1 In 1856 the genus Rhynochopithecus was created by Dahlbom for S. (nasalis) larvatus. 44 SIMIID#. surrounded by a dense ruff of hair which clothes the cheeks and the malar and superciliary arches, and which is prolonged on towards the nose as a fine line separating the muzzle from the circumorbital area. Superciliary region, sides of face and of the neck to the shoulder, the area around the ears, the chin, throat, and under surface of fore-limbs and upper surface of feet yellow, brightest on the ears, the upper surface of the hands being more grey. A few black hairs on the supercilium, and dark hairs on the forehead tipped with blackish, which become more frequent on the vertex, and constitute a kind of skull-cap tending to grey, with shining ferruginous hairs intermixed. The same colour is prolonged on to the nape and the upper surface of the shoulders, but on the back it assumes a lustrous silvery hue, the ends of the hairs becoming very brilliant yellowish grey, and this tint increases on the hinder part of the trunk. The outside of the fore-limb is almost concolorous with the shoulder. Front of thighs and legs yellowish grey. Callosities and outer posterior margin of the thighs clear yellow. Under surface clear grey, lightly washed with yellow. Tail strong, tufted, and deep grey at the base, mixed with yellowish grey as it approaches the extremity, which is clad with long hairs of that colour. Female coloured as the male, but less brilliant. In the young, the top of the head is paler, and the yellowish grey of the sides of the neck spreads above and before the ears, and the whiskers are black. In the very young there is no trace of a skull-cap. Thumb extremely short. Ft. In. Length from tip of muzzle to root of tail . : ‘ » 2 175 » of tail . : : : : : : ; - 1 9-00 Inhabits Moupin (western portion) to Kokinoor. This species, one of the many remarkable animals discovered by that distin- guished traveller M. Abbé A. David, was first described by A. M.-Edwards as a Semnopithecus, but after reconsideration was elevated to generic rank, chiefly on the ground of the different proportions of its limbs to the vertebral column as compared with Semnopithecus and the greater length of the humeral over the radial portion of the limb, which is the inverse of what prevails in Semnopithecus. Nothing is known regarding the digestive organs, but the animal has no cheek pouches, and A. M.-Edwards assumes from the absence of these structures that the stomach will probably prove multilocular. I do not think that the dis- proportions of the limbs indicated by A. M.-Edwards outweigh the structural characters in which this form resembles Semnopithecus and more especially S. (nasalis) larvatus, and if the stomach should ultimately prove to be multi- locular, a most important point in organic similarity is established between it and Semnopithecus. MACACUS. 45 Genus Macacvus, Desmarest. * MACACUS ARCTOIDES, Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Plates I and II. Macacus speciosus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Fev. 1825, pl. xlvi.; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 43; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 30; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 63; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 146 (in part) ; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 102; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854 (in part), p. 93; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6. Macacus arctoides, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Mag. de Zool. 1833, cli. pl. ii. (adult); Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 61; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843 (in part), p. 575; Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 81; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 58; A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 246; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 203; Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, pp. 770, 771. Macacus maurus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. de Bélanger, Zool. 1834, p. 63; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 98. Papio melanotus, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 18389, p. 31; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. p. 59 (in part). Cynopithecus speciosus, Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 102. Inuus (Maimon) arctoides, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 146. Macacus ursinus, Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 93. Inuus (Inuus) arctoideus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 57. Pitheeus (Macacus) arctoides, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam, Reg. An. 1856, pp. 116, 118. Pithecus arctoides, Blainville, Ostéogr. Mamm. vol. i. p. 44, 1839-64, atlas 11. pl. vii. (skull). Macacus melanotus, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 29. Macacus brunneus, Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 628; 1872, p. 203, pl. xii. (juv.) ; 1874, p. 652. Inuus speciosus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6. The type of I. arctoides was an adult male from Cochin China, characterised by ared face, very short, stumpy tail, and by long hair, each individual hair being “plusieurs fois annelés de brun et de roux clair.” The type of I melanotus, Ogilby, was a young male said to have been obtained from Madras, also dis- tinguished by the first two characters of the previous specimen, but with apparently uniformly brown fur, passing nearly into black on the head and back. The type of IM. brunneus had also a short, stumpy tail and red face, and when it was described, the fur was wholly brown without annulations, the animal having been brought from the hill region on the western frontier of the province of Yunnan, China. When I described the last-mentioned monkey, I had not access to Geoff. St.- Hilaire’s figure of IZ. arctoides in the “ Magasin de Zoologie,”’ as the volume was not in any Indian library; and I hesitated to regard it as identical with Mf. melano- tus, Ogilby, considering that the locality from whence JZ. melanotus was said to have come has a fauna perfectly distinct from the hill region of Western China.’ 1 Dr. Sclater has recently directed my attention to a monkey from Siam in the Zoological Gardens, which exactly agrees with MZ, melanotus and M. brunneus, and, like these types, it is quite a young individual. When describing Jf. brunneus, I pointed out the structurally rudimentary character of the terminal caudal vertebra, and that the individual which manifested these characters was in the habit of sitting on its tail. This observation was called in question by Dr. Murie; but a careful observation of this Siamese individual reveals a similar habit, and doubtless associated with it will be ultimately found a like degradation of the terminal caudal vertebra. 46 SIMIIDA, The British Museum contains the type of JZ. melanotus and the specimen of M. brunneus which was figured in the Zoological Society’s ‘“ Proceedings,” whilst the type from which the external characters of Jf. brwnneus and the details of its anatomy were drawn up is deposited in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. With the skin and skull of the type of Jf. melanotus I have compared the first-named specimen of MZ. brunneus and its skull, also the skull of the type of the species in Calcutta. I cannot detect a single character by which to separate them. The question now suggests itself, Is this monkey really to be regarded as a native of Southern India? I think not, and that the probable history of WU. melanotus is that it had been taken to Madras from Burma in one of the ships that traded between that town and Rangoon,—two ports which have had for a very long period regular and frequent communication with each other. And what strengthens this sup- position is the circumstance that this form of monkey is unknown in Southern India. It appears to be a case similar to that of the IZ. leoninus, Blyth, a female of which was imported into the Andaman Islands from Burma, and was described as IZ, andamanensis. The type of IZ. melanotus and the specimen of IZ. brunneus in the British Museum are both examples of the male sex and of nearly equal size and age, with similarly formed short tails, and in these respects agree with the type of IZ. brunneus, which was only slightly younger. On the upper surface of the head and along the back the fur is dark brown, approaching to blackish; the sides and limbs are dark brown, being slightly paler in IZ. brunneus. In M. melanotus there is a distinct tendency to annulation on the sides of the neck and body, on the shoulders, and on the limbs, the annuli being pale golden-yellow and brown, and rather numerous on each hair, the terminal points being dark brown or blackish. These annuli are but feebly developed, and require the aid of reflected light to make them clearly visible. The type which I described was a younger animal, and did not show any signs of annulation ; but the other example in the British Museum, and which had shown no annulation, so far as I am aware, before it left Calcutta, had evidently developed it afterwards during its life in the London Zoological Gardens. A large, red-faced monkey, with a stumpy tail like the previous specimens, was purchased by the Zoological Society from a dealer in Liverpool, who could give no information regarding its habitat. After living for some years in the Society’s Gardens it died, and was deposited in the British Museum, where it is now stuffed, and the skeleton and skull are preserved. In its general form it is exactly like I. brunneus, but only much larger, and it differs from it and WZ. melanotus in the general annulation of its hair all over the body even to the under parts, which, however, are not so distinctly annulated as the upper surface. The characteristic feature of the fur is the regularity and uniformity of the annulation, and the great number of annuli which occur on each individual hair; I have counted as many as twelve or fourteen. These rings are of the same type as those I have indicated as existing in a subordinate degree in If. melanotus and WL. brunneus. It is MACACUS. 47 also distinguished by the great length of its fur, which is generally 44 inches long. But IL brunneus and WV. melanotus are also remarkable as young monkeys for the length of their fur; and the idea at once presents itself on a close comparison that they are only the young of this larger monkey. It would further seem that MM. brunneus (type specimen) represents the youngest stage, before annulation has commenced, the young being born with a purely uniform brown fur; the M. brunneus of the British Museum and I. melanotus showing the commencement and progress of annulation, which in them is confined to certain parts, but in the end would have involved the whole of the fur as in the adult. This large monkey was, I believe, correctly named by Dr. Sclater, in the printed list of the animals living in the Society’s Gardens, as If. speciosus, F. Cuvier. Mr. Gerrard informs me that Dr. Gray never examined this specimen, and that during his life-time it stood in the British Museum as J. speciosus, so that Dr. Gray’s M. melanotus of Ogilby referred only to that type; but this large monkey has now been placed under the same specific name. Its red face, short, stumpy tail, little more than an inch long and sparsely clad, its long fur “ plusieurs fois annelés de brun et de roux clair,” at once suggest its affinity to JZ. arctoides, Geoff. St.-Hilaire, which is verified by comparing it with the figure of that type of this species given in the “‘ Magasin de Zoologie ;” and the evidence of its identity with it is conclusive when its skull is compared with the skull of JZ. arctoides figured by Blainville, the British Museum skull of this specimen agreeing in every respect with the skull of the type; and I am further convinced of the identity of the two by the personal observation of both. I now propose to consider whether the characters manifested by the skull of I. melanotus, Ogilby, and the skulls of IL. brunneus, Andr., so agree as to entitle us to regard them as of one species; and if so, whether the details in which they differ from WZ. arctoides, Is. Geoff., are to be viewed in any other light than as appertaining to youth. Here I may remark that all these specimens belong to the male sex. The skull of the Liverpool specimen has the bicuspids and two permanent molars fully through the jaw, but the incisors are only half exposed; the last molar is not above the margin of its alveolus. The palate is 2:18 inches long, and from the internal alveolar margin of one side to that of the other, it is 0°97 in breadth at its middle, and of equal breadth as far forwards as the hinder border of the canines, anterior to which it slightly contracts. In the type of IZ. melanotus the permanent teeth which have cut the upper jaw thoroughly, are the first molar, the first incisors, and the bicuspids; the second incisors are well exposed, but not to their whole length, which is also the case with the second molar. The milk-canines have not been shed, and their successors have not pierced the bone; but the tip of the left is visible in its socket internal to the milk-tooth, but on the right side the permanent tooth is not visible. The alveolar arch over the last molar is only feebly perforated, and the tooth, which can be 48 SIMIIDA. detected far back in its socket, is still very rudimentary and much less developed than in the more adult skull of the previous specimen. In the British Museum example of I. brunneus the only permanent teeth in the upper jaw are the first molar and the first incisors, which are only partially exposed ; the second pair of permanent incisors are only appearing behind and internal to the milk pair; the two milk-molars have not been shed. The second permanent molar is seen deep in its alveolus, but only imperfectly developed. In the type of . brunneus the only permanent tooth is the first molar. In the lower jaw of the Liverpool monkey the permanent teeth are through the jaws, but the canines and the last molar are only partially so. The type of M. melanotus has all its permanent teeth in the lower jaw except its canines and the last molar; the former are only on a level with the jaw, and it appears as if the milk-incisors had been shed, or, it may be, lost in the preparation of the skull. The last molar is only very imperfectly developed and far back in its socket. In the lower jaw of the British Museum specimen of 1. brunneus the milk-canines and two molars are still in the jaw; the second permanent molar is not above the surface and is only a shell ; there is no trace of the last tooth. The lower jaw of the type of MZ. brunneus has all its milk-teeth and its first molar. The dentition of I. melanotus, Ogilby, thus proves it to be anolder specimen than the British Museum example of IZ. brunneus, which in its turn is older than the type in India. The skull characters of the last mentioned have been elsewhere described,’ and the second example agrees with it except in a few trifling details which do not merit enumeration. The skull of IZ melanotus also is in no wise separable from these two skulls—a statement which is borne out by the tabulated measure- ments which I here give, any little differences that do exist being legitimately referable to individual peculiarities :— Macacus arctoides, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. iu Mu Mu. u Mu. brunneus, |brunneus, ie la arctoides,| *Ufescens. type sp. | B. M. sp. B ME oh B.M. sp. Th. In. Th. In. In. Occipital to premaxille : s . .| 4°30 4,40 446 5°30 425 Anterior margin of occipital foramen to premaxille : : r -| 265 2:90 2-99 3:70 2-95 Anterior margin of occipital foramen to palate . : 3 «| 1:15 115 1:27 152 1-23 Fronto-nasal process to premaxille . : : ; . : e | LT 1:60 1°81 2-05 1-62 Auditory process to auditory process ‘ : .| 2:14 2°52 2°40 2°78 2-30 Auditory process to tip of premaxille, in straight line : y -| 250 2°75 2°90 3-60 2-90 Greatest breadth of skull behind root of aot 5 i ; -| 2°65 2°80 2°68 3-04, 260 Breadth across orbito-malar suture . : ; . 3 2°45 2°52 2°50 3:03 2°40 Least breadth in temporal fossa : ‘i : ‘ 4 : .| 1:90 1:87 1:87 1:90 180 Breadth across zygomatic arch, at middle . s P , ol) $2573) 3:10 295 3°50 9:25 Breadth of muzzle at base below maxillo-malar suture ; - A 1:60 1:66 1:65 1-96 L Breadth of muzzle at middle, anterior end opposite nasals . : -| 125 1:40 1:30 1-48 yea Height of orbit * . ‘ : : : é 5 : 83 77 “82 ‘80 : Length of orbit : . a 2 -| 1:00 ‘95 95 1-20 ‘71 Length of lower jaw in line with alveolar margin. A ; -| 2°30 2°82 2-76 3:35 Se 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, pp. 203-212. MACACUS. 49 The skull of the adult specimen in the British Museum, agreeing with Blain- ville’s figure of the skull of UZ. arctoides, is distinguished from the others by the great development of its orbital ridges and the depth of its temporal fossa; the former are of great thickness and are thrown forwards, so that the orbits are con- siderably broader than high. The skull is longer from the frontal to the occipital than in MZ. melanotus and WM. brunneus. The facial portion is more developed than in these latter in proportion to the more advanced state of its dentition. The base of the skull is also broader and the basicranial axis more anteriorly projected than in M. melanotus or MW. brunneus. The zygomatic arch is also of great strength as compared with these skulls. In all these characters it only evinces its greater maturity, and there are no others that present themselves that would indicate any specific distinction between it and these two supposed species; and these remarks seem to be verified by the table of measurements, when due allowance is made for its greater age. The bones of the skull of the adult I. arctoides are unnaturally thick, as are also those of MZ. brunneus; and this condition is in all likelihood attributable to confinement; whereas the skull of J melanotus has no more than the thickness generally characteristic of healthy animals, although it was also a specimen kept in confinement. A comparison of the bones of WU. brunneus and of VW. arctoides in the British Museum, while it does not reveal any difference in their forms, yet shows them to be notably smaller in the specimen of If. brunneus. But a consideration of the relative ages of the bones as revealed by the conditions of their epiphyses fully accounts for their difference of size. , The following table gives the relative measurements of their bones :— Macacus arctoides, Is. Geoff, St.-Hil. MM. brunneus, | M. brunneus, | M. arctoides, type sp, ¢. | B. M. sp. 6. 3 In. In. Tn. Total length of scapula along crest. : : : 2°49 2°80 3°60 Length of scapula along inferior margin of articular surface Z : 2°10 2°40 3°20 Greatest breadth 3 , : s 5 ‘ s : ; : : 1:70 172 2°83 Length of humerus . : * : : : : : : c : 4:13 4°55 5°88 Length of radius 5 : ‘ : : i : : F 3 3°95 4°55 5°80 Length of ulna 3 : 5 5 i : : ‘ A ‘ 437 5:08 6°20! Length of os innominatum | : : 3°96 4:70 5°70 ‘Anterior angle of symphysis pubis to: superior angle of callosities : 170 2°20 2°87 Breadth across ilium at middle . ‘ : : ; : - 3 : 101 1:39 1:70 Length of femur ; é . é : ‘ % 4 r 3 ; 4:20 4-96 6°40 Length of tibia : . é ‘ : “ é r ‘ : : 3:90 456 5°88 The credit is due'to Dr. Sclater of being the first to point out that IZ. melanotus,’ Ogilby, and the monkey from the Kakhyen hills and Cachar,*’ are not different, from WW. arcéoides, Is. Geoff.; and Dr. Murie* shortly afterwards adopted a similar 1 Rpiphyses lost. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 420. 3 Proe. Zool. Soc, 1872, p. 203 + Ibid, pp. 770, 771. 50 SIMIIDA. opinion. The four examples referable to M. brunneus that had passed under my observation were all uniformly brown monkeys, and in this respect in strong contrast to the description of the species given by M. Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire, who charac- terised it as being distinguished “ par ses long poils, plusieurs fois annélés de brun et de roux clair, par l’extréme briéveté de sa queue,” &c.' Now, these monkeys without trace of annulation I hesitated to regard as the same as Is. Geoffroy’s species, more especially as the person who presented me with the specimens had assured me that the adult was also devoid of annulated fur. On examining the type of If. arctoides in Paris, I found, as I expected, a monkey remarkable for the pronounced annulation of its fur, and in the same case along with it there was a specimen labelled 22 brunneus, uniformly brown—one of the animals that had been forwarded to the Zoological Society of London from Calcutta. The cursory comparison of the two confirmed me in my former view, which I again reiterated.* But after having again looked at the type of WU. melanotus, and the older specimen of WZ. brunneus in the British Museum which served to connect the type of the latter in Calcutta with the former monkey, all the difficulty of grouping these individuals together under one species, If. arctoides, seemed removed. I am even disposed to go further and to adopt the view recently promul- gated by that distinguished naturalist and my predecessor the late Mr. Blyth,* that all these monkeys are referable to the species described by F. Cuvier in 1825 as M. speciosus, It is true that this form was founded merely on a drawing made by Duvaucel of an animal in the zoological collection at the Barrackpore Park, fifteen miles from Calcutta. Temminck, apparently from the circumstance that Cuvier’s drawing had a resemblance to the Japan ape, was led to suggest that the Barrackpore individual had also come from Japan and had been taken to Calcutta from some of the entrepdts of commerce in Java. There is, however, no evidence to support such a view; and within the last few years, since my attention has been directed to this subject, four examples of these brown, red-faced, and stump-tailed monkeys have passed under my notice in the Calcutta market, and all of them had come from the Assam region or Cachar. As F. Cuvier’s drawing of WW. speciosus is a better representation of these monkeys, all of which are referable to JZ. brunneus and UY. melanotus, than it is of the Japan ape, with its differently coloured fur and rather longer and well-clad tail, so markedly distinct from the tail of IZ, arctoides, it seems highly probable that F. Cuvier’s drawing is founded on an animal of the Assam or Cachar region that had probably been presented to the Viceregal collection at Barrackpore by some Government official—a source from which that menagerie has been frequently enriched, and to which it has always been more or less indebted from its commencement. The second example of IW. brunneus that came into my hands was given to me with the option of presenting it to the Barrackpore collection. 1 Loe. cit. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 652. 3 Loe. cit, MACACUS. 51 There can be no doubt that while the drawing of IZ speciosus is not a good representation of the Japan monkey, it is so of the form from Cachar and the Kakhyen hills on the frontier of Yunnan; and as JW. arcéoides, which I hold to be the adult, is from Cochin China, if my hypothesis of the origin of the type of MM. speciosus is rejected, there is the further alternative, as suggested by Temminck, that it may have come from some Javan port. Ifso, the probability would appear to be that it was carried to Java by one of the trading vessels between that island and Cochin China, and not from Japan. Some doubts regarding the identity of the Japan ape with IZ. speciosus seem, moreover, to have existed in the minds of the Leyden naturalists, as the former stood for some time in the Leyden Museum under the name of IZ. fuscatus, the term which Blyth has proposed should be applied to it; for there can be no doubt that it is quite distinct from its southern representative, to which the term J. speciosus would appear to be applicable. The differences which subsist between the two forms are not merely those which I have indicated, but there are other details of a more specific character, such as in the form of the skull, proportions of the limbs, and structure of the generative organs of the male, which separate the one from the other, although at the same time there can be no doubt that they are closely allied. I have adopted the term J. arctoides in preference to I speciosus, because the type of the former exists in the Paris Museum, whereas the latter solely rests on a drawing by Duvaucel reproduced by F. Cuvier. By relegating the term M. speciosus to the rank of a synonym of J. arctoides, and by applying the term fuscatus to the Japanese ape, an element of confusion is for ever removed. WM. arctoides would appear to have a considerable range of distribution, in which, however, it conforms to that which is distinctive of a large series of the mammalian forms which occur in the same region. It has been obtained in Cachar, and I have learned of its existence in Upper Assam, and have procured it alive in the Kakhyen hills on the frontier of Yunnan, beyond which it spreads to the south- east to Cochin China. It seems essentially to be a hill or mountain form—that is, occurring only in the mountainous regions of Cachar, absent in the valley of the Trawady, but stretching round it into Yunnan from Upper Assam, being doubtless distributed over the mountainous region that intervenes between the Irawady and Cochin China. A few parallels to the north of the most western portion of its distribution it is represented by a closely allied species, the W. tibetanus, A. M.-Edwards, which is even a larger and more powerful ape than J. arctoides, and clad with long and dense fur, uniformly brown, the colour, texture, and length of its pelage being in keeping with the more sombre and severe character of the climate of its area of distribution. It is also closely affined to UZ. fuscatus, but its relationship is most evident in the young state, when it presents a strong resemblance to that species, in this respect conforming to what appears to be the case generally between the young of nearly 52 SIMIID #&. allied forms. For example, in a neighbouring group, the black-faced stump-tailed monkeys, If. ocreatus and M. maurus, Dr, Sclater’ states that it is hardly possible to distinguish the one from the other. * Macacus LEONINUS, Blyth. Macacus nemestrinus (?) Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1844, vol. xiii. p. 473. Innwus arctoides (2) Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 731. Macacus leoninus, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 7; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875, vol. xliv. ex. no. p. 6; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 663, pl. xxxv (male and female), Cercopithecus, Helfer, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. vii. 1838, p. 858. Macacus andamanensis, Bartlett, Land and Water, July 24, 1869, vol. viii. p. 57; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1869, p. 467 et fig. (female) ; Hamilton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 220. Innuus leoninus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 2. A thick-set powerful animal, with a broad, rather flattened head above, and a moderately short, well-clad, upturned tail, about one-third the length of the body and head. The female considerably smaller. In the male, on the shoulders, the back of the neck, and on the upper part of the humerus, the hairs are long and annulated with orange and black, so that these portions of the animal are more brightly coloured than the others on which annulation also prevails. On the former localities the hairs measure fully three inches in length and their basal halves are greyish, and the remainder annulated with eleven alternate bands of dark brown and orange, the apical ring being of the former colour. Behind the shoulder the hair is shorter, especially on the rump. On the middle line of the back the terminal dark brown ends of the hairs change into black and increase in extent, and as they are traced backwards the last halves of the hairs become wholly black and the yellow annuli disappear; so that on the lumbar and upper surface of the sacral region, the exposed portion of the fur is black, and this colour is pro- longed on to the upper surface of the tail. On the sides of the body anterior to the blackish area occupying the loins, the hair is annulated, but more or less black- tipped. The orange-olive of the shoulder pales on the lower two-thirds of the fore-limb into a yellowish olive; but all the hairs are annulated. On the out- side of the thighs also and on the sides of the sacral region the hair is annulated ; but on the latter area the annuli are rather obscure, and the colour is greyish, more or less washed with black; the thighs partaking of the annulation and colour of the arms, but paler, and with a more dusky tinge. The upper sides of the hands are somewhat dusky, but the feet are more so. The buttocks, even to the sides of the tail, are sparsely clad with grey fur wanting annulations ; and the tail on its under surface is pale grey, except towards its end, where the black of the upper surface extends downwards and has a rusty tinge. The tail is somewhat tufted. The hair on the chest is annulated, but paler than on the shoulders, and it is especially dense on the lower part of the chest. The lower half of the insides of the anterior and pos- ? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 223. MACACUS, 53 terior limbs is well clad with annulated fur like their outsides; but their upper halves internally and the belly are only sparsely clad with long brownish grey unannulated hairs. The upper surface of the head is densely clad with short, dark, radiating yellowish brown fur, broadly tipped with black, the hair radiating from the vertex. On and around the ear the hair is very pale grey. Above the external orbital angle and on the sides of the face the hair is dense and pale greyish, but obscurely annulated with dusky brown and grey and directed backwards, and similarly coloured hair is prolonged downwards on to the middle of the throat. These hairs are rather long and dense, but they pass inwards as very short hairs below the eye on to the hollow of the cheek, and in this region they are yellowish brown. The face generally is sparsely clad with fine hairs, and with longer hairs on the cheeks, with black hairs interspersed, and the upper and lower lips are simi- larly clad; and the hairs on the chin are blackish, but there is no long beard; there is a line of black, bristly, supraorbital hairs. The face is fleshy brownish on the muzzle and between the eyes; the circumorbital area and the forehead are almost white, with a bluish tinge, the line of the eyebrows being brownish, and a narrow line from the external angle of the eye outwards, reddish. : The female differs from the male in the absence of the black on the head and back, and in the hair of the under parts being brownish grey without annulations. The shoulders are somewhat brighter than the rest of the fur, which is yellowish olive; this passes into greyish olive on the outside of the limbs, into dusky on the upper surface of the hands and feet, and into black on the upper surface of the tail. Length of male, from muzzle to root of tail 23 inches; length of tail without hair 8 inches, with hair 10 inches. Inhabits the southern portion of Arracan and the valley of the Irawady. The Burmese pig-tailed monkey, J. leoninus, is intermediate between J. rhesus and the pig-tailed Macaque, UM. nemestrinus, which is its nearest ally. These two pig-tailed monkeys constitute two well-marked species, apparently much more differentiated than the species more specially allied to WZ rhesus are from each other, so that there is no difficulty in seizing their particular characters. The fully matured skull (figs. 1 and 2) is considerably smaller (see following table, page 55) than that of IZ. nemestrinus. It differs from it in its very much less forwardly projected muzzle, which has more of the characters of the downwardly shelving muzzle of JZ. lasiotis, with little or no indication of an interorbital depres- sion; the slope from the supraorbital ridge to the extremities of the nasals and premaxille being in a nearly straight line downwards and forwards. It is altogether a much shorter, more globular, and more compact skull than that of Macacus nemestrinus; but, as in that species, the orbital ridges are very strongly developed, and project considerably above and outside the orbits. The upper margins are on a level with the vertex, so much so that there is a considerable depression on the frontal region behind them. The orbits are rather large, and the interorbital portion of the skull is narrow, The muzzle is moderately developed, 54 SIMIIDA. and not much tapered anteriorly. The occipital is much uptilted, and the symphisis of the lower jaw is rather receding. Fig. 1.—Profile of the skull of the male Leonine Monkey (Mfacacus Zeoninus) from Burma. 3 nat. size. Fig. 2.—Upper view of skull of IZ. leoninus $, from Burma. # nat. size. The female is considerably smaller than the male skull, the ridges are but little developed, and the muzzle is less heavy, shorter, and more pointed. The occipital region also is much less uptilted. MACACUS. 55 In H. leoninus the vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 12, L. 6 to 7, 8. 8, and caudal 17 to 18. The caudal vertebrae to the sixth are very short, the sixth and seventh especially so; beyond the seventh, the segments decrease in length more rapidly than in UW. rhesus. Heemapophyses first begin to show themselves between the fourth and fifth caudals, and can be traced at least as far as the tenth segment. Transverse processes cease on the fourth, and the neural canal on the fifth caudal. The caudal vertebree have all the appearance, so to speak, of degradation, and look as if they were in the process of becoming reduced to the rudimentary character which they assume in the stump-tailed monkeys. The following are the measurements of the main regions of the vertebral column and of its caudal portion :— The male :— In. Length from atlas to last sacral along curve of under surface ; ~ 15°25 Length of caudal vertebre . i . : A : . : . 750 The female :— Length from atlas to last sacral coe curve of under surface : » 13°25 Length of caudal vertebre . : : 5 : - 6-40 In the male the humerus is 6°40 inches in ae the Rais 6°15, and the ulna 6°75, whilst in the hind limb the femur measures 7:20, the tibia 6°60, and the fibula 6°15 inches; the length of the manus being 4°75 and the pes 6°15 inches. Measurements of the skulls of M. leoninus and M. nemestrinus. ‘ 3 : M. leoninus.| M. leoninus.| MM. nemestrinus. Inches, Inches. Inches, Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip os pues ni oS 3:13 400 5:05 Greatest length, occiput to premaxilla 7 = . ‘ 4°48 5°30 6°50 Occipital ridge to nasal process of frontal , - . : 3°45 3:50 3°75 Anterior margin of auditory opening to tip of premazilla, 3 : 3°20 4:05 5:05 Breadth between auditory openings . 3 % es : , 2°28 3°22 3 30 Greatest breadth behind roots of zygoma . : . : 2°47 3°20 3:40 5 facial breadth across fronto-malar eatin : 2°45 3°22 3:25 Anterior border of foramen magnum to posterior border of palate : 1°35 1:60 1:90 End of premaxilla to nasal process of frontal . . . ° ei 2:03 2°50 3:15 Breadth of frontals behind tempero-malar suture ee Se 1:90 2°05 2°10 3 across zygomatic arch . FP yi : ; ck 3:00 4,00 412 » Of muzzle at base of last tooth ‘ ‘ ‘ : , 1°36 1:98 2:20 » of muzzle at base of front bicuspid ‘ P ¥ ‘ ; 1:20 1:55 2:10 Height of orbit ‘ P p 3 7 é , * "95 1:02 -90 Diameter of orbit ° . : 5 é ; 1:10 1:30 1:20 Length of lower jaw in line with “alveolar margin : é . ‘ 2°95 3°80 4:60 * Macacus rHEsus, Audebert, var. Plate IIT. Le macaque & queue courte, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vii. 1789, p. 56, pl. xiii; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini), vol. xxxv. 1809, p. 312, pl. xxxiv. Le rhesus (Simia rhesus), Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, Fam. ii. sect.i. pl. 1; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini), 1809, vol. xxxv. p. 314; Cuvier, La Ménagerie du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 1809, pl. 4; Rég. An. vol i. nouv. éd. 1217, p. 109. 56 SIMIIDA. The Wrinkled Baboon, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1, 1800, p. 83. The Bandar, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. 1832, vol. i. p. 839. Simia erythraa, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. pl. viii. c. fig. Buffon. Innuus (?) Simia fulva, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1,1800, p. 51. Tnnuus rhesus, Geoffroy St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 101; Kuhl. Beitr. zur. Zool, 1820, p. 17; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 731; Cat. Mamm. As. Soe. Bengal. 1863, p. 8; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 11. Pithecus rhesus, Desm. nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xviti. 1817, p. 325; Griffith, An. Kingd- vol. v. 1827, p. 15. Macacus erythreus, Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mamm. Oct. 1819, pl. xxxviii, juv.; March 1821, pl. 36 ¢ ; May 1821, pl. xxxix; March 1825, pl. xl; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 59; Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 80; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1824, p- 91, fig. head ¢ et ¢ ; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 226. Macacus rhesus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 66, pl. vii. fig. 2 (Buffon); Dict. des Sc. Nat- vol. xxvii. 1823, p. 468; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 42; G. Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. 1829, p.95; Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p. 29; Waterhouse, Cat. Mam. Mus. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 8; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 95; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 8; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xii. 1843, p. 174; vol. xin. 1844, pp. 471-476 ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 57; Gray, Hodg. List, Nepal, Mamm. 1846, p. 2; Horsfield, Cat. Mam. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 19; Hutton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p- 951; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 81; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 222. Innuus (Maimon) erythreus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, pl. 142, p. viii. e. fig. Buffon. Papio rhesus, Ogilby, Madr. Journ. Lit. & Se. vol. xii. 1840, p. 144. Macacus (Pithex) oinops, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. ix. 1840, p. 1212, fig. head, p. 1213; vol. x. 1841, p. 908; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii, 1842, p. 212; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. 1842, p. 315, fig. head ; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 285. Macacus oinops, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1848, p. 8. Innuus (Rhesus) erythreus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 56. Pithecus (Macacus) erythreus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. Ann. 1856, pp. 116, 119. Innuus assamensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxiv. 1865, p. 192. I obtained at Momien a monkey so closely resembling WZ. rhesus, that I have no course left but to describe it as such, although it exhibits at the same time some variation from the Indian form. It is also not unlike I. assamensis, but is distin- guished from it by its longer body and tail and more slender limbs. This animal, (Plate IIT), it was alleged, had been recently caught in the Momien district, but I am disposed to discredit the statement, as the country in the immediate neighbour- hood of Momien appears to be quite unsuited to monkeys, being devoid of trees and at an elevation over 5,000 feet. My impression, therefore, is that it had been brought from some neighbouring forest region to the south and from a lower elevation. I also procured in the Hotha valley another monkey, even more intimately affined to the common Indian race than the previous individual, so much so 1 To this may perhaps be prefixed Cercopithecus malatta, Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 1195; Boddaert, Elench. Animal, 1785, p. 61; Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p- 29, and which is founded on the tawn ne ( ki Pennant, Syn. Mam. 1771, p. 120, Tab. 13, fig. 2, and Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. I (1800), p. 57. Sena MACAOCOUS. 57 that there seems no doubt that it is an example of this species. It had been also in captivity, but I could gather no information as to the locality whence it had been obtained. Besides these two monkeys I am indebted to Dr. Marfels, Conservator of Forests to the King of Burma, for a Macaque agreeing in every respect with J. rhesus, from living examples of which in the Zoological Gardens, London, where it now is, it cannot be distinguished. Dr. Marfels unfortunately could not give me the locality from whence he obtained it and another of the same species, except that they had been brought to him by some of his employés who were engaged in forest work at no great distance from the capital. On my way up the river in 1875, I observed a large troop of monkeys exactly resembling I. rhesus feeding among the stunted bushes that occur on the high sandy cliffs that overhang the left bank of the river, below Yenangyoung. The only wild monkey allied to J. rhesus that is observed in the northern portion of the country, viz., about Bhamé, is the monkey which I have referred to I. assamensis, so that it appears probable that IZ. rhesus has a distribution to the south of that of the former. It is extremely difficult to offer any satisfactory explanation of the occurrence of these monkeys in the high valleys of Momien and Hotha. I think it highly improbable that they were taken from Burma, as in 1868, when I procured these specimens, the country had for years been con- vulsed by revolution, and any communication with Burma, except for the necessities of life, had been for years denied to the unfortunate inhabitants of that high region. Both of these first-mentioned monkeys I had alive in my possession in Cal- cutta for fully two years, and during that period I more than once compared them with living examples of the Bengal monkey of their own sex (female) and of various ages; the only differences I could detect between them were that they seemed more slightly built than I. rhesus, that their hair was rather shorter, softer, and more adpressed and slightly more brilliant in colouring; also, that the Momien specimen had a duskier face, and that the area external to and below its callosities was densely clad, whereas the other animal had it semi-nude, as in M. rhesus, associated with a somewhat shorter tail. While I regarded the Hotha monkey as a local race of this species, I was still so dubious about the other as to watch carefully during the two years of its captivity in the expectation that time might reveal some determining feature, but none developed itself. One description, in which I shall compare and contrast the external cha- racters, may suffice for both these Yunnanese monkeys, and I shall refer to the specimen from Hotha as « and to the duskier-faced form as 8. The basal portion of the hair is greyish brown, so to speak, succeeded by a rich yellowish area, terminating in a dark brown or blackish tip. This richly rufous, annu- lated appearance is confined to the upper surface of the animal on its anterior half, extending on to the fore-limbs of 8, but only down the brachium of «, the H 58 SIMIIDA. antibrachium of which is gray. On the hinder quarters and outsides of the thighs the terminal half of the hairs are wholly rafous-yellow, so that these portions contrast forcibly with the former. In 6, the cheeks and supraorbital ridges are surrounded with a fringe of long black hairs which are continued down to the angle of the mouth, whereas in the other female there are only a few very short black hairs in these situations. In both, the hairs half-way between the ear and the angle of the mouth tend to form a whorl. The hair behind the ears and the back part of the cheek are in 6 annulated in the former and yellowish in the latter locality, but in « they are uniformly yellowish grey, and longer and more wavy than in the former. In life, the face of 8 was seen to be more dusky * than is generally the case in IZ. rhesus, while in « it was pale, as in this species, and peri- odically flushed with crimson, which did not occur in 6. The hair on the top of the head in both is directed backwards. In both, the under parts and insides of the limbs are very pale yellowish white with a silky lustre. In there is an extensive area external to and below the callosities, which is only sparsely covered with very short obscure white hairs, while in 6 the region below and around the callosities is clad with long rufous hairs. MEASUREMENTS. a B. Inches. Inches. Length of body, along side. . ‘ : : : : ; : : : : 15:23 145 » of tail ‘ : : ‘ : : ‘ : ; 75 1:24 » of fore-limb to tip of middle ‘finger : ‘ A - : . . F : 12°23 12°22 , of middle finger . 7 : : ; - : 2-0 2-0 » of foot 5:92 52k of middle toe 2°5 26 Upper lip to eye 1-23 1-22 Length of ear 15 15 Breadth between eyes. “32 3h Girth round muzzle, below the eyes | 50 5-0 » head, over ears 9°44 9:5 », behind shoulder 108 9°8 » before thighs . 70 70 The above table shows that while the larger individual had a slightly shorter tail, they agree in other respects, allowance being made for the greater age of «, and this harmony prevails in the bones, the measurements of which follow. The only differ- ences of form observable in the skeleton of 6, as compared with «, are the greater forward curvature of the proximal end of the humerus and more prominent cha- racter of the deltoid ridge. But we are met with the fact that the skeleton of 6 has 13 ribs, its vertebral elements being—cervical 7, dorsal 13, lumbar 6, sacral 3, caudal 20—forty-nine in all, while in « the normal number of ribs prevails with 6 lumbar 1 Darwin records that Mr. Bartlett has observed that in all species of monkey known, in which the adults of both sexes have strongly-coloured faces, the colours are dull and absent during early youth, and he remarks that this likewise holds good of Df. rhesus. This animal may, therefore, have been longer in reaching maturity than the other, which seems probable from the circumstance that the occasional temporal flushing and enlargement of its buttocks was very much less intense. Mr. Bartlett has also observed that the naked surfaces extend with age.— Descent of Man, vol. ii, pp. 310 and 377. a MACACUS. 59 vertebree and 18 caudal = only forty-six vertebree. Theskeletons are ligamentous and perfectly entire, even to the last caudal ossicle. The 18th rib of the former specimen is a short straight bone, an inch in length. There are eight true ribs in each. Inf, the mammillary processes appear on the 11th dorsal and in on the 10th ; in the former the anapophyses first show themselves on the 13th dorsal and gra- dually decrease in size from the 3rd lumbar vertebra, these processes following a similar course in the twelve-ribbed specimen, é. e., commencing on the 21st segment. The caudal vertebree gradually increase in length from before backwards as far as the 8th, beyond which they again shorten. The last trace of the neural arch occurs in the 5th caudal vertebra, on which the lamine are prolonged for only two-thirds of its extent. In «there is a tubercular-like neural spine on the 1st caudal only, but in # there is no trace of it. The transverse process of the 1st caudal has consi- derable antero-posterior expansion, but in the succeeding vertebre it gradually de- creases, and disappears on the 6th. In both examples, chevron bones well developed occur first between the 2nd and 3rd caudals up to the 5th and 6th, beyond which they do not extend, although a pair of hyperpophyses can be detected for some distance backwards. In both these females, the manubrium is followed by seven osseous segments terminated by the xiphoid, which is much longer and more ex- panded in # than in « The sternal elements also immediately preceding the xiphoid are considerably longer in the latter than in the former, in which the total sternum is 3°36, whilst in f it is 3°66. The manubrium of 8 is unsymmetrical, being larger in its left than in its right half, to the former of which the cartilages of the 1st and 2nd ribs are together attached, whilst the opposite bears only the 1st rib. The clavicle of 8 is a shorter and stouter bone than that of +, measuring 1:84 as compared with 2°08. The pelvis of « has greater capacity and posterior breadth than 6, in which the distance between the callosities at their middle is only °75, in « being 1°18, while between the position of the ischial spines the pelvis of « has a breadth of 1:22 and g of 1:52. These little differences, however, can hardly be regarded as more than individual. These skeletons do not present any anatomical features which would entitle them to be regarded as specifically distinct from I. rhesus. The existence of 18 dorsal vertebree in 8 being associated with only 6 lumbar vertebree shows that this monkey, which in its external characters differs somewhat from JZ. rhesus, is by its osteology more allied to it than «, which, in its peripheral features, differs in no respect from IW. rhesus. Ihave referred to the existence of only 18 trunk vertebree in the latter specimen under I. assamensis, the Burmese example of which is also distinguished by a similar number of trunk vertebre. In three skeletons of I. rhesus in the Royal College of Surgeons in which the tail is entire there are from 17 to 18 caudal vertebre, the specimen No. 4991! having the tail imperfect ; but as the foregoing monkey f has 20 tail segments, the varia- 1 See Quart. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 562. 60 SIMIID&. tion of the caudal vertebre of IU. rhesus is greater than has been generally supposed. The skulls of these two monkeys so resemble each other in age and general dimensions that there can be no question as to their specific identity, and, moreover, they do not present a single anatomical feature by which they can be separated from M. rhesus, and in support of the latter statement I figure the skull of « (figs. 3 and 4) and append the measurements of both. It will also be observed that this skull Fig. 4.—Upper aspect of the cranium of the variety of M. rhesus, Desm., foundin Yunnan. { nat. size. is extremely closely allied to the female skull of 2. tcheliensis (= MN. lasiotis, Gray) as figured by A. M.-Edwards in his able work on the Mammals of China and Tibet, and from which it is chiefly distinguished by the depression of the frontal region and its greater contraction in the temporal fossa and by the lesser rotundity of the parietals. Moreover, although it appears to be of the same age as W. tcheliensis, the last tooth having not pierced the jaw in either, itis an appreciably smaller skull. MACACUS. 61 M. rhesus 2 M. rhesus g SKULL MEASUREMENTS. ee e | Inches. Inches. Anterior back of occipital to tip of premaxillaries . ; ; ‘ : ‘ : a 2°63 2°75 Greatest length of occipital to premaxillaries . : : ; ; : : : ait 3°94, 4°00 Occipital ridge to nasal process of frontal ; : ; A : 5 5 3°25 3°28 Anterior margin of auditory opening to tip of premaxillaries : : : ; ; cal 2°55 2°63 Breadth between auditory openings (callipers) ‘ : , : : ‘ : x | 2:15 2°34 Greatest breadth behind roots of zygoma (callipers) a ‘ : ‘ : : | 2°30 2°50 » facial breadth across fronto-malar sutures ‘ ‘ ‘ : : ol 2°28 2°28 Anterior margin of occipital foramen to maxalline of palate : ‘ : ‘ : e 1:20 1:28 End of premaxilla to nasal process of frontal ‘ ; 3 ; al 1:57 1:57 Breadth in temporal fossa behind ena suture (calipers) : : : : ai) 1°82 1°68 across zygome ‘ i : ; : ; : ‘ = 2-70 2°80 Breadth of muzzle at base of last tooth . ; A ‘ : ‘ : : 4 , 1:20 1-38 » first EE : : fi ? ‘ : 2 . ; ‘ 112 1 117 Height ‘of orbit. ; ; : . 3 : : : 5 : "81 | ‘71 Diameter of orbit . . : ; 2 : : : : “90 | “90 Length of lower jaw in line with alveolar border. : : : ; : : “| 2°45 | 2°50 MEASUREMENTS OF SKELETONS. M. ieee Q| i. ee 2 Inches. Inches. Length of cervical vertebre . ‘ i : ‘ i é ; F ‘ Z , 2°20 2:20 - dorsal 43 4 ‘ : : : ; : i é ‘ : ; 493 5°50 5 lumbar es ‘ , : A i : . A ‘ : : 4:67 4°76 53 sacral 5 : : : ‘ ‘ i . , ‘ ‘ ; ‘ 1:90 1:62 $5 caudal er : ; : ‘ ‘ , : ‘ : ; : ; 9°20 10°90 a humerus ‘ ; F : p : : : ; : ‘ : 5:13 487 = radius : 3 g : F ; : : : : ; : 511 4°96 3 ulna é ‘ . ; : : ‘ 5 : : : : 5°97 5:73 i femur % , : 5 5 : : ; i ; 3 ; 6-02 5:93 3 tibia ; : : : : ; : : : : : ‘ 5°53 5°32 ss manus j 5 ‘ ; ; ; : ; 5: g : 3 3°83 3°81 - pes . : ; 5 5 ; : : ‘ : ; ; 5°56 5°50 os innomatum é 2 ‘ : : ‘ : 3 ‘ : , 5:07 5:05 Antero- posterior diameter of pelvis : ; é : : ‘ : : : 2 2°42 2-42 Transverse Ss a ‘ é : ; ‘ ‘ 3 : ; 1°85 1°85 Oblique ; . . ; : : : 3 ‘ ‘ 2°15 2-22 Symphysis pubis to spine of ‘ischium : ; ; : : : é as 2-01 2-06 Greatest breadth of os innomatum, anterior end ; é : : : : | 1-22 1-23 Neither I. rhesus nor J. assamensis were included in Blyth’s posthumous Catalogue of the Mammals of Burma,’ because it was not until the expedition of 1875 that I received the first from the valley of the Irawady on the authority of Dr. Marfels, the Conservator of Forests to the King of Burma, and it was only on the same occasion that I procured an example of the last from the second defile of the Irawady below Bhamé. A monkey thus in no way separable from the Indian IZ. rhesus would appear to stretch across Burma to the hills defining the left bank of the valley of the Irawady, and to be associated in the same region with the next species, the distribution of which, however, would appear to be more restricted to the northern portion of the valley. With regard to Uf. oimops, a careful consideration of the characters assigned to it by Hodgson does not reveal a single feature by which it may be separated 1 Journ. As. Soc, Bengal, vol. xliv. 1875. 62 SIMIIDA. from JL. rhesus, and when the various specimens which were forwarded by Hodgson from the southern region of Nepal to the British Museum are critically examined and compared with the common dandar of Hindustan, the observer searches in vain for any character of specific importance by which to separate them. Also, when the close proximity of the southern portion of Nepal to the Terai is kept in view, along with the circumstance that MU. rhesus is widely distributed over the latter region, there is nothing remarkable in the fact that the animals of both localities agree. In the British Museum there are two skulls of JZ. oinops presented by Hodgson, but unaccompanied by their skins. The one is a male and the other a female. In the male, the naso-orbital process of the maxilla is nearly vertical and the nasals are rather deeply concave, and the portions of the maxilla lying between the nasals and the orbital margins are concave or depressed ; the breadth across the base of the muzzle being but little in excess of its breadth over the anterior margins of the canine alveoli: but all of these characters belong to a not uncommon type of M., rhesus, in which, however, the relative breadth of the muzzle at its base and at its extremity is the subject of considerable diversity, apart altogether from the effects of age. This skull is fully adult, and as it is interesting as a ferine example of this species, I give the accompanying figures of it (figs. 5 and 6). Fig. 5.—Skull of IZ. rhesus, from Nepal, the type of Hodgson’s M. (pithex) ovnops. + nat. size. MACACUS. 63 Fig. 6.—Upper aspect of the skull fig. 5. 3 nat. size. The female skull also is fully adult, and it differs from the male in its much smaller size, and in being smooth and rounded, the frontals arching upwards and backwards from the supraorbital margins, which do not form ridges. In aged females, however, the supraorbital ridges become well marked, also the temporal ridges. A monkey resembling W. rhesus occurs in Kashmir, and is sometimes found at an elevation of 10,000 feet. It is described as being a redder monkey than IL. rhesus, with a perfectly distinct cry. It is called by the natives the Pvinj or Ponj. Its specific characters are unknown, but should it resemble the monkey which lived a few years ago in the Zoological Gardens, London, where it was known as the Kashmir mon- key (I. pelops), it would appear not to differ specifically from WM. rhesus. This animal, however, supposed to be from Kashmir, was purchased either at Agra or Delhi from a native who asserted that it came from Kashmir; but knowing how freely the term “‘ Kashmir” is employed by natives who consider that the value of an object is enhanced in the eyes of Europeans by its being assigned to Kashmir, no reliance can be placed on the alleged habitat. At the same time this so-called Kashmir monkey now depo- sited in the British Museum (71. 3. 3. 5.) has the rufous colouring of the hinder half of the body more brilliant than in the generality of examples of IZ. rhesus from the plains, but with the colours conforming to the same kind and distribution, so that the differences between them are only of that grade which is generally considered as distinctive of a race. Hodgson has also figured in his manuscript drawings a pale, almost albino-like, Macaque from Sikhim, but no definite information regarding it has been recorded. 64 SIMIID A. * MACACUS ASSAMENSIS, M‘Clelland. A supposed new monkey, Andr. Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1872, p. 529 (figs. of skull). Macacus assamensis, M‘Clelland, Proc."Zool. Soc. Lond. 1839, p. 148 ; Walker, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1842, p. 265; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p.57; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1844, vol. xiii. p. 476; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1851, p. 313; Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 8; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co, Mus. 1851, p. 21; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 566; Idid, 1871, p. 222; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 5. ; Papio assamensis, Ogilby, Royle’s Ill. Him. Bot. Mamm. 1840, p. 6; Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. vol. xii. 1840, p. 144. Macacus (Pithex) pelops, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. ix. 1840, p. 1213; Lbid, vol. x p. 908; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1842, p. 212; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vin. 1842, p. 815; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 285. Macacus pelops, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 60; Gray, Hodgson, Coll. Nepal, Mamm. &c. 1846, p.2; Blyth, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1851, p. 313; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs (in part), 1870, p. 30. Inuus (rhesus) pelops, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 56. Inuus (rhesus) assamensis, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 57. Inuus assamensis, Hutton, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxiii. 1864, Appendix, p. xii. Inuus pelops, Hutton, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxiii. 1864, Appendix, p. xii.; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1567, p. 11; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6. Macacus problematicus, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 128; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 222. Macacus rheso-similis, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1872, p. 495, Pl. xxv. juv. The type of J. assamensis in the Indian Museum, London, is an adult male. It is a stuffed specimen, but the skull has been removed from the skin and is not in the Museum. This monkey differs from all adult examples of the common monkey of the plains of India which have come under my observation in the anterior half of the body wanting the ashy tint which is so characteristic of the adults, and in the hinder portion of the body being in no way rufous. The fur, too, is almost completely devoid of annulations, and the hair around the face and on the chin is longer than in animals from the plains. The general colour of this old specimen may be described as brown, washed over the outer side of the fore-limbs, and more especially between the shoulders and the back of the neck, with yellowish, which appears in certain lights as a pale golden, passing on the upper surface of the head into a pale-yellowish brown. The general brownish tint is darkest on the flanks, where it has a fuliginous tinge, and down the front margin of the fore-limbs, over the outer surface of the thighs, the dorsi of the feet and on the tail. The inside of the limbs and the under surface generally are much paler than the upper parts, and have a yellowish tint, inclining to grey. Behind the angle of the mouth, and below and behind the ears and on the chin, the hair is rather long and nearly of the same colour as the under surface, but slightly tipped with blackish. There is a moderately dense line of rather long supraorbital hairs with a pencil of similar hairs extending backwards from the external orbital angle of the frontals. MACACUS. 65 The hair generally is wavy, and on the shoulders and between them above and on the sides of the chest it is much longer than on the hind part of the body, with the exception of the dark hairs on the lower part of the flanks, which are also rather long. The hair on the vertex radiates from a point about one inch above the level of the supraorbital ridge, and a few of the front hairs are directed forwards, but the mass outwards and slightly backwards, which is also the direction of the hairs external to the radiating point. There are a few long black supraciliary hairs, also others on the upper lip and chin. The callosities are closely surrounded by the fur. The length of the animal along the curve of the head and back is 26°75 inches, the tail measuring 9} inches. I obtained on the right bank of the Irawady, about twenty to twenty-five miles below Bhamé, a female monkey which closely agrees with the type of JL. assamensis,— so much so that it is impossible to resist the conclusion that they are one and the same race. It was one of a large colony living below the huge Deva-faced, limestone cliff, at the foot of which lies the small pagoda of Sessoungan. The crews of passing boats and pious visitors generally throw rice and fruits to these monkeys as a work of merit. I observed another and similar colony some miles further down the river on the same bank. At the time, I noted that the adults are apparently larger and more powerful than JZ. rhesus. They have moderately long tails; their bodies are dark brown above, the under parts palish, but contrasting decidedly with the former colour. The solitary specimen I succeeded in cbtaining at that colony was a gravid female, of which the following is a description. This monkey is uniformly brown, with a rufous golden tinge over the shoulders and neck, the latter tint paling on the head, more especially over the external angle of the forehead. It is pale yellowish behind the ears and on the back part of the cheeks, where there are a few intermixed black hairs. There are a few black supraorbital hairs, and the ears are tufted with hairs of similar colour besides being well clad internally. The face is surrounded, from behind the ears to the chin, by long pale yellowish hairs, and the beard is well de- veloped, the hairs having a well-defined, almost black, subapical band. The limbs externally and the upper surfaces of the feet are concolorous with the hinder quarters of the animal. The under surface of the body and limbs are of a pale yellowish. The tail is dark brown at the base, paling somewhat towards the tip, which is slightly tufted. The face and ears are dusky. The buttocks are densely clad with hair to the sides of the callosities, but below the vulva there is a small bare area which in life is suffused with dark purple. This, however, is a gravid female, and I do not know what may be the characters of this region in the female in heat. The hair on the vertex radiates more or less; on the forehead it is erect and rather short and dense, tending to divide outwards and forwards, and on the shoulders it is longer than on the hind part of the body. 66 SIMIID. The following are the measurements of this female :— Inches. Tip of muzzle to root of tail along side. ; : ‘ ‘ : ; » 172 Length of the tail : : : : 3 ; : ; . 76 , of hand to tip of middle finger : : ‘i f . j : . 40 , of foot to tip of middle toe ‘ . 5 ; ‘ 3 : . 60 Breadth between inner angles of eyes ‘ se oe ; : 5 : ‘ 5 » across outer angles. 18 The accompanying figures (figs. 7 a $) of thie eal ance to three-fourths Fig. 8.—Upper view of the same skull as fig. 7. natural size, will exemplify its characters, while the column of measurements, alongside of which I have given the corresponding dimensions of a ferine individual of the same sex of MW. rhesus, will illustrate wherein the two appear to differ; but as there are not sufficient materials wherewith to generalise, these must be regarded more as a record of facts to aid further research than as an attempt to draw any rigid line between the two species. MACACUS. | 67 The characters of the pelvis of this thoroughly ferine example of this species are worthy of being noted in view of Dr. Murie’s remarks on the pelvis of the female of UM. cyclopis. The pseudo-sacral vertebra and the first caudal are in the same plane with the sacrum, and from the uptilting characterising them and the sacrum more capacity is conferred on the cavity of the pelvis than in IZ. cyclopis. The bone anterior to and behind the thyroid foramen is thin and transparent, but of great hardness, and thus contrasts much with the generally thickened and opaque character of these parts in monkeys kept in confinement, and on what is so marked a feature in the pelvis of I. cyclopis. The vertebree and all the long bones cor- respond to those of IZ rhesus. The manubrium also has the same form as in the latter monkey, but there are only five sternal pieces behind it. Measurements of skulls of the Irawady Monkey ¢, and of I. rhesus, and NM. rhesus @: M. rhesus, Irawady, MM. rhesus, é- Q. g. Inches. Inches. Inches. Anterior border of occipital foramen to tip of premaxillaries 3°85 3°24 2°63 Greatest length from occipital to tip of premaxillaries ‘ : : - 5:23 4:57 4°13 Occipital ridge to nasal process of frontal Z : ‘ . 352 3°26 3:28 Anterior margin of auditory openings to tip of proiieieillaviog ‘ : . 390 3°40 2°90 Breadth between auditory openings. ; : : : ‘ ; . 2°45 2:08 2°28 Greatest breadth behind root of zygoma : 3 : . 297 2°40 2°47 Fr facial breadth across fronto-malar suture : . 3:03 2°48 2°40 Anterior margin of bcos foramen to posterior border of ena fine of palate 158 141 1:16 End of premaxilla to nasilon process aoe froritall 2°41 2-00 1:78 Breadth of temporal fossa behind tempero-malar suture 175 175 1:85 » across zygomatic arch : . : : : : 3°57 2°91 3°00 » of muzzle at base of last tooth : ; : ‘ é : . 143 1:40 1:33 , of muzzle at first bicuspid : . 141 1:30 115 Height of orbit 0°90 0°85 0:90 Diameter of orbit 1:05 0°93 0:96 Length of lower jaw in a line orl nivedlaws margin 3°62 2°91 2°63 Measurements of skeleton : Trawady, Q. Inches. Length of vertebral column (along inferior curve) . 21:93 3 9-~—« cervical portion 1:88 » 9 dorsal portion 4°60 > 5, lumbar portion 4°50 » sacral portion 1:50 »3y__-pseudo-sacral vertebra 0°45 » caudal portion 9°00 + 9, Humerus 5°57 ” 2” ulna 5°94 > ~0oyy~S HemUY 610 » 9 tibia (along Srtanial bordel ; : . 5°50 » 5, hand to tip of middle finger . ; : : ‘ . : 4°25 » » middle finger é : . . : : ; ; 3°37 » 9 foot. - : ‘ 5 : 2 ‘ 3 : ‘ 5°75 » 9 middletoe . : : j é : : x 7 : 4°10 : ‘ : ‘ : : 3°62 scapula a 68 SIMIIDA. Trawady, Q. Inches. Greatest breadth of scapula at middle - ‘ 3 A 1:50 Anterior border of ilium to posterior margin of deveweiey : : i 5°30 Oblique diameter of pelvis. ‘ 5 é ‘ : . 4 é 2°40 Transverse diameter of pelvis : : A ‘ . 5 : : 1:90 Antero-posterior diameter of pelvis : ‘ : : : : 2°65 Distance between bones opposite acetabula sie. rtorly < : : . 1:25 33 » inferior borders of tuberosities . : ; é : 0:70 sy », tuberosities superiorly j : 2 . ; . 1:42 In the neighbourhood of Bhamé a young male was brought to me which unfor- tunately had had nearly the whole of its tail chopped off by the Kakhyens. I took it alive to London, and presented it to the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park. When I procured it, it differed from the young of IZ. rhesus in the more uniformly brown colour of its pelage, and after an interval of three months, when it had reached England, these characters had become more pronounced. It was then uniformly reddish brown, the rufous paling on the outside of the thighs and on the fore-arms, but becoming dusky brown on the feet. The face and ears were dusky, contrasting with the paler face and ears of the generality of the males of WZ. rhesus from Bengal. The hair on the vertex tended to radiate, that on the forehead being directed forwards, and the hair around the area of radiation being darker than that on the sides of the head. The under parts were rather thickly clad, the thoracic and ventral portions were more or less washed with pale golden-yellow. The skin around the callosities was thickly clad. Now, six months afterwards, the characters of its coloration separate it much more distinctly from M. rhesus. The coat generally has become much darker, and on the head and along the dorsal surface it is more or less washed with dark brown or blackish, and the feet are dark brown. The under surface, too, has the golden-yellow more pronounced, and long, pale, yellow-brown hairs are beginning to be developed behind the ears. The shoulders are sensibly washed with yellowish, the fur seems devoid of annulations, and the hind quarters have none of the characteristic red colour which generally distinguisbes the common monkey of India. In these latter characters it resembles the type of I. assamensis, and in them exactly corresponds to the monkey which was described by Sclater as JZ. rheso-similis” As no young M. rhesus has ever shown such an assemblage of characters in confinement, and as they closely correspond to the general and distinctive features of the type of MM. assamensis which is a ferine example of a monkey, these facts would seem to point to the existence of a marked race of rhesus-like Macaque, ranging through the Himalaya, Assam, and Upper Burma. This is further supported by the circumstance that Hodgson has referred to MM. pelops, a monkey, apparently not adult, from which the I. rheso-similis, Sclater, and my young monkey from Bhamé, are in no way separable—a statement which is made on the strength of a careful comparison of these materials. 1 The figure in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, pl. 25, is not coloured sufficiently rufous ; the latter should be more of the shade depicted in MV. rufescens, pl, 24 of the same volume. MACACUS. 69 But before considering I. pelops and its relationship to I. assamensis, I have to remark that the former has long been a puzzle to zoologists owing to a variety of circumstances, among which may be mentioned the following: jirsé, that the characters which distinguish it were not clearly defined by its describer ; second, that the distribution which he assigned it was drawn with an unnatural pre- cision, inapplicable moreover to species with the roving habits which more or less characterise monkeys;’ and ¢hird, the difficulty of procuring ferine examples of monkeys, more particularly of animals inhabiting the Himalayan region. Hodgson, writing in 1832, observed that there were no monkeys in the northern and central regions of Nepal, and that those of the southern region were identical, so far as he knew, with the ordinary species of the plains, or the langur and the bandar. In a foot-note, however, he stated that religion had introduced the latter (I. rhesus) into the central regions, where it seemed to flourish half domesticated in the neighbourhood of temples in the populous valley of Nepal Proper. It is important to observe that he divided Nepal into three climatic provinces, each of which he considered to be distinguished by certain well-marked physical and geological features. The first of these was the lower region, which he held had the climate of the plains of Nepal with some increase of heat and a great excess of moisture. This tract included the Tarai or marshes, the Bhawar or forest, and the lower hills. The second region he termed the central, and defined as a cluster- ous succession of mountains varying in elevation from 3,000 to 10,000 feet, and having a temperature of from 10 to 20 degrees lower than that of the plains. The third tract he denominated the juxta-Himalayan or Kachar, consisting of high mountains, the summits of which were covered for half the year in snow, and the climate of the region he described as having nothing tropical about it but the successions of the seasons. Nine years afterwards his opinion regarding the non-existence of wild monkeys in the central and northern regions of Nepal was abandoned, as in 1841 he described Semnopithecus schistaceus and M. oinops from the southern or Tarai region, and J. pelops from the northern region of hills exclusively. But he held that the first of these occasionally ranged through the central to the northern region. This latter observation has been fully verified by other naturalists having observed P. schistaceus at 12,000 feet, and the late Captain Hutton records that he had seen the same species at an elevation of 11,000 feet, while the fir trees among which they sported were laden with snow. But there is no evidence that any species of monkey in the Himalaya is naturally resident at those heights at which snow annually lies, as was supposed by Hodgson, and it is the rarity of their occur- rence at these high elevations and during winter that has directed so much attention to their hibernal wanderings. In the summer they are much more widely distri- buted than in the winter, when, as a rule, they are driven to lower heights and into the warmer valleys. I have said naturally resident because it is a well-known 1 In the neighbourhood of Calcutta (Botanical Gardens) large troops of S. entelius make their appearance for a few days in spring and are not to be seen there at other seasons of the year, 70 SIMTIDA. fact. that Macaques are found in the Himalaya associated with temples at elevations at which svow annually falls. This example of MW. pelops, which is of much more recent origin than the type, having been presented to the Museum thirteen years after it, stands in the British Museum Catalogue as 58. 6. 24. 67. It is a deep, ricb-brown monkey, without any trace of annulation on the hair. It is an adolescent male measuring 23°8 inches from the tip of the muzzle to the root of the tail along the curve of the head and along the back, while the tail is 9°8 inches; but as it is simply a skin without the vertebral column, these measurements in all likelihood do not give an accurate idea of the proportion of the tail to the body. The under surface of the body and the inside of the limbs are white, but the thoracic and abdominal regions are washed with golden-yellow. The general direction of the hair on the head is backwards and outwards, exhibiting a distinct tendency to radiation. The hairs behind the ears and extending down the back part of the side of the face are paler than the rest of the upper parts. The fur, as in my young Kakhyen monkey and in UW. rheso-similis, is short and thick, and clothes the skin up to the sides of the callosities. The characters which I have enumerated clearly prove it to be identical with the MM. rheso-similis, which was procured from a Calcutta dealer, and with the young Kakhyen male, which I have no hesitation in regarding as the young of the Irawady female. The type of IZ pelops, Hodgson, the sex of which has not been recorded, is described as having the same structure and aspect as J. oinops, but the colours are stated to be more sordid and purpurescent, the slaty grey of the anterior quarters being partially merged in rusty, which is one of the marked features of M, assamensis as compared with JZ. rhesus. The posterior quarters, however, the description continues, are deep rusty and the anterior quarters are nearly slaty grey ; but the now much-faded type shows a rufous tinge on the shoulder, as in IZ. assam- ensis. The buttocks are described as being partially clad, except the callosities, whereas, on the other hand, JZ. oinops (= MW. rhesus) is described as having them nude. After a careful consideration of the available materials,—namely, the original descriptions of the two supposed species and of the salient characters of the specimens on which they were based,—it seems to me that the mass of evidence points in the direction of the identity of WZ. pelops with W. assam- ensis. The skulls of the types of JL. pelops have not been removed from their skins, and no crania exist of these Nepal monkeys in the British Museum other than these. Hodgson’s figure represents a brown, dusky-faced, rump-clad animal, but the details have not been carefully worked out in the drawing. All the information I have collected in Sikhim and obtained regarding the fauna of Nepal has not coincided with Hodgson’s generalisation that any one species of Macaque is confined exclu- sively to the northern region of mountains. MACACUS. v1 There is still another monkey from the Himalayas (Dalamcote, Bhutan), which, although not quite so rufous as WZ. rheso-similis and the youngish monkey referred by Hodgson to IZ. pelops, seems to me to differ from I. rhesus in the same direction that these do, and to be an immature female of WZ. assamensis. I refer to the . problematicus, Gray. This opinion has been first expressed by Dr. Sclater. It is a dark-brown monkey, all the upper parts being of a nearly uniform tint. The in- dividual hairs pale into reddish yellow towards their extremities, which are tipped with dark brown, but not truly annulated, their lighter-coloured subterminal areas pro- ducing a very faintly speckled appearance, giving it at the same time a warm rufous tint. The hair on the inside of the limbs and on the ventral aspect is a some- what sullied white, without the golden tinge of the previous specimens, than which, however, it is older, and, unlike them, belongs to the female sex. The hair behind and below the ears is not much longer than that of the neighbouring parts, but paler, and without any rufous tinge. The hair on the vertex radiates from a point, that on the forehead being directed forwards and on the sides of the head outwards and backwards. There are long black hairs on the internal angle of the frontal and eyebrows, and on the moustache and beard. The feet, especially those of the hind extremities, are dusky. The hair, as in the female of If. assamensis from the Irawady, approaches close to the sides of the callosities, and, as in that specimen, the bare area is confined to a restricted region immediately around and below the vaginal orifice. In the stuffed specimen now in the British Museum (69.3. 5.15) the body measures 22 inches and the tail 11 inches. With regard to the proportion of the tail to the body, it is self-evident that the measurements of dried skins do not give any correct idea of the relative proportions of these parts in life, and moreover the examination of a large series of specimens of JL. rhesus conclusively proves that the length of the tail in that species is the subject of variation. The skull of IZ. problematicus, Gray, belongs to one of those unsatisfactory instances of an animal that had lived the greater part of its life in confinement. It is immature, as the last molar is only just appearing. The basi-cranial axis is somewhat thrown forwards, so that the posterior nares are very narrow both verti- cally and transversely. The pterygoid fossee are shallow and rather more laterally compressed than in IZ. rhesus. The skull of IL. rheso-similis, Sclater, belongs to the same unreliable category as the former and is very young; the occipital and sphenoid being intact, and the first bicuspid and second molar only just issuing through the jaw. Unlike the skull of I. problematicus, it belongs to a male, and is somewhat larger than the generality of examples of the same sex in M. rhesus, than which it is also rather more elongated and narrower; in these characters and in that of its basi-cranial surface it resembles JZ. problematicus. Some years ago I drew attention to a monkey from the Bengal Sunderbunds which seemed to be distinct from IZ. rhesus. After a careful comparison of it with the type of IZ. assamensis in conjunction with the foregoing monkeys, it appears 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, p. 566. 72 SIMIIDA. to me that it is in no way separable from them. The general colour of this Sunder- bund monkey is the same, but the hair on the head shows no tendency to the radiate character which occurred in the Irawady female when alive and in the young male in the Zoological Gardens. But experience of other Macaques, e.g., M. cynomolgus, in which the distribution of the hair on the vertex is most variable, sometimes assuming the form of a radiating tuft, whereas in the generality of specimens it is directed, as a rule, backwards, would seemingly indicate that much reliance cannot be placed on radiation as a specific character, and, moreover, there can be no doubt that the prepared skins of monkeys not unfrequently exhibit radiation on the vertex whilst no such character existed in life. This latter remark I make, not because I am in any doubt regarding the nature of the distribution of the hair on the Sunderbund monkey, but because we do not know how the hair on the vertex of WM. problematicus was distributed in life, nor what the characters of this part may have been in the type of IZ. assamensis when alive, and in I. pelops.' I shall here summarise the views which have been expressed regarding this species by other zoologists. Horsfield relegated I. pelops, Hodgson, to IL. assamensis, and Blyth,’ on his authority, at first adopted a similar course; but, writing in 1865, he states that he had examined the original specimen of JZ. assamensis, but could not perceive that it differed in any respect from the common MM. rhesus, “excepting that the hind part of the body is not as usual strongly tinged with bright ferruginous or tawny, being uniformly coloured with the rest; and my present impression (liable to correction) is that it is merely an individual variety of the common animal of Lower Bengal.” The late Captain Hutton, on the ground of the supposed diversity of geographical distribution of WZ. assamensis and M. pelops, recorded it as his opinion that they are totally distinct species. Dr. Jerdon doubtfully regarded the two as identical, and suggested that the monkey figured by Hodgson in his manuscript unpublished drawings as I. sikkimensis might also be the same species. Dr. Sclater in 1868, in referring to IZ. problematicus, stated that the animal appeared to be IL. assamensis, but he hesitated to pass any decided opinion whether it were JL. oinops, Hodgson, or MM. pelops, Hodgson, which could only be determined by an accurate examination of the animal when dead, and comparison of it with Hodgson’s type specimens. It seemed, however, to Dr. Sclater to be specifically distinct from the common I. rhesus, and in 1871 he again stated that he thought “there could be no question that M‘Clelland’s M. assamensis belongs to the rhesus group of Macaques, and that it is in all probability the same as the so-called WZ. problematicus.” Dy. Gray included in his catalogue a monkey which he designated JZ. assamensis, but Dr. Sclater has shown that this identification was erroneous, and that the animal was IZ. cynomolgus 1 Dr. Gray regarded the radiation of the hair on the vertex as one of the leading characters of I. pelops, but Hodgson makes no mention of such a feature, and is careful to record of Jf. oinops, with which he says MM. pelops agrees in structure and aspect, that it does not occur in it; but Dr. Gray, on the strength of one of, the specimens sent to the British Museum by Hodgson as JZ. otnops having its hair radiated, referred it to I pelops. 2 Journ. As. Soc. Beng., vol. xxxiv. 1865, p. 192. Blyth’s latest opinion regarding M. pelops was that it was not unlikely to prove identical with MZ. tibetanus, A. M.-Edwards, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6, MACACUS. 73 or a nearly allied species from Siam, with the tail longer than the body, whereas in the rhesus-like Macaques the tail rarely exceeds one-half the length of the trunk, and when it does, it is only to a very limited extent, as I have never observed a single instance in which it ever equalled three-quarters the length of the body. When Dr. Sclater described IZ. rheso-similis, he considered it to be most nearly allied to MZ. rhesus and M. radiatus, and he then stated that Mr. Blyth had suggested that it might even be a hybrid between these species; but when Dr. Sclater had read my description of the Sunderbund monkey, he recognised in it the adult of IZ. rheso-similis, while Blyth surmised that the Sunderbund form was the long unknown JZ. assamensis, M‘Clelland, so that the views which have been here stated with regard to the affinities of these monkeys is in no way novel ; they have, however, been arrived at after an independent consideration of the various typical specimens. To determine with exactitude the essential characters of this Himalo-Burman race, or sub-species of rhesus-like monkey, it will be necessary to have the command of a much more extensive series of specimens than it has fallen to my lot to examine ; but such materials do not exist in any museum that I am aware of, and, moreover, museum specimens of themselves, however extensive, will not settle the questions relating to the appearance and character of the living animal in its ferine condition. The evidence, however, which I have adduced would seem to prove that there is a monkey different from, but closely allied to, WM. rhesus extending eastwards from the Nepal region of the Himalaya through Assam and the north-eastern portion of Bengal into the upper or hilly portion of the valley of the Irawady, and that this monkey is probably the Macacus assamensis, M‘Clelland. * MaAcAcUs CYNOMOLGUS, Linn. Le Macaque, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, p. 190; Daubenton, 77d, p. 194, pl. xx. (animal), pl. xxiv. (skeleton) ; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Fev. 1819, Pls. 30 and 31. The Philippine Monkey, Pennant, Syn. Mam. 1771, p. 121; Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1798, p- 218; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 568, pl. v. Simia cynomolgus, Lin. Syst. Nat. 12™° éd. vol. 1. 1766, p. 88; Schreber, Sdiugeth. vol. i. 1775, p- 91, pl. xiii (fig. Buffon) ; Gmelin, Lin. Syst. Nat, 13™° éd. 1788, p. 31; Cuv. Reg. An. vol. i. 1817, p. 109; Hugues, Storia Nat. delle Scimie; Tav. xxvi. 1823-24 (Buffon’s fig. enlarged); Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p, 25. Cercopithecus cynomolgus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Animal, 1777, p. 28; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 186 ; Boddaert, Elench. Animal, 1785, p. 58; Kuhl. Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 16 ; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 48; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xv. 1846, p. 176. Cynocephalus cynomolgus, Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini) vol. xxxvi. 1809, p. 292. Cercocebus cynomolgus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus, vol. xix. (1812), p. 99. Pithecus cynomolgus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xviii. 1817, p. 323. Vacacus cynomolgus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Fev. 1819, Pls. 30 and 31; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 65; Nouv. Dict. des Sc. Nat, vol. xxvii. 1823, p. 467; Lesson, Man. de Mam. 1827, p. 42; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. 1827, p. 17; Cuvier, Reg. An. 1829, vol. i. (nouv. éd.), p- 95; Fischer, Syn. Mam. 1829, p. 25; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 56; Waterhouse, Cat. Mam. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838 (2nd ed.) p. 7; Lesson, K 74 SIMTIDA. Sp. des Mamm. 1840, p. 90; Gervais, Voy. Autour. du Monde, Zool. vol. ii, 1841. p. 6; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 7; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xill. 1844, p. 474; Lbid, p- 476; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii, 1844, p, 55; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1847, p- 731; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1854, p. 27; Horsfield, Cat. Mam. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 17; Gervais, Hist. Nat.des Mammif. 1854, p. 85 (figure) ; Blyth, Cat. Mam. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 9; Martens, Der Preuss. Exped. nach. Ost. Asien, Zool. 1865, p. 52; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 30; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 1875, vol. xliv. ex. no. p. 7. Simia fascicularis, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xiii. 1822, p. 246. Macacus carbonarius, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Oct. 1825, pl. xxxii.; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 26; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. de Bélanger, Zool. 1834, p. 63; Miiller und Schlegel, Ver- handl. 1839-44, p. 49; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 92; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, pp. 731, 732 ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 9; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 87 (figure of head). Macacus aureus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 58; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p.92; Arch. des Mus. vol. ii. 1841, p. 566; Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 27; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 55; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 87 (figure of head). Circopithecus cynoswrus, Helfer, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. vii. 1838, p. 858; Blyth, 2d, vol. xii. 1844, p. 472. Semnopithecus buku, Martin, Mag. Nat. Hist. (Charlesworth), vol. ii. new ser. 1838, p. 435. Semnopithecus fascicularis, Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Mus. Lond. 1838 (2nd. ed.), p. 4 Innuus (Cercocebus) cynomolgus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 185. Innuus (Cercocebus) aureus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 138. Semnopithecus kira, Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 65. Macacus auratus, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 49. Macacus philippensis, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 29; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 88 (figure of head). Innuus (Macacus) cynomolgus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 52. Innuus (Macacus) palpebrosus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 54. Pithecus (Macacus) cynomolgus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 118, 120. Pithecus (Macacus) aureus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 118, 120. Pithecus (Macacus) philippensis, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 118, 120. Macacus fur, Slack, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philadelph. 1867, p. 36 (plate). Macacus cristatus, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 30. Macacus assamensis, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 31. I obtained a monkey of this species from the late Dr. Marfels, who had got it from a Buddhist priest on the right bank of the Irawady to the north-west of Man- dalay, of which locality it was said to be a native. However, it had been a captive in the monastery for many years. My first impression on seeing it was that it was an old male of JZ. cynomolgus, but after it had reached London and I saw it side by side with living examples of that form in the Zoological Gardens, I began to doubt the correctness of my opinion, because the animal so much exceeded in size any representative of that species in the collection, and showed a much flatter and broader head with a considerably more developed muzzle; however, a growing familiarity with this old male and its younger companions in the Zoological Gardens and a frequent comparison of them ultimately led me to return to my original conclusion, And I have since been able to verify the correctness of my conclusion MACACUS. 75 by the observation of the skins and skeletons of several adult ferine males shot towards the east of Moulmein. The leading features of this animal are, its massive form, its large head closely set on the shoulders, its stout and rather short legs, its slender loins and heavy buttocks, its tail thick at the base, and its very full and prominent scrotum. The general colour of the monkey does not call for any remark, as it conforms to that of the species, and it has the bluish white area internal to the eyes and palish eyelids. The great development of the temporal muscles confers considerable breadth to the head and gives rise to a well-marked mesial furrow, extending backwards from behind the supraorbital crests, indicating that the temporal ridges are confluent. The supraorbital ridges are well defined, the forehead behind them being slightly concave; but they do not much overhang the eyes, which are moderately large. The muzzle is long, full, and downwardly tending, with a rather heavy bearded chin. The nose is but little raised above the level of the face, which is pale brownish, while the ears, which are erect, pointed, and nearly nude, are blackish. The hands and feet are also blackish. The skin of the chest and upper part of the belly is bluish, most intense in the region of the nipple. The scrotum is brownish, blotched with livid blue. The distinguishing features assigned to JZ. carbonarius by F. Cuvier are its blackish brown face and ears, the same colour pervading the naked skin of the hands, the feet, and the callosities. The upper eyelids are described as white—an occurrence which, he remarks, is singularly common among monkeys. The scrotum is a tawny yellow. I. cynomolgus, on the other hand, is livid-faced, with a white area between the eyes, which Cuvier notices as one of the most remarkable peculiarities of the species. The hands and feet are black and the scrotum flesh-coloured. He states that the Macaque a face noire resembles the Macaque a face tannée in the character and coloration of its fur. With regard to the white area between the eyes, a series of dark and livid- faced Macaques will generally be found to illustrate that this character is not restricted to the Macaque a face tannée, or essentially peculiar to it. Dark-faced Macaques may often be observed, with the bluish white area internal to the eyes quite as well developed as in those with livid faces; for examples of the latter are not uncommon, in which it is either almost entirely absent or existing only to a feeble degree. Even in individuals in which it constitutes a prominent facial character, it will be seen that it generally distributes itself to a greater or less extent on to the upper eyelids, so that those of typical JZ. cynomolgus almost invariably partake of the character of the eyelids of MW. carbonarius. Moreover, it would appear that in either type of face when the internal pale area is feebly marked, the bluish white is not so well defined on the eyelids, and vice versd; but at the same time Macaques of these types are met with in which the bluish white colour is equally intense, both internal to the eyes and on the upper eyelids. It is therefore conclusive that this local coloration is subject to considerable variation. The observation 76 SIMIID&. of many living Macaques from various parts of Burma and the Malayan peninsula does not support the line of distinction that Cuvier has drawn between the Macaque a face noire and the Iacaque & face tannée, for among these there are faces so coloured as to lead from the one of these extremes into the other. Cuvier also states that the head of I. cynomolgus has neither tuft nor crest, and that the hair of the summit lies uniformly backwards, which are also the features of IZ. carbonarius as represented by him. But both livid and dusky-faced Macaques may not unfrequently be observed in which the hair on the vertex has a distinct tendency to assume an erect character, and others in which it shows an inclination to radiate from a centre. One example has come under my notice in which there were two such areas of radiation, one on each side of the centre of the mesial line, gathering, as it were, the hair between them, and directing it upwards and forwards in a kind of crest. The cresting of the head thus appears to be a variable feature. Specimens have been observed intermediate between JL. carbonarius and IM. aureus, differing only in inconsiderable modifications of colour ; some have associated with the dark face of JL. carbonarius the rufous colour of WZ. aureus. Those monkeys which are referable to JZ. carbonarius appear to be more distinctive of the Nicobars, Sumatra, the neighbouring islands, and the Malayan peninsula, than of Burma, in which the more typical form of JZ. cynomolgus prevails, and of which the foregoing male described by me is a characteristic example. The monkeys referable to Jf. aureus which are found in the Calcutta market are brought, as a rule, from Singapore, but we do not possess any exact informa- tion regarding the habitat of this race. The type of WZ aureus described by M. Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire as a native of Bengal was in all probability a market specimen, as no monkey resembling M. cynomolgus is indigenous to Bengal. A race nearly allied to that of J. aureus has lately been described by Dr. Gray from Borneo under the name of . cristatus. The fur, in its light yellow colour, approaches the albino race from the Philippines, which has also occasionally a central top-knot, to which Is. Geoff. St. Hil. attached considerable importance. In the Negris Islands, the Macaque has likewise the hair on the vertex somewhat erect, with pale temples, the fur generally being rather rich brownish olive, and the tail blackish brown. This race approaches JZ. carbonarius. Another race of the widely-distributed species is found in Timor and in the Celebes. The Siamese race of this species, which was erroneously regarded by Dr. Gray as Mf. assamensis, M‘Clelland, is rather paler and with less orange in the annulations of the fur than is generally the case in its Burmese and Malayan representatives, and in its general colour it is resembled by examples from the Island of Flores. The Macaque, M. fur, Slack, which has been described from the Island of Luzon, to which locality the late M. Jules Verraux informed Mr. Slack that it was confined, is so doubtfully distinct from JZ. cynomolgus that I have included it as a synonym. MACACUS. 77 I append the following synopsis of the remaining Asiatic Macaques : MaAcacus NEMESTRINUS, Linn. The Pig-tailed Monkey, Edwards, Gleanings, &c., 1758, tab. 214, vol. v. pp. 8-10. Le Maimon ow Singe & queue de cochon, Button, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, pp. 176 et 179, pl. xix. The Pig-tailed Baboon, Pennant, Syn. Mamm. 1771, p. 105; Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1793, p. 193. Le Maimon, Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, 2™¢ fam. sect.i. pl. i.; Latreille, Buffon, Hist. Nat. (Sonnini)., vol, xxv. 1809, p. 298. Stmia nemestrina, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. vol. i. 1766, p. 35; Schreber, Siugeth. vol. i. 1775, p- 79, pl. ix.; Boddaert, Elench. An. 1785, p.57; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 13th ed. 1788, p. 28; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1. 1830, p. 25, pl. xiv. Papio nemestrinus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777, p.20; Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii, 1780; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 176. Cynocephalus nemestrinus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini) 1809, p. 291. Innuus nemestrinus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. 1812, vol. xix. p. 101 ; Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p- 17; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 731; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 7. Pithecus nemestrinus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist, Nat. 1817, vol. xviii. p. 325; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. 1827, p. 18. Macacus nemestrinus, F, Cuv., Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Aodit 1820, pl. xlii. Jan. 1822, pl. xliv.; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 66; Dict. des Sc. Nat. 1823, vol. xxvii. p. 469; Lesson, Man. des Mamm. 1827, p. 43; Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 96; G. Cuv., Régn. An. nouv. éd, vol. i. 1829, p. 95; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 29; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. de Bélanger, Zool. 1834, p. 60; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Mus. 2nd ed. 1838, p. 8; Wagner, Schreber, Stiugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840. p. 143; Gray, Hand-list. Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 7; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1844, p. 58; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co, Mus. 1851, p. 12; Gervais, Hist. Nat,des Mammif. 1854, p. 92 (figure of head) ; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 29. Simia carpolegus, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1822, p. 243. Innuus (Rhesus) nemestrinus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 57. Pithecus (Macacus) nemestrinus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An, 1856, pp. 115, 118. The general colour is a decided olive, tending in some animals to brown, the variation in colour being due to the relative development of the yellow and black rings on the hair. The rings occur on the exposed portion of the hair, the hidden part of which is grey. The upper surface of the head, the mesial line of the back, and the upper surface of the tail near its base, are deep brown or even blackish, more especially on the head and over the hind quarters. The extremities pale towards the hands and feet, which are light olive-brown. The outsides of the thighs have an olive-grey tint. Some animals, however, especially the fully grown ones, are almost uniformly coloured deep olive-brown, except on the blackish head and the middle line of the back. The sides of the face and the under surfaces generally are greyish, tending to white; but on the sides of the face the hair is washed with a dark, almost blackish, grey. The face is nude, of a dusky flesh-colour, which is the tint also pervading the almost naked ears and the callosities. A few scattered hairs occur about the mouth. On the top of the head, especially on the dark-coloured area, the hairs in the adult are short, rather erect and profuse ; on the under parts they are rather sparse, especially on the belly. The muzzle is rather 78 SIMIIDA. long and dog-like; the body is short, compact, and broad-chested, with moderately long, powerful limbs. The head is somewhat flattened above, with pronounced supraorbital ridges. The limbs are relatively longer than in JZ. leoninus. The tail is a little more than one-third the length of the body and head, and is rather sparsely clad, contracting somewhat rapidly to a point and carried erect, being somewhat downwardly curved near the tip. There are not the marked differences that distinguish the sexes of IZ. leoninus, Blyth, to which this form is most closely allied, the males and females being alike, and the young are only a little more richly coloured than the adults. These latter attain to a great size, as is evinced by the dimensions of the cranium of the adult (see table, p. 55). I have seen specimens standing at the shoulder as high as a good- sized mastiff and quite as powerful. The chief feature of the skull is the great development of the facial portion, which is thrown much forwards. It inhabits the Malayan peninsula to the south of Tenasserim, Sumatra, and Borneo. : Macacus Fuscatus, Blyth.' Innuus speciosus, Temminck, Fauna Japonica, Zool. Mamm. 1847, p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1-8 (animal and details), pl. i. figs. 1-6 (skull) ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 146 (in part) ; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 8; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 59; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 31; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854 (in part), p. 93, fig. 94 (Cuvier in part); Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 58, pl. v. (Temminck’s figure) ; Dahlbom, Stud. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 116, 119; Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 563; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 32; Maurie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, pp. 780, 787, fig. 1, a § 2 (pelvis), fig. 2, a, 4, & ¢ (penis). Innuus fuscatus, MS. Leyden Museum; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6. Face red ; tail short and stumpy, well clad and tufted. General colour, dark yellowish brown. The face is nude, with the exception of a few straggling hairs on the upper lip and back part of the cheeks, and a moderately long, yellowish-brown beard. The. colour of the face is intense red with a purplish hue; but the area of the nose and the lower lip is more or less tinged with brown. The colour of the face is most intense during the rutting season. The callosities and the genitalia of the male are also more or less red. The ears are large and covered entirely with long silky hairs, which, however, disappear on their margins. The sparse silky hairs which surround the face are black or dark brown. The fur of the upper parts is darkest on the dorsal line, and of a yellowish brown, as the hairs are annulated with these two colours. The sides of the head, the breast, the under surface of the limbs and tail, and the belly, are greyish. In the adult and old individuals the hair is long, soft, silky, and 1 In 1838, Ogilby, in his anonymous “Treatise on the Natural History of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Opossums,” published in the “ Library of Entertaining Knowledge” (Charles Knight, “Menageries, ” 1838), recognised that the Japan monkey was distinct from the MZ. speciosus, F. Cuvier (= M. arctoides), and proposed for it the name of Papio japonteus ; and he mentions that he had observed a living example of true MZ. speciosus. MACACUS. 79 very thick throughout, but more sparse on the under parts. The tail is short, and equally clad with long hairs, which form a depressed terminal tuft. Length of body from muzzle to root of tail 2 feet; length of tail 3 inches. Inhabits Japan. Macacvus TrBeranvs, A. M.-Edwards. Macacus tibetanus, A. M.-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, Juillet 14, 1870, vol. lxx. p. 341; Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 244, pls. xxxiv. et xxxv.; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex, no. p. 7. Head large and whiskered ; form robust; tail stumpy and clad. General colour of the animal brown ; whiskers greyish. Face almost nude, flesh-coloured, with a flush of deep crimson around the eyes, the nasal region and upper lip being brown as in IW. arctoides. Face rather elongated. Callosities large. Hairs below the ears and behind the cheeks extremely long, forming tufted whiskers of a greyish white, some of the hairs being tipped with dark brown. Hair on the forehead and top of head short and of a dull tawny brown; but on the nape, over the shoulders, and upper part of trunk, this colour becomes deeper, but paler on the limbs. The under surface generally is a whitish grey. The fur is especially long over the shoulders and upper part of the trunk. The tail is short and stumpy, but well clad, especially at its base, and darker above than below. Length from the muzzle to root of tail 2 feet 9 inches; length of tail (carried erect) 3°9 inches with the hair. Inhabits the mountains of Moupin. The resemblances which this monkey presents to UW. arctoides are not confined to the young, but can be traced in the skull of the adults. Macacus RUFESCENS, Anderson. Macacus rufescens, Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 204; Sclater, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1872, p. 495, pl. xxiv.; 1873, p. 194. Face red, more brilliant around the orbits, and brownish on the nose and lips. Tail stumpy and poorly clad. Fur rather brilliant brick-red. This form is closely allied to MW. arctoides, which it resembles in its build and in the proportions of its parts; but this comparison is solely based on the young of the species, as this red, stump-tailed monkey, is known only from young specimens. The colouring of the face is the same as in the young of WU. arctoides. The colour of the animal, as in the latter species, increases in depth of tint on the mesial line of the dorsal surface, the hairs along that region being tipped with black. The brick-red colour is especially brilliant on the flanks and on the outside of the limbs and on the cheeks. The beard, throat, chest, and under parts generally, and the inside of the limbs, are also brick-red. The hair on the top of the head is short and 80 SIMIIDA. directed forwards, and on the vertex inclines to radiate. The tail has the same pro- portion and characters as the tail of I. arctoides. The skull of the type specimen of this supposed species is nearly in the same state as the skulls of those forms of I. arctoides which have been described as J. melanotus and M. brunneus, and the skull, if the downward compression and less depth of the face are left out of view, has a strong resemblance to M. arctoides. In the type WZ. melanotus, the depth through the orbital and supra-nasal margins of the frontals to the palate is 1:80 inch, and in UZ. rufescens 1°55 inch; in the speci- men in the British Museum referred to IZ. brunneus it is 1°85, while in the adult 1. arctoides it is 2°25. The measurements in the table (p. 48) also show that it is a shorter and narrower skull than the skull of the type of IZ. melanotus ; but still the differences between them in these respects are so slight that were it not for the vertical compression of the skull, and hence the peculiar type of physiognomy of this stump-tailed monkey, I would have hesitated to have regarded it as distinct from WZ. arctoides, of which it may ultimately prove to be only a more southern race or variety. Inhabits the Malayan peninsula. Macacts mavrus, F. Cuvier. Macacus maurus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mamm. 1823, Avril, pl. xlv.; Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 146; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840 (in part), p. 99; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol.i. 1844, p. 61; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mamm. 1851, p. 31; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 420, 1871, p. 222; Maurie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 721, 4 woodcuts (pelvis and skull) ; A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 228; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, p. 7, ex. no. Mugus maurus, Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 44. Simia cuvieri, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 30. Cynocephalus niger (?), Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i. 1830, p. 67. Macucus arctoides, Is. Geoff, St.-Hil. Zool. du Voyage de Bélanger, 1834, p. 61 (in part) ; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 98 (in part) ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. (in part) 1843, p. 573. Macacus melanotus, Schinz (in part), Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 59. Innuus maurus, Vrolik, Todd’s Cyclop. Anat. & Phys. 1852, vol. iv. p. 197. Macacus (Gymnopyga) inornatus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 202, pl. xix.; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p, 129. Face and ears black. Buttocks, surrounding ischia, flesh-coloured or rosy. General colour of the animal sooty black, paler on the under surface and darker on the head. ‘Tail short and stumpy. The face is black, nearly nude, but sparsely covered with short black hairs on the upper lip. The nose is rather flat, and the nostrils slant outwards. The ears are moderately sized and rounded, and only very sparsely covered with short black hairs. On the side of the face the hairs extend inwards along the malar bone and form a moderate whisker tuft. The hair on the cheeks, temporal region, and MACACUS. 51 occiput has a sooty tinge, but on the frontal region it is short and nearly black. The general tint of the trunk is sooty black; but it pales on the lower side of the neck, on the rump, and on the under parts of the body and on the inside of the limbs, passing almost into gray on the inner side of the antibrachium and interior femoral region and back of the thighs. Hair sparse on the groins and pubic region and external to the callosities, this semi-nude area even extending on to the base of the thighs. The tail is very short and rudimentary, and frequently more or less twisted, black and almost nude, but slightly upwardly curved, and about the same length as in Wf. arctoides. In the young state the animal is less black than in the adult. Length of body from muzzle to root of tail 21 inches ; length of tail 1 inch. Inhabits Borneo." The skull of I. maurus is at once distinguished from the skulls of the preced- ing Macaques by the flattening of the outer surface of the exterior margin of the orbits, which is nearly vertical instead of being outwardly rounded, and the external margins are high. This confers a narrow, elongated character to the face of the animal, very characteristic of the species. Moreover, the malar portion of the zygomatic arch is thrown forwards much more than in J. arctoides. The region above the orbits is flat, and may either be concave or convex, depending on difference of age. The nasal region is broad, with short, rather abruptly expanded nasals. Dr. Murie has described the osteological features of this species in detail. The Aru Islands are inhabited by’ a monkey which, if not identical with M. maurus, is at least so closely allied toit that I hesitate to separate it. It is distinguished from HM. maurus, not by any difference in colouring, but by the profuse character, great length, and density of its fur on its ventral aspect, which is quite as dense and long as on the upper surface. A skull deposited in the British Museum along with the skin presents certain differences from the skull of J. maurus, and it is mature, and, apparently from the size of its canines, the individual was a female. The muzzle is long and narrow and much thrown forwards, and the orbits are more rounded and open than in J. maurus, and the nasal portion is more compressed and ridge-like, and the nasals are narrow and elongated and markedly different from those of that species. The palate also is very deep, and the base of the skull is broader than that of M. maurus. Macacvs ocreatvs, Ogilby. Papio ocreatus, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 56 ; Antr. Nat. Hist. 1841, vol. vi. p. 517. Macacus fusco-ater, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 58; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 420 ; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 7. Inuus (Inwus) fusco-ater, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 59. This monkey is not unfrequently brought to Calcutta from Singapore, which port it reaches in steamers from Pontiana, on the west coast of Borneo. L 82 SIMIIDA. Macacus ocreatus, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 420, pl. xxxii.; Wolf & Sclater, Zoological Sketches, 1865, pl. i.; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 32; Maurie, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1872, pp. 723 and 726. Muacacus ochreatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 7. Face and ears nudeand black. The trunk generally, above and below, brownish black, or tinged below with greyish. Arms and legs greyish externally on their radial and tibial portions. Tail short and stumpy. Inhabits Celebes.* Length of body from muzzle to root of tail 1 foot 6 inches; length of tail 1 inch. There are the remains of a skeleton of this species in the British Museum, but they are so fragmentary that little or no information can be derived from them. They belong to an individual that lived in the Zoological Society’s Gardens some years ago; and it is interesting to observe that the pelvis manifests the same type of deformity as that which has been described by Dr. Murie as characteristic of the normal pelvis of MW. cyclopis. 1 Confined to this island and to the Philippines and the small neighbouring island of Batchian is the following remarkable genus Cynopithecus, generally regarded as sub-generic to the African genus Cynocephalus. CYNOCEPHALUS (CYNOPITHECUS) NIGER, Desmarest. Cynocephalus niger, Desmarest, Mamm. 1822, Suppl. p. 534; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 45; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 32; Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, pt. i. 1829, p. 1, pl. i, fig. 2; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de 1’Astrolabe. Zool. vol. i. 1830, p. 67, pls. vi. & vii.; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 101; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 66. Cynocephalus malayanus, Desmoulins, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. v. 1824, p. 262. Papio niger, Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. (1847), p. 23; Temminck, Neerland. dans l’Inde Archip. vol. ili. 1847, p. 111. Macacus maurus (?), Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de 1’Astrolabe, Zool. vol. i. 1831, p. 67. Macacus niger, Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Lond. Mus. 1838, 2nd ed. p.8; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 8. Inuus (Maimon) niger, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 147. Cynopithecus niger, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 66; Lecons de Mamm. (Gervais) 1836, p- 16; Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. 1843, p. 574; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 101; Hergt, Natuur. Tijdschr. von Nederl. Ind. 1851, p. 337; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 32; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, pp. 99, 100, two figs. head, one fig. animal (bad); Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, p. 122; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 33; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no., p. 7. Cynocephalus (Cynopithecus) niger, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 61. General colour, deep, dull-black. The tail is excessively small, being reduced to a mere tubercle, or to only a faint indication externally of its existence. The vertex is surmounted by a crest of long hairs, which droop somewhat over the occiput. The face is blackish, and the lips and callosities are livid fleshy. The body is short, and the limbs rather long. Length of body 1 foot 9 inches. Tnhabits Celebes and Philippines. The occurrence of this ape in the Australo-Malayan region, with its strong affinities to the African Cynocephali and its structural isolation, so to speak, from all the south-eastern Asiatic forms, or those distinctive of the Indo-Malayan region, are facts most difficult of explanation, but of. great interest in geographical distribution. CYNOCEPHALUs (CYNOPITHECUS) NIGRESCENS, Temminck. Papio nigrescens, Temminck, Possess. Neerland. dans l’Inde Archip. vol. iii. 1847, p-111. Cynopithecus nigrescens, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 32. Cynocephalus (Cynopithecus) nigrescens, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 61, pl. vi.; Gray, Proo. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 2; Mohnike, Verhandl. des Naturhist. Vereines der Preuss., Rhein. und Wesph. 1872 (Sitzungsb.), pp. 35, 36. MACACUS. 33 Macacus tasioris, Gray. Macacus lasiotus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 61, pl. vi. ; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p- 129; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 221; A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p- 229. Macacus tcheliensis, A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p- 227, pls. xxxil. et xxviii. p. 229; Blyth, As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 6. Macacus rhesus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 222. Inuus lasiotus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. 1875, ex. no. p. 5. Larger and more powerful than the Indian IZ. rhesus, with longer and more richly coloured fur. In the male, dark, rich, olive-yellowish, with a tint of slaty olive on the head, neck, and anterior half of the trunk, brick-red on the hinder quarters, the slaty olive of the extremities passing almost into black on the hands and feet. Under parts greyish. The female is a brilliant fawn, with a tinge of reddish, this colour being most marked on the hind quarters. Face in both sexes flesh-coloured, richest in the female. Tail of the latter about one-fourth the length of the body. The type of I. lasiotis, Gray,’ is said to have been procured from the province of Tse-chuen, but the circumstance that it was a captive during the greater part of its life somewhat detracts from its value as an example of the rhesus-like monkey of that portion of China. The measurements of the skin now in the British Museum prove that it must have been about the same size as IZ. assamensis, as it measures 25°3 inches from the muzzle to the root of the tail, a fragment of which only exists, as has been conclu- sively shown by Dr. Sclater.’ The characters of this monkey prove it to be closely affined to IZ. rhesus, but at the same time the leading features of IZ. rhesus are so modified that it is apparently entitled to rank as a species seemingly attaining to a greater size. The fur is long, fine, and silky, longest on the shoulders, neck, and upper surface of the feet. The annulation of the hair has, however, the same character as in Bengal examples of M. rhesus. The basal portion is slaty, while the sub-terminal band is rich orange or brick-red, but the latter colour is more brilliant than in the Indian monkey, more especially on the hinder quarters, where it is so intense as effectually to obscure the underlying slaty and the narrow black tips, but on the shoulders, neck, head, and on the fore-legs it is not so marked, and does not hide the underlying slaty colour of the fur which, mixed with the paler orange-red bands, confers a slaty-olive According to the short account which has been published. of this species, it differs from C. niger in being of a brownish black tint, most prevalent on the shoulders and back. The ischiatic callosities are also stated to differ from those of C. niger. Inhabits Celebes, Moluccas, and the small adjacent Island of Batchian, into which Mr. Wallace considers it has pro- bably been introduced. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 276. 1 Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 60, pl. vi.; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, &c., B. M. 1870, p. 129; A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 229- 2 Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 221. St SIMIIDA. hue on these parts, darker and richer in tone than in IZ. rhesus, and becoming almost black on the hands. Below the ear .and on the sides of the face the hair is long and more or less annulated, but of a greyish tint. Asin MZ. rhesus, and the gene- rality of Macaques, there is a line of black scattered hairs along the supraorbital ridges and a patch over the orbital angle of the malar. The chin, throat, and chest and inside of the fore-limbs are greyish, washed with pale rufous above the wrists, while the abdomen and inside of the hind-legs are greyish, suffused with pale orange-red, the fur being silky. The hair on the vertex is not radiated, and the ear does not appear to be more thickly clad with hair than in M. assamensis. The skin around the callosities is described by Dr. Gray as crimson, and the face he characterises as pale flesh-coloured. The area around the callosities is well clad. Dr. Gray also describes a small naked red spot at the outer angle of each eye, which is occasionally feebly developed in WZ. rhesus, and which occurs also in AL. leoninus, Blyth. A. M.-Edwards, in the Rech. des Mammiféres,' states that he is disposed to regard J. lasiotis and M. tcheliensis as of the same specific type, if the normal dimensions of the tail are the same in both. In JZ. tcheliensis the tail only equals nearly the length of the hind-foot, and is also distinguished from the tail of M. rhesus by being clothed with thick long hair. The skull of I. tcheliensis, which I have examined, so agrees with the skull of J. lasiotis that, making due allowance for the difference of sex, there seems to be every probability that A. M.-Edwards’ supposition is correct. He describes J. ¢tcheliensis as having the hair thick and rather long, soft, and silky. The general colour is a bril- liant reddish fawn, especially on the hinder parts, becoming greyish on the shoulders and on the sides of the cheeks, where the yellow is lost. The hands and feet are greyish fawn, the under parts are almost grey, and the tail is con- colorous with the back. It will be observed that A. M.-Edwards makes no mention of the ears of M. tcheliensis, but these organs in J. lasiotis have been described by Dr. Gray as ovate, prominent, exposed, and covered with hair. These characters, however, cannot now ve detected in the dried skin, any more than they can be in the type of MM. tcheliensis. The skull of If lasiotis (figs. 9 and 10) is distinguished from the skull of DI. rhesus by its more massive character, greater rotundity, shorter, deeper, and more vertical muzzle, and greater facial breadth. The frontal area lying behind the supraorbital ridges is much more expanded than in WM. rhesus, and the occipital region is broader. A comparison of the measurement of the skull of the male M. rhesus (M. oinops) which I have given under M. assamensis with the measure- ments in the following table proves that there is very little relative difference between the dimensions of the two skulls, while the accompanying woodcut will 1 ZL. c., pp. 227-229. MACACUS. 85 show clearly wherein they differ, The principal difference lies in the much greater transverse breadth of the base of the skull of IZ. lasiotis, which is 3 inches to a potas eT WAAL eae BY ee, eae Fig. 10.—Upper view of skull of WM. lasiotis, # nat size. 2°45 in M. rhesus, the greatest length of the skull of the former being 5°30 and that of the latter 5:23, the two then being of nearly equal length. But the circum- 86 SIMIIDA. stances attending the life of If. lasiotis were unfavourable to the full development of the animal, and it is possible, as A. M.-Hdwards says, that it may attain to a considerable size, but it can hardly equal IZ. nemestrinus. The scapula, one of the few bones of the male which have been preserved, indicates a large and powerful animal, and considerably exceeds in size any scapula of IZ rhesus that has come under my observation, from which it is chiefly distinguished by its greater breadth. The male, as stated, is supposed to have come from Tse-chuen, which is a very mountainous province of Western China, and the female from the mountains of Tcheli to the north-east. Measurements of skull of AL. lasiotis, Gray. Inches. Anterior border of exoccipital foramen to tip of premaxille . i ‘ 3 i : . 385 Greatest length, occipital to tip of premaxille : ; : ; : é ‘ ; . 5:30 Occipital ridge to nasal process of frontal. ; : é : : : ; aS wale Anterior margin of auditory opening to tip of nenics ; ‘ : : : : . 38:96 Breadth between auditory processes. : ! 4 : : : : ‘ : . 3:00 Greatest breadth bebind root of zygoma_—s. : ; ; : i ‘ ‘ : - 315 3 facial breadth across fronto-malar suture ‘ ; ‘ : ; ‘ . . 3:30 Anterior margin of occipital foramen to palate (post. border) : : : : : . 1:56 End of premaxille to nasal process of frontal : ‘ : ; ; : : : . 250 Breadth of skull in temporal fossa (postorbital contraction) . : ; ; : ‘ - 2:00 5 across zygomatic arches . : ; ; : : F 5 : : ‘ . 392 » of muzzle at base of last tooth : : ; ‘ ; F ‘ : i . 160 i a » first bicuspid . ‘ ‘ : F i ; ‘ ‘ e OL Height of orbit . . . : : : : ; ‘ 3 : : : z . 100 Diameter of orbit : : é : : ‘ j : : . 114 Length of lower jaw in a line with arcane margin é ‘ 3 é P 7 . 350 MACACUS SANCTI-JOHANNIS, Swinhoe. Tnuus sancti-johannis, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 556; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Bengal, xliv. (1875), ex. no. p. 5. Macacus sancti-johannis, Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, Append. p. 129 (in part) ; Sclater, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 222. Macacus rhesus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1871, p. 222 Swinhoe, in a letter addressed to Dr. Sclater’ on the 7th September 1866, described a monkey from North Lena Island, Hong-Kong, under the name of Sancti- johannis, after Commander St. John, from whom he had received the animal alive, and which was forwarded to the Collection in Regent’s Park, London. Commander St. John described it as a female about four months old, and Swinhoe characterised it thus: “ Eyes bright hazel; face and ears flesh-coloured ; cheeks with a black tuft on either cheek like whiskers; skin of nude parts tinted with blue and sparsely greyish brown, covered with hairs of a light grey; the hairs on the belly, buff; fur of upper parts washed with buff, which is lighter on the head, and brickdust-red round and about the rump. Tail 43 inches, blackish; callosities flesh-coloured. Face narrow, somewhat projecting.” 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, 13th December, p. 356. MACAOUS. 87 This specimen was after its death deposited in the British Museum (68. 12. 29. 10.), in which collection it has been preserved in alcohol. It is to be regretted that Swinhoe did not record the measurements of the body as well as the length of the tail, as we would thus have been in a position to gain some idea of the growth of the animal during its two years of confinement. As it is, the tail now measures 5 inches and a half, thus indicating that this member had added an inch to its length in two years. A careful consideration of this specimen seems to me to point in the direction of I. lasiotis, moreso than towards any other Eastern Asiatic monkey, but from its youthful character and from the circumstance that the individual members of the rhesus group of Macaques are all so very closely allied to each other and doubtless have a strong common likeness in early youth, any decided opinion regarding the true nature of IW. sancti-johannis is hardly warranted. These remarks are equally applicable to the young female monkeys from the Island of Hainan, which have been referred by Swinhoe and Sclater to Macacus rhesus. Blyth has suggested that these Hainan monkeys may be JW. lasiotis ; but if IZ. tcheliensis is the female of the latter and the species is distinguished by the tail equalling only one-fourth the length of the body, these Hainan monkeys can hardly be regarded as the same species, as the tail of the female in question equals one-half the length of the body. No males of these Hainan monkeys are known. Some years ago a male monkey was presented to the Zoological Gardens by T. J. Fawcett, Esq., of the Hartlepool Hospital, as having come from China. It was regarded while alive in the Gardens as an example of MW. sancti-johannis, Swinhoe, and after its death it passed to the British Museum, under that name, which was adopted by Dr. Gray as appertaining to it, and who appears to have regarded the specimen as the type of the species, because in the appendix to his catalogue we find him remarking, on the strength of this identification, that JL. sancti-johannis is very like Jf. cyclopis, and perhaps only a younger specimen—an observation which is in- applicable to the type of IZ. sancti-johannis, so far at least as regards any resemblance to MM. cyclopis, as it has none. Mr. Fawcett’s monkey, however, has all the characters of Jf. cyclopis, with the exception that the annulation of the hair is less distinct than in that species; but this seems to be attributable to youth, for in other respects the coloration is identical with J. cyclopis. The exact locality from whence the specimen was obtained is unknown, and although I have tried to trace it, I have failed to do so. Macacus CYCLOPIS, Swinhoe. é The Large Formosan Monkey, Swinhoe, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxix. (1860), p. 88. Macacus cyclopis, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 353, pl. xii.; Sclater, did, 1871, p. 222; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 710; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 81; et Append. p. 128; Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872; pp. 771, 780. figs, ] and 2 a, 4, and a, 6, and ¢ (pelves), g and @. 88 SIMIID. Macacus sancti-johannis, Gray (in part), Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, Appendix, p. 129. Macacus rhesus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 222. Fur thick and dense, dark olive-green throughout, finely yellow-speckled ; no rufous on the hind quarters. Ears small and clad, a strong rufi-like beard. Tail in adult about a foot long and well clad. This Macaque appears to be restricted to the Island of Formosa, where it was discovered by Swinhoe. Its round, flat face, dark olive-green, uniformly annulated fur, and the complete absence of any rufous tint on its hind quarters, are the external characters which separate it from MM. rhesus and its near ally NM. lasiotis from the mainland of China, while, by these features, with the exception of the last, it is distinguished from HM. assamensis, which, moreover, unlike W. cyclopis, has the shoulders suffused with yellowish. The tail has much the same proportions to the body as in JI rhesus, but it is more bushy. It is doubtful that the forehead is any more entitled to be called bare than is the forehead of WM. rhesus, as it is clad to the supraorbital ridges, along which also occur a few long black hairs, as in the rhesus group ef Macaques generally. Unlike IZ. rhesus, the hair behind the mouth, and below and behind the ears, is markedly annulated, and there is a strong ruff-like beard, as in JL. assamensis. The ears are moderately large, well clad and tufted. The fur generally is fine and dense, moderately long, and not longer on the shoulders than on the rest of the body. Dr. Murie, in discussing the affinities of this form, has favoured the view that the female, during the period of heat, is subject toa much greater tumidity and swell- ing of the hinder parts than ever occurs in J. rhesus, but the description which he has given of this curious phenomenon as it occurs in I. cyclopis is no exaggerated account of what I have observed in I. rhesus on a number of occasions in different animals. In some of these, great tumour-like swellings had attained such dimensions, and had so involved the whole of the sacral region, the upper portion of the thighs, the base of the tail, and all the back parts of the limbs even to near the heel, that the hinder quarters seemed so weighed down with the burden as to give the animal a waddling gait, This monstrous development I have observed both in animals in confinement in India and also among semi-ferine monkeys living in colonies that had attached themselves to villages in the North- West Provinces. In Jf. rhesus there is no modification or particular adaptation of the pelvis for the support of these temporary enlargements of the subcutaneous tissues which invest it posteriorly in the female, but Dr. Murie holds that such an adaptation of the pelvis does occur in MW. cyclopis. The materials, however, from which Dr. Murie’s deduction is derived are not so reliable as could be wished, and he mentions that the modifications which these pelves of IZ. cyclopis manifest on the ordinary type of the healtky Macaque pelvis might suggest the possibility that they are the product of disease, and he states that the long bones of the male skeleton are unusually porous, but that the female skeleton is solid, and does not exhibit any signs of mollities ossium. But the very circumstance that it should have occurred to Dr. Murie that his statements might be objected to on the ground that a softening MACACUS. 89 or other diseased condition of the bones might suggest itself to other observers as the cause of the abnormality of the pelvis of I cyclopis is in itself an acknowledgment of the weakness of the facts on which his generalisation is based. Either the abnormality conforms to one of the forms of pelvis generally induced by disease, or he was not perfectly convinced that the bones of the female pelvis were perfectly healthy, although, as he states, they were free from mollities ossium. The circumstance, moreover, that he describes the long bones of the male skeleton as more than usually porous and soft, and that its pelvis was not so firm as to be consistent with robust health, naturally detracts from the value of his statement regarding the curvature of the long bones which he considers to distinguish the monkey from Jf, rhesus, and it thus can hardly be acceded that he has demonstrated that If. cyclopis possesses characters decidedly differing from those of the ordinary rhesus monkey. I have examined the same materials on which Dr. Murie has founded his generalisations regarding the supposed anatomical differences of JL. cyclopis from M. rhesus. The male skeleton is unusually porous and soft, and the female bones, although they have none of the porous character of those of the male, are extremely light, and the pelvis appears to me so deficient in earthy constituents that it has a membranous appearance. The pelvis of the male, on the other hand, is very porous, and has almost a friable aspect, which condition seems to explain its less divergence from the normal pelvis, whereas the more membranous character of the female pelvis fully accounts for its greater divergence from the rhesus type. The bony substance, however, of each is very different in con- sistence from the hard, heavy, compact structure of a healthy pelvis. In the normal pelvis of If. rhesus and its allies, a straight line drawn from the anterior superior angle of the iliac portion of the bone to the inferior end of the tuberosity of the ischium conforms to the external border of the ilium and cuts off the lower third or nearly so of the acetabulum and the upper third or middle of the thyroid foramen, according as the tuberosity of the ischium is thrown upwards. In these details of its course across the acetabulum and thyroid foramen it con- forms to the course pursued by a line drawn between similar extreme points in the human pelvis. In J. cyclopis, however, such a line does not run parallel to and touch the anterior border of the iliac portion of the bone, but encloses between it and itself in the female an elongated oval space, and this occurring also in the male, but toa more limited extent, proves that both pelves have the same kind of abnormality depending on the downward and inward bending of the iliac portion of the bone on itself. There can be no doubt that this alteration in the normal relations of the constituent parts of the pelvis gives rise to a greater interval between the root of the tail and the tuberosity of the ischium, but, on the other hand, there is a narrowing of the interval between the callosities associated with a marked general contraction of the hinder portion of the pelvis, thus reducing instead M 90 SIMIIDA. of extending the expansion of the osseous frame for the support of the hymeneal swellings. There is a marked inward bending of the posterior half of the ilium without any corresponding eversion of the ischium, and the acetabula are thus thrown more inwards towards the mesial line, and by these modifications, which are most marked in the female pelvis, the span of the pubic arch and the expan- sibility of the surrounding parts are considerably reduced, and the outlet of the pelvis to that extent that it seems improbable that it could permit of the discharge of the young of the size given birth to by Iacaques of the dimensions of MW. cyclopis. Dr. Murie also describes the ilium as anteriorly overriding the sacrum far more than is ordinarily the case, ¢. e., that the sacrum is projected into the pelvis. This condition would seem to be analogous to that deformity of the human pelvis arising from insufficient strength of its walls,’ in which the sacrum is projected into the outlet of the pelvis, and the acetabula (as before described in JZ. cyelopis) approach the middle line, while the pelvic bones are pressed forwards and down- wards between them. Such considerations as the foregoing would seem to indicate that the conditions of these pelves may have a different explanation than that given by Dr. Murie. Dr. Gray, in the appendix to his Catalogues of Monkeys,’ compares M. sancti- Johannis to M. cyclopis, but the origin of this comparison I have explained under MM. sancti-johannis. Macacvus srnicus, Linn. Le bonnet chinois, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, pp. 224, 241, pl. xxx. The Chinese Monkey, Pennant, Hist. Quad. 3rd ed. vol. i. 1798, p. 209. Sumia sinica, Linn. Mantissa Plant. 1771, p. 521; Schreber, Saugeth. vol. i. 1775, p. 108, pl, xxiii. ; Gmelin, Linn, Syst. Nat. 13th ed. vol. i. 1788, p. 34; Shaw. Genl. Zool. vol. i. pt. 1. (1800) p- 50, pl. xx. fig. 1. Cercopithecus sinicus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Animal. 1777, p. 41; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii (1780), p. 193 ; Boddaert, Elench. Animal, 1785, p. 60. Cynocephatus sinensis, Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini), vol. xxxvi. (1809), p. 293. Cercocebus radiatus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. 1812, vol. xix. p, 98. Pithecus radiatus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xviii. (1817), p. 825. Macacns radiatus, F, Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Juin 1820, pl. xxxiii.; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 64; Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxvii. (1823), p. 466; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1820, p. 42 ; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. 1827, p. 17; Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. 1829, vol. i. p. 95; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, pp. 27 and 56; Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1831, p. 99 ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. du Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 54; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 7; Elliot, Madr. Journ. Lit. & Se. vol. x. 1839, p- 95 ; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 89; Gray, Hand-list Mamm. 1843, p. 7; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 476; vol. xvi. 1847, p. 782; vol. xxix, 1864, p. 88; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 18; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif, 1856, p. 88 (fig. head) ; Jerdon Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 12. . Cercopithecus radiatus, Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 13 ; Ogilby, Madr. Journ. Lit. & Se. vol. xii 1840, p. 145. ? ? Quains. Anat. 7th Ser. vol. i, p. 98. * Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 129. MACACUS. 91 inuus (Cercocebus) radiatus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 140. Macacus sinicus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 1272; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod. des Mammif. 1851, p. 26; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 28. Inuus (Macacus) siniceus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 56. Pithecus (Macacus) sinicus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 117, 119. General colour brownish olive, tending to olive-grey on the outside of the limb. The hairs are grey at the base, but the terminal halves are annulated with black and dull yellow. Under surface of the body and tail and the inside of the limbs whitish, the upper surface of the tail being concolorous with the back. The hairs on the head radiated. Face nude, with the exception of a few hairs on the upper lip and on the sparsely clad forehead, which is permanently wrinkled even in the young. The face and the other nude parts are livid flesh-coloured, the ear somewhat prominent. The cheeks are hollowed, and the muzzle is rather narrow and somewhat protuberant. Inches. Length of body from tip of muzzle to root of tail. ; : . 27 55 » tail ‘ : : : ‘ : : : : . 24 An adult female recently sent to the Zoological Gardens in Calcutta by Dr. Bidie of Madras has her face and ears more suffused with bright scarlet than any I. rhesus I have seen. She has not been sufficiently long under observation to permit of it being ascertained for what length of time this flushing will last. Her nipples are very large and pendent. Inhabits the southern parts of India. The variety alluded to by Jerdon as existing on the Eastern Ghats seems to me to be only the adult of this species. The undermentioned species,’ which is extremely doubtful, has been included by Blyth in his Catalogue of Mammals, but there is no evidence that such a form exists in Formosa beyond what is here stated. MACAcUs PILEATUS, Shaw. The Rilawa, Knox, Hist. Rel. Ceylon, 1681, ch. vi. p. 25; Tennent, Nat. Hist. Ceylon, 1861, p. 5, plate, fig. 4. La guenon couronnée, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vii. 1759, p. 61, pl. xvi. (juv.) The Rillow, Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. i. 3rd ed. 1793, p. 206. Le bonnet chinois, Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, Fam. iv. sect. ii. fig. 11. + 1 Macacts (sinicus), arrinis, Blyth. The Small Formosan Monkey, Swinhoe, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxix. (1860), p. 87. Macacus speciosus, Swinhoe, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxix. (1860), p. 88. Macacus radiatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxix. (1860), p. 88. Macacus (radiatus) affinis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 8. The only information regarding this monkey is contained in a letter from Mr. Swinhoe to Mr. Blyth, published fifteen years ago, and a note by the latter naturalist ona living specimen said to have been procured from the Island of Formosa. Mr. Swinhoe, in forwarding to the Calcutta Museum the skull of a Macaque which he had received from Formosa and had kept alive for several months, designated the animal the small Formosan monkey and described it as a native 92 SIMIIDE. The Rollewai, Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 476. Simia pileata, Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. i. pt. i. 1800, p. 53. Cercocebus sinicus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 98. Pithecus sinicus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xvii. 1817, p. 324. Cercopithecus sinicus, Kuhl. Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 12. Macacus sinicus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 64; Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxvii. 1823, p. 465 ; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mamm. May 1825, pl. xxxiv; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 42; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. (1827), p. 17; G. Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. (1829), p. 95; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 27; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Voy. de Bélanger, Zool. 1834, p. 55; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 7; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 89; Gray Hand-list Mamm. 1843, p. 7; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xiii, 1844, p. 476; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 56; Templeton, An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. 1844, p. 361; Kelaart, Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 8. Inuus (Cercocebus) sinieus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. i. 1840, p. 139. Macacus pileatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 1272; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méthod des Mammif. 1851, p. 27; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1856, p. 89; E. Tennent, Hist. Ceylon, vol. i. 1860, p. 180; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As, Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 9; Gray, Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 29. LInuus (Macacus) pileatus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. (1855), p. 55. Pithecus (Macacus) pileatus, Dahlbom, Stud. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 117 & 119. All the upper parts are rufous, but this colour passes into blackish on the hands, feet, and ears, and into brown on the upper surface of the tail. The hairs are grey at their base, as in J. sinicus, and are annulated as in that species, but the difference of colour that exists between the two is produced by the greater intensity and richer colouring of the annuli of the individual hairs of M. pileatus. The under surfaces generally are whitish. ‘The forehead is sparsely covered with hair and wrinkled, and the muzzle is narrow and prolongated, the colour of the nude parts being livid fleshy, except along the lower lip, the margin of which is blackish. The hair on the head is rather long, forming a radiated, and occasionally somewhat erect, tuft. Inches. Length of the body from the muzzle to the root of the tail . 13°00 FS 5 tail ‘ : i ‘ i ‘ : » 14:75 This species is closely allied to the Toque (I. sinicus), which it represents in Ceylon, but the differentiation between the two forms has proceeded further than between S. entelius and its insular representative, so much so that there is no difficulty in recognising their individual peculiarities. Inhabits Ceylon. of the camphor forests of the mountains of*that island. Its colour he characterised as grey with the under parts pale and the eyes yellowish brown. Mr. Blyth remarked of the foregoing skull that it was so young, the second true molars not having been developed, as not to exhibit any special characteristic, and he observes of a living specimen of the small Formosan monkey which had been sent to him by Swinhoe that it was a halfgrown female, and that it differed in no respect that he could perceive from the common Ml. radiatus of the peninsula of India, except in being a shade or two darker with a nigres- cent wash on the face and ears. Swinhoe, however, in 1863,! observes, in writing of I, cyclopis: “This, as far as I could learn, was the only species of monkey in the Island of Formosa,” so that it is probable he had discovered that the monkey resembling MZ, yadiatus bad been taken thither in the course of commerce. e ' Proc. Zool, Soc. 1863, p. 4. MACACUS. 93 Macacvus srtLenvs, Linn. LT? Ouanderou, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1766, pp. 169, 174, plate xviii.; Audebert, Hist. Nat. des Singes, 1797, Fam. ii. sect.i. pl. ili.; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (Sonnini éd.) 1809, p. 278, pl. xxiii. The Lion-tailed Monkey (a), Pennant, Syn. Mamm. 1771, p. 109, pl. 120, fig. 1; Hist. Quad. vol. i. 1798, p. 198, pl. xliv. The Lion-tailed Baboon, Shaw, Genl. Zool. i. pl. i. 1800, p. 33. Simia silenus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12 ed. vol.i. 1766, p. 35; Schreber, Saugeth. vol. i. 1775, p. 87, tab. xi.; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 13 ed. 1788, p. 31. Simia veter, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. i. 13 ed. 1788, p. 30. Cercopithecus silenus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777 (in part), p. 26; Zimm. Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1870, p. 184; Latr. Hist. Nat. de Buffon (éd. Sonnini), 1809, vol. xxxvi. p. 283. Cercopithecus veter, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777, p. 24; Boddaert, Elench. An. 1785, p. 58. Cercopithecus vetulus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. 1777, p. 25; Boddaert, Elench An. 1785, p. 57. Simia ferox, Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. i. pt. i, (1800), p. 30, pl. xvi. Papio silenus, Geoff. St.-Hil. Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. 1812, p. 102; Kuhl. Beitr. zur Zool. 1820, p. 18. Pithecus silenus, Desmarest, Nouv. D’Hist. Nat. vol. xviii. (1817), p. 321. Macacus silenus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 638; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Jan. 1822, pl. xliv.; Desmarest, Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxvii. (1823), p. 472; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 41; Griffith, An. Kingd. vol. v. 1827, p. 16; G. Cuv. Rég. An. nouv. éd. vol. i. (1829), p. 95; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 28; E. T. Bennett, Garden, Menag. Zool. Soc. Del. vel. i. 1831, p. 21; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 58; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Aoft 1837, pl. xliii.; Waterhouse, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, 2nd ed. p. 7; Lesson, Sp. des Mammif. 1840, p. 93; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 476; Blyth, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 1272; Lb¢d, vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 283; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1840, vol. i. p. 57; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Cat. Méth. des Mammif. 1851, p. 30; Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammif. 1854, p. 89 (figure of animal and head). Inuus (Maimon) silenus, Wagner, Schreber, Sdiugeth. vol. i. 1840, p. 141, pl. viii. C. and xi. B.; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi, 1847, p. 731. Silenus veter, Gray, Hand-list Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 8; Horsfield, Cat. Mam. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 22; Cat. Monkeys and Lemurs, B. M. 1870, p. 32. Pithecus (Macacus) silenus, Dahlbom, Ind. Zool. Fam. Reg. An. 1856, pp. 116, 119. Inuus silenus, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc, Mus. 18638, p. 7; Jerd. Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 10. General colour of the body, limbs, and tail, deep black; the hair on the top of the head is very short, and the face is encircled with long hairs in front of the ears, continued downwards round the throat and of a greyish dun colour; the end of the tail is tufted and tipped with greyish or white, which is the colour that occurs on the chest, all the rest of the under parts being deep black in the adult. The face and the skin of the hands are black, but the callosities have a fleshy tinge. Ft. In. Length of the body from the muzzle to the root of the tail . 2 0 8 i. tail : : ‘ : ‘ : : . 010 It inhabits the Western Ghats from below Goa to Comorin, but there is no authentic record of its existence in a wild state in Ceylon. The structure of this animal is essentially that of the ordinary Macaques, although it differs from them so much in external physiognomy. 94. SIMIIDA. The skull is chiefly distinguished by its rotundity, due to the outward bulging of the zygomatic arches; by the contraction of the muzzle at its base; by the concavity below the orbits ; by the anterior expansion of the muzzle; by its rather round than vertically elongated posterior nares; by the great development of the orbital ridges; by the expanded frontal depression behind them ; and, lastly, by its relatively rather small molars and premolars. The vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 12, L. 7, S. 8, caudal 17. The neural arch ceases on the fifth caudal, beyond which the vertebree rapidly increase in length to the ninth, after which they again gradually diminish in size. CHIROPTERA. By G. E. DOBSON, M.A., M.B., F.LS., &. PTEROPIDA. Genus CYNOPTERUS, F. Cuv. * CYNOPTERUS MARGINATUS, Geoffroy. Pteropus marginatus, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. 1809, xiv. p. 97. A specimen of this species, which is very common in the peninsula of India and in Burma, wherever fruit is abundant, was obtained at Bhamé. In this specimen I find two lower incisors only, which do not rise above the level of the gum. The lower inner incisors have probably fallen out, and their former position become hidden by the gum closing in above, while the interval naturally existing on each side between the canines and the incisors, causes the remaining two incisors to appear symmetrically placed between the canines, each incisor occupying the centre of each half space. RHINOLOPHID (Dobson) .1 Genus RHINOLOPHUS, Geoffroy. * RHINOLOPHUS PEARSONII, Horsfield, Pl. iv. fig. 1. Rhinolophus pearsonii, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 33. Rhinolophus larvatus, Milne-Edwards (non Horsfield), Resch. Mammif. du Tibet, 1872, pp. 245— 249, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1, xxxvil.*, fig. 1. Rhinolophus yunanensis, Dobson, Journ. As. Soe. Beng., 1872, vol. xli. p. 336. Ears large, acutely pointed, outer margin deeply hollowed out beneath the tip; . antitragus large, separated from the outer margin of the ear by an acute angular notch; nose-leaf well developed, anterior horizontal portion broad, projecting laterally, and in front beyond the upper lip, so as to completely conceal the muzzle when viewed from above; the anterior flattened portion of the central nose-leaf is moderately broad below, the upper part slightly narrowed and rounded off above; terminal portion of the hinder nose-leaf short, sides almost straight, slightly convex. Wing-membrane attached to the ankles; tail short, and contained, with the exception of the extreme tip, within the interfemoral membrane, the posterior free margin of which is concave. 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1875, p. 346. 96 CHIROPTERA. Fur above and beneath uniformly dark brown, very long and dense. Of three well-preserved spirit specimens, two males and one female, the measurements of all parts, except the tail, correspond to the twentieth of an inch. In one male the tail measures 1°10 inch. Inches. Length, head and body « 27 an tail . O9 * head 10 3 ear (anteriorly) . Lo Breadth “ . O8 Length, antitragus . O4 3 nose-leaf : ‘ : . OF Breadth Pe (of horse-shoe portion) . 0°45 Length, forearm et ‘ . . : : E : : . 22 ie thumb . ‘ ‘i . - : : P i . : . O35 ne second finger . F ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘i . ‘ Seale 3 fourth , . 3 ‘ 3 é ‘ ‘ : ‘ Fs ‘ . 30 33 tibia : 5 ‘ < é . ; é F ‘ . : . LO ss caleaneum 3 ‘ 3 5 5 . O4 . O58 oe foot and claws Locality —Hotha, Yunnan. Elevation about 4,500 feet. *RHINOLOPHUS C@HLOPHYLLUS, Peters. Ehinolophus celophyllus, Peters, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 426, pl. xxxv. This extremely interesting species, which differs in the form of the nose-leaf from all other species of the genus, has hitherto been represented by only a single specimen collected by the late Lieutenant Beavan at Moulmein, and preserved in the Berlin Museum. Among the collection made by Dr. Anderson during the second Yunnan Expedition, I find specimens which differ in no respect from the type which I have examined in the Berlin Museum. In this species (which has been very fully described and figured by Professor Peters) the posterior terminal leaf is shortly triangular in outline, formed of very thick integument, and its surface is marked by a crucial aperture leading into a deep cavity lined by hairs; the lower part of this aperture receives the posterior extremity of the connecting laterally flattened portion of the central nose-leaf or sella. Length of the largest specimen preserved in alcohol :— Inches, Length, head and body . ; . ‘ ‘ : : : . : - 20 A tail ; - 08 = ear . O8 3 forearm - 185 3: thumb . . 03 a second finger . 28 59 fourth ,, ~ 2:2 » tibia . 0°85 a foot and claws ; : z : > ‘ a 2 ; : - O4 Nose-leaf . 4 F : . 3 . : x : ‘ : 05 + 04 Habitat.—Burma (Moulmein; Tsagain, Upper Burma). In caves. RHINOLOPHID. 97 Genus PHYLLORHINA, Bonap. * PHYLLORHINA LARVATA, Horsfield. Rhinolophus larvatus, Horsfd. Zoolog. Research. in Java. The collection contained a large number of specimens, male and female, of this species. The fur of all was similarly coloured, rich golden chestnut, contrasting remarkably with the sombre hues of other individuals of the same species from Assam. The same colour was observed in the type specimens from Java described by Horsfield, so that the Burmese forms more closely resemble the Javanese than the Assamese. The measurements of twelve adult individuals gave the following average result :— Inches. Length, headand body ; ; a : ‘ 2 . ; : . 28 _ tail : 3 . : . : j ‘ 3 ‘ : . 14 fe forearm 5 ‘ ‘ : : 5 - : : : . 24 a ear (anteriorly) . : , ‘ : i ; aes ; . O9 93 second finger . ‘ ; : : ¥ z ‘ ‘ : . 34 53 fourth ,, A % ‘ : ; : 5 ‘ . : need: si tibia : : ; ‘ , - : 4 E ; . 10 5 calcaneum : ; A ; < i : : : : - O05 i foot and claws. 3 3 ‘ 5 : : 2 : : » 05 Locality —Prome, Burma. * PHYLLORHINA SPEORIS, Schneider. Vespertilio speoris, Schneider, Suppl. Schreber. Saugeth. Atlas 1, pl. 59B. A single male specimen of considerably larger dimensions than hitherto re- corded for this species. Colour of the fur precisely similar to that of the specimens of Ph. larvata described above, with which it was at first confounded. The species is closely allied to Ph. larvata, which it resembles in the form of the nose-leaf and frontal sac, but may be readily distinguished by the last caudal vertebra being com- pletely free from the interfemoral membrane and by the smaller ears. Inches. Length, head and body . : ets 4 . ; esis ; . 24, 9 tail > ‘ & : Z : F 3 : : : - 0°85 35 » free from membrane. s ° F : : : ; . O12 Pe head : : : yi : : ; ’ : ; : - 085 3 ear (anteriorly) . , ; ‘ : : ‘ : d : . O7 A forearm 5 5 : : 2 - : F . : : . 2:05 re thumb . : 5 ‘ ‘ $ : 5 s : : . 028 : second finger . . a : é : : : ‘ ‘ - 275 a fourth ,, 4 ; : ; : ‘ 5 : : ‘ . 2°25 eg tibia ‘ ‘ ; : : : s : : : ‘ . O9 9 foot and claws . : : 2 : : : ‘ i : . 038 Locality —Prome, Burma. 98 CHIROPTERA. * PHYLLORHINA FULVA, Gray. Hipposideros fuluus, Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1838, i. p. 492. Rhinolophus murinus et fulgens, Elliot, Cat. Mamm. South Mahratta Country, 1840, p. 8. Phyllorhina aurita, Tomes. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1859, Pl. 76. . Phyllorhina fulva, Peters, M. B. Akad. Berl. 1871, p. 322. Dobson, Proce. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 155. The brilliant golden yellow colour of the fur which is occasionally found replacing the common white and black, and from which the specific names “fulva” and “« fulgens” have been derived, is not restricted to this species, but appears in about the same proportion among specimens of other species of both Phyllorhina and Rhinolophus. T have expressed my opinion’ that this golden yellow colour is ana- logous to the breeding plumage in birds, and that it is restricted to females during the breeding season. However, during the second Yunnan Expedition, Dr. Anderson obtained several males of this species, in the same cave, all of which possessed this golden yellow colour, while males and females obtained at the same time in adjoining caves were of the common black and white kind. These very differently coloured animals differed, however, in no other respect, agreeing in structure in all respects and in measurements. The conditions under which this remarkable difference in colour occurs are, therefore, still unexplained, but the golden yellow colour may be developed equally in males and females when the sexes come together, which may not occur at the same season for all. As Ph. fulva can be distinguished from Ph. bicolor by its larger ears only, I am unable to consider it more than a sub-species of Ph. bicolor, Temm. Habitat.—Burma (Prome, Tsagain, Upper Burma; Ponsee and Kakhyen Hills). In caves. VESPERTILIONID, Dobson.’ Genus VESPERTILIO, Keys. Blas. Wiegm. Archiv. 1839. * VESPERTILIO MONTIVAGUS, Dobson. Vespertilio montivagus, Dobson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, vol. xlii. p. 237. Head very slightly elevated above the face line; muzzle obtuse; ears narrow, tapering, with rounded tips; outer side flatly emarginate immediately beneath the tip for about quarter its length, then slightly convex; lower down opposite the base of the tragus with a small emargination, terminating beyond this in a small rounded lobe; tragus long, narrow, and acutely pointed; inner margin straight, outer slightly convex upwards with a small rounded lobe at the base. Feet very small; toes two-thirds the length of the whole foot; tail wholly contained within the interfemoral membrane ; wings from the base of the toes. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 250. 2 Ann, Mag. Nat Hist. Nov. 1875, p. 347. VESPERTILIONIDA. 99 Fur, above, dark brown, the extreme points of the hairs paler and shining ; beneath, much darker brown or black for three-fourths its length, the remaining por- tion ashy. In front the face is everywhere densely covered, the long hairs concealing the ’ eyes, and leaving the tip of the nose above naked; on each side of the nose two or three small warts may be seen through the hairs. The ears are quite naked an- teriorly ; posteriorly, their bases only are covered. On the wing-membrane the fur of the back extends as far as a line drawn from the junction of the proximal and middle thirds of the humerus to the commencement of the distal third of the femur; on the interfemoral membrane it ceases abruptly at the end of the second caudal vertebra; the remainder of the membrane is quite naked. Beneath, the ab- dominal fur extends upon the wing-membrane as far as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee-joint ; posteriorly, the extent of the fur of the body on the wing-mem- branes is similar to that on the upper surface, but three-fourths of the membrane is dusted over with a few very fine hairs arising from the transverse dotted lines. The backs of the toes are covered with a few very short hairs. Incisors on each side parallel, acutely pointed; inner incisors longest with a small acutely pointed talon near their extremities on the outer side. In the lower jaw the second premolar is small, but distinctly visible, standing in the tooth-row; in the upper jaw the space between the canines and third premolar is small, and the second premolar is very minute, placed in the angle between the first and third premolars, and with difficulty distinguishable in recent specimens even with the aid of a lens. Inches, Length, head and body ; : : 3 ‘ ‘ ‘ ; ‘ . 18 tail : : ‘ : : ‘ : : : : é . 16 3 head : ‘ ; ‘ : ; : ‘ ‘ : : » 065 35 ear (anteriorly) . : - 4 . F ‘ j ‘ ‘ . 058 Breadth a : : : : : 3 ; ‘ ; : - 0°28 Length, forearm ; : ‘ ‘ i ‘ ‘ : : ‘ ; . 15 thumb : . 3 ‘ i : : : : ‘ “ » 0°25 second finger eS : ‘ : ‘ ; : : é 5 297 fourth ,, 5 ‘ : j ‘ 5 ‘ ; ; ; 5s “eb? tibia ; , , ‘ : : : : : : : . O06 foot andclaws . : : : : ‘ : : s : . 08 Habitat—Hotha, Yunnan. Genus ScoToPHILvs, Leach. * SCOTOPHILUS ORNATUS, Blyth. Nycticejus ornatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1851, vol. xx. p. 517. Scotophitus ornatus, Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 871. Specimens of this remarkably coloured species were obtained at Nantin and in the Sanda Valley. Among the Vespertilionide of the eastern hemisphere this species appears to be most nearly allied to the American species of the genus Ata- lapha, with which it agrees remarkably in its general characters. 100 CHIROPTERA. Genus VESPERUGO, Keys. et Blas. * VESPERUGO AFFINIS, Dobson, Pl. IV, figs. 7, 8. Pipistrellus affinis, Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 211. Head flat; glands of the upper lip so developed as to cause a deep depression between them on the face, behind the nostrils. Measured from behind, the ears are as broad as long; their inner margins are convex, and the tips broadly rounded. The outer margin of the ear extends from the tip to its termination near the angle of the mouth, without emargination, and without forming a lobe of any kind; from the angle of the mouth it is separated by a small wart covered with long hairs. The tragus is of the shape so common in the species of this sub-genus; its inner margin is straight, its outer convex upwards, and at the base the usual small trian- gular lobe is found. The nostrils open sublaterally, and in the centre of the slightly emarginate space between them a narrow ridge passes down to the upper lip, as in the greater number of the species of Pipistrellus. The wing-membrane is attached to the base of the outer toe, which is shorter than the others. The tail is long, of nine vertebree, the last free. The feet are small, the toes very slender and almost naked. Above, the fur of the head extends upon the face above the eyes as far as the glandular prominences of the upper lip, the remaining parts of the face are almost naked; anteriorly, the ear conch has a few, fine, scattered hairs ; posteriorly, about half the posterior surface from the base upwards is densely covered. The distribu- tion of the fur upon the wing-membranes is very limited, on the upper surface being confined to a narrow space along the sides of the body; beneath, its extent is greater, and a few, fine, greyish hairs are ranged along parallel lines nearly as far outwards as a line joining the elbow and knee-joints. The fur of the body does not extend upon the interfemoral membrane, which has but a few almost invisible hairs scattered over the anterior half of its upper surface, and is covered, beneath, by very fine, short, greyish hairs arising from the dots on the transverse dotted lines. On the upper surface chocolate brown, lighter on the head and neck ; beneath, dark brown, with light brown or ashy tips ; on the pubes and along the thighs dirty white or very pale buff. Incisors equal in vertical extent ; outer incisors acutely pointed, inner obtuse ; first upper premolar minute, acutely pointed, placed inside the line of teeth and not distinguishable from without. Inches. Length, head and body 5 : : ‘ ‘ ; : ‘ = 29 5 tail. 3 ‘ ; ‘ : ‘ ‘ ; : 5 - 165 35 head . ; 7 , : - : : A : i . O75 3 ear (anteriorly) . . : ‘ : ; 5 : : : . O06 Breadth a ; ‘ F : : ‘ : : j ‘5 . O4 Length, tragus ; A . : ‘ ‘ : . . : . - 025 Breadth ,, . : 3 ‘ : : : : ‘i : ‘ - 0-10 Length, forearm ; : : : 3 ‘ ‘i ‘ : 4 - 155 VESPERTILIONIDA. . 101 Inches, Length, thumb ; i wee Se Senne ; ; ena . 0°25 3 second finger ‘ 5 : 5 ; - ‘ : ‘ ‘ . 28 9 fourth ,, ‘ ; : ; ; ; ‘ : : ; . 20 a tibia . ‘ : 3 ‘ . ‘ ‘i , . . . O06 3 foot and claws. ‘i 3 : . : ; : 3 . 08 Locality.—Bhamé6. This species is allied to V. mawrus, Blas., from which it may be distinguished, however, by the absence of an emargination on the outer side of the ear, and by the distribution of the fur. Sub-genus Vusperus, Keys. et Blas. * VESPERUGO ANDERSONI, Dobson, Pl. IV, figs. 2, 6. Vesperus andersoni, Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, Sept. 1871, p. 211. Head broad and flat ; muzzle thick ; nostrils opening sublaterally without inter- vening emargination ; ears moderate with rounded tips ; inner margin convex, outer with a shallow but wide emargination beneath the tip, then convex, and again emar- ginate opposite the base of the tragus, terminating by forming a small lobe midway between the base of the tragus and the angle of the mouth; tragus obtusely pointed, broadest in the middle, inner margin straight, outer with a small rounded lobe at the base succeeded by a shallow emargination, then convex upwards to its junction with the inner margin. Toes larger than half the whole foot; tail of eight vertebre, the last free. The fur of the body and head is moderately long and dense; anteriorly it passes forwards upon the face in front of the eyes as far as the commencement of the glandular prominences of the upper lip, from which only a few long hairs arise; that portion of the face about the eye and in front of the base of the inner margin of the ear is also naked, but the space between the base of the tragus and the angle of the mouth is covered with long hair. In front the ears are naked, except where a few very short hairs appear on the upper and inner side of the conch; posteriorly, the fur of the head encroaches on their bases, but more than one-half of their posterior surfaces is naked. On the upper surface, the fur of the back extends upon the wing-membrane as far as a line drawn from the junction of the proximal and middle thirds of the humerus to the middle of the femur; posteriorly, it extends as far only as the root of the tail, and the interfemoral membrane has but a few very fine hairs dusted over its anterior surface, as far as the end of the second caudal ver- tebree. Beneath, the distribution of the fur on the wing-membranes is similar to that on the upper surface, but somewhat more extended ; a line of fine thinly-spread hairs passes out along the posterior margin of the humerus and forearm to the carpus; posteriorly, the fur of the abdomen covers the root of the tail only, and three-fourths of the surface of the interfemoral membrane is occupied by a few, thinly spread, very fine, minute hairs. 102 CHIROPTERA. Fur above, dark brown with greyish tips; beneath, light greyish brown for two- thirds the length of the hairs, the remaining portion ashy. Inner incisors slanting inwards, long and bifid; outer incisors very short and acutely pointed, placed in front of the inner incisors, and lying on their outer sides. Inches. Length, headand body .. 5 : : é : : : é ; . 26 » tail : ‘ ; : : : s 5 5 ‘ : » LY 3 head : ; , : é ‘ ; fj : : : . 095 $5 ear (anteriorly) . : : ; ‘ 2 : : : ‘ . O75 Breadth ee : 5 é ‘ _ 2 s ‘ F : . 0:48 Length, tragus : ; 2 : ; : : : ; 5 : . 03 Breadth, ,, : : . , ‘1 ; P ‘ : fs : . Ol Length, forearm ‘ j ‘ : ; ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘ : . 216 33 thumb : ; : ; - ; : : ‘ a . 0°35 4 second finger. ‘ : ; : ‘ 5 i 5 : . 36 33 fourth ,, : : j ; ‘ ‘ ‘ 5 : , . 26 ee tibia 5 : : ; : : ‘ : : ‘ : . 083 sp caleaneum . 5 a , : ; : ; e : ‘ . OF 45 foot and claws. ‘ : ; 2 : k 5 - : . O04 Habitat.—Momein, Yunnan. Elevation about 5,000 feet. EMBALLONURIDA, Dobson.' Genus TAPHOZOUS, Geoffroy. * TAPHOZOUS LONGIMANUS, Hardwicke. Taphozous longimanus, Hardwicke, Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. 1826, p. 525; Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 551. This species appears to be widely distributed throughout the Burmese Provinces. T. melanopogon inhabits the same localities generally, and resembles it very closely in size. It may be distinguished readily from that species by the possession in males of a submental pouch, and, in females, by traces of the margins of this pouch. As the black beard is not always present in the males of TY. melanopogon, a careful examination is always necessary to distinguish the species. 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Nov. 1875, p. 347. INSECTIVORA. NYCTICIBID ZA. Genus NycTicesBus, Geoffr. * NYCTICEBUS CINEREUS, A. M. Edwards. Nycticebus cinereus, A. M. Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. vol. iii. p. 867; Bull. 1869, p. 7, pl. III, figs. 1—5. Nioiecobus tardigradus, Blyth, var, 4, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 18. A Nycticebus, which agrees with M. A. M. Edwards’ figure of the Siam form, occurs in the Kakhyen Hills to the east of Bhamé. I procured an adult male, and it agrees with IV. cimereus, A. M. Edw., viz., in colouring, in the form of the skull, and in the number of incisors in the upper jaw. A. M. Edwards remarks that “les yeux sont entowrés dun cercle de potls généralement blonds,” but in his figure the eyes are surrounded with brown, whilst a white band occurs between the eye and the ear, external to the brown area surrounding the eyes, and joining above and below with the central white area of the face, and the Bhamé specimen in these respects resembles the figure. It is the form which is found in the Assam region, from whence I have fre- quently obtained it alive, of both sexes, young and adult. The specimens received by me have generally come from the Garo Hills, but Blyth’ records it from Tippera and Arracan, but with regard to the latter locality, it may be men- tioned that he recognised only one species, NV. tardigradus,’ to which, however, he referred three varieties distinguished by the colour of the fur and the number of the incisors. His variety 4 was this species; his variety B the darker-coloured and more rufous Malayan form without well-defined markings on the head and with four upper incisors, which he received from Malacca; and ©, the Java variety, with only two upper incisors and with four well-defined broad head-bands of dark brown. The varieties 4 and B are not unfrequently offered for sale in Calcutta, but the latter is rare in Eastern Bengal, the explanation of its occasional presence in the Calcutta mart being that it is brought thither in the course of trade between Calcutta and the ports of Arracan, Burma, the Malayan peninsula, and Singapore. The light-coloured form 4, on the other hand, is from Assam, and consequently is 1 Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi. 1847, p. 735. 2 L.c. et Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Bengal, 1863, p. 18. 104: INSECTIVORA. more frequently seen in Calcutta than the previous one, and, as already stated, it seems to me to be identical with WV. cinereus, A. M. Edwards. Vosmaer’ has described what he has denominated the Bengaalische Luijnard, and which he characterises thus: “Le poils est assez long, fin et laineux, mais rude aw toucher. Sa couleur est, en générale, le gris ou cendré jaundtre clair, un pew plus roux sur les flancs et aux jambes. Autour des yeux et des oreilles, la couleur est aussi un peu plus foncée, et depuis la téte tout le long du dos régne rai brune.”*? A description in every way applicable to the example from Bhamé and to the Assam specimens of this race which have come under my observation, and therefore also embracing the Cochin-China form NW. cinereus, A. M. Edwards. Geoffroy’s? description of N. bengalensis is founded on “le paresseux penta- dactyle du Bengale”? of Vosmaer, of which he gives Bengal as the natural abode, and mentions that the animal has four upper incisors, whereas Vosmaer had stated it had only two premaxillary teeth. Audebert,* however, in his work on Monkeys and Lemurs, remarks that Vosmaer had overlooked the two small outer incisors, the existence of which Geoff. St.-Hilaire had determined by a personal inspection of Vosmaer’s specimen which is now in the Paris Museum, where it is ranked in the Catalogue under V. javanicus, and Bennett* also repeats this statement. Vosmaer’s figure, if a correct representation of his specimen, certainly conforms more to the Assam than to the Javan form, the latter being markedly distinguished by the presence of two ocular and two aural brown bands, and generally by there being only two upper incisors, whereas the head of Vosmaer’s figure is a very good repre- sentation of the Assam Nycticebus with four upper incisors. I am therefore disposed to consider that the Assam, Bhamé, and Siam Wycticebi, which appear to be one species, belong to the form described by Vosmaer, but the correctness of this suggestion can only be ascertained by the actual comparison of specimens from the foregoing localities with the type. The figure which M. Audebert® has given of WN. tardigradus is a life-sized representation of Blyth’s variety B. It is uniformly rusty-brown with no bands from the eyes, which have the brown area around them but very little darker than the body colour. The ears are dark, and no brown bands proceed from them to the vertex, and the white which in other species exists between the eyes surrounding their brown margin is here replaced by a rufous tint. This is the Burmo- Malayan form, and is smaller than the Assam Nycticebus. Audebert states that the specimen was in the Paris Museum under the Malayan name “ Poucan,’? which is apparently the same as the “ Kukwng,” figured and described by Raffles’ under the names NV. tardigradus and N. bengalensis, an animal without head-bands, of the 1 Natuurkundige Besch. &c. in Oost. en West-indische, 1766—1804, p. 19, pl. xx. ? Buffon, Hist. Nat. (1789), Suppl. vol. vii, pl. xxxvi. p. 2125. 3 Ann. du Mus. 1812, vol. xix. pp. 163-164, 4 Singes et Makis, p. 21. ° Gardens and Menagerie Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, vol. i. pp. 139, 144, 6 L.c. pl.i. 7 Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond. (1822), vol. xiii. p. 247. NYCTICEBUS. | 105 same type as Audebert’s specimen. Audebert appears to have been in doubt regarding its natural habitat, because he says: “Celle (figure) que nous donnons, nous a été envoyé du Bengale par M. Alfred Duvaucel sous le nom de Lori Poucan, nom que cet animal recoit des Malais.”’ The probability, therefore, is that this specimen was of Malayan origin, and that M. Duvaucel had previously obtained it or had purchased it when in Calcutta and there appended the Malayan name to it; and, moreover, as strengthening this supposition, is the circumstance that no Eastern Bengal example of this animal is registered in the Catalogue of the Paris Museum published in 1851. Both Audebert’s and Cuvier’s specimens belong to the type without head-bands figured by Van der Hoeven,’ and which isin strong contrast with the Assam form, although it has the same number of upper incisors. This is the form to which Temminck*® also applied the term JN. tardigradus, Linn., and it is likewise classed in the Paris Catalogue under NV. tardigradus,* and is recorded from Borneo. Geoffroy characterised NV. bengalensis’ as having a large muzzle with four upper incisors, and distinguished his N. javanicus, the Kukong of Temminck, by its short muzzle with two upper premaxillary teeth, but he makes no mention of the four permanent brown bands on the front of the head, and which are so well shown in the head figured by Van der Hoeven, which corresponds to the variety C of Blyth. The muzzle of N. javanicus more resembles in breadth and shortness that of WV. cinereus than that of the Burmo-Malayan Wycticebus. Geoffroy’s specimens were obtained in Java’ by M. Leschenault. Guerin’ in his “ Teonographie” figures this form and its skull and incisor teeth as NV. ¢ardigradus. The chief characters by which these various Mycticebi have been separated from each other are the differences of coloration and the number of incisors in the upper jaw, which may be either two or four, but this latter character is the subject of variation as has been shown by A. M.-Edwards, who has met with skulls of MW. javanicus with only one upper incisor on one side of the jaw and two on the opposite side. This being the case, he is inclined to regard N. javanicus as only a synonym of WV. ¢ardigradus. However, the coloration of the former is markedly distinct from that of the latter; and the two upper incisors are rarely supplemented by one, and I am not aware that an instance has been met with in which four have been present. Van der Hoeven* states that he has never observed an example of WN. tardigradus with only two incisors, but he agrees with A. M.-Edwards that WV. javanicus and N. tardigradus do not materially differ in their dentition. And an observation of Huxley’s’ on the dentition of Nycticebus javanicus verifies the more recent observations of these zoologists, and proves satisfactorily that the teeth in that form are liable to considerable variation. 1 Cat. Méthod. des Mamm. 1851, p. 78. 6 Tie. 2 Arch. Neerland, vol. iii. 1868, pl. vi. fig. 8. 7 Jconographie Mamm. vol. i, pl. 6. 3 Les Possess. Neerland, t. I. p. 323, 1846. 8 T.c, p. 95. 4 Zoe. ® Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 323. 5 Ann. Mus. 1812, pl. xix. p. 164. O 106 INSECTIVORA. With regard to Van der Hoeven’s' observation that the second upper premolar and last three molars of NV. javanicus have a talon directed inwards,—in a young example, the second upper premolar has such a structure well developed, but in an adult it is worn away to the base; but in both, the two first molars are quadri- cuspidate, and the fourth tricuspidate, according to the normal pattern, and as it occurs in XN. tardigradus and N. cinereus. The affinities manifested by this genus towards certain African forms is a fact full of interest, and is all the more remarkable, because in some respects it approaches more closely to them than to the Asiatic Loris, Z. gracilis. Huxley’ has pointed out that, in its dentition, it approaches Arctocebus, or rather that the latter differs more from the African Perodicticus than from this genus, while it also has a certain resemblance to the Loris. Mivart,’ too, has insisted on a kindred affinity between Mycticebus and Perodicticus much more than between it and Loris. Measurements of Bhamé specimen :— Inches. Muzzle to vent . 3 : : : ; ; 5 s ‘ i : 13°20 Length of tail . . zi . . ‘ : ‘ ‘ : ‘ : 75 bk fore limb from head of humerus to tip of fourth finger : ‘i 7:20 %5 hind limb from head of femur to tip of fourth toe . : . 9:00 Tip of thumb to tip of fourth finger (expanded) . : : 5 ‘ ‘ 2°80 % great toe to fourth toe a : z 3 . : : 3°60 1 Arch. Neerland, III. 1868, p. 95. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 323. * Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 681. TUPAIID A. 107 TUPAIID A. While Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles was Lieutenant-Governor of Fort Marl- borough, as is well known, he engaged the services of MM. Diard and Duvaucel to assist in the collection and preservation of his zoological specimens, and to conduct any anatomical observations which he might wish made on recent subjects: the whole of these observations and collections were to be the property of the East India Company. MM. Diard and Duvaucel, however, according to Raffles, before the expiry of the first year of their engagement, advanced pretensions so inconsistent with the letter of their agreement that he had to discontinue his arrangement with them. From what Raffles states, it appears probable that they had claimed the independent right of publishing their observations, because he mentions that he had no alternative left but to undertake an immediate description of the collection himself, or allow the results of all his endeavours and exertions to be carried to a foreign country. Whatever may have been his views regarding their duties before his disagreement with them, we find him presenting the Asiatic Society of Bengal with a figure and description of the so-called Sorex-glis drawn up by them. This paper was read before the Society on the 10th March 1820,’ and as Raffles’ own description was not laid before the Linnean Society until the 5th December of that year,’ nor published until two years later, the credit belongs to MM. Diard and Duvaucel of having first brought to light this remarkable insectivorous group. To the contribution to the Asiatic Researches Sir T. Raffles makes no allusion whatever in his communication to the Linnean Society. The only explanation of this seeming oversight is to be found in the introductory remarks to his Descriptive Catalogue of the Zoology of Sumatra and its neighbourhood. MM. Diard and Duvaucel regarded the animal they described as a true shrew disguised in the habits, and, I may add, in the garb, of a squirrel, but that it was possible that it might be taken as the type of a new sub-division, for which, however, they did not propose any name beyond the term Sorex-glis. After mentioning that it was distinguished from the shrews by its teeth and ceecum, they still spoke of it as “ Ce veritable sorex,’ and appended the specific term glis to indicate its Sciurine habit of body. It is not until we turn to Horsfield’s “ Java’’* that we find the com- pound word Sorez-glis applied to the animal in question. For better Latinity and for the sake of euphony, Desmarest® proposed the term G'li-sorex, which Giebel® has recently altered to Glisosorex. Raffles, however, in his description of two species 1 Dr. Gray has pointed out (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1860), Vol. V, p. 71,) that there is a figure and a descrip. tion of a Tupaia in Ellis’s MS. papers and drawings of the animals observed in Captain Cook’s third voyage, and which are now deposited in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. The Tupaia was apparently first obtained at the Island of Condore (Pulo Condore), which is about one hundred miles to sea from Saigon, and where Cook was on the 20th January 1780. The animal is described and figured in that collection of drawings as Scturus dissimilis, but it would be impossible from the crude nature of the sketch to hazard any opinion regarding the species. 2 Asiatic Researches, Vol. XIV, 1822. > Mammologie, p. 536. 3 Linnean Transactions, 1821, Vol. XIII, p. 239. © Odontographie, p. 18. 4 Horsfd. Research., Java, 1824. 108 INSECTIVORA. of the genus, so early as 1820, designated them under the generic name Tupaia, a term derived from the Malay word Tupai, which is applied generally by the people to “various small animals which have the external form and the agility of the squirrel.’? This term was strongly objected to by F. Cuvier on the ground of its origin from the language of a semi-civilised people, and he proposed the name Cladobates instead. I do not, however, see any very grave objection to the term Tupaia, more especially as it was used by Raffles in no ambiguous sense, but was accompanied by a definition of the genus. Temminck also protested against the adoption of the term Twpaia, which was doubtless an unfortunate one, and proposed Hylogale in the interests of science, and under the belief that it would be accepted. In consequence of the rejection of the first generic term applied by the naturalist who first defined the group, and had a fair knowledge for his time of its affinities, we have this small group of animals now overburdened by those generic terms, Tupaia, Glisosorex, Cladobates, and Hylogale ; one body of naturalists accepting Cladobates, and the English naturalists adhering to the name first applied to it by one of theirown countrymen. It is much to be deplored that some common principle as to the acceptance or rejection of terms, generic and specific, has not been laid down for the guidance of naturalists; but I hold that if a classical origin is to be insisted on, those naturalists who reject Tupaia on the ground of its being derived from a savage tongue, should be consistent, and refuse their sanction to all specific names having a similar origin. They accept, however, tana, a Malay word, and reject Tupaia, a term derived from the same language. The term Tupaia has been adopted by Horsfield,? Is. Geoff. St. Hilaire, Desmarest,* Fischer,’ Gray,’ Waterhouse,’ Reichenbach,*® Cantor,? Blyth,” Jerdon,” and Mivart ;” whilst Cladobates, the rival term, has been used by Wagner,” Giebel," Zelebor,” and Fitzinger.* I shall add one more to the first list of names by using the original generic term Tupaia. The most important contributors to the history of this group are Horsfield, S. Miller and Schlegel, and Wagner, but their descriptions chiefly related to accounts of the species. The first-mentioned author gave figures of the teeth, head, and limbs; and Miller and Schlegel figured the skulls of the species they described. The skeleton, skull, and dentition of Twpaia, however, had been figured by Blainville,?” and the dentition by Cuvier,’ and, more recently, by Owen.” The most exhaustive tT Cat, Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 81. 27. e 1 Mammals of India, 1867, p. 64. 3 Bélanger Voy. aux Indes, Vol. I, 1884, p. % Mivart, Journ. Anat. and Phys. 1867, Vol. I, p. 292; Tbid, 103. 1868, Vol. II, p. 145. 4 Ze. 8 Schreb. Séugeth. Suppl. vol. v. ° Syn. Mamm. 4 Odontographie, p. 18, © Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1848, p. 23, and Br. 15 Sdugeth. Freg. Novara. Museum Cat., p. 76. 16 Sitzungsb. der k, Akad, Wien. Vol. LX, 1870. 7 Waterhouse, Ann. Nat. Hist. Sec. Ser. VI, " Osteographie (Insectiv.) pls. iii, vi, and x. 1850, p. 135, 18 Dents des Mammif. No, xvii. 8 Reichenbach Natur. 1834.36. 19 Odontography, pl. cxi, fig, 3, 9 Journ. As. Soc., Vol. XV, p. 188, TUPAIID. 109 description of the skull is to be found in Mivart’s! valuable dissertation on the Osteology of the Insectivora, in which he indicates the affinites of this remarkable group, taking the genus as the type of a natural family “ Tupaiide,” to which he also refers Ptilocereus and Hylomys, and in this arrangement he agrees with Professor Peters.? The most recent writer on this group is Dr. L. J. Fitzinger,’ who does not appear to have been aware of Professor Mivart’s and Dr. Peters’ researches, as he makes no mention of either of these naturalists’ observations. He regards it as nearly allied to Macroscelides, but on a very imperfect consideration of the structural characters of those two well-marked types. Dr. Fitzinger states that the Tupaie are more nearly affined to the foregoing group than to the Sorices— a@ comparison which would scarcely have been made by one having a practical acquaintance with the subject. He designates a family Cladobate and refers to it Ptilocercus and Hylomys. He makes the observation that the front incisors of aged Tupaie fall out; but in the majority of animals there is a tendency for the jaws to become edentulous when the animal is aged. He also states that Hylomys has four molars, and that the tibia and fibula are distinct. In Hylomys, however, these bones are united as in Hrinaceus and in Gymnura, to which, by dentition and skull characters, it seems to be more affined. Dr. Gray, writing in 1848,* separated the Bornean Insectivorous Mammal Hylo- gale murina, Miller and Schlegel,’ from the genus Tupaia, and it appears to me that he did so on valid grounds, as the two forms are clearly distinct, the former having apparently a closer affinity to Ptilocercus than to the latter. He created the genus Dendrogale for its reception, but since then he has described another species from Camboja under the name of Tupaia frenata, Gray. There is an example of the skull of this species in the British Museum, but nothing is known regarding the condition of the tibia and fibula. These two species, which are perfectly distinct from each other, are distinguished from all Tupaie by their round, short-haired, and tufted tails, which, in these characters, are like Ptilocercus, with which they also agree in the absence of a shoulder stripe. Unlike any known Tupaia, the two species of Dendrogale resemble Ptilocercus in having a dark band from the snout through the eyes. The dentition is much the same as in Tupaia, but the cingulum of the second incisor forms a kind of posterior talon. The skull is intermediate in form between that of Ptilocercus and Tupaia. The orbit is perfect; and in the zygomatic arch the large imperfection of ossification which occurs in Tupaia is very much reduced in capacity. The skull in the British Museum is unfortunately imperfect, so that the basicranial characters cannot be determined, but the palate has two imperfections of ossification. The skull of D.frenata, Gray, would seem to indicate that this species attained a greater size than the Bornean D. murina, M. and S., because, although the perma- Lb Tye: 4 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1848, p. 23. 2 Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1864. : 5 Verhandl., I, p. 167, tab. 26, fig. 5, et tab. 27. 5 Sitzgsber. Akad. Wien, vol. lx. (1870), p. 263. figs. 17 & 18 110 INSECTIVORA. nent canine is only appearing, the skull is considerably larger than that of the latter, and also broader. D. frenata, Gray, also differs from D. murina, M. and S., in its paler colour, which is olive-brown, produced by the annulation of the hair. The under parts, also, instead of being white as in the latter, are pale fawn. The black band from the snout through the eye, behind which it expands backwards to the ear, where it ceases, is less defined than in D. murina. There is a pale whitish, somewhat rufous streak or band above this dark one, extending from the snout over the eye and ear, ceasing behind the latter, but in D. murina the post-ocular portion expands into a large white spot. There is also in both species a similar pale band below the black one, but in neither is it expanded into a white spot, and it is more obscure in D. murina than in D. frenata. These two species stand as follows :— DENDROGALE MURINA, M. & S., Plate VIT, figs. 18 and 19, skull. Hylogale murina, M. & S., Verhandl. (1839-44), i, p. 167, tab. 26, fig. 5; tab. 27, figs. 17 and 18. Cladobates (Dendrogale, Gray) murinus, M. & S., Wagner, Schreber, Séiugeth. (1855), vol. v, p. 528. Habitat.—Borneo. DENDROGALE FRENATA, Gray, Plate VII, figs. 20 and 21, skull. Tupaia frenata, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1860, vol. vi, p. 217. Habitat.—Camboja. Measurements of specimens in the British Museum : No. 1. No. 2. Snout to root of tail . : 5 ; 3 : ‘ : : : : . . 6°00 4:50 Length of tail . : , ‘ 5 ; : : " ‘ 3 : - 370 — imperfect. Skull of Dendrogale frenata, Gray : Inches. Posterior margin of orbito-parietal ridge to tip of premaxillaries . A ; ‘ ; . 1:40 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch : : ; . : : ‘ : , . 70 is » parietals . : as ‘ , ‘ a 2 ; 2 , - 63 Breadth at lughaanall notch . “46 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 55 Breadth at canines - 23 2nd incisors 19 5 1st a " ‘il 6 orbital angle of Fentals ‘ “58 Least breadth between orbits . 2 : : : ; a ‘ " » 43 Posterior palatine margin to tip of poate ie ‘ ‘ a) 272) Breatest breadth between alveolar surface (external margin) hciraan Qnd and 3rd ee . °40 Greadth (external) half-way between posterior incisors and canines . i : . : « 17 Length of alveolar border. , , 5 : : ; ; : : : . OF “70 TUPAIIDA. 111 Inches, Depth of premaxillary surface to anterior extremity of nasals : : ‘ : ‘ . 12 a posterior 3 oF : ‘i - ‘ ‘ . 123 Deoth thegugh posterior margin of palate. i 3 . ; ; i Se S3l 4 » highest point of parietal . : Fi : ‘ : : P Anterior extremity of symphysis to extremity of angular process of lower j jaw ss : me PSE 5 i 5 5 condyle ‘ 2 ; : : : . 90 i 3 coronoid process . 2 3 : . . ‘89 Length of aivaolas surface . . - »© «© . fl oe ts Sen ey oe . 37 ' Depth through coronoid process. ; ‘ : : . : . : : ‘ . = °35 »» from base of corono-condyloid notch . . . : ¢ ; : ‘ ; . 120 Habitat—Camboja. But to return to the genus Tupaia. As I have had the opportunity, owing to the rich materials in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, to examine the osteological features of this group in detail, I shall here record the result of my observations. The skull of Tupaia is moderately elongated, and neither truncated before nor behind, and is most tapered in the facial portion. The parietals are rather full and round, but they do not project much beyond the base of the zygoma, which arches outwardly at right angles as a thin plate of bone which has the glenoid articular surface on its under aspect. The zygoma then bends forward to join the malar, but the temporal fossa defined by it is not large. The orbit is large, circular, and directed outwards and wholly surrounded by bone, and the malar has a large hole or longitudinally extended imperfection of ossification, anterior to its junction with the orbital process of the frontal and the zygoma. The malar is about twice as high as the zygoma, and, before the perforation, is scooped out, as it were, externally. The post-orbital process closing in the orbit behind is flattened from before backwards, so that its external margin is a thin plate of bone, the margins being directed outwards and inwards, and the surfaces looking backwards and forwards. The anterior, inferior angle of the orbit is marked by a triangular process overhanging the lachrymal notch. There is no ridge before the orbit, immediately in front of which the maxille are convex as far as the first premolar, from which to the second incisor the face is concave on either side, and tapers to the premaxille, the sides of which are rounded. Over the nasals, the facial portion is convex from side to side. The nasals are long narrow bones of nearly equal width throughout, uniting with each other and with the frontals after the permanent dentition. The premaxillaries reach backwards only about half-way between the anterior extremity of the nasals and the frontals, and the greater part of their maxillary suture disappears with age. From the post-orbital process of the temporal, a ridge passes backwards and inwards to the posterior extremity of the parietals to join its fellow of the opposite side, defining a triangular space, and where the two become merged in a short sagittal crest which terminates posteriorly with the lambdoidal suture. The frontals are convex, and the skull is slightly contracted between the orbits, the constriction culminating at the supra-orbital foramen. The greatest breadth of the skull occurs at the root of the zygomatic arch. The occipital region is directed downwards and backwards, 112 INSECTIVORA. and the foramen magnum looks downwards and backwards, but much more in the latter than in the former direction. The condyles look outwards, forwards, and downwards. There is a very minute rudiment of a para-occipital process,’ and more distinct indications of a mastoid protuberance. The meatus auditorius externus looks outwards and slightly upwards. The tympanic bulle are entire, and no portion of the basi-sphenoid contributes to form them. ‘There is a distinct basi-occipital ridge, but it is not continuous with the well-marked ridge of the mesopterygoid fossa. A small post-glenoid process contributes to complete the anterior border of the meatus auditorius externus. The auditory bulle are placed obliquely across the base of the skull, being divergent posteriorly and convergent anteriorly, in which direction they taper to a point which is in the same line with the lateral wall of the meso- pterygoid fossa. The glenoid articular surface is almost flat, but slightly concave; where it is overlooked by the post-glenoid process. The mesopterygoid fossa con- tracts from before backwards, but its broadest diameter corresponds to the interval between the anterior extremities of the auditory bulle. Its anterior two-thirds is marked by a pronounced median vomerine ridge, which is partially prolonged on to the basi-sphenoid. The ectopterygoid plate is small, pointed and falcate, and is directed downwards, backwards and outwards, and is perforated at its base by a canal. The pterygoid fossa is small, and is separated from the palate by a ridge of bone as long as the longitudinal extent of the fossa. There are one or two minute circular imperfections in the basi-sphenoid. The palatal surface is concave from before backwards, and from side to side, and an obscure osseous ridge runs along the median line. There are a number of imperfections in the posterior third of the palatal surface. The posterior margin of the palate is distinctly thickened, forming a ridge of more compact osseous tissue than the rest of the palatal surface. That portion of the margin corresponding to the mesopterygoid fossa is doubly concave from behind forwards, each concavity corresponding to one-half of the fossa. The portion of the margin external to this is convex from before backwards, and projects backwards about half the diameter of the last molar beyond that tooth. The first and second premolars are separated by a short interval corresponding to the distance, or nearly so, that intervenes between the first and second incisors, and the canine is removed from the second incisor by about double that distance. Viewing the skull sideways, the alveolar margin arches upwards as far as the canine, and then, in a long, slightly convex sweep, goes downwards as far as the posterior margin of the second molar, beyond which it is directed upwards and inwards. There is a rather large supra-orbital foramen at the point where the contraction between the orbits is most marked, and a smaller infra-orbital foramen above the second premolar. There are two small foramina placed one above the other on the parietal above the zygoma and the meatus auditorius externus, and both open into the moderately large foramen behind the post-glenoid process. A similar foramen 1 Mivart did not observe one in the skulls he examined, TUPAIIDA. 113 occurs in Hylomys and Hrinaceus. Posterior to the lowest of these foramina there is another small foramen on the lambdoidal ridge which opens almost directly into the skull in Tupaia and the above-mentioned genera. Thereis a distinct foramen _ below and internal to the mastoid process (the stylo-mastoid foramen ?) and internal to it, and on the hinder third of the auditory bulla a small rounded foramen with well-defined osseous walls occurs opposite to the middle of the occipital condyle, and interrogatively mentioned by Mivart as the carotoid foramen, which it is in all proba- bility. Posterior and slightly external to it, and internal to the posterior extremity of the auditory bulla and the mastoid, is a rather large foramen formed by the arching over of the inferior external angle of the occipital to these bones, and constituting the foramen lacerum posterius, which is directed upwards and slightly backwards as a short bony canal. Internal and slightly posterior to it is the anterior condy- loid foramen. Between the auditory bulla and basi-occipital there is a rather long groove running above the carotoid foramen, forwards from the opening of the fora- men jugulare, ultimately forming a closed canal foramen lacerum anterius between the bulla and basi-occipital and basi-sphenoid. The foramen ovale is situated at the middle of the anterior aspect of the bulla, and is formed externally by that bone and the sphenoid, the former constituting the under margin of the opening. External and slightly posterior to the foramen ovale, anterior to the base of the tympanic plate, between the squamous and the bulla, there is a minute foramen, or rather fissure, in the position of the fissure of Glaser. At the anterior wall of the bulla, immediately internal to the foramen ovale and on a lower level, is a round foramen which escapes observation unless the skull is held sideways. It passes directly outwards and back- wards, and a fine wire passed through it comes out at the meatus auditorius externus in a macerated skull. The external pterygoid plate is perforated by a canal at its base. Anterior, internal, and superior to the forward termination of this canal, is the foramen rotundum, separated by a marked interval from the sphenoid fissure which is directed outwards, forwards and upwards, and separated from the optic foramen by a narrow spicule of bone. There are two foramina external to the sphenoidal fissure, the most external the being smaller. The infra-orbital foramen opens internally at the most anterior portion of the lower angle of the orbit, and the external orifice is 0°20 of an inch in advance of it. The lachrymal canal opens rather external than internal to the orbit below the backwardly projecting process at the anterior margin of the orbit, above which there is also another small foramen leading into a canal opening into the nasal cavity. The posterior palatine foramen is at some distance external to the orbital opening of the infra-orbital foramen ; and the anterior palatine foramen is still larger. The longitudinal ramus of the mandible has a long, gentle, downward and upward curve as far forwards as the second premolar, anterior to which the alveolar ‘border shows a slight downward curve. The dental portion of the jaw is laterally compressed, but the portion at the base of the ascending ramus is contracted, and more or less rounded. The coronoid process is directed upwards and backwards, and. its posterior margin overlooks the condyle, from which it is distinctly removed, the 2 114 INSECTIVORA. notch between the two being of considerable depth. From the condyle there is a nearly vertical line to the posterior process of the angle of the jaw, which is a strong hook curved downwards, upwards and inwards, with a central ridge on its inner aspect with a groove above and below it. The dental canal commences below and slightly anterior to the condyle, and opens externally below the first premolar. The replacement of the deciduous by the permanent teeth I have been able to trace in three specimens, one of which is remarkable from the circumstance that it presents eleven teeth on one side of the upper jaw and ten on the opposite side—an abnormality full of interest. The first skull has all its deciduous teeth intact, except one, and yet, contrary to what prevails among Insectivora generally in which the deciduous teeth are shed at an early period, it is nearly the size of a full-grown cranium, and the indi- vidual as a mounted specimen has all the appearance of full age. From these skulls it would appear that Horsfield’s representations of the dentition of 7. ferruginea and 7’. javanica exhibit deciduous dentition, and that Miller and Schlegel’s figure 8, plate 27, does the same. Professor Mivart has fully described the characters of the grinding surface of the molars, and pointed out, what these specimens fully verify, that the third deciduous premolar resembles the true molars, but is replaced by a tooth of a markedly different character. I shall describe the deciduous teeth, and indicate in passing in what respects the permanent teeth differ from them. Commencing with the third premolar, that tooth has three external small cusps on a line, and resembles a molar, the central cusp showing indications of a minute cusp at its hinder extremity, two median pointed cusps, and a large internal cusp almost embracing the other two with a small supplementary cusp at its base on its posterior surface. The two external fangs are long and fine, and spring from the two internal cusps; the inner fang is stronger and stouter than the other. The long central cusp of the permanent premolar is wedged in between the two long external fangs of the deciduous tooth, and by the pressure on the tooth push it outwards, even causing it to decay. The second premolar consists of a long laniar-like central cusp with an internal and a postero-external cusp, the last connected to the large cusp by a well- marked ridge. The large cusp corresponds to the long median cusp of the third deciduous premolar and to the median cusp of a molar. It is flattened on its inner aspect, and at its base it has the projecting ridge or inner cusp of the faintly developed cingulum. This cusp and the two others are fastened in the jaw by a corresponding number of long fangs, the two outer of which are divergent. The first premolar has two cusps; the large anterior cusp partakes more of the character of the head of the canine than of the large cusp of the other premolars, and has a small posterior prolongation not nearly so high as itself, sloping off to the gum; each cusp is supported by a long and strong fang. There is no internal cusp. This deciduous tooth is the first to fall out. TUPAIIDA 115 The milk incisor is a long tooth, more or less compressed laterally, with a crown resembling the anterior cusp of the first premolar. The second incisor is more pointed than the canine, but preserving to a certain extent the same character of crown. The first incisor is cylindrical, with its crown slightly outwardly divergent, as in Crocidura. The canine and the two incisors are curved downwards, forwards, and backwards. These deciduous teeth are succeeded by the permanent teeth in the following order. The third premolar supplants its molar-like predecessor by having its large and strong cutting edge wedged in between the outer fangs—a space which it com- pletely fills. The second premolar has its long cusp wedged in in a similar way between the long, slender, external fangs of its antecedent. The large cusps of the foregoing teeth are more external to the fangs of the deciduous teeth than equally between or internal to them. In the first premolar, however, the permanent cusp is internal to the fangs of the deciduous teeth rather than between them. The perma- nent canine is placed right in front of the tooth it supplants, whilst this arrangement is reversed in the case of the first and second incisors. The third permanent premolar presents two prominent cusps, one corresponding to the median cusps of the molars, and the other to the internal cusp of these teeth. The cingulum is continuous along the outer surface of the base of the crown, and is prolonged into a cusp at its anterior and posterior extremities. The large cusp is conical and twice as large as any of the corresponding cusps of the molars: it is convex on its internal and external surfaces, but hollowed out or deeply concave on its postero-external aspect. The second premolar has not the cingulum continuous externally, for it occurs only along the posterior half of the external surface, where it developes a cusp nearly as large as in the preceding tooth. The cingulum is continuous internally from the posterior to the anterior margin, and in the latter situation it terminates in a small prominence. The central conical cusp which forms the bulk of the tooth is nearly as large, but slightly more pointed than in the previous tooth, and viewed internally is a little concave from above downwards, while it is pronouncedly convex from before backwards. This tooth and the former have three fangs, as in the deciduous teeth. The first premolar has a conical cusp resembling those of the third and second premolars; but there is no trace of a cingulum, and it wants the postero-external concavity or groove: there are very obscure prominences on the anterior and posterior margins corresponding to the anterior and posterior cusps of the third molar: two fangs correspond to these prominences. The internal aspect of the toothis markedly convex, and the internal surface, especially near the tip, is flattened from above downwards, and slightly concave ; however, it is strongly convex from before backwards. This is the smallest of all the teeth, and has the least vertical extension of the premolar and incisor teeth. The canine has a straight posterior margin, and the anterior margin is parallel to it throughout the upper half of its extent, but below that it is bevelled off from before backwards to the posterior margin. It is slightly compressed from side to 116 INSECTIVORA. side, convex externally and concave internally. The root of the tooth curves back abruptly from the crown. The second incisor partakes somewhat of the character of the canine in having its anterior and posterior margins parallel for a certain length, and in the bevelling off of the anterior to the posterior margin. Opposite to where this takes place, there is a faint concavity on the posterior margin of the tooth. It is also laterally compressed and broadest from before backwards. It is directed forwards and downwards, and is shorter than the canine, which has a nearly similar but more vertical course. The first incisor is also broadest from before backwards with a similar curve, combined with a divergence or outward curve of the tooth; so that when viewed in front, its external margin is concave and its internal margin is convex. The crown and root together of these incisor teeth form a considerable curve. They are directed forwards and backwards. The third deciduous premolar in the lower jaw resembles the molars in every respect, only it is considerably smaller than the first. Internally it shows three cusps, of which the central one has the greatest vertical length; and externally it is com- posed of two large triangular cusps, the anterior of which, the most vertically elongated of all, is connected to the two anterior of the internal cusps by a ridge running to the anterior border of the foremost and to the posterior margin of the hindmost, enclosing a triangular hollow. The cusps posterior to this are on a much lower level and below all the upper cusps. Besides the external and internal cusps, there is another which may be termed posterior, and which is behind and external to the last internal cusp. It is connected to the external cusp by a concave ridge, and it has little or no vertical extension. It corresponds to the middle cusp of the internal series, to which it rightly belongs. It is separated from the hindmost internal cusp by a deep notch; it has only two fangs corresponding to the two triangular surfaces of the crown. The second premolar (in lower jaw) is a bi-cuspidate tooth, consisting of one large anterior sub-triangular cusp with a rather prominent talon at its base posteriorly. The large cusp is concave posteriorly and convex anteriorly, where its upper surface is bevelled off from before backwards, producing a rather prominent angle. The inner surface is convex in the middle line, but grooved on either side of it. It has two divergent fangs which partially embrace the crown of the permanent tooth, but are so external to it that it cannot be detected when the roots of the teeth are laid bare from without. ‘This tooth differs little from the permanent tooth, which is larger. The first premolar (lower jaw) is laterally compressed, convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly, in profile, the latter margin running nearly to the tip or point of the crown of the tooth, from which it is separated by a short bevelled surface: the point rounds off to the anterior margin. At the posterior margin, the angle formed by the crown of the tooth and the single cylindrical tapering fang, corresponds to the posterior talon of the second premolar. Its permanent tooth lies immediately below its root. TUPAIIDA. 117 The canine has the greatest vertical extension of all the teeth in thelower jaw, and the deciduous tooth has a shorter and more obtuse crown than the permanent tooth. It is laterally compressed, and its posterior margin, viewing it in profile, has a slight swelling near its base, corresponding to the talon of the second premolar, the area or margin above it, to the point of the tooth, being concave. The anterior margin is rounded forwards to the point, which is almost in the same line with the posterior margin, and is directed forwards and upwards. The permanent tooth lies internal to it, resting upon the base of the fang, or nearly so. The crown of the third incisor, as, to a certain extent, the crowns of the canine and first premolar, is set on obtusely to the fang, the latter being directed down- wards and backwards, the former upwards and forwards to a greater degree than the fang is in its course. The tooth is laterally compressed and its crown rounded ; its posterior margin convex from before backwards and almost straight; but where the latter joins the fang an angular point is formed corresponding to the angle in the canine and first premolar, and to the talon of the second premolar. Its permanent tooth is very difficult to demonstrate; but I believe I have detected it lying at its base externally, on the same plane as itself. On the internal aspect of the jaw the young permanent canine and second incisor are so close, and the latter is placed so obliquely from behind forwards, that there is no room for it in that direction, and it has therefore to be sought for by removing the bone from the outer surface of the jaw. The second incisor has its anterior or external surface somewhat convex from behind forwards with its lateral margins parallel and abruptly rounded off to the points. The internai surface, concave from before backwards, has a convex longitudinal ridge with a well-marked groove in the same direction external to it, and a more indistinct one internally. The base of the crown forms an angular prominence externally with the fang, from the circumstance that the crown is placed slightly obtusely to the root of the tooth. The fang is long and reaches back to nearly on a line with the posterior border of the symphysis. The permanent tooth lies internal to it, and above, it is separated from the permanent first incisor by a longitudinal, or nearly longitudinal, osseous ridge ; it is chiefly distinguished from the deciduous tooth by its larger size. The first deciduous incisor is a narrower and more pointed tooth than the pre- vious one, but of the same structure, and is distinguished from its permanent tooth, which lies internal to and resting on it, by its greater size.’ 1 The specimen with abnormal dentition was received from Darjeeling, and is an example of 7: belangeri. It is young, and on laying bare the roots of the teeth of the upper jaw, I have been able to demonstrate which are the superfluous teeth. None of the permanent teeth, except the three molars, are through the gum. As the dentition is different in the two sides, I shall describe them separately. On the right side, above, there are ten teeth, the abnormal tooth being small, partaking of the character of a diminutive canine wedged in between the deciduous cavine and the deciduous first premolar. The young permanent teeth are in their positions in front and at the base of their respective teeth, but no young tooth exists to take the place of the superfluous one. On the left side no less than eleven teeth occur. one anterior to the canine and one behind it. These teeth are placed at equal distances from each other and are of equal size, and all resemble diminutive canines. The middle tooth is the true canine, as is shown by the presence of the young permanent tooth in front of it. The abnormal teeth on either side of the canine are not represented by any young tooth, so that the normal dentition would be attained in the adult state. 118 INSECTIVORA. T have never seen the skeleton of Ptilocercus, which Mivart refers to the family Tupatide along with Hylomys ; but as an inspection of the skeleton of the latter has not verified his presumption that it agreed with Twpaia in having its tibia and fibula distinct, it is impossible to say what characters Ptilocereus may present in that respect. The vertebral column of Twpaia has an upward curve in the cervical portion, and the dorso-lumbar region is curved convexly—an arrangement of the vertebree which would lead to the conclusion that the animal was in the habit of sitting with its body raised as the squirrels do, and which I have observed to be the case. The leading features which first present themselves are: the moderately broad, thin, spinous plate of the axis, which appears large owing to its close apposition to the narrow and rather short spinous processes of the cervical and dorsal vertebree; the depressed, overlapping spinous process of the three dorsal vertebrae bearing free ribs, and of the lumbar with their well-developed trans- verse processes; the rapid enlargement of the vertebrae in the lumbar region; the rather small sacrum, consisting of three vertebra; and, lastly, the long and tapering tail. There are 18 dorsal and 6 lumbar vertebre with 23 caudal vertebre or more. The spinous process, if we except the axis, is fully developed in the cervical region. It first becomes distinctly visible in the 5th vertebra, increasing in size to the 7th. The spinous process of the Ist dorsal is nearly erect, whilst the 2nd is slightly stronger and broader antero-posteriorly, but about the same length and directed slightly backwards. The 8rd is still stronger and a little more lengthened and backward in its direction, while the 4th is almost its fellow. The 5th is not so broad from before backwards as the 4th, which it exceeds in length; and the 6th shows a distinctly more marked backward inclination and is also narrower than the process on either side of it. The 7th, 8th, and 9th processes increase gradually in antero-posterior expansion, but diminish in length, the 9th being almost triangular, with a broad base. The 10th process is smaller than the 9th, with a sharp triangular point with its apex directed forwards. The 11th is quite distinct from those preceding it, and has its apex extended from before back- wards, and directed forwards over the lower two-thirds of the hinder margin of the 10th process. It is short and rather broad antero-posteriorly. The 12th and 13th spinous processes are low and broad from before backwards, and overlap the vertebree in front of them. The first lumbar process resembles the last mentioned, but the one succeeding it is not so depressed, and is every way larger. As the processes are traced backwards to the last lumbar vertebree they become larger and more erect, although still directed forwards. The spinous process of the 1st sacral is low and ridge-like, but in the 2nd vertebra it is moderately large and bent slightly forwards. In the 8rd sacral it is lower than in the last and slopes faintly backwards, and the process, although moderately developed in the 1st caudal, rapidly diminishes in size and disappears in the 3rd, being continued to the 6th as an obscure ridge which is lost in the 7th segment. TUPAIIDA. 119 The transverse process is most strongly developed in the 5th lumbar vertebra where it has the most antero-posterior extension, as a thin, almost transparent plate of bone directed much forwards. The process is very small in the 1st lumbar vertebra, and in the last dorsal it is reduced to an obscure ridge above the articula- tion of the rib and disappears in the 12th dorsal. It again shows itself in the 11th dorsal, projecting as an obscure ridge over the head of the rib. It increases in size to the 9th vertebra, after which it maintains a nearly uniform size to the 6th dorsal segment, anterior to which it is more extended outwards, attaining its maximum extension in the 7th cervical. The pleuropophysial plate of the 6th cervical ver- tebra is contracted from before backwards at its base, its free extremity being con- siderably extended in that direction. The pleuropophysial processes occur in the 5th and 4th vertebree, and are directed forwards and inwards, and they can be traced as a ridge in the 3rd vertebra. The transverse processes of the 1st and 2nd caudal vertebre are at right angles to the centrum and do not project beyond the lateral line of the sacrum. They have a moderate antero-posterior extension and are slightly dilated at their extremities. The processes of the 3rd and 4th caudals are curved backwards, convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly. The 5th of either side forms an almost quadrangular figure, but with concave sides and slightly concave posteriorly. In the succeeding vertebra the concavity of the sides is so great as to reach the centrum, so that only the anterior and posterior extremities of the process remain at either extremity of the vertebra, one directed forwards and the other backwards, becoming very obscure as they are traced towards the ex- tremity of the tail. In the lumbar region the metapophyses only become to be distinguished and separate from the zygapophyses about the 1st or 2nd vertebra, and anterior to that they become stronger; but gradually, from the more ventral disposition of the zygapophyses which they follow, they come in contact with the transverse process at the 10th vertebra, and in the 9th are in close connection with it. They can be traced as far forwards as the 4th dorsal vertebra. The zygapophysis of the 1st sacral vertebra is well developed, and it is succeeded by two small processes on a line with it, one behind the other, suggesting that they are more of the nature of rudi- mentary zygapophyses than metapophyses. In the tail the metapophyses reach their greatest development while in connection with the zygapophysis at the 4th caudal vertebra, and as beyond that segment there are no posterior zygapophysial facets, the metapophysis becomes well marked in a few vertebre, but rapidly dwindles away as we trace it backwards. The anapophyses first show themselves in the 4th lumbar vertebra as small, almost styliform processes, increasing in size to the 12th dorsal, before which they decrease in size, and are brought into close contact with the metapophyses, but they can be detected as far forwards as the fourth dorsal. Hyperapophyses begin to show in the 11th dorsal, increasing in size to the 4th lumbar, decreasing in size to the 5th, and entirely absent in the 6th. In the 3rd cervical vertebra of 7. belangeri there is a small process corresponding in position to 120 INSECTIVORA. a hyperapophysis, and in the 8rd, 4th, and 5th cervical vertebrae of one skeleton of 7. ellioti there are more distinct indications of this process. A pair of autogenous hypapophyses occur on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th cervical vertebree, and a single tubercular exogenous hypapophysis on the atlas and a bifur- cate one on the axis. The double processes are rather widely apart and loosely attached to the posterior margin of each of the three vertebree. In the caudal region the hypapophyses are well developed and bear heema- pophyses. The latter are autogenous products arranged in pairs in the two first caudal vertebree, but forming a perfect osseous autogenous arch in the following four or five vertebra, posterior to which they become united to the hypapophysis. The 12th dorsal vertebra, and the vertebre intervening between it and the last lumbar, have the mesial line of the under surface of each marked by a more or less prominent ridge, which is most so in the 2nd, 38rd, and 4th lumbar vertebrae, becoming hardly perceptible in the 5th and 6th. In the 3rd it is pro- jected downwards at its anterior half as a distinct process. The nutrient foramina of the centra lie on either side of these ridges about the middle of the vertebree, but become more widely apart as they are traced to the dorsal vertebree, where they disappear at the 12th. The articular surfaces of the atlas for union with the condyles of the skull are rather deep, owing to the forward prolongation of the antero-external angles of the vertebra which form their upper extremities. The facets are directed downwards, backwards, and inwards, and their upper extremities are most markedly concave and defined externally by a notch. The base of each transverse process is perforated by a foramen for the vertebral artery, which opens internally on the inner aspect of the articular facets from the condyles of the skull. This inner foramen is the termination of three other foramina, one of which is situated at the base of the neural lamina close to the ridge of the process, and looks forwards and outwards ; another occurs below the transverse process, and is directed forwards and downwards; while a third, leading through a very short osseous canal, is situated externally on the posterior margin of the base of the neural lamina. The articular surfaces from the axis are broad above, but taper to a point below. The odontoid process of the axis is short and slightly curved upwards and forwards. There is a well-marked tubercular swelling in the position of the metapophyses. ‘The transverse processes are very fully developed. Posterior to the odontoid process, there is a short feeble ridge which bifurcates posteriorly, termin- ating in a pair of small processes, a small foramen occurring in the angle of the fork. The pre-sternum is a half longer than the first meso-sternal piece, and is dilated anteriorly into two wings separated by a median ridge, the posterior half being contracted to a narrow rod, along which the ridge is continued. The wings are slightly concave anteriorly and flat posteriorly, with the first rib attached to the external angle of their posterior margin. TUPAIIDA. 121 The meso-sternum consists of five nearly equally large and broad rod-like pieces, the 2nd, 38rd, 4th, and 5th showing more or less distinct traces of a median groove, which is most marked on the 4th. The xiphi-sternum is a long rod-like bone the length of two and one-half of the meso-sternal elements, and is slightly dilated at its free end. The cartilage of the ninth rib runs close up to the last segment of the meso-sternum along the cartilage of the 8th rib, but stops short of being connected to the sternum. The outline of the scapula is a figure resembling the half of a moderately rotund oval, divided unequally by the meso-scapula or spine, which is extended nearly as far outwards as the breadth of the middle portion of the post-scapular plate. It rises in a gentle slope from the supra-scapular border as far as the upper third of the distance between the last-mentioned border and the tip of the acromion process. Anterior to that it forms a sharp, outwardly directed ridge parallel with the post- and pre-scapular surfaces, less in extent than one-fourth of the before-defined area. It is then bent slightly backwards, the margin of the ridge being directed backwards and slightly upwards, giving rise to a flattened convex surface roofing in the sub- scapular fossa and continuous with the acromion process. Posteriorly, the inferior hinder margin of this flattened surface forms a well-defined angle, and the acromion joins the meso-scapula by a slightly constricted surface common to both. The acromion is moderately broad, and is directed more forwards than down- wards, being bent also inwards over the coracoid. The coracoid is a small hook of bone directed forwards, downwards, and backwards, till its tip is on a line with the anterior border of the glenoid facet. The glenoid facet is cup-shaped, but a pointed articular surface from its anterior margin is prolonged on to the base, as it were, of the coracoid process. The sub-scapular fossa presents nothing worthy of note. The coracoid border is contracted at its base above its process; it then bends forwards, upwards, and backwards in a moderate sweep to the superior extremity of the meso-scapula, beyond which it is continued upwards and backwards as the supra-scapular border. The margin is slightly thickened. The pre-scapular plate is marked by a long, shallow depression, almost consti- tuting a groove, which commences at the inferior anterior extremity of the meso-scapula, and is directed upwards and slightly outwards, terminating exter- nally at the upper third of its border. The post-scapular plate has its glenoid border turned slightly forwards, and a little above its upper half it bifurcates to the posterior supra-scapular angle, enclosing a narrow concave surface. From the outward and slightly forward prolongation of the border, the post- scapular plate is concave along the border. The inner aspect of the two plates presents two ridges and a median groove or hollow, the latter corresponding to the course of the meso-scapula; the anterior of the ridges, to the groove on the external surface of the pre-scapula; and the posterior, to the line marking Q 122 INSECTIVORA. the forward folding of the post-scapular border. The surface between the coracoid border and its posterior ridge forms a long, oval, concave area, with the surface behind it defined posteriorly by the meso-scapular groove shelving down from before backwards. The surface between the groove and the ridge of the glenoid border is flat. The clavicle is convex from behind forwards and concave from above downwards. A short ridge marks the anterior surface close to the pre-sternal head of the bone with a corresponding concavity above it. The acromial head of the bone is bent slightly backwards, and is flattened and dilated at its extremity. The humerus is elongated and cylindrical. The articular surface is irregularly rounded. The internal tuberosity is small and much separated from its fellow by a shallow bicipital groove. The external tuberosity is moderately large, and is more or less continuous below with the deltoid ridge, which arches upwards, backwards, and outwards, to terminate immediately below the head of the bone on its external aspect. The deltoid ridge begins a little above the middle of the bone as a sharp, laterally compressed ridge, projecting slightly forwards, but not much beyond the surface of the shaft below it. The ecto-condylar ridge is not prominent, and it terminates below the level of the deltoid attachment, but no groove for the musculo- spiral nerve can be detected. The internal condyle is little more than half the breadth of the trochlear surface, but the margin of the bone above it is perforated by a supra-condylar foramen of considerable size. The acromial fossa is not so deep as its fellow in front, and the two are separated from each other by a plate of bone as thin as the finest tissue paper. The radius has an outward and forward curve which begins below the process for the attachment of the biceps flexor muscle, and is continued as far as the middle of the bone, while the direction is inwards, so that the two extremities of the bone are in the same line. The ulna is more or less laterally compressed, and its anterior margin forms a sharp ridge which expands from behind forwards a little above its middle, so that it comes into close contact with the ulna to such an extent that the two bones at first sight, in some specimens of 7. belangeri and T. ellioti, appear to be almost united in that region. There is an open space between the two bones above and below that part, but below that again they are in close contact. On both aspects the ulna is concave external to the anterior ridge, but the concavities stop short a little way above the inferior extremity. The internal concavity runs from the coronoid process anteriorly, and the external from the upper margin of the sigmoid cavity. The olecranon is produced considerably behind the sigmoid cavity, and is marked externally by a groove and superiorly by a depres- sion for the ¢riceps extensor muscle. Its posterior margin is narrow and rounded. The carpus has a scapho-lunar bone and an os intermedium with a well-developed pisiform, which, along with the process of the first-mentioned, makes the under TUPAIIDA. 123 surface of the carpus markedly concave. The phalanges are of moderate length and cylindrical. The pelvis is remarkably distinct from the pelvis of Hylomys, Crocidura, or Talpa, and approaches more to the pelvis of Hrinaceus. The ilium is rather narrowly expanded, concave externally, with a nearly straight supra-iliac border. The sacral surface of the bone is rather small, and the bone rises above the sacrum, bending upwards, forwards, and outwards, the inner surface being nearly flat. The iliac border is rather broad, especially near the aceta- bulum, owing to the development of a pre-acetabular process. The pubic border is very sharp. ‘The thyroid foramen is very large and a short oval, and the posterior margin of the ischium rounds off forwards and inwards from the tuberosity, which does not project as a distinct process. In two skeletons before me, and both of which have adult dentition, but with the epiphyses of the inferior articular extremity of the femur distinct, the symphyses of the sacrum are not united. The femur is a long bone with the 3rd trochanter forming a rather elon- gately triangular, prominent, thin plate of bone more or less concave on its two sides. The internal trochanter forms a well-marked process, and the digital fossa is small, triangular, but deep. The tibia and fibula are quite distinct, and only come in contact with each other at their extremities. The caleaneum is narrow and laterally compressed in its posterior half, and broad anteriorly. The under surface is nearly flat in the middle line, but slopes off at the sides. The sustentaculum tali forms a very prominent process projecting inwards nearly at right angles to the bone. The tubercle for the attachment of the calcaneo-cuboid ligaments forms a distinct minute process external, anterior, and immediately below the sustentaculum tali. The astragalus presents no features worthy of special remark. The cuboid bone has the form of a very much shortened metatarsal, broadest in its posterior and suddenly narrowing to its anterior half, which is shortly cylindrical and is deeply grooved beneath for the tendon of the peroneus longus. The short and broad scaphoid presents a rather rounded eminence above, and the tubercle for the tibialis posticus muscle is well developed. The internal cuneiform is broadest from above downwards, narrow and rather pointed behind for articulation with the scaphoid, being laterally compressed from without inwards. The second cuneiform is laterally compressed, and presents a dorsal concave surface which looks inwards and upwards. The third is shortly cylindrical and rather deeply grooved below. The metatarsal bones are long and slender, the second and fourth being nearly of equal length, and the third very slightly longer than the other two; the first and fifth are nearly equal, the latter, however, being the larger. The proximal process of the fifth forms a hook, which projects backwards and outwards. 124 INSECTIVORA. The following appear to be the different species of this genus, but it is highly probable that other intermediate forms will yet be discovered in the Malayan region :— TUPAIA ELLIOTI, Waterhouse, Plate VII, figs. 12 and 18, skull. Tupaia ellioti, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, pp. 106, 108, pl. xii; Jerdon, Mamm, India, 1867, p. 64; Ball. Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, p. 95. Cladobates ellioti, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl., v. 1855, p. 526; Giebel, Saugeth., 1859, p. 914; Fitzinger, Sitzgsbr. der K. Akad. Wien. 1870, vol. lx, p. 278. Fur soft and moderately thick, pale rufous brown, darkest on the back, and paler on the sides. Length of fur 0-46; the basal black band not exceeding 0°15, and succeeded by yellow, black, yellow-and-black bands. The light-coloured bands are pale yellow on the sides and pale ferruginous on the back. The longest hairs, which, as in the other species, occur on the hind quarters, are 0-75 inch in length. The upper surface of the tail is concolorous with the upper surface of the body. The upper surface of the head is more brown than rufescent, and is more finely annulated than the rest of the fur. There is a pale line from the muzzle over the eye and a similar area below the eye. The shoulder stripe is also pale. The feet are clothed with yellow unannulated hairs. The under surface of the body is white, tinged with yellowish. The median line of short hairs on the tail is a darker yellow than the feet. The species is about the same size as 7. ferruginea and T. belangeri, but the tail appears to be a little longer than in these species. Waterhouse states that it is about the same size as 7’. tana, but his measurements of the body are 2°66 inches less than those of the latter species as given by Horsfield. Measurements of an adult male in alcohol : Inches. Snout to vent ‘ : ; : gs é : p ; ; : 3 é . 782 Vent to tip of tail ; ‘ ‘i ‘| . : : , : : : : : ~ FAG Snout to anterior angle of eye 77 Eye. ; ; . 2 a Bs : ; : . . . 1386 Posterior angle of eye to upper angle of ear. : 2 j : ‘ ‘ : ; . 32 Greatest depth of ear. : : : : ‘ : ; ‘ ‘ é ‘ . 47 , breadth of ear . ‘ 5 : : 4 ’ : ‘ ; : 3 : . 38 Fore foot, and nail : ; : : : : : : ; ‘ . ‘ : . 94 Middle toe . : ; ; : : A : : : : ‘ : . ‘ - 40 Length of hind foot .. d ee: : Se: : : ‘ . : : - 172 » ofmiddle toe . P > , é : : 5 ‘ ‘ : : es . 8 Measurements of 8 skulls of 7. ellioti : Inches. Inches. Inches. Occipital crest to tip of premarzillaries ‘ . . : 5 x : 172 1:70 Inferior margin of foramen magnum to premaxiliaries : 5 3 ‘ : 154 1:52 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch. : : : ; : 3 5 P "84, 84 < » across parietals : . ‘ ; ; 4 : : 2 68 68 “66 TUPAIID®. 125 Inches. Inches. Inches. Breadth at lachrymal notch : : as : : : ‘ ‘ : “48 51 *d1 3 canines. ‘ ‘ 3 : ; 3 i ‘ i ‘ "28 28 28 m 2nd incisors . ‘ , : : : 5 , ‘ 20 20 20 3% lst . : 3 5 : ‘ F 5 3 : 16 ‘18 16 . orbital angle of ‘parietals 3 ; : ‘ ; , ‘ : 5A 58 54 Least breadth between orbits. 5 ‘48 52 ‘61 Length between post-palatine margin and inferior margin . of foramen magnum 64, "62 P Greatest breadth between alveolar’ surface. external margin een 2nd and 3rd molars) z ‘ ‘ 54 52 56 Breadth (external) half- -way between posterior incisor and canine : : ? ‘20 “20 ‘20 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries . : : - , ‘ : : 58 60 60 Length of alveolar border . ‘ : ‘ “86 ‘88 “86 Breadth behind origin of zygomatic arch (lateral aspect of skull) ; : 2 66 64 64 Distance between tympanic bulle (anterior extremity) : j ‘ j : 10 12 ‘10 » (posterior ,, ) : 7 - “40 “AA 42 Depth of skull premaxillary surface to anterior extremity of nasals ‘ , 16 18 16 on % maxillary 5 posterior ,, 3 4 ‘ ¥ 28 28 28 » through posterior margin of palate . : : : : : : : P “AT P Be 3 highest point “of parietal. : : “48 ‘48 “48 » at middle oe occipital crest to inferior margin of foramen magnum. 5 “44, “44, P Anterior extremity of symphysis of lower jaw to extremity of angular process . 114 1:20 1:14 3 *5 a 33 » tocondyle . “ : : é 112 1:18 112 3 55 3 5 » tocoronoid process . : é 1:12 117 112 Length of alveolar surface . . : 5 : : : : : : 68 72 68 Depth through coronoid process é : . : ; . . : ‘50 50 ‘48 » from base of corono- condyloid notch ; 4 ‘ : : ; F 25 28 27 The skull is much narrower than in either 7. ferruginea, T. belangeri, or T. chinensis, and is slightly smaller than the skull of the last-mentioned species. Its most striking peculiarities are the depressed character of the snout, which arches downwards, and the regularly tapering form of the same part, the absence of a constriction between the orbits or concavity in the upper margin of the orbit, which is straight and continuous with the lateral margin of the snout. The nasals are proportionately broader than in the foregoing species, and very little expanded pos- teriorly. The supra-orbital foramen is distinctly removed from the orbital margin. The intra-orbital region is not so constricted as in the other species. The base of the malar is proportionately broader than in the species enumerated, and the per- foration of the same bone is very small and situated on the ridge at the union of the zygomatic process of the squamosal with the malar. The auditory bull are rounder and fuller than in the before-mentioned species. The teeth are smaller, and the second incisor when fresh through the gum is more pointed than in any of the other species, and closely resembles the canine, which, however, is broader and more erect and nearly allied in form to the central cusp of the premolars. The first incisor shows the anterior and posterior rudiments of the cingulum more dis- tinctly than in 7. ferruginea, T. belangeri, or T. chinensis, and it is nearly equal in length to the canine. The 2nd premolar, as pointed out by Waterhouse, has a distinct inner lobe, but it is not peculiar to the species as its original describer supposed, for it occurs also in 7. ferruginea, although not nearly so prominently developed, and it is also faintly indicated in 7. belangeri and T. chinensis. The 126 INSECTIVORA. 8rd premolar is only a larger repetition of the 2nd. The posterior internal cusp of the 1st and 2nd molars are much larger than in either of the three species enumerated above. The cusps of the lower molars are more slender and pointed, and the canine is not longer nor much stronger than the 1st premolar, and only slightly larger than the 3rd incisor. The intestine is 24 in. long, and the cecum long and narrow, and 1:17 in length. The walls of the stomach, as in Hrinaceus, are thickened on the pyloric half. One stomach was full of the imperfectly-digested remains of a small yellow lady-bird with a sprinkling of the elytra of small beetles. There were also small masses of a jelly-like substance with very fine fibres. The species was originally described from the hills to the west of Madras. It has also lately been obtained by Mr. W. T. Blanford at Gondalpuda in the Godavery valley. Mr. Baker informs me that he has been told that it is also found in Kuttack. It may probably extend to Ceylon, and be the Tupaia referred to by Kelaart. Gunther records it from Bombay, and to the east it extends as far as Monghyr, in the neighbourhood of which it is abundant. * TUPAIA BELANGERI, Wagner, Plate VII, figs. 6 and 7. Tupaia de Pégou, Is, Geoff. Zool. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 105, tab. 4; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 160. Tupaia of Pegu, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 107. Cladobates belangeri, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. 1841-42, pl. ii; vol. v. p. 527; Giebel, Stiugeth. 1859, p. 915; Fitzinger, Sitzgsbr. der K. Akad. Wien. 1870, vol. lx. pp. 276, 277. Tupaia ferruginea, Blyth, Cat. As. Soc. Mus. Calcutta, 1863, pp. 81, 82 (in part). Tupaia peguana, Jerdon, Mamm. India, 1867, pp. 65, 66. Basal half of the fur black; the remaining half banded with yellow and black. The fur is composed of two kinds of hairs; the first and most prevalent kind forms the bulk of the fur, and is very fine and wavy near its extremity; it has its terminal half banded with black, yellow and black, the last band forming a narrow black tip. The second kind of hair is rather strong and somewhat bristly, and is longer than the previous kind, beyond which it projects a considerable way and is usually banded in its free half with yellow succeeding the basal black, followed by black, yellow and black : some of the hairs, however, have only a yellow and black terminal band. The black basal half of the fur being hidden, the banding of the hair pro- duces a rufous olive-grey tint over the whole of the upper surface of the animal, including the tail, which is concolorous with the body, the slight rufous tint being most marked on the hind quarters. There is a short, pale, narrow line before the shoulder—a character common to some of the species. The under surface from the chin to the vent, including the insides of the limbs, is yellowish. The hairs on the feet are olive-greyish or brownish, grizzled with yellowish. On the under surface of the tail, on the mesial line, the hairs are very short, adpressed, TUPAIID&. 127 yellowish, and unbanded. Although the tail is concolorous with the body, the colours are very differently arranged. The basal fifth of the hair is yellow, and is succeeded by a black followed by a yellow band, succeeded in its turn by a black, terminating in a yellow band which may or may not have a yellow tip. The fur on the body averages 0°50 in length, but the longest hairs, which occur chiefly on the hind quarters, are as much as 0°80. The hair on the head from between the ears forwards is dense and about 0°33 in length. The moustachial hairs, black and not very numerous, are rather short, but some of them reach to the posterior angle of the eye. There are a few long bristly hairs in groups on the throat and behind the angle of the mouth. The head is considerably shorter than the head of 7. tana, slightly shorter than T. ferruginea, and the muzzle fuller and much shorter than in the first-mentioned species, the distance between the eye and the snout being 0°90, from the posterior angle of the eye to the hinder margin of the tragus being 0°68; the nostrils are crescentic slits directed obliquely backwards, the concavity being turned upwards and forwards; they measure 0°20 in extreme length, and a groove from their posterior margin runs downwards to the lip, as in all the other species of Tupaize. The ear is moderately large. The upper anterior angle of the helix is folded on itself till it reaches the vertex of the ear, behind and below which the margin of the helix is simple, concave in its upper half and rounded below. The anti-helix is very distinct, and the anti-tragus is prominent and projecting above the tragus. The general form of the ear and its external appearance in 7. ellioti may be taken as characteristic of the other species of the genus. The hinder surface of the ear is sparsely clad with hairs similar to those on the front parts. The toes are of moderate length; the 1st the shortest, and the tip of its claw is on a line with the base of the 3rd and 4th toes; the 2nd is shorter than the 4th, and the latter is slightly shorter than the 8rd, which is the longest; and the 5th reaches only to about the middle of the 4th. Four pads, as in the other species, occur between the bases of the four toes, and a very large one behind the pad between the 4th and 5th toes, and a much smaller, partially-divided pad behind the cushion at the bases of the 1st and 2nd toes. The claws are strong, much laterally compressed, deep at the base, yellowish, and of moderate length. In the hind foot, the 8rd and 4th toes are of equal length; the dimensions of the other toes are the same as in the fore foot. The cushion between the 1st and 2nd toes has no pad behind it, but is continued backwards along the margin of the sole as a long, narrow, linear pad. The cushion between the 4th and 5th toes has another behind it, also linear in its character and distribution. The claws are stronger than on the front toes, but of the same description. The balls of the toes are prominent and laterally compressed. The young are dark ferruginous, above finely speckled ; the tail the same colour as the body; the under surface rather lightly ferruginous than yellowish, and the outside of the limbs darker than in the adults. 128 INSECTIVORA. Measurements of 4 specimens, 2 males and females, 7. belangeri, Wagner : Male Male Female Female Remarxs, A. B. c. juo. D. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Tip of snout to vent ... aes 7°33 6°50 675 5:50 | A.is an adult male with perfect denti- Vent to tip of tail me 6:80 6°16 5°16? 4°22 | tion. Snout to posterior margin of tragus 1:93 177 1°80 1:44 | B. Male with milk dentition, but with Vertical height of ear ... ai "64 60 60 ‘50 | its coat nearly as light-coloured as the Diameter of ear (greatest) ais 58 58 “50 “42 | adult A. ae Snout to anterior angle of eye Ra 1:00 88 *88 ‘70 |C. Adult female with perfect dentition Length of fore foot ~... re 1:50 ‘96 88 °80 | and light-coloured fur. » of middle toe ... a “50 “47 “41 °39 | D. Young female with milk teeth and » Of£hind foot ,.. oe 1:75 1:60 1°66 150 | dark ferruginous fur. » Of middle toe ... ore 66 55 55 34, Measurements of adult skull of 7. cen aS Wagner : Tigiox Occipital crest to tip of premaxillaries 1:90 Inferior margin of foramen magnum to tip of pr cnpsillages : 171 Greatest ren dth across zygomatic arch . 1:03 » parletals 75 Breadth of inching notch "62 6 at canines 33 rs », 2nd incisors . 25 4s » 1st incisors ‘20 of », orbital angle of ianistals 60 Least breadth between orbits . : “55 Length between post-palatine margin a mieenee margin vat foramen magnum : é - 65 Posterior palatine margin to tip of premaxillaries . 1:03 Greatest breadth between alveolar surface (external margin) een 2nd aoe 3rd sage » 65 Breadth (external) half-way between posterior incisor and canine "25 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 75 Length of alveolar border : : : : ; y 1:06 Breadth behind origin of zygomatic aga (inferior aspect of skull) 71 Distance between tympanic bulle (anterior extremity) "14 ” ” % »» (posteriorly) “43 Depth of skull, premaxillary surface to anterior extremity of nasal “20 6 » madxillary 3 posterior 3 ea 32 », through posterior margin of palate ‘50 33 » highest point of parietal ; : , 52 », at middle of occipital crest to inferior margin of pawadh magnum. 3 3 . ‘46 Anterior extremity of symphysis of lower jaw to extremity of angular process E : . 133 . i rr a coronoid process 16 Length of alveolar surface : : 50 Depth through coronoid process ; ; x 23 ” from base of corono-condyloid ately The skull of this species is distinguished from the skull of 7. ferruginea by the less elongated character of the facial portion and by its smaller size. The post- orbital parietal ridge is more distinct than in 7. ferruginea, and the molar perfora- The teeth are smaller than in 7. ferru- ginea, and the second upper premolar wants the internal cusp and the cusp on the anterior margin, both of which are unmistakeably developed in the last-mentioned species ; but these structures nevertheless are represented in the present species by tion is smaller than in the latter species. . Tail imperfect. TUPAIIDE. 129 little more than a ridge in the first, and in the second by an obscure tubercle. The third premolar has only a simple internal lobe. The posterior internal process of the first molar is well developed and sometimes bifurcate. The same process on the third molar is a mere ridge. The teeth of the lower jaw are shorter and not so broad as in 7. ferruginea. This species ranges from Darjeeling through Arracan to Tenasserim, where it meets with 7. ferruginea. In the British Museum there is a specimen of this species from Nepal, from whence it was obtained by Hodgson many years ago. It bore no name. * TUPAIA CHINENSIS, n.sp., Plate VII, figs. 8 and 9. Fur slightly paler than in 7. ferruginea, its basal two-thirds being blackish, succeeded by a yellow, a black, and then a yellow-and-black band, which is terminal : long hairs are numerous and broadly black-tipped. The length of hair generally is 0°58 inch, of which the basal black portion is over 0°33. The longest hairs measure 0°83. There is a faint shoulder streak washed with yellowish ; the chest is pale orange-yellowish, which hue extends along the middle of the belly as a narrow line. The region of the under surface and the inside of the limbs are more or less faintly grizzled as on the back, but paler and almost yellowish. The upper surface of the tail is concolorous with the dorsum. The head isshorter than in 7. ferruginea, and the animal is altogether smaller. Its teeth are considerably smaller than those of T. ferruginea, but larger than those of 7. javanica and T. ellioti. The following are the measurements of an adult male :— Inches. Tip of snout to vent : 5 : : 3 ‘ 3 ‘ : : : - 6°50 Vent to tip of tail . . : : : : . ; ‘ j : ° : . 616 5 fore foot . é ‘ : ; : , : : : ‘ i ; . 0:90 8 middle toe : ‘ : , fs Z : : : , 4 ; ; . 0:37 5 hind foot . : : : : ‘ : A ‘ : ‘ : . ; . 158 5 middle toe - : - ‘ , fe A ‘ e : ‘i 4 4 . 045 Measurements of two adult skulls : Inches, Inches, Occipital crest to tip of premaxillaries . : : : : ; : : 175 176! Inferior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxi llaries : ; : 2 : : 154 1:56 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch. ‘ . ‘ , : : : : : : 88 ‘90 » parietals F ; : : : ’ ? : ; i 72 72 Breadth of ‘lach rymal notch . ‘ : ; ; ; : : : : ; : ; 58 63 5 at canines ° ss : 2 és ‘ ‘ : , , : ; : 23 ‘28 3 ,, 2nd incisors . : : : ; ‘ ; 3 : ‘ : - ; 22 22 4 ,, front incisors . : ‘ ? : . ‘ j : ‘ : ; ‘18 20 55 » orbital angle of parietals : ‘ 3 : : ‘ ‘ : : ‘ ‘ 58 60 Least breadth between orbits : : : ; 61 “BL Length between post-palatine margin and inferior margin ‘of foramen magnum . ‘ : 59 “61 Posterior palatine margin to tip of premaxillaries . . ; ; ; ; : 3 ; “88 “88 1 Skull of specimen whose measurements are given above. 130 INSECTIVORA. Inches. Inches. Greatest breadth between alveolar surface (external margin) between 2nd and 3rd molars : "56 ‘56 Breadth (external) half-way between posterior incisor and canine : ; : ; ‘ . 21 21 Length of alveolar border : ; ‘ 3 ‘ ; ‘ ‘ ; ‘ 88 ‘88 Breadth behind origin of zygomatic arch (inferior aspect of skull). : : : A ‘ ot 64, Distance between tympanic bull (anterior extremity) : ; ‘ : : : : . 70 ‘70 fe 5 » (posterior extremity) . : j : j ; ‘ : “46 46 Depth of skulls, premaxillary surface to anterior ends of nasals : : : : : ; 12 16 ” 3 palatine posterior ,, # : > 5 A F 3 24, 24 », through posterior margin of palate : : : ‘ é , 5 : 3 i "45 “45 “9 » highest point of parietal . ; ¥ ‘ : : ‘ 3 : ‘i - *52 “52 » at middle of occipital crest to inferior margin of foramen magnum ‘ z : ; “43 "45 Anterior extremity of symphysis of lower jaw to extremity of angular process : : = 116 118 zi 3s 55 3 53 condyle ‘ 2 ‘ 5 2 3 117 118 55 : 39 5 - coronoid process . 3 : i - ‘ 117 118 Length of alveolar surface : . ; ; . : ‘ 3 ‘ ; ‘é . A 71 71 Depth through coronoid process ‘ Z ‘ : : : : : 5 é : . “42 ‘44, » trom base of corono-condyloid notch P : : ‘ ; 3 ‘ 3 : js 25 "25 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries . ‘ : é ‘ eS F : : : 67 68 The skull is considerably smaller than the skull of 7. belangeri, to which the species is most nearly allied. The frontals are slightly more arched from side to side than in that species and the teeth are considerably smaller, so much so that this character of itself is sufficient to separate itfrom Tupaia belangeri. In this character, and in its smaller size, it approaches 7. ellioti and T. javanica, but by the form of its skull it is easily distinguished from these two species. The canine is not much larger than the 1st premolar, and is smaller than the last incisor. The posterior internal cusp of the 1st molar, which is large in 7. belangeri, is very small in this species. The middle two of the four external cusps are all but blended into one, so much so that only the faintest indication of a second cusp is perceptible, which is indicated by a slight depression, and this entirely disappears with age. In 7. belangeri this additional external process is moderately developed. I procured the species first at an elevation of 3,185 feet above the sea on the Kakhyen hills, twenty miles to the east of the valley of the Irawady, and again, at 2,400 feet, eighty miles to the eastward of that range. When I first observed the animal it was on a grassy clearing close to patches of fruit, and was so comporting itself that in the distance I mistook it fora squirrel. The next time I noticed it was in hedge-rows. TUPAIA FERRUGINEA, Raffles, Plate VII, figs. 4 and 5, skull. Sorex-glis, Diard and Duvaucel, Asiatic Researches, vol. xiv. 1822, pp. 471, 475, pl. ix. Glisorex, Desmarest, Mammologie, 1820-22, pp. 536, 826. ? Le Press, F, Cuv. Mammif. 1822, vol. ii. pl. xxxvi. (juv.). Cladobates, F, Cuv. Dents des Mammif. 1820-25, p. 60. Aylogale, Temminck, Monog. des Mamm. (Tab. Method.) 1827, vol. i, p. xix. Herpestes, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1842, p. 458, pl. xiii, fig. 1, Glisosorea, Giebel, Odont. (1855), p. 18, pl. v. fig. 6. TUPAIID. 131 Tupaia ferruginea, Raffles, Linn. Trans. vol. xiii. 1822, p. 256; Horsfield, Researches in Java (in part), 1824, figs. C. M. & N.; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 260 (in part) ; Reichenbach, Naturg, Raubth. 1834-36, p. 320, fig. 449; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xv. 1846, pp. 188, 189; Blyth. Cat. Mamm. Mus., As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 81 (in part). Cladobates ferrugineus, Rafiles, Giebel, Odont. 1855, p. 18, pl.v. fig. 18 a. 4, et Saugeth. 1859, p. 914; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Supp. vol. v. 1855, p. 526, pl. xxxiv.; Fitzinger, Sitzgsbr. der k. Akad. der Wien, vol. lx. 1870, pp. 273, 276. Rather rich dark ferruginous above, yellowish below, with a wash of pale fer- ruginous. ‘Tail not concolorous with the body, but greyish. Shoulder streak more or less rufous. Fur rather short, 0°62 inch in length, the basal portion 0°20 inch, blackish, succeeded by an orange-red, a black, and an orange-red and black band, the last being terminal. The longest hairs do not exceed 0°70 in length ; they are banded the same as the other hairs, but the black terminal band is broad. The tail hairs average 0°80, and are banded, either very pale grey, black, grey and black, or black, grey-black, grey and black. The short adpressed hairs on the under surface are marked in the same way. The snout is longer than in 7. belangeri, and the species is larger.’ The young are even more brightly ferruginous than the adults, and have the tail nearly as dark as the body. The teeth are larger than in 7. belangeri, broader, more elongated, and pointed. The 2nd upper premolar has a distinct process on its anterior margin near the base, as in 7. ellioti, and a longer pointed internal process. The internal lobe of the 3rd premolar has a well-marked, second, sharp-pointed fang, like, but much smaller than, the lobe itself, at the base of its posterior margin. This process in 7. belangeri is indicated merely by an eminence on the posterior margin of the internal lobe. In the lower jaw the canine is not so erect as in 7. belangeri, being directed more for- wards, and the anterior and posterior lobes of the 8rd premolar are more strongly developed than in that species. The more elongated character of the snout is seen in the skull, the facial portion of which is more pointed and longer than in 7. belangeri, and is hardly perceptibly arched downwards towards the tip. The nasals, too, are slightly broader, and the skull is considerably longer; the pre-orbital foramen is not so far removed from the eye, and the malar perforation is larger than in 7. belangert. On a line with the posterior region of the palate and at the posterior angle of the zygomatic arch T. ferruginea is not so broad as 7. belangeri; the orbito-parietal ridge is but slightly or not at all developed in five skulls of this species before me; four, however, have not yet gained their permanent dentition, although but little below the size of the adult. Measurements of skull: rae Posterior mesial line of parietals to tip of premaxillaries , ‘ : ; : 3 . 190 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch : ; : t : : : A : _ 95 _ 5 » farietals . . ‘ 5 z , : : : ‘i ‘ OE 1 As the specimens before me are all prepared and mounted, I hesitate to give any measurements. 132 INSECTIVORA. Inches. Breadth at lachrymal notch . ‘ 5 3 ‘i ‘i . , : : 4 2 . 68 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries ‘ ‘ ; : : : : : 3 . 86 Breadth at canines . ‘ A ‘ 3 - A : - A ; : : . 33 Pp 5, 2nd incisors . ‘ A 5 , : ‘ : é , " , . = +33 a) celee. te 2 Ae i! eS ee ee, Fy », temporal angle of arable ; : ‘ 3 : ‘ : ‘ ‘ ; - 66 Least breadth between ortile : : : : i 3 : : : i - 56 Posterior palatine margin to tip of erates rere . . 112 Greatest breadth between alveolar (external margins) Hatereen. 2nd and ard nila ‘ - ‘65 Breadth (external) half-way between posterior incisor and canine . , : ; ; . 125 Length of alveolar border : : ‘ ‘ : ; ‘ , 114 Breadth behind origin of zygomatic arvh (inferior aspect of skull) . : . 2 « 42 Distance between tympanic bulle (anterior extremity) . : : ; : : : é P i FF 7 »» (posterior ,, je 2 f é i ‘ 3 P Depth of premaxillary surface of skull to anterior extremity ef nasals . : : : . 120 x a 8 a posterior Ss #3 4 é é « “30 » through posterior margin of palate. : ‘ ; : : F : : . 50 3 3 highest point of parietal P Anterior extremity of symphysis to extremity of stiodlsy process of nen) jaw- : . 142 se S es condyle : 3 ‘ : . ‘ . 140 3 5 35 coronoid process . ‘ 5 ‘ ‘ ‘ : . 136 Length of alveolar surface . : : : : . ; 3 4 ‘ : : » 85 Depth through coronoid process. ; ; ; § ; : : : : . 50 » from base of corono-condyloid noth j : : i : i ‘ 3 : 2 28 This species appears to be distributed over the Malayan peninsula and the islands in its neighbourhood, such as Sumatra, Borneo, and Java. Diard and Duvaucel’s figure in the Asiatic Researches appears to have been copied in a slightly reduced form into the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, where it is regarded as a Herpestes ! TUPAIA SPLENDIDULA, Gray, Pl. VII, figs. 10 and 11, skull. Tupaia splendidula, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 322, pl. xii. Tupaia ruficaudata, Gray, MS. Mivart, Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. i. 1867, p. 293 (foot-note). There are two specimens of this species in the British Museum, and Gray states that they had at first been regarded as varieties of 7. tana, to which in coloration they have a strong resemblance. Their skulls, however, are perfectly distinct from that species, and in their general characters approach more to 7. ferruginea than to T. tana, from which it is at once distinguished by its short muzzle, which is even shorter than in the former species. As the skull could never be mistaken for that of 2. tana, I shall merely point out wherein it differsfrom 7. ferruginea. Itisrather smaller than the skull of that species, and the facial portion, besides being smaller, has the premaxillaries bent downwards to a greater degree. The frontal region also is more flattened, and the breadth across the zygomatic arch is in excess of 7. Serru- ginea, as is also the depth of the brain-case through the highest point of the parie- tals. The rami of the lower jaw are more divergent opposite to the end of the alveolar border than in T. ferruginea, which is in keeping with the greater breadth across the zygomatic arch. The teeth also present certain differences, and one of TUPAIIDA. 133 the most observable is the greater size of the first as compared with the second incisor—a peculiarity which separates it from other Tupaie. In the upper molar, which is smaller than that of 7. ferruginea, the cusps are only feebly developed, and the two following molars have their inner talon flattened instead of being cuspidate, as in 7. ferruginea, and the anterior external cusp of these teeth is not well indicated, and the teeth generally are smaller. In the lower jaw the first molar is more flattened than in 7. ferruginea, and the cusps but little developed, and the two anterior cusps of the antecedent molars are all but absent, and the inner and anterior pair of cusps are less prominent than in 7. ferruginea. The tail of the animal is less than the length of the body and head, and is blackish chestnut and in strong contrast to the tail of 7. ferruginea, which is, so to speak, of a blackish olive, while the tail of 7. tana may either be rich chestnut red or deep black. As in the latter, the fur is especially shining on the flanks and rump. Dr. Gray describes the species as follows :— “Fur dark brown, blackish washed. Tail dark red-brown, pale red beneath, longer than the body and head ; the shoulder strata yellow; no bands between the shoulders. The head conical, about twice as long as wide behind.” The head is large, compared with the size of the body; the ears rounded, with several ridges on the conch, and a well-developed convex tragus not unlike the human ear. The palm and soles are bald to the wrist and heels. The skull resembles the skull of 7. ferruginea in the character of its facial portion. This form inhabits Borneo. Measurements of skull of 7. splendidula, Gray : Inches. Posterior margin of orbito-parietal ridge to tip of premaxillaries . : z ‘ ‘ . 2:00 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch . 5: ‘ ‘ ‘ : ; ‘ : ; » LLY » parietals . , : r ‘ ; ; ‘ . ‘ 3 - 76 Breadth at Lasagna notch . : : : . : : 3 : ; : i . 6d Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 4 ; : : : 3 : . : « 81 Breadth at canines . : : i 4 , ‘ : ‘ : : : : : . 85 Bs », second incisors ‘ . 7 2 : : z ‘ 5 ‘ : ; . 126 ” ” first ” . . . . . . . . . . é 19 FP , orbital angle of ciiales 5 ; - ‘ : : : F ‘ % . 760 Least breadth between orbits . : : . ‘ ; : : . : . 37 Posterior palatine margin to tip of promeniiores : ‘ : : ‘ - : . 1:04 Greatest breadth between alveolar surface (external margin) between second and third molars P Breadth (external) half-way between posterior incisor and canine .« 3 ‘ z . ww. “26 Length of alveolar border ; : : ‘ ‘ : : : . . 105 Depth of premaxillary surface to anterior peat ne agile : sass ” 8 si posterior x eae ; “40 ,, through posterior margin of palate 7 3 ; : ‘ : : ‘ . 46 3 » highest point of parietal : . *50 Anterior extremity of symphysis to extremity of euler process of ines jaw : : 5 EST ” ” ” 7 condyle 135 9 ” 9 > coronoid process. - ‘ «+ 186 Length of alveolar surface. 3 ‘ : : , - 3 5 ; : : . 86 Depth through coronoid process. Z e 5 i . : s § é . 55 », from base of corono-condyloid notch ye yeah ceo Cr UEseTa EOS 134 INSECTIVORA. TUPAIA JAVANICA, Horsfield, Plate VII, figs. 14 and 15, skull. Tupaia javanica, Horsfd. Zool. Resch. in Java, 1822, fig.; Desmarest, Mamm. 1822, pp. 536, 825; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 260; Gray, Griffith’s An. Kingd. vol. v. (1827), p. 306; Reichenbach, Natur. Raubth. 1834-36, p. 321, fig. 451. Cladobates javanicus, Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 122; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 527; Fitzinger, Sitzesbr. der k, Akad. Wien, vol. lx. 1870, pp. 282, 283. Hylogale javanica, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 165, 166, pl. xxvi. fig. 3; pl. xxv. figs. 7 to 10. The skulls of the specimens referred by Blyth to Z. javanica are totally different from the skull of that species as depicted by Miiller and Schlegel, and must be regarded as belonging toa hitherto unrecognised form, 7. malaccana. T. javanica is distributed over Java, Borneo, and Sumatra, according to Miiller and Schlegel. Externally, 7. javanica and T. malaccana appear to be much alike, and it may be that the small 7upaia from Sumatra, referred by other authors to this species, is the Malayan form 7. malaccana. TUPAIA MALACCANA, n.s., Plate VII, figs. 16 and 17, skull. Sorea-glis press, FE. Cuv. Mammif, vol. ii. Livr. xxxv. Dec. 182]. Tupaia javanica, Blyth, Cat, Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 82. About the same colour as 7. belangeri. Fur short and fine, and measures on an average 0°38 inch long, the more rigid and longer hairs being 0°58 or 0°55 inch in length. The basal black region measures 0°19 in extent, and the annula- tion is the same as in the other species, only the bands are not so broad. The pale bands are rich yellow. The tail above is concolorous with the body. The shoulder stripe is yellowish or nearly pure white. The feet are rufous-yellowish. The under surface is white, richly washed with rufous-yellow: the under surface of tail is richer and darker rufous-yellow. Rather smaller, or of the size of 7. javanica. Muzzle short; tail longer than the body. Length of the body and head 5:40, tail 6°70, hind foot 1:25. The characters of this species are best seen in its skull, of which there are two in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, agreeing in all essential particulars with each other. One was removed by Blyth from an adult of this species from Malacca, and the other from a younger animal with milk dentition. The most striking features of the skull are its small size, its breadth, and the shortness of the facial portion as compared with the figure of 7. javanica given by Miiller and Schlegel. Its orbito-parietal ridges form a broad, rounded arch, quite different from what occurs in the skull of any of the other species of Twpuaia ; and hence we find associated with the same portion of the skull a breadth and flatness which is also specific and characteristic of this form. The muzzle rapidly contracts from the orbit to its middle, beyond which it maintaivs an almost equal TUPAIIDA. 135 width. Behind the nasals, the skull is concave from before backwards, and the frontals are rather swollen. The upper margin of the orbit is directed inwards as far as the supra-orbital foramen, from whence it passes outwards and downwards. The lachrymal notch is well marked, and the malar perforation large. Measurements of skull of 7. malaccana: Inches, Posterior margin of orbito-parietal ridge to tip of premaxillaries 3 i ‘ > 128 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch : : ‘ 3 a 2 : . ‘ . 82 » parietals s ‘ : . § . é i . 64 Breadth at eadicanal notch . ‘ : 3 : ‘ = é : ‘ i 3 . 50 Lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries é ‘ : ; . : 3 ‘ : - 50 Breadth at canines F ‘ A 3 , % Fi : 5 ‘ : : 3 . 25 3 at second incisors . 5 é - 5 5 a 5 ‘ ‘ 3 ‘ . ‘20 a at first + = ‘ F 3 % , , : 3 4 . 16 » at orbital angle of Soulale Sues . ‘ ‘ : Cauks ‘ = @ 58 Least breadth between orbits . 5 ; ‘ : ; : ‘ : . 3 . 45 Posterior palatine margin to tip of pidinntibames ; . i . 9 Greatest breadth between alveolar surface (external margin) sisal aun and third ables “44, Breadth (external) half-way between posterior incisor and canine . - z e ‘i 3 716 Length of alveolar border 3 2 3 : a : ‘ é . 70 Depth of premaxillary surface to wakerter catraitty of stasis ; a ‘ ; : - 18 39 a 5 to posterior . . s : ‘ : . "i ; . 25 » through posterior margin of palate ‘ ‘ ‘ . ‘ ; : 5 . . 42 a = highest point of parietal : y 3 s 5 . ‘60 Anterior extremity of symphysis to extremity of shea process of lene jaw. : * . 197 35 9 35 53 coudyle . : : 3 " : ‘ a 07 a 5 coronoid process : : . ‘ ‘ i . ‘97 Length of alveolar surface - < . i 5 Z L ‘ 5 ‘ . ‘ . 58 Depth through coronoid process. : 3 ; ; P 5 . 3 i 3 . ‘40 » from base of corono-condyloid notch. - 2 - 3 - : s ‘ . ‘25 The most particular feature in the dentition of this species is the close prox- imity of the canine to the 1st premolar, the two teeth being placed side by side without any appreciable interval. The 1st premolar is little more than one-half the size of the canine. The 2nd premolar has no internal cusp, but has an anterior one feebly developed. The 8rd premolar is as in the other species. The posterior internal cusp of the molars is only indicated by a faint swelling on the first molar, the others showing no trace of it. The canine of the mandible is not so procumbent as in the other species, and is much higher than any of the surrounding teeth. 7. belangeri resembles it somewhat in this character. The two specimens from which the foregoing description is taken were procured at Malacca and referred by Blyth to 7. javanica, but it is impossible to reconcile their short, round skulls with Horsfield’s figures of the head, nor with the drawing of the skull of that species given by Miiller and Schlegel. The figure given by F. Cuvier of the Cerp or Banxring as 7. javanica agrees so closely with the specimens before me in its coloration, short muzzle, and long tail, that I am disposed to refer it to the present species, as it is apparently not 7. fer- rugmed. Habitat.—Malacea: ? Sumatra. 136 INSECTIVORA. TUPAIA TANA, Raffles, Plate VII, figs. 1 and 2, skull. Tupaia tana, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. 1821, p. 257; Horsfd. Zool. Resch. Java, 1824, plate; Gray, Griffith’s An. Kingd. vol. v, p. 305; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 260; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 81. Cladobates tana, F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. vol. xlv.; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, pp. 122, 329, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. v. 1855, p. 525; Giebel, Odont. 1855, p. 186, pl. v. fig. 17; Saugeth. vol. v. 1859, p. 914. Hylogale tana, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 161, 162, pl. xxvi. fig. 2 ; pl. xxvii. figs. 1-16. Cladobates speciosus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. vol. 11. 1841, pp. 43, 44. Erinaceus (Glisorex) tana, Blainville, Osteog. (Insectiv.) pl. vi. The fur is fine and moderately long. It consists of two kinds of hairs— long, entirely black, rather stiff hairs, and shorter hairs with a subapical orange or dark rufous-brown band. The former kind occurs most numerously on the interscapular black band and on the hind quarters; the orange-banded hairs cover the head, where they are very short the shoulder band, and a rather broad area below the interscapular band. The dark rufous-brown hairs occur chiefly on the sides, the colour of which and of the limbs is a deep ferruginous chestnut gradually passing into the black of the back. The tail is dark, very deep ferruginous-chestnut and bright rusty on the under surface. The chin and the throat are rusty brown, the chest and belly being paler chestnut than the upper parts. The skull is at once distinguished from the skulls of all known Tupaie by the long attenuated character of the pre-ocular portion. The animal is much larger than any of the other species, and has a considerably longer snout. The tail is about the length of the body, exclusive of the head. Habitat —Borneo. TUPAIA NICOBARICA, Zelebor, Plate VII, fig. 3, skull. Cladobates nicoburicus, Zelebor, Reise der Novara, Saugeth. vol. i. p. 17, pl. i. et 11. 1868 ; Fitzinger, Sitzungsbr. der Akad. Wienn. 1870, vol. lx. p. 279, The face is moderately long, but not nearly so pointed as in 7. tena, to which the species is allied, and the anterior portion is somewhat depressed. The two first incisors are prominent and project downwards anterior to the lower lip. The feet are large and the claws strongly developed. The ear is moderately large and quadrangular. The front and sides of the face, the outside of the fore limbs, the throat and chest, are golden yellow, with an ochrey tint deepening on the sides and abdomen, and on the inside of the hind limbs to a rich rufous brown, which is also the colour of the outside of the hind limbs and hind feet. The top of the head is rich dark brown, almost chestnut brown, with shining golden hairs intermixed. An oblong, pale golden brown area on the back between the shoulders, with a dark TUPAIID&. 137 almost maroon band on each side between it and the fore limbs, and passing forwards over the ears. The rest of the back and the upper surface of the tail dark, almost black, but with a maroon tint and with shining black hairs intermixed ; the under surface of the tail with a yellowish brown central band of short hairs. All through the fur, which is of moderate length, there are numerous shining hairs ; those on the upper surface, except on the pale areas, being lustrous black, whilst those on the pale areas and on the under surface are shining golden yellow, and they are most numerous along the mesial line. Measurements of alcoholic specimen : Inches. Body and head : ? : ; ; : : : . ; . 710 Tail without hair . : ; : : : 2 : : ‘ . 8:00 Hind foot without claws ; ‘ : : ; 2 . : . 177 This species does not appear to have the shoulder-stripe developed. The skull, although the animal, by its general features, would appear to be more closely allied to 7. tana than 7. ferruginea, has nevertheless the much shorter facial region of the latter. This species appears to be confined to the Nicobars. 138 INSECTIVORA. HYLOMID. Cuaracters.—Head elongate ; ears round; feet arboreal, naked below; tail semi-nude ; pelage not spiny ; orbit imperfect ; rudimentary post-orbital process present; no zygomatic imperfections of ossification ; pe poseneny depressed ; symphysis pubis very short; tibia and fibula 3x 1x1 x4 3x3 united ; dentition 1; = Cixi pm x M 3x3 = = 44, Genus Hytomys, Miller. * HYLOMYS PEGUENSIS, Blyth, Plate VI. Hylomys peguensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 294; Ibid, p. 286; Anderson, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. viii. 1874, p. 453, plate xiv. The general configuration and details of the structure of this Insectivore are so anomalous that it cannot, with propriety, be classed either with the Tupaude or Hrinaceide, as it has characters in common with both of these groups. Its skull has the general form of the skull of Zupaia, but in its imperfect orbit, in the rudiment of a post-orbital process, and in the absence of any imperfections of the zygomatic arch, and in the position of its lachrymal foramen, it resembles the skull of Hrinaceus, to which it has a general resemblance, although at the same time it is a much lighter skull, in keeping with the arboreal habit of the animal. As I have elsewhere shown, it also differs from Tupaia in the skull having an imperfect tympanic bulla, an excavated basi-sphenoid, and paroccipital and mastoid processes. In these details of its skull structure it is more nearly related to the Erimaceide than to the Tupaiide, but it does not approach either of these groups to that degree of affinity that would entitle it to be ranked under either of them. Its teeth also show proclivities with the Erinaceide, whilst at the same time they exhibit undoubted relations to the teeth of Tupaia. The form of its scapula is intermediate between that of Tupaia, and even Erinaceus itself. Its united tibia and fibula affine it to the ZEvrinaceide, and the form of its pelvis, moreover, is markedly distinct from the pelvis of Zupaia, whereas it is closely resembled by the pelves of Gymnura and Hrinaceus. In its ‘short rudimentary tail it also exhibits a character the very opposite of any Tupaia. Considering all these facts, this animal appears to present an assemblage of characters which excludes it from any known family of vertebrates, and to place it intermediate between Tupaia and Hrinaceus. I have therefore named the family Hylomide for its reception. This animal was obtained at Ponsee, in the Kakhyen hills, at an elevation of about 3,000 feet. SORICIDA. Genus CHIMARROGALE, 0. g. Feet scaly, ciliated, with short, coarse, rigid hairs along their margins and the sides of the toes ; toes not webbed. Tail long, scaly, quadrangular, thickly covered with coarse adpressed hairs; snout elongate; ears almost wholly hidden, valvular. Teeth white * > Bo 5 +5 : 6 = 28. A talon on the inside of the first upper incisors. Three intermediate teeth of nearly equal size. * CHIMARROGALE HIMALAICA, Gray, Plate v, figs. 17—30. Crossopus himalayicus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 261; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1855, p. 37. Crossopus himalaicus, Tomes, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. 1856, vol. xvii. p. 26; Jerdon, Mamm. of India, 1867, p. 60.; Andr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 230. Crocidura himalaica, Andr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 231. I caught a specimen of this remarkable water-shrew in a mountain stream behind our camp at Ponsee, in the Kakhyen hills, at an elevation of 3,500 feet. I observed it running about over the stones in the bed of the stream and plunging freely into the water. It was evidently engaged in feeding, and in addition to insects and aquatic larvee, it is probable that, like Crossopus fodiens and C. remiger,*' it may kill young fish. I have examined the type of this species in the British Museum, but with the exception of its somewhat greater length of body and tail, I do not see that this Yunnan specimen differs from it in any of its essential features. The type being a stuffed specimen, its somewhat greater size may safely be attributed to the stretching of the skin in mounting. The animal has a rather elongated body and snout. The fur is soft, dense and velvety, and the general colour of the upper parts is a dark grey, richly washed with a dark brown, almost black, fuliginous or blackish brown which nearly obscures the grey colour. When the fur is pulled aside, it is seen to be uniformly slaty, but all the hairs terminate in fine brown or blackish brown tips, with the exception of scattered, stronger, and longer hairs which have broad white tips. These hairs are especially numerous on the hind quarters, where they are also much longer ' Land and Water, No. 14, p. 328, and No. 17, p. 398. 140 INSECTIVORA. than on any other part of the body, and they correspond exactly to the white-tipped hairs of Nectogale. The under surface is greyish with a silvery sheen, washed with rusty on the throat and the middle of the belly. The whiskers are blackish or even white. The hind feet are large, but much smaller than in Nectogale; the fore limb is clothed to the wrist, the hind limb in the lower half of the tibia is scaly and partially clad with short hairs. The upper surface of the feet is naked, with the exception of that portion over the metacarpals and metatarsals, which is sparsely covered with short, flattened, stiff, adpressed, almost white hairs. The upper surface of the toes is scaly, and bare, except that from one to six broad, stiff, rather long hairs occur at the base of the claws. The toes are ciliated along each of their sides with a line of broad stiff hairs of equal length forming a dense short fringe. The line along the entire margin of the internal and external toes is continued along the sides of the feet as a strongly ciliated fringe of white hairs; the claws are yellowish, moderately long and curved. From the vent to the tip of the tail equals from the vent to nearly the eye. The tail is long, and quadrangular in transverse section. The under surface and sides are densely covered with longish, adpressed, broadish, coarse, rigid hairs of the same character as those on the sides of the toes and feet, but longer. The upper surface of the tail, for two-thirds, is only sparsely covered with short, strong, blackish hairs, not obscuring the scaly rings as in the last third, where it is clad much as on the under surface and sides. The hairs on the under surface of the tail are white, and on the sides and upper surface dark brown. The eye is small, almost hidden; the ear is all but completely concealed in the fur. It is a transversely oval slit 0°26 of an inch long, distinctly valvular; the lower posterior half, fleshy, irregularly oval, bare on its internal surface, except at its margin, which has a fine covering of very minute, short, almost microscopic, white hairs. The portion immediately above the fleshy antitragus is thin and membranous, and covered on its inner surface with ordinary fur, except ata small spot at its upper extremity, which is quite bare. The antitragus, when applied to the front surface of the ear, which is quite bare, effectually closes the orifice; and from the circumstance that when this happens the membranous portion is folded upon itself, the orifice is even still more certainly shut against the entrance of water. The orifice of the nostrils is completely hidden from sight below an almost cartilaginous valve formed by the external angle of the bare fleshy portion of the nose, and which can evidently be pressed against the orifice; and from the fact that the valve is anterior to the opening of the nostril, the pressure of the water when the animal takes to a moun- tain stream must tend to keep the valve closely applied. Even although the aquatic habits of this shrew had not been observed, its economy, as I have described it, would have indicated what its habits truly were. Measurements of Chimarrogale himalaica, Gray. Inches. Tip of snout to vent : ‘ ; s : : : : : ; : . 3°83 Vent to tip of tail . : : : ; . 300 Snout to anterior margin of external meatus. . ; : : ‘ - «+ 104 CHIMARROGALE. 141 Inches. Fore foot é 5 2 2 : ; ; A é ; ; : ‘ . 56 Middle toe : : fi - ; 3 : ; : i 5 : : . 23 Hind foot y 3 ; : : ‘ és : : E : : A » 787 Middle toe : 3 : 3 rz , 2 : “ : é : . ‘27 Fourth toe ‘ : : : : 5s ‘ : ; : r : : s N20 Measurements of skull. Upper margin of occipital foramen to tip of premaxillary : ; ‘ : : L100 Inferior ,, Pe es o Ws : i 5 : : . 94 Greatest breadth across parietal region . : : : 3 F 3 ; . 62 Breadth across posterior angle of orbit . 5 s ; : 5 : z » “27. “ » anterior angle of orbit ‘ ‘ ; ; ‘ » 323 Greatest breadth across maxillaries between second ea third aoe A : : . 33 Breadth across first molar . 4 a ‘ : 5 : 2 p : ~ 22h ss 3 second lateral incisor 5 : : ‘ 3 ‘ . 14 Length from preorbital notch to tip of sjooulaaaliaatba : ‘ : ‘ ; . 139 ux 55 occipital crest oe “ . , ‘ : E ; ~ 287 Posterior margin of palate 5 5 3 ; ; ‘ : . 50 Ss - », to inferior margin of fonteck magnum . s . ‘44 Breadth of foramen magnum . 2 : : : ; : : ‘ : oe Se Depth mn a : z : 3 : : : é . 715 Length of alveolar surface of upper jaw : ; : ‘ : : 3 . 48 Depth through anterior extremity of nasals . A ‘ . : 2 P s “23 » between angles of orbit 2 Z ; s : : . , : yey, s»» at occipital crest . : 5 ; . ‘ . ‘28 Length of lower jaw from eee to angle. Greene) : ; : : . 54 = es ay tocondyle . A : : ‘ : . 56 . us 3 to coronoid process ‘ : ‘ : . 44 Length of alveolar surface. i ; ‘ : ‘ ; - ; : ; “83 Depth at coronoid process. ‘ ‘ 5 : 5 : 2 : : - 28 5, atcorono-condyloid notch . : V7 Breadth half-way between condyle and process re anale en aooadlag portion at ramus ‘ : ‘ ‘ 3 : : : ; 3 ; - : » “TS The skull is distinguished from the skull of Crocidura by the greater relative breadth of the brain-case, by its more arched character from side to side, by the shorter character of the temporal contraction of the skull, by the marked depression of the frontal area, and by the less breadth of its maxillary region. The skull is also devoid of the strong ridges which characterise the skulls of terres- trial shrews generally. In its form it is closely related to Crossopus and also to Soriculus. Its occipital region is extensive and forwardly uptilted, and in this and in such other particulars as breadth and arching of the brain-case it is allied to Crossopus and perhaps more so to Soriculus. The skull is generically identical with the skull of the aquatic shrew of Japan, Sorex (Crossopus) platycephalus, Temminck. It is also undoubtedly closely allied to the skull of Nectogale, from which it differs, however, in being more elongated, and in having considerably less breadth across the parietal region and in having a more elongated facial portion. Viewing the skull from above, the occipital region is all exposed, with the exception of that portion of it on the basal aspect of the skull, and the condyles are seen defining almost its greatest breadth. The occipital area is convex, and slopes considerably backwards. The foramen magnum is very large and rather trans- versely oval, its transverse breadth nearly equalling the antero-posterior length of 142 INSECTIVORA. the occipital region above it. The lambdoidal ridge is well marked, and a feeble sagittal crest is prolonged forwards from it. The post-glenoid process is perforated by a well-defined foramen close to its anterior or inferior margin, directed back- wards, upwards, and slightly inwards, and on its inner margin there is a small, inwardly projecting process. In Soriculus there is a similar foramen in the same position, whereas in Crocidwra and Pachyura it is always placed internally at the base of the glenoid process. The condyle of the mandible consists of two distinct articular facets separated from each other by a deep notch. The lower articular surface is'a transverse process projecting inwards, considerably beyond the upper division, which is in a line with the coronoid process, and its facet looks downwards, backwards, and inwards. The upper division is narrow, obliquely transverse, look- ing backwards and inwards. It is separated by a very wide notch from the coronoid. The lowermost of these surfaces is received into the articular concavity defined by the post-glenoid process, and the uppermost is applied to the articular surface occurring on the under aspect of the lateral ridge of the skull that corre- sponds to the zygomatic ridge of the squamous, so that the summit of the coronoid is on a level with the upper surface of the skull at the frontal depression. In Crocidura this tendency to the division of the condyle shows itself to a certain degree, but not to the marked extent that occurs in this form and in Anurosorex, while in Talpa there is no trace of it. The palate projects behind the last molar, and is defined by a well-marked, antero-posteriorly concave ridge, and there are no imperfections of ossification. Looking at the skull sideways, there is a considerable depression in the inter-orbital region, before which the facial portion is first slightly convex and then straight, flattened from above. The teeth, as in Nectogale, are white,’ and 28 in number, as in Crocidura. The front incisors, rather widely apart at their bases, bend so much inwards and slightly forwards that they touch each other, defining a triangular space between them. They are curved forwards, downwards, and backwards, round at their bases, but with sharp, slightly, laterally compressed points. Some little distance above the tips, on the inner side of the teeth, there is a small process developed on each, as in Crossopus and Sorex, but which is absent in Nectogale, and it is at this point that the two teeth are in contact. The posterior basal process is not strongly developed, and is smaller than any of the small lateral teeth. It is shortly conical, with flattened sides to its crown, which has a longitudinal cutting ridge with a visible cingulum. The lateral teeth are of moderate size, but with little vertical extension. They are more or less oval from before backwards, and each has the cingulum strongly marked for lateral teeth, and it is so prominent on the inner margin of the second tooth as to produce the appearance of a cusp, the cingulum being separated from the crown of the tooth by a deep groove. The crown is elongately oval and ’ Tomes, writing on the type specimen of Crossopus himalayicus, Gray, says: “The teeth of this example are those of a restricted Sorex, and I feel no hesitation in saying, after a careful examination, that they have been introduced by the stuffer.”—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. xvii (1856), p. 25. As the two spirit specimens, however, of this shrew which have come under my observation have both pure white teeth, there can now be no doubt that Dr. Gray was quite correct in describing the teeth of his type as white. CHIMARROGALE. 143 marked by two obscure ridges from before backwards, the surface between them being rather flat. The canine tooth has no character of its own to separate it from the foregoing. All these teeth overlap each other by their anterior extremities. The first molar has the greatest vertical extension of any of the teeth except the front incisors. Externally it has two cusps, the anterior small, and the one behind it much larger and trenchant, with a long ridge running backwards that might almost be regarded as another cusp. At a higher level internally there are two other cusps, the anterior the most vertically extended of the two, but rounded, while the posterior cusp has a longish, posterior ridge. The second molar has three external, two median, and two internal cusps; the posterior median cusp being the longest. The anterior median cusp is very small, and is connected with the anterior and middle external cusps by a low ridge to each. The posterior internal cusp is about half the size of its fellow in front of it. In the third molar, the middle external cusp is much smaller than the anterior, and the posterior median cusp has but slight vertical extension. The last molar is less than half the size of the tooth before it. Its crown is triangular, with its base inwards and backwards and its apex forwards and outwards. Externally there are very obscure indications of the tricus- pidate nature of that margin, and internally the existence of two very feeble cusps can be detected with difficulty. The lower incisors are not marked by any ridges, they arch forwards and upwards. The canine is the smallest tooth, minute, and like an upper lateral incisor. The premolar is conical, with two cusps viewed from without, the anterior forming the body of the crown with a small prominence on its hinder margin. The first molar has the greatest height. It has three external cusps, of which the middle cusp is the highest, and is closely applied to its fellow of the outside. The anterior, external cusps form the front end of the teeth, and are on a line with the internal cusps on the molars. The second molar only differs from the first in being slightly smaller, and the third from the second in being little more than half its size, with much more feebly developed cusps. The dental formula may be stated thus, judging from analogy, wiz.,— 244, 2 8 “a tate OS This aquatic mammal in its white teeth and in their number is closely allied to the terrestrial Crocidure, but it differs from them, as stated, in having a process on the inside of the front incisors. The existence, however, of such a structure by itself would not have been of sufficient importance to separate it from Crocidura; but when it is taken in connection with the modifications of the skeleton which adapt the Soricine type of structure which it retains, to an aquatic habit, we are entitled to separate it generically: although judging it, by its teeth alone, it would scarcely be entitled to generic rank. The skeleton of this animal is of extremely light construction compared with the heavy skeleton of terrestrial shrews attaining similar dimensions, but in its general character it conforms to the shrew type of skeleton. The character which 144 INSECTIVORA. most strikes one in observing it is a feature connected with its caudal vertebrae to be mentioned hereafter. The vertebree are C. 7,1 D. 14, L. 5, S. 4, C. 20. The spinous processes of the last five cervical and first dorsal vertebree are only rudimentary, and the neural arches are antero-posteriorly narrow. The spine of the second dorsal is only moderately developed and directed upwards and backwards, but the spines behind it, as far as the tenth vertebra, decrease in size, and are very much depressed and confined to the posterior margin of the neural arch. The spinous processes of the remaining dorsal vertebree have an antero-posterior extension co-extensive with the breadth of the neural arch, and all are directed forwards, and, with the exception of the first which is thin and plate-like, they are transversely thick and low, with flattened summits. The spines of the lumbar region preserve the same characters with the last men- tioned. A minute process occurs on the side of the neural arch of each of the last five cervical and first and second dorsal vertebre; it is placed nearer to the spinous process than to the zygapophysis. In the fifth dorsal a minute hyperapo- physis makes its appearance and rapidly increases in size, attaining its maximum in the last lumbar. The lateral neural processes of the cervical appear to be serially homologous with these dorsal and lumbar hyperapophyses. The transverse processes of the cervical vertebra are short and rod-like, and overlap, but without touching each other; their inferior lamelle are shorter and more pointed. The transverse process of the sixth is long, its anterior portion being stouter than the lamelle in front of it, and its hinder half projects downwards and backwards below, but rather widely separated from the head of the first rib, and is long and somewhat sickle-shaped. A small eminence makes its appearance posteriorly on the summit of the short transverse process of the third dorsal vertebra. On the fourth vertebra it is a prominent, forwardly projecting process, occupying the middle of the lateral surface of the neural arch above, and remote from the slight projection on the side of the vertebra at the union of the lamina and centrum to which the tubercle of the rib is articulated. As it is traced backwards to the eleventh dorsal vertebra it approaches more and more to the anterior zygapophysis, till at last it is closely in contact with it and touches the hinder margin of the posterior zygapophysis of the vertebra in front of it, thus meriting to be regarded as a metapophysis. In all these vertebre its base is parallel with the spinal axis. In the twelfth dorsal a small process appears between the anterior and posterior zygapophysis, slightly below the level of the process I have just decribed on the eleventh dorsal, but on a line with the articular surface of the anterior zygapophysis, but, unlike the previous process, it is directed backwards, yet so gradual is the change in level that the two appear to be continuations of one and the same element. On the thirteenth dorsal a similar process occurs, but it is slightly more posterior in its position, being nearer the posterior than the anterior zygapophysis, and at a relatively lower level, being on a line with the inferior, anterior margin of the latter 1 Owing to un accident, the atlas and axis were lost in removing the skull for examination. CHIMARROGALE. 145 zygapophysis. In the fourteenth, it is nearly as far back as and below the posterior zygapophysis, with the very feebly developed transverse process of that vertebra below it. In the first lumbar, the same process has become, as it were, the upward and backwardly projecting process of the little-developed transverse process of that vertebra. In the second lumbar it is still more developed, and indicates a decided tendency to separate from the transverse process, which, although far from being strongly pronounced, is directed downwards and forwards. In the third lumbar the transverse process is slightly more marked than in the preceding vertebra, but the process in question is reduced to a mere trace on its posterior margin, and in the following lumbar vertebrae, in which the transverse processes increase in size from before backwards, with, however, only a rod-like antero-posterior expansion, all trace of it is lost. It would thus appear, from the twelfth dorsal to the third lumbar, to be entitled to be regarded as an anapophysial process, but its gradual transition from a metapophysial to an anapophysial position is very suggestive. A true metapophysis may be detected in the second lumbar, and the same process occurs more intensified in the third and fourth, but is reduced in the fifth. A well-developed, posteriorly bifurcate hypapophysis occurs on the third and fourth cervical, and a ridge-like hypapophysis on the vertebree behind them to the second dorsal. Two rather widely separated hypapophysial processes occur on the thirteenth and fourteenth dorsal and first and second lumbar vertebre, the remaining lumbar vertebre having a ventral longitudinal ridge on their centra. The dorsal spines of the four sacral vertebree are united into a rather prominent ridge with a thickened margin, but the spine of the fourth is rather deeply separated from the others. All the sacral vertebre are firmly united together, but only the first and one-half of the second are applied to the iium. The first vertebra developes on the sides of the sacral crest what appears to be a trace of united zygapophysial and hyperapophysial elements, and a well-developed, bifurcate hypapophysis on the anterior margin of its centrum: the remainder of the sacral vertebra being ventrally ridged, the third and fourth developing a feeble transverse process. The spinous processes of the first and second caudals are well developed and halbert-shaped, and backwardly projecting, while only a trace of the process can be observed on the third caudal, whereas it cannot be detected on the following vertebra. ‘The processes which support the anterior zygapophyses of the first caudal are very long and twice as much so as those of the second caudal. Both processes arise from the anterior surface of the base of the spinous process, and the articular surfaces which they carry on the inner aspect of their extremities are applied, as it were, to each side of the hinder end of the spinous process in front, so sessile are the posterior zygapophyses. On the second caudal there are no traces of these last-mentioned processes, but the last remnant of a neural arch can be detected passing below the spinous process. All the caudal vertebre, from the third inclusive, are distinguished by the presence of two rod-like processes on the upper surface of their anterior and posterior ends, with another process in close apposition to each externally ; the superior processes doubtless are probably serially homologous with the anterior and posterior zygapo- T 146 INSECTIVORA. physes, and the inferior and the lower with the transverse processes. There are chevron bones between each of the caudal vertebree to the extremity of the tail, each resting directly on its vertebra without the apparent intervention of hypapo- physes. The form of these chevron bones is very remarkable. The first eight consist of a central transverse rod resting on the articulation of two vertebree, and termin- ating externally on either side in a transversely narrow, but longitudinally long expansion, so that when viewed from before backwards, they resemble the letter H. In the remaining vertebre, except the last four, the rod is mesially divided into two equal halves, which are, however, in close apposition, while in the terminal vertebree the connecting rod is reduced to a mere rudiment. In the first two vertebra the lateral portions are much more ventrally and laterally expanded than in the others behind them, and in the first vertebra they are directed slightly backwards. In the remaining vertebre they do not project below their transverse rods, and they are thus the cause of the flattened under surface of the tail in life, and moreover con- tribute to produce the similar character which distinguishes its sides, the flattened upper surface being due to a like character in the upper aspect of the vertebrae and to the anterior and posterior dorsal processes. The lateral expansions appear as if they were convoluted, osseous lamine, for they are marked by two, deep, longitudinal sulci on their outer aspect, over the most internal of which there is a thin projecting rim on its inner margin. This character is observable in the terminal chevron, but toa less extent than in those before it. I am not aware that similar bones occur in any of the other Soricide, but it is probable that they will be found in Nectogale. The sternum consists of a presternal, four mesosternal pieces, the xiphisternum equalling in length the last mesosternal segment and terminating in a rather long, lingulate cartilage. The presternum is laterally expanded, its rod-like extremity being prolonged on to the expansion as a well-marked median ridge. There are seven sternal and seven nonsternal ribs, and their cartilages are all ossified. The cartilage of the first rib is expanded at its sternal end, and its outer surface is much concave. The scapula is narrow, as in Pachyuwra, and the metacromion and acromion are well developed, as in shrews generally, but the former has a hook-like extremity towards the acromion. The clavicle is attached to the ends of the acromion with- out resting on it, and the latter is closely in contact with the outer side of the head of the humerus which has the same form as in Sorex, with a well-marked, supra-condyloid foramen. The carpus has a radiale, intermedium, ulnare, and pisiform, but no centrale, and the fourth and fifth carpels are confluent. The metacarpal bones are a little longer than the first phalanges, which are rather feeble, the manus being to the pes in the proportion of ‘54 to ‘87. The ilium is narrow, and its anterior extremity diverges outwards and forwards, being concave on its external surface, with a slight upward process on its superior border. The thyroid foramen is very long from before backwards and moderately broad, its ischial and pubic borders being narrow and thin. The symphysis pubis is widely separate and divergent from below backwards. CHIMARROGALE. 147 The tibia and fibula are united throughout one-half their extent. The head of the fibula arches forwards and outwards as a thin plate, and between it and the articular surface of the external condyle is a rather large, somewhat irregularly oval ossicle attached by its upper surface by a strong ligament, which is inserted into a rather deep pit on the outer side of the external condyle immediately above its articular surface. The groove or concavity on the front aspect of the lower end of the conjoint tibia and fibula, and which marks the line of union of the two bones at that part, is crossed from within, outwards and downwards, some little way above the ankle, by a strong process from the tibial section, and of such length that it almost touches the fibular side of the groove, to which it is connected by a strong ligament forming an arch which confines the deep tendons. The metatarsus is considerably longer than the tarsus which is complete, but wants the tibial sesamoid of Talpa and Anurosorex, and the os tarsus is but little prolonged posteriorly. The digital phalanges, including the ungual, are but little longer than the metacarpus, and the ungual phalanges are well developed and much laterally compressed. The curves of the bones of the lower leg are evidently specially adapted to the aquatic habits of the animal, and confer great strength on that member, combined with lightness. The tibia, and the fibula to a less extent, are curved outwards to the junction of the two bones, and from the latter point the united two are curved inwards, but associated with this curve is the gentle backward and forward curving of the lower leg generally. Measurements of skeleton. adios: Total length of vertebral column along curve! 3 : : : . : : : - 5:25 - » sacrum and tail 5 3 3 . ‘i Z : . ‘ : * 3:67 Length of pre and mesosterna : : . ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ; : : . 67 » 5, Clavicle . f . 3 . ‘ A Z : z 4 : . « ‘33 » 9, Scapula ‘ : : s 3 : ‘ ‘ ‘ s 5 - ‘ . 45 Greatest breadth of scapula. : ‘ ‘ : : : a ‘ : @ wt Length of acromion from base of wastierenaal process. : 2 . ‘ : - 08 » 53 Inetacromial process a 3 ‘ F 3 , s : : i . 10 Length of humerus : . i 7 - : : - - ‘ : . ? . +50 » » una . : : 3 : 5 3 3 s j js re : : . 58 » >» Yadius . J 3 3 : : 3 . . 5 4 . » 45 +» 9 carpus and hotaiar nis : 7 , : i ‘ é : . ‘ Saco » >» middle finger : 5 g Es ‘ 3 - j 3 : ‘ 4 . ‘24 » » pelvis . ss % : s : ‘5 : , % < ‘ 2 : = “73 » »5 thyroid foramen . e : : . . 5 Z ‘ . - 129 Greatest ‘breaath of thyroid Forsivien é 3 : : ; j : ‘ 3 . 13 Crest of ilium to anterior margin of aostabatnt ; ‘ ‘ : ‘ s ‘ a . 35 Posterior margin of acetabulum to extremity of pelvis . ‘ . : : ‘ ‘ - 33 Breadth of right side of pelvis across acetabular area. ; 5 é 5 : ‘ « 7 Distance between pubes anteriorly ; : 5 . ‘ : : : é - ‘12 3 <5 » posteriorly . 3 : ‘ : 5 3 ‘ , s - » 25 Length of femur . . . sn ues sac sa 2 ee se, MBG » » tibia . = ‘ ‘ a * : 3 : ; : 5 : » ‘81 » x) free portion of fibula on hs : : : é : : : F A » “37 >» 9 tarsus . y ; 7 : 5 3 : : ‘ “ ‘ ‘. 3 . 25 » 9 metatarsus (4th) . ; 5 j 5 : 3 ‘ : ‘ 5 ‘ e SBE 2 » fourthtoe . , , 3 . . . : ‘ . ‘ : : - 13d 1 Exclusive of atlas and axis. 148 INSECTIVORA. The stomach, when inflated, has its apex directed downwards, outwards, and forwards, and the greatest breadth is obliquely across the abdominal cavity from left to right, the apex of the cardiac portion lying close to the vertebral column, directed to the right side, with the pyloric extremity immediately below it ventrally and in the mesial line of the body. The greater curvature of the stomach is thus from behind forwards, which is also the course of the extremely short, lower curvature, which is only one-third the length of the backwardly projecting, upper margin of the cardiac portion. Viewed from the left side, the stomach is seen to be deeper than broad, and to be a truncated cone. Viewing the viscera from behind, the stomach, being inflated, is seen lying below the left kidney, and the latter is almost completely invested on its external half by the large spleen, the outer margin of which nearly describes half a circle. The transverse portion of the pancreas passes upwards to the pyloric angle, at which point a long lobule is prolonged along the greater curvature of the stomach, half-way between the pylorus and the apex. A long process follows the curve of the duodenum as far as to the apex of the right kidney; the pancreatic duct opens into the duodenum a short distance beyond the pylorus. The right kidney is at a higher level than the left, and there is a deep hepatic impressio-renalis. The supra-renal bodies are well developed, rather rounded, with one broad and one sharp border, with two flattened external surfaces. The total length of the intestine is about 11 inches, and it has considerable capacity and is of nearly equal width throughout, without any cecum. The heart is elon- gately pyramidal, and is only covered in its middle posteriorly by the left lobe of the lung. The middle lobe of the right lung is only applied to a small area of the right cardiac border, below the right auricle and to the right side of the latter structure in one-half of its extent, the remainder of the auricle having the upper lobe of the right lung on its external aspect. The heart is very large, the upper border of the right auricle being nearly, in a spirit specimen, on a level with the apex of the right lung, the cardiac apex being nearly on the same level with the inferior border of the left lung. The ventricular portion of the heart is half an inch long with a transverse breadth of three lines. The right is considerably larger than the left auricle. The right lung, as observed, consists of three well-marked, deeply-incised lobes, the uppermost lobe being the smallest and the lowest the largest. The left lung is unilobular. The azygos lung is large, more than equalling the right lobe of the right lung. It consists of three parts, an anterior, rounded lobule which bends round in front of the ascending cava, a posterior, curved lobule between the right and left lungs, and a left lobule between the heart and the left lung. The liver has the right and left lateral fissures deeply incised, but there is no cystic fissure, nor can I detect the presence of a gall bladder. The caudate and Spigelian lobes are well developed. By its dentition, if the small process on the inside of the first upper incisors were left out of consideration, this aquatic shrew is a Crocidura, whilst if its systematic position were to be determined by its ciliated extremities and almost completely hidden ear, it would be a Crossopus, but the European water-shrew has 32 red- CHIMARROGALE. 149 tipped teeth and a differently clad tail, so that it is impossible to regard them as generically identical. An examination of the skull proves that although by the number and white character of its teeth it is allied to Crocidura, it is nevertheless remarkably distinct from these non-aquatic shrews. The skull, like that of Crosso- pus and Soriculus, is light and not marked by the strong ridges which characterise the skull of Crocidwra. The brain-case is relatively broader than in Crocidura, and, like the skulls of Crossopus and Soriculus, and especially’ Nectogale, has a much shorter temporal fossa than Crocidura. The occipital region, as in Crosso- pus, Soriculus, and Nectogale, is considerably uptilted, and the frontal region, as in the two first, is considerably depressed. The marked double condyle is a character in which it is resembled to a certain extent by Crocidura, in which, however, the separation of the condyle into two facets is carried to only a very limited extent, whereas in Soriculus and Anurosorex it is as strongly developed as in this water- shrew, and it seems also that this remarkable modification is quite as well marked in Nectogale. The foramen ovale (?) occupies the same position in this shrew as in Soriculus. It is separated from Crossopus by the character of its teeth, which in their colour and number resemble those of Nectogale, except that the inner side of eachof the first upper incisors is furnished with a talon. From Crossopus it is also separated by the peculiar character of its tail, which in Crossopus is almost mouse- like, whilst in the shrew it is densely clad with flattened, coarse and rigid hairs. The ciliation of the feet also of this form approaches more to what occurs in Necto- gale than in Crossopus. From Nectogale it is distinguished by the different arrangement of the hair on the tail and by its unwebbed hind feet and longer snout; and as it is thus impossible to classify this and the Japan water-shrew with any existing genus, I have created the genus Chimarrogale’ for their reception. In its general form and structure it is more closely allied to Mectogale than to any other genus of Insectivora, and it thus appears to me that these two genera, Nectogale and Chimarrogale, are entitled to rank as a distinct sub-Family, Nectogaline. In connection with these observations on the structure of this remarkable water- shrew, I embrace the opportunity of here describing and figuring on the same plate with Chimarrogale, by way of comparison, an equally remarkable, but terrestrial, burrowing shrew exhibiting certain affinities with Talpa, from the neighbouring region of Northern Assam, which has a fauna intimately allied to that of Yunnan, viz., Anurosorex assamensis, Andr. X soceppos (mountain-torrent), and yaay (Weasel). 150 INSECTIVORA. Genus ANUROSOREX,' A. M.-Edwards. ANUROSOREX ASSAMENSIS, Andr., Plate v, figs. 1—16. Anurosorer assamensis, Andr. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 1875, vol. xvi. p. 282. This remarkable modification of the ordinary type of Soricine structure was first made known by Adolphe M.-Edwards in his admirable Memoir on the Fauna of Tibet. Before his description of the genus had reached Calcutta, Mr. 8. E. Peal had obtained in Assam, between Seebsaugor and Jeypur, in about 27° north latitude, a small shrew-like animal remarkable for the great size of its head, its nude, scaly extremities, and its extremely short, nude, scaly tail, which he forwarded to the Indian Museum, Calcutta. I recognised it as a new generic form’ allied by its dentition to Diplomesodon, Brandt. The type of the genus, A. squamipes, A. M.-Edwards, is very abundant in the plains and mountains of Tibet and Sé-tchouan, but as the physical characters and climatological conditions of these two provinces of China are very different from those which distinguish Assam, it was to be expected if the same generic type occurred in Assam that it would present certain specific modifications on its more northern fellow—a conclusion which is fully borne out by a careful com- parison of the two. The structure of the ear, limbs, and tail has special reference to a burrowing habit of the animal, the ear being valvular, so that it may be effectually closed against the entrance of foreign substances, and the feet devoid of hair, but scaly, and the tail reduced to very small dimensions. The eye also is excessively small and buried deep in the dense silky fur. The hind feet, contrary to what is almost invariably the case in burrowing mammals, are larger than the fore feet. The Assam form appears to be considerably smaller than the Tibetan species, and to differ from it in its proportionally greater head, slightly longer tail, and in the fore feet not exceeding the hind feet in breadth and strength: moreover it is distin- guished by a differently coloured fur. The semi-nude parts of the snout, the scaly limbs, and tail, are flesh-coloured. The claws are yellow. The fur is set nearly erect, is fine, dense, and silky. It is longest on the rump, where it projects backwards a considerable way over the tail, almost hiding it. Numerous strong hairs protrude beyond the general mass of the fur, and are brown with obscure pale tips. Whiskers well developed. Shorter hairs above and between the eyes. The general colour of the fur is dark slaty, faintly washed with brownish rusty on the long hairs of the rump. Total length: snout to vent, 2°92 inches; fore foot, -50; hind foot, os tail, °50. 1 Anurosorer, A. M.-Edwards, Compt. Rend. 1870, lxx. p. 341, et Rech. des Mammif. 1868,-74, p. 264, 2 Pygmura, Andr, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 9. ANUROSOREX. 151 Skull.—The skull is not so elongated as in Pachyura, but it is more so than in Soriculus nigrescens, and it is remarkable in being nearly half as long as the ver- tebral column measured from the atlas to the end of the sacral vertebrae. The facial is relatively shorter to the cranial portion of the skull than in the former, and these two regions bear about the same proportion to each other as in the skull of the latter. The molar portions of the maxilla have not the same lateral expansion that they have in Pachyura, and in this respect the skull is also affili- ated to Soriculus. The greatest breadth of the cerebral portion, which is more arched than in Pachyura and Soriculus, is attained between the mastoid pro- cesses, which are well developed and project outwards and forwards in a marked degree. The frontal is fuller than in any shrew I have examined, and the occipital region is not directed so much forwards as in Pachyura and Soriculus. There is a rather strong sagittal ridge with a small foramen on each side of its anterior termination. The lambdoidal ridge is not very strongly developed. There is an obscure, but at the same time easily recognisable, process in the region corre- sponding to the post-orbital process. It is placed at the posterior termination of a short concavity in the outline of the orbito-temporal fossa, and defines a space corre- sponding to the capacity of the orbit. When viewed in profile, the parietal regipn is seen to be arched more than in the generality of Soricine skulls, and that the anterior extremity of the sagittal ridge terminates in a depression over the inter-orbital, temporal contraction, from which point the facial portion is arched forwards in a more marked degree than in Pachy- ura or Crocidura, and, unlike these skulls, the nasals are not flattened above. In this view of the skull the occipital region is nearly vertical. The palate is not so long, deep, or broad as in Pachyura, and increases in width from before backwards, being prolonged behind the last molar and terminating in a sharp ridge with a minute, acute, external process. There is only one anterior palatine foramen, without any trace of a septum, and it is nearly as large as the infra-orbital foramen. The mesopterygoid fossa is shorter and broader than in Pachyura or Sorex, and is somewhat lyre-shaped, broader in front than behind. At the junction of the basi- occipital and basi-sphenoid, there is a central ridge with a slight depression on either side of it, and it sends back a ridge to the external, anterior angle of the occipital condyles. The post-glenoid process is closely adherent to the outside of the posterior extremity of the pterygoids which terminate in a hamular-like process, projecting outwards and backwards, and it is widely separated from the glenoid surface for the articulation of the upper section of the condyle. The post-glenoid process has the foramen ovale completely hidden on its inner side by the arch formed by its junction with the pterygoid, so that this foramen can only be seen in front. This process, owing to the greater depth of the skull, is also at a lower level than in other Indian shrews, its lower margin being on a level with the lower third of the front incisor, while in P. imdica the lower margin of the process is on a higher level than the posterior alveolar margin of the last molar but one. The anterior 152 INSECTIVORA. and articular aspect of the process is deeply concave and looks forwards and out- wards, and is oval with a narrow upper end. A deep and wide concavity occurs immediately above it, on the same line with the mastoid process, but separated from the latter by a convexity. Above the concavity there is an outwardly projecting ridge (part of the ridge which arises from the upper border of the mastoid process), the under surface of which is covered with an elongated articular surface for the upper articular facet of the lower jaw. The tympanic is more than a mere ring, as its internal margin is a thin plate arching outwards over one-third of the space defined by the ring itself. The imperfection of the cranial wall covered by the tympanic is more reduced in size than in most Soricine skulls. The occipital condyles are of moderate size, and look downwards, outwards, and backwards, and there is a well-marked precondylar foramen with the foramen lacerwm posterius, anterior and external to it, and behind and external to this foramen an obscure, but, at the same time, distinct par-occipital’ process, anterior to which and separated by a rather deep fossa is a (carotid ?) foramen. Immediately above this process, which is continuous with the lambdoidal ridge, and posterior to the latter, and above the level of the condylar surface, there is a well-marked foramen leading directly into the lateral sinus, at the junction of the supra-occipital and the petromastoid. Immediately external to the tympanic, there is a strong (mastoid?) process directed forwards and out- wards formed by projections from the petro-mastoid and squamous. Above and external to this process there is a ridge running forwards along the side of the skull and terminating anteriorly in the facet for the articulation of the superior division of the condyle of the lower jaw. This ridge is immediately below the line of union of the squamous and parietal bones. Behind it, there is a small foramen leading directly into the lateral sinus. Posterior to the facet which looks outwards, for- wards, and downwards, there is a shallow notch, immediately above which, on the parietal, are one or two venous foramina. Below the anterior extremity of the superior of the two facets for the mandible are two or three large foramina, placed one above the other, and a very minute foramen associated with them. The most superior of these foramina leading over the posterior, external angle of the cribriform plate passes through the ridge of the ali-sphenoid opening on its posterior margin, anterior to and slightly below the orifice of the small venous foramen above the posterior end of the superior, condylar facet. Thesecond and middle foramen, when there are three, communicates directly with the cribriform plate of the ethmoid, and the third opens into the optic foramen internally. These two or three foramina are situated immediately behind the sphenoidal fissure, and between the superior extremity of the inferior, glenoid, articular surface and the anterior end of the facet above it. The sphenoidal fissure and foramen rotwndwm are represented both by a single opening which is also common to the optic nerve. There isa minute foramen in the centre of the interspace between the two optic foramina. The posterior palatine * In the skull of a Pachyura from Amoy, the paroccipital process is rather strongly developed. ANUROSOREX. 153 canal is situated above and external to the root of the last molar. The spheno- palatine foramen is large and placed in front of the foregoing canal, and in the posterior termination of the infra-orbital foramen. The latter, placed over the anterior margin of the first molar, opens into a long canal, relatively longer than in Erinaceus, and the lachrymal canal, instead of being situated as in that genus at the anterior margin of the orbit, is placed on the anterior border of the external long wall of the infra-orbital foramen, the canal being directed upwards, for- wards and downwards. The lower jaw is shorter than in the generality of known shrews, and the angular process is less strongly developed. The horizontal ramus is short and thick, hardly equalling the height of the ascending ramus. The condyle is divided into two, its lower half being placed on the inside of the ascending ramus, immediately above the angular process, and separated from its upper division by a wide notch, the general direction of the inferior articular surface being backwards, downwards, and inwards, and that of the superior half upwards and inwards. The excavation of the inner surface of the ascending ramus is smaller than in Pachyura, and the coronoid process is lower, being only a little elevated above the superior facet of the divided condyle. Dentition— Young, new-born individuals show the premaxillary suture between the first and second small lateral teeth, so that the dental formula is 2+2 zy totes = 26 The teeth are white. The first incisor of the upper jaw is curved downwards and forwards, and the process at the posterior aspect of its base is laterally compressed and longitudinally grooved, almost dividing it into two, the inner division being the smaller, the groove being continued on to the posterior aspect of the long crown of the tooth. The crown of the second incisor is laterally compressed and triangular, with its point directed backwards. The inner aspect of the crown is little prolonged beyond the neck of the tooth, and is more or less flattened, with a small tubercle about the middle of its internal margin. The canine has much the form of the foregoing tooth, but is smaller, and the inner surface also shows a trace of a tubercle as in the former. The first molar has the greatest vertical extension of the permanent teeth. It has two external cusps, the anterior very small, the other deep and cutting, with its point directed slightly backwards, and a long prominent ridge continued outwards and posteriorly from its hinder margin, also two, short, sharply conical internal cusps, a short low ridge passing forwards and outwards from the posterior of the two. The second molar has one external cusp on its anterior outer angle: a short ridge passing internally connects it with the first of the median line of cusps which form a triapical, zigzag ridge, the last cusp marking the posterior external angle of the tooth. There are two internal and much shorter cusps of which the anterior is twice as large as the pos- terior: the former gives off a short low ridge that ends on the inner side of the centre cusp of the middle triapical ridge. The third molar is only half the size of U 154 INSECTIVORA. the second, and differs from it in having only two apices to the middle ridge, and only one internal cusp. The fourth molar is extremely minute, and presents only two obscure cusps, one anterior and the other posterior. The first incisors of the lower jaw project forwards and upwards, the terminal fourth of their crowns being directed nearly upwards, and their tips are slightly divergent, and their posterior surfaces more or less concave, but quite smooth. The crown of the second incisor is the lowest of all the mandibular teeth, and is elongately oblong when viewed externally, and is laterally compressed. The canine is a little longer and more pyramidal, the crown being surmounted by a conical point. The first molar has three external cusps, the first and last being: nearly on the same level, and the central being pyramidal and directed backwards. The latter by its inner margin is connected by a short ridge to the anterior inner cusp, which is immediately internal to it, rather sharply pointed, and nearly as high as itself. The posterior internal cusp is opposite the last external cusp, but has on its outer margin another short cusp between itself and that cusp, so that this tooth has six cusps in all. The second molar is formed exactly like the first, but is much smaller. The third molar is about one-third the size of the second, and the cingulum is well marked along its outer side. It developes two cusps, one small, anterior, and one large, posterior and conical, and connected to the former by a short ridge more internal than external to it. Measurements of the skull. Inches. Superior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxillaries : ; ; ; ‘ » 1:04 Inferior ,, 2 3 5 ae 4 ‘ : z , » "92 5 es _ i ee margin of plat : 3 : . 44, Henge of pelate ‘ ; Z - 145 55 », mesopterygoid fae to nostarior margin of ae Bleuoid mabe : é ; oy SZ Breadth of 5 »» anteriorly . 5 ‘ : 4 ‘ ; ‘ : . 06 - 7 es » at middle ‘ : ‘ ; : : ‘ : . 04 Sky $3 » posteriorly . : : : : : , : : - 08 Distance between post-glenoid process. ; ‘ 3 ; ‘ ; A é ‘ ae LE oy tympanic rings . ; R : - E ‘ ‘ ‘ A - - 13 Breadth of palate between last molars . i i : Z es P ; 5 ee SUF is ae 3 » first and second incisors ; : : Z ‘ ; ‘ - 04 Length of alveolar surface. : ‘ ‘ : : : 2 4 5 : ‘ . 44, Breadth across mastoid process. : . 5 , BS = at inferior extremity of lambdoddal sitar, (aro proebeet. ‘ < : - 33 3 before superior glenoid surface . . 3 ‘ : . . : : - ‘29 53 on a line behind alveolar surface of ee jaw . : : : : : ; . 125 - across infraorbital foramen (alveolar margin) . s ; am He . : - °30 3 at canine . ‘ : : ‘ : 3 : ‘ ‘ ; A < ‘ ~« “19 5 at first incisor . ‘ é : ‘ 3 : . (14 Superior margin of foramen magnum S enn balgidal ee 4 3 5 ‘ : : x 18 Length from lambdoidal suture to end of nasals . k 7 . 5 « "83 “3 5 5 a » premaxillaries . ; . ‘ 2 : i . 1.00 55 of sagittal crest . ‘47 Angle of lower jaw to symphysis . 54, Length of process of angle 06 Depth under last molar. 15 » of ramus through coronoid . ‘ 3 G A . 730 Breadth of notch between coronoid and superior dean of epndile 3 j : 9 s 13 7 as » inferior ,, a * 8 : ‘< . ne AS ANUROSOREX. 155 Vertebral column.—There are 15 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 5 sacral, and 9 caudal vertebrae. The spinous process of the axis has considerable antero-posterior exten- sion, is posteriorly falcate, and overreaches the very small spinous process of the third cervical vertebra. The remaining cervical and dorsal vertebrae may be said to have no spinous processes, the indications of their existence are so feebly de- veloped. Traces of them, however, can be observed in the sixth and seventh cervical and on the first to the fifth dorsal, the neural arches of which are quite as narrow rods as those of the former vertebre, in which they appear as minute processes in the middle of the hinder margin of the arch. In the seventh to the ninth dorsal, the neural arches of which have much more antero-posterior expansion than those preceding them, the obscure representatives of the spinous processes are not more developed, but there is a faint ridge marking the line of union of the laminee. In the tenth to the fifteenth vertebre, inclusive, there is a rather broad and slightly raised, but flat, roughened surface corresponding to the spinous process on the dorsum of the laminz, broadest in front and rather narrower behind. It becomes most markedly developed in the fifteenth, in which it is narrower than in the preceding, and in the first lumbar it is still more laterally compressed, and in the remaining lumbar vertebrae the spinous process is a thin, low ridge, high in front, but shelving away posteriorly. In the fourteenth dorsal vertebra is the first trace of a process that becomes strongly developed in the lumbar region. It occurs on the dorsum of the posterior zygapophysis, and, on the lumbar vertebrae, becomes a marked process connected by a ridge to the side of the spinous process, and would therefore seem to be the equivalent of a hyperapophysis. The transverse process of the atlas is a small thin plate only, slightly projecting beyond the outer margin of the condylar facet. In the axis, it is a small, back- wardly projecting process, perforated at its base by the vertebrarterial canal. The transverse processes increase in length to the fifth vertebra, but in the sixth and seventh they are shorter. To the fifth vertebra the process is directed backwards, but in the sixth it is placed outwards, bringing its extremity in close contact with the process before it, and in the seventh it is outwards and slightly backwards. The pleurapophysial processes of the fourth and fifth cervicals are longest in the former and shortest in the latter, and are directed very much forwards, but slightly downwards. The same process of the sixth vertebra has great antero-posterior extension, being as long as the combined centra of the sixth and seventh cervical and first dorsal vertebree. Its posterior half arches below the seventh cervical and the head of the first rib. The transverse processes of the thoracic vertebree only merit the term of process in the first and second, as in the remaining vertebree, the rib is applied directly over the point of union of the pedicle and lamina, without any apparent intervening projection. The outer end of the lamin of the fourth dorsal vertebra above the anterior zygapophyses is capped by asmall upwardly and anteriorly projecting process (metapophysis) which attains its greatest development about the seventh or eighth, beyond which it becomes rapidly smaller. The lumbar, transverse processes are mere rudiments and are slightly backwardly projected, without any trace 156 INSECTIVORA. of metapophyses. The zygapophyses are well developed. The hypapophysis of the atlas is more or less bifurcate and well developed, but in the axis this process is very small. In the third cervical it is large and triangular, and nearly twice as great as in the succeeding vertebra, beyond which it rapidly decreases, but can be traced as far backwards as the second dorsal, where it is resolved into two rudimentary eminences on the posterior margin of the centrum. Hypapophysial ossicles occur between the twelfth and thirteenth dorsal and succeeding vertebree, as far as the last dorsal and first lumbar vertebrae. A strong hypapophysial ridge is developed on the second and third sacral vertebree, dividing the very much contracted pelvic orifice into two. The caudal vertebree, nine in number, are very simple, being rather long, cylindrical ossicles, with rudiments of metapophyses. There are well developed heemapophyses between the first and second and the other caudal vertebre. Without separating the much contracted pelvis which is so compressed on the sacral vertebre that they cannot be observed with precision, there appear to be four of these vertebral elements united together with one vertebra anterior to them free, but applied by very short transverse processes to the side of the ilium. The spinous processes of the sacral vertebre form a low compressed ridge which is posteriorly firmly soldered to the ischia, but anterior to this attachment and internal to the acetabule there is a very narrow, elongated, sacro-sciatic foramen. The united spinous ridge bears two tubercular processes on its side, in a position corresponding to the line of union of the vertebree, and they appear to be homo- logous with the hyperapophyses of the lumbar vertebree. The ribs are fifteen in number. The first rib is short and thick, and a small epiphysial ossicle occurs between it and its rather compactly ossified, sternal portion, which rapidly dilates to be attached to the whole of the side of the expanded portion of the presternum, and is deeply concave on its external surface. Hight ribs are attached to the sternum, the sternal portion of the seventh being directly applied to the side of the last third of the terminal mesosternal segment, while the broad sternal end of the eighth is also applied to it and to the anterior extremity of the xiphisternum. All the sternal ribs are ossified, and the lower halves of those that do not directly join the sternum overlap each other to a remarkable degree, that of the ninth overlying the middle of the sternal half of the eighth, that of the tenth over the same section of the ninth, while in the four succeeding ribs the sternal halves of their ossified cartilages cross over the corresponding halves of two ribs in front of them, so that the distal third of a cartilage lies along the upper margin of the cartilage of the rib in front of it, not below it. This arrangement must confer great respiratory power on the animal. The cartilage of the fifteenth rib only is unossified. The thoracic cavity is pyramidal, narrow above and much expanded below, a circumstance which would also confer great respiratory power. The presternum is somewhat T-shaped with an obscure trace of aridge which is the continuation of its much compressed stalk, which has in fact the appearance of a narrow rod, but when viewed sideways has considerable antero-posterior exten- sion. There is a slight concavity on either side of the ridge. The first mesosternal ANUROSOREX. 157 segment resembles the stalk of the presternum, but the other four presternal segments increase in breadth as they are traced backwards. The first three show traces of a keel. The xiphisternum is a short cylinder, capped with cartilage. The scapula is very narrow, almost rod-like; the post-scapula being reduced to a very narrow fossa, and the prescapula to an extremely narrow, slightly externally reverted ridge. The spine is deep and strong, and marked at its middle by a feebly tuberous eminence from which the spine shelves off above to the thick and rounded, but very narrow, supra-scapular border. The acromion and metacromial processes resemble Crocidura. The former is applied to the outer side of the head of the humerus immediately below the anterior surface, to which it is attached by liga- ment, and forms with the thin supra-glenoid rod of the scapula a complete and rather high arch, the external end of the clavicle being placed over it. The coracoid is represented by the anterior projection of the glenoid surface of the scapula. The external half of the clavicle has a slightly downward curve. Its outer end is curved backwards to be applied to the upper surface of the acromion, and it terminates in a small meso-scapular ossicle, its inner end having the rudi- ment of a precoracoid. The humerus is about one-fifth shorter than the ulna, and it has the form of the humerus of Crocidura. The antero-posterior, flattened and laterally extended upper half of the bone is curved backwards, and the deltoid ridge is very prominent and begins at the middle of the anterior margin of the articular surface of the head, half-way between each tuberosity. The supra- condyloid foramen is well developed, but there is no supra-trochlear foramen, but the anconeal fossa is deep, and both condyles are prominent. The olecranon is well developed and rather flattened on its outer surface. The radius and ulna are distinct. The carpus has a radiale, intermedium, ulnare, and pisiform, a united fourth and fifth carpale, but no centrale, as in Crocidura. The pelvis is very narrow and is considerably curved backwards, downwards, and forwards, and is much contracted, the symphysis being separated from the sacrum by so restricted an interspace, and being so filled up by the sacral hypapo- physes, as in Talpa, that there is no room for the pelvic viscera to pass internally, so that they are continued out below the pelvic symphysis as in that genus. The ilium is rod-like and parallel to the vertebral column, its anterior half being only slightly divergent. The acetabulum, placed about the middle of the pelvis, is immediately opposite and close to the pelvic symphysis, which is very short, but the bones are closely in contact with each other. Behind the symphysis, the pubes and ischia are externally divergent, but less so than in Talpa, and they enclose a long, rather narrow, thyroid foramen, the lower or pelvic wall of which is rod-like, the upper or ischial wall being prolonged downwards and forwards, the pubes form- ing a well marked, flattened spine which projects in that direction, the tuberosity of the ischium being rounded off and scarcely determinable. The bodies of the sacral vertebree almost fill up the space that intervenes between the thyroid foramina. The dorsal surface of the ischium of either side is amalgamated with 158 INSECTIVORA. the termination of the long sacro-spinal ridge, and in so close apposition that the two bones appear to meet and form an arch over the commencement of the caudal vertebre, in this respect differing remarkably from Talpa and Crocidura. The femur is short and cylindrical, as in Talpa and Crocidura, flattened behind between the two trochanters with the rudiment of a third trochanter. The tibia and fibula are anchylosed throughout more than their lower halves. The former is shaped as in Crocidura, but the lower anterior extremity of the amalgamated bones is rather deeply concave below, and from the tibial side of the concavity a well marked process projects downwards and outwards across the concavity to the fibular side, in which there is a marked anterior process, and these two are connected by a ligament, so that the underlying tendons are securely held in position. The metatarsus is slightly shorter than the tarsus. The latter is normal, but it has a well developed, falciform sesamoid on the tibial side, as in Talpa. Measurements of skeleton. Inches. Length of vertebral column from atlas to extremity of sacral spinous ridge. : : . 2°46 s 5, caudal vertebree . 5 5 < ‘ 3 ? : - , ‘ x FS ss » pre and mesosternum . ‘ s “ . P ‘ , é r » 758 » »» Clavicle . : ‘ : : : : : ‘ z : ‘ : % = “eo Ps », scapula . : é s x : : : ‘ ‘ F - : F oe; Greatest breadth of scapula . : : : : ; : : : - 08 Length of acromion from base of etotieronlial process . : ‘ ‘ : F : . 06 » 5, Metacromial . és 3 . 7 ‘i , % A ; ‘ i ‘ . 08 53 5, humerus . é ‘ é ; s P 3 : . < ‘ A . °46 » 9 ulna , 5 . : 5 Z 4 : . : ; 2 ‘ % « ds » 5, radius . , ‘ : : : : : 2 : . ‘ : . AQ 9 99: Carpus and cece 5 3 : 5 : 3 : : 5 5 : - 321 » 5 middle finger ‘ ‘ : 5 2 : ‘ : * . ‘ : « ~*29 » 9 pelvis . ss k F , : z E : : és : é . 68 » thyroid ae ‘ é : 3 ‘ ‘ - Z : 5 a 12. Greate breadth of thyroid focarten ; : : e ° : : : : - “OL Crest of ilium to anterior margin of soatceulniad , ; is ‘ : : ‘ . 29 Posterior margin of acetabulum to extremity of pelvis . ‘ ‘i : : ‘ : - 125 Breadth of right side of pelvis across acetabulum . F 3 : : ‘ ‘ : . 12 Distance between pubes anteriorly . ‘ ‘ : - s : B é 4 re 5 53 » posteriorly A . ms : : ‘ ‘ : : - 120 Length of femur . : : : ; : ; : ‘ : : : : : - 126 sy pitibias “ss ‘ - : . ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ “ “ : 5 a CD: sy» 45 free portion of fibula a < 5 ‘ ; 2 ‘ ° A : - x “325 a » tarsus . a : : 3 3 4 ‘ ‘ 5 é 7 ‘ ‘ = “25 a > metatarsus . : f , ‘ : . ¥ i 4 : ‘ ‘ . 20 5 » fourth toe . : % : : : : , ; ; . i 3 ~ “DQ There is no cecum, and the intestine is 12°75" in length. The stomach when inflated has a greater transverse than longitudinal capacity, and the ceso- phageal and pyloric extremities approach close to each other and are nearly on the same level, the former being almost in the middle line of the viscus. The cardiac half projects considerably to the left, and there is a much narrower projection to the right of the pylorus. The sub-maxillary glands are very large, 036 long by 018 in prea and they reach as far back as on a line with the anterior margin of the axilla. ANUROSOREX. 159 Conclusion.—The skull and dentition of this remarkable animal are essentially Soricine, and by its dentition it is allied to Diplomesodon ; it is, however, so anomalous in its form and in the rudimentary character of its tail and in the great size of its head, and so Talpine in the structure of its pelvis, that it merits being placed apart from all other genera of shrews, whether terrestrial or aquatic, in a sub- family, Anurosoricine. CARNIVORA. FELIDA. Genus Fruits, Linn. * FeLis TIGRIS, Linn. Fels tigris, Linn., Syst. Nat. Halae, 10 ed. 1760, p. 41. Tigris regalis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1867, p. 623, et Cat. Carniv. etc., Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 10. The tiger is very prevalent in the neighbourhood of Bhamé on both banks of the Irawady and of its affluent, the Tapeng; it is of less frequent occurrence in the Kakhyen hills, but it ascends there to an elevation of 4,000 feet, and is far from uncommon on the hills and in the valleys to the east wherever it can find sufficient cover. Bhamé is enclosed by a stockade about 9 feet high, but this is no protection against the inroads of tigers, which not unfrequently enter the town at night after the gates have been closed at sundown. One tigress, the townspeople asserted, was seen to clear the stockade with a man in her mouth. During my short stay in the town I was present at the hunt after a tigress with her cub which had entered the town and carried off an old woman while sitting making thatch in the verandah of her hut, which was closely surrounded by other dwellings. They are especially numerous about Tsitkaw, where the long jungle grass of the level plain affords them ample cover, and out of two closely adjoining villages six people had been killed by tigers in as many months. But notwithstanding the prevalence of this animal, and although it was my habit to spend the greater part of the day in the jungle outside Bhamé and Tsitkaw, I never yet came across a tiger, but saw frequent evidences of their presence in their footprints. The skins of newly killed animals were frequently brought to me for sale in the Sanda valley, also skulls and the bones of the legs, and these materials enabled me to determine that the tigers of these elevated districts of Western Yunnan differ in no perceptible way from the tiger of India. The tiger found in the northern portions of China, as pointed out by Swinhoe,' is a pale race with few stripes and distinguished by the long character of its fur, which is also more pliable and softer than that of the southern race which, he says, resembles the Bengal tiger, and which is found as far north as Shanghai, and ' Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 378. FELIS. 161 has also been obtained at Amoy, Canton,’ and Ningpo.? The long-haired race with the stripes fully marked is found in Manchuria, where, A. M.-Edwards° states, it is subject to considerable variation, as L’Abbé David had observed nearly brownish black and nearly perfectly white individuals. Swinhoe‘ is not convinced of the specific identity of these northern and southern types of the Chinese tiger, but A. M.-Edwards’ states that the differences that exist between them are too slight to permit of their identity being doubted. He has compared a cast of the skull of the north China race with a skull from Siam, and has only been able to detect a few insignificant variations. The wide distribution of the species has been indicated by Blyth® and Swinhoe. In the Kakhyen hills, as in Assam, the tiger is killed with bamboo arrows poisoned by the juice of a species of Aconite which is widely distributed over the eastern Himalaya, Assam, and the Kakhyen hills, and which is well known to the different hill tribes of these countries. * FELIS PARDUS, Linn. Felis pardus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. 1766, vol. i. p. 61, et 247d. 13th ed. Gmelin, vol. i. 1788, p. 77; Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Ann. 1777, p. 505; Schreber, Sdugeth. vol. iii. 1778, p. 384, pl. xcix.; Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. 1780, vol. ii. p. 261; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 200 ; Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. vol. i. p. 99. Felis leopardus, Linn. Syst. Nat. Gmelin, 13th ed. 1788, vol. i. p. 77; Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Ann. 1777, p. 509; Schreber, Saugeth. vol. ii. 1778, p. 387, pl. ci.; Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 263; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 199; Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. 1827, vol. i. p. 92. Felis panthera, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Ann. 1777, p. 508; Pallas, Geograph. Rosso-Asia, vol. i. 1831, p. 18. Leopardus pardus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 263; Cat. Carniv. &c. Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 10. Felis melas (Péron), Desmarest. Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1816, p. 104; Mamm. 1820, p. 223, The leopard is not uncommon on the hills along the Sanda valley, whence 1 obtained a young specimen in the flesh and many skins. I also observed it in the neighbourhood of old water-courses behind Tamelone on the Tapeng river in Upper Burma. Swinhoe distinguishes two races of leopard in China; the southern form, by its shorter hair and more regular markings, conforming to the Indian leopards; and the northern, by its long shaggy hair and the greater amount of white about it, by the confused massing together of the black spots and circles on its body and tail, and by a paler colour, differing considerably from the former. He is inclined to regard them as distinct species, and the latter, which is found in the neighbourhood of Pekin and in the north of China generally, and Manchuria, he considers to be identical with the Felis japanensis, Gray,” which species was 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, pp. 3 and 4. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 3. 2 Ibid. 1872, p. 817. 5 Lic. 3 Rech. Mamm. p. 207. 6 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 182. 7 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 264, et Cat. Carniv. etc. B. M. 1869, p. 11, et A. M.-Edwards, Rech. Mammif. 1868-74, p. 211. Ww 162 CARNIVORA. founded on a tanned skin, and from the circumstance that it had the stamp of a Japanese trader, it was considered by Dr. Gray to be an inhabitant of that island, but Swinhoe strongly suspects that it was procured by the Japanese from one of the trading stations in China. It is impossible to say whether this species is identical with the Felis fontanieri, A. M.-Edwards, which is founded on specimens obtained by M. Fontanier, who was resident in or near Pekin, but judging by Gray’s description, it would appear to be so closely affined to it that I hesitate to pronounce them distinct, having reference only to the character of the fur. Felis fontanieri is characterised by the confluence of the black spots which form rather large, com- plete rings in the adult, as in the Jaguar, but without a central black spot. The fur is also long, soft, and dense. This latter character is also assigned by Swinhoe to the northern race of Chinese leopards, the fur of which, he states, is confusedly spotted and marked with black rings. Gray also states that the coat of his F. japanensis is distinguished by its roundish and unequal-sized spots and by black rings with no central black spot, and which are distributed over the shoulders, back, and sides, while A. M.-Edwards describes these rings as very distinct on the scapu- lar region and on the upper parts of the sides and on the back. It does not appear to me that there is any character yielded by these descriptions that would enable us to separate the so-called F. japanensis, Gray, from F. fontaniert, A. M.-Edwards, but as the materials for the identification of Gray’s species are insufficient, being only a tanned skin, it would be as well not to burden zoological literature with the term F. japanensis. There can be no doubt, however, that F. fontanieri is at least a well- marked race if not a distinct species. I have had the opportunity to examine the type of this beautiful leopard. A. M.-Edwards has pointed out certain characters by which he considers F. fontanieri to be distinguished from the leopards of India and Africa, and from the skull figured by Gray as Leopardus chinensis. He attaches great importance to the short muzzle of the northern leopard, and states that the distance between the anterior border of the alveolus of the canine and the summit of the fronto- nasal process of the superior maxilla equals the breadth between the external borders of the infra-orbital foramina, while in Felis pardus the former measure- ment considerably exceeds the latter, and he records that the relative proportion between these parts is equally observable in the young as in the adults of F. fontanieri. I have examined a series of five skulls of F. pardus from India, all with reliable histories and of different ages, but without any record of their sex; and although they support the generalisation of the accomplished French naturalist regarding the greater length of the first interval as compared with the second in Felis pardus, the tabulated measurements which I here give suggest that considerable changes take place with advancing age in the proportions between these two areas of the face in F. pardus, because in the youngest example they are nearly equal, as in F. fontanieri, so that these measurements are not very reliable guides to separate the species in youth. At the same time, there can be no doubt that in the adult Felis pardus of India, the muzzle is not so deep, but is more elongated than in FELIS. 163 F. fontanieri, in which the frontals are more arched with the nasals in the same curve. In Leopardus chinensis, Gray, a fully adult animal, there is the same short muzzle as in F. fontanieri, and the foregoing two facial measurements are for practical purposes equal. Table of measurements. First. Second. No. 1 skull 9°75 inches in extreme length . . ‘ : : ‘ ‘ : ‘ -| 3°61 3:17 ” 2 ” 9°25 9 ” . . . . . . . . . . 3°69 3:11 3 43 875 a9 Ss ‘ 5 “ 5 . . : , : 3:07 2°88 th, 3) 8°42 % 3 ‘i ‘ 5 ‘ ‘4 ‘ ; ; ‘ .| 2°90 2°78 Soe Or aaey 6:00 a 3 ‘ : ‘ . : . ‘ ‘ " 2°38 2°37 Leop. chinensis 7-00 ir 49 ; . . : : : ; ; : -| 2°50 2°47 This table also shows that the character is a variable one, at least in the leopards of India, as is further found by A. M.-Edwards’ observations on the skulls in the Paris Museum. The other character by which the skull of Felis fontanieri is said to be dis- tinguished from £. pardus is the different proportions in which the length from the posterior border of the occipital condyles to the orbito-sphenoid foramina stands to the total length of the alveolar border of the superior maxillary, the former measurement in Felis fontaniert equalling the latter, while in the F. pardus the superior, alveolar, maxillary length is notably longer. But in this detail, the skull of Leopardus chinensis conforms to the Indian type, in which, however, these proportions seem to change with age and to be otherwise variable. In the above- mentioned leopard skulls these measurements stand to each other in the following proportions :— No. 1, 3°10 to 3:25; No. 2, 2:90 to 2°96; No. 3, 2°80 to 2°83; No. 4, 2°76 to 2°83; and in Leopardus chinensis, 2°35 to 2°55. The Yunnan skull is young, measuring only 5°75 inches in extreme length. The facial portion is more downwardly arched than in the skull of F. fontanieri figured by A. M.-Edwards, or in Leopardus chinensis, Gray, but the distance, as already stated, between the anterior border of the canine alveolus to the tip of the fronto-nasal process of the superior maxilla is less than the space comprised between the external margins of the infra-orbital foramina, falling in the centre of these openings. In this respect, the skull more closely resembles F. fontaniert than F. pardus. On the other hand, the frontal region is broad, the breadth between the external orbital angles much exceeding the distance from the summit of the median suture of the nose to the lower border of the infra-orbital foramen, and in this respect it agrees with skulls of Indian leopards. Turning to the basal portion, the interval between the posterior border of the occipital condyles and the spheno-orbital foramina is more than the length of the alveolar border of the superior maxilla, but these proportions would probably alter with the growth of the skull. I am also inclined to think that the 164: CARNIVORA. foregoing facial proportions are in all likelihood the subject of considerable changes as the bones expand and elongate with advancing dentition. The auditory bull are large, as in F. pardus, while in F. chinensis they are not so inflated. The black leopard is also found in the Kakhyen hills and in the valleys to the eastward, and I obtained two skins at Momien or Teng-yue-chow. ‘ * FELIS BENGALENSIS, Desmarest. Felis bengalensis, Desmarest, Mamm. Suppl. 1820, p. 541; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 205 (in part) ; Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 184 (in part) ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p. 60; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 105 (in part). Felis swmatrana, Horsfd., Zool. Resch. Java, 1824, (plate); Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 48; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 1848, p. 43. Felis minuta, Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. vol. i. 1827, p. 230; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1841, p. 509; Gray, Cat. Carniv. &c. Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 26. Felis nipalensis, Horsfd. and Vigors, Zool. Journ. vol. iv. 1829, p. 282; Hodgson, Journ. As. Soe. vol. i. 1832, p. 342; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. u. 1841, p. 511; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 449; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 272; Cat. Carniv. etc. B. M. 1869, p. 27. Felis ? Elliot, Madras Journ. Lit. and Se. July 1839, p. 108. Felis horsfieldii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 260 ; Horsfd, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 47. Felis pardiehroa, Hodgson, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 286; Horsfd. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 396; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 273, fig. 7; Cat. Carniv. etc. B. M. 1869, p- 28. ? Felis undata, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1816, p, 115; Mamm. 1820, p. 230 (nec Chat Sauvage des Indes, Vosmaer) ; Fischer, var. Sumatrana, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 205. This species is not uncommon in the Kakhyen hills and also at Momien, but specimens from the latter locality have longer fur, probably due to the colder region which they inhabit. The animals, however, from both areas agree with the type of Ff. pardichroa, Hodgson. It is essentially arboreal in its habits, and its prey, the natives assert, consists chiefly of birds and small mammals, such as squirrels and Tupaie. It is a variable species, and even although some of Hodgson’s type specimens appear at first sight remarkably distinct, still with a large series under examination, strongly marked varieties will be seen to be linked together by intermediate forms. In the India Museum, London, one of Hodgson’s types is a rich yellow, rather densely spotted cat, the spots tending to form rosettes, the small black spots being clustered round yellowish-brown areas which are darker than the pale yellow ground colour which surrounds these rosettes. Of the four black bands on the head, the two outer bands expand on the shoulder and then divide into two, enclosing a brown area like the rosettes, and then pass more or less round the neck. This specimen is from Nepal, and the body measures 19°50 inches in length and the tail 10°75 inches. Another and more typical specimen also from Nepal is distinguished by the less profuse spotting of the trunk and in the spots being large and black and not tending FELIS. 165 to form rosettes. The dorsal spots do not unite in lines, but they have a linear arrangement. Major-General Strachey obtained in Kumaon a cat of this species which has even larger spots than this second Nepal specimen, from which it differs in the paler tint of the ground colour. In its large spots it closely resembles the so-called Wagati of Southern India, and some of the Yunnan skins belong to this and to the previous form. The F. horsfieldii, Gray, is another cat resembling the Kumaon specimen, as is also the Felis sumatrana, Horsfd., which is, however, immature. The Javan cat first indicated by George Cuvier’ appears to be more nearly allied to this species than to F. viverrina, Bennett, with which the Ff. bengalensis, Horsfield,” is identical. * FELIS DOMESTICUS, Auct. The domestic cat of Western Yunnan is not at all prevalent, and those I observed were small and of a uniform grey colour, dark-spotted, and with the cheeks obscurely lineated. They resemble the form described by Dr. Gray as Felis chinensis. 1 Ann du Mus. vol. xiv. 1809, p. 159; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1816, p. 115. 21. c., p. 49. 166 CARNIVORA. VIVERRIDA. Genus VIVERRICULA, HoDGsoNn. * VIVERRICULA MALACCENSIS, Gmelin. Civette de Malacca, Sonnerat, Voy. Ind. Orient. 1782, vol. ii. p. 144, pl. xei. Viverra malaccensis, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. i. 1788, p. 92; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 1843, p- 48; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 122. Viverra indica, Geoffr. Collect. du Mus.; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. vil. p. 1705. Mammal. 1820, p. 210; F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xvii. p. 322; Desmoulins, Dict. Class d’Hist. Nat. vol. iv. p. 176; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 171; Sykes, Proc. Zool, Soe. 1831, p. 101; Elliot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. vol. x. 1839, p. 102. Genetta indica, Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 174. Viverra bengalensis, Gray and Hardwicke, Ill. Ind. Zool. vol. i. 1832, pl. iv. Viverra rasse, Horsfield, Resch. Zool. Java (plate) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 28; E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 59, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1841, p. 284, plate exiiiA ; Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 1848, p. 48; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 362. Viverra pallida, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 63; 1864, p. 514; Ill. Ind. Zool. vol. ii. pl. vi. Viverricula indica, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. x. 1841, p. 909; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 58. Viverricula malaccensis, Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xv. 1846, p. 199; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Bengal, 1863, p. 45; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 5138; Cat. Carniv. etc. B. M. 1869, p. 47. In the one specimen procured at Bhamé there are only seven dorsal lines, but the external lines are not very distinct, and each consists of a chain of spots, Six lines commence behind the shoulder, but the two central lines soon unite, so that the number is reduced to five, the outer linear arrangements of spots only commencing about the middle of the flanks on which the spotting is very distinct. The fur gener- ally has a warm rufous tinge, and the specimen in its general character corresponds to the V. rasse of Horsfield. The barring of the tail with brown and yellowish-white is very distinct, and ten brown bars may be detected, becoming narrower and more indistinct as they are traced backwards, the tip being white, tinged with yellowish, a colour which is rather marked on the upper surface of the tail generally. Inches. Length of body . ; : c ‘: A A 3 : . é . 20 Tail = ; ; : ‘ : : - . : ‘ ; . 12 ’ This species is not at all uncommon in Upper Burma and in the Kakhyen hills. Genus Prionopon, Horsfield. * PRIONODON PARDICOLOR, Hodgson. Prionodon pardicolor, Hodgson, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1841, vol. ii. p. 87, pl. ii. figs. 3 to 6; Hors- field, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 52; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Bengal, 1863, p. 46; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p- 124. Lingsang pardicolor, Gray, Cat. Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 49, et Cat. Carmiv. ete. B. M. 1869, p, 53. Viverra perdicator, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i, p. 366. PRIONODON. 167 I obtained a skin of this remarkable animal in the Kakhyen hills, where it appears to be as rare as it is in the Himalaya. It is very seldom seen or captured by the natives. I have no information to communicate regarding its habits, which are but little known. The allied species, P. gracilis, Horsfield, occurs in Tenasserim and Malacca, and Dr. Horsfield records it from Sumatra, Siam, and Java; in the British Museum there are two specimens from Borneo. The skulls, as remarked by Dr. Gray, are very much alike, but that of P. gra- cilis is distinguished by the greater length and breadth of the hinder part of its palate, as far back as the pterygoids, and by its broader muzzle. 168 CARNIVORA. HERPESTID A. Genus Herpsstss, Illiger. The Mungooses of India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, and Cochin China, and the Islands of Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, are all referable to this genus, the members of which, in these parts of Eastern Asia, differ among themselves much in the same way as the Eastern Asiatic squirrels. Eleven of the species have annulated fur without any special markings on either the shoulder, sides, or belly, while three species are distinguished by neck markings, and another by uniformly coloured, unpunctulated fur. The first of these sections is the parallel of the grizzled, unlineated squirrels, such as S. dokriah; the second, the equivalent of the lineated group illustrated by such forms as 8. macclellandi and H. plantani; and the third may be said to conform to the type of colouring which is distinctive of S. ferrugineus. As in the squirrels, so in the Herpestes, the presence or absence of lineation carries with it no generic difference of skull, skeleton or teeth: all the characters yielded by their structures contribute to prove that the following species are closely allied to each other in the following sequence, viz., H. auropunctatus, HI. persicus, H. smithi, H. maccarthiea, H. pallidus, H. ferrugineus, H. jerdoni, HA. fuscus, H. javanicus, H. brachyurus, H. vitticollis, H. urva, and H. semitor- quatus. The last mentioned appears to be most closely allied to the African forms A. badius and H. melanurus. I have not examined the skull of H. javanicus, but the skulls of all the others have passed under my observation, and I am enabled to speak with some confidence, as I have examined not only the skulls of the types of the different Asiatic genera, to which these species have been referred, but also the specimens which yielded the external characters, besides the skeletons of the three forms which have been referred to Calogale, Onychogale, and Calictis, and all of which are preserved in the British Museum. With regard to the external characters of these species, they all carry their lithe and vermiform bodies low, and are very quick in their movements. The fur, with one exception, is annulated by different shades of yellow and brown, the alternate rings varying from four to twelve in number. The skin is more or less thickly clad on the body and neck, with a fine, silky almost woolly under-pile, generally of two colours, and among which are interspersed the numerous, long, annulated hairs, which effectually conceal it. The tail is either pencilled or unpen- cilled, and in the former case, the base, which is always thick and muscular, is clad with long hairs which slightly shorten as the terminal pencil of hairs is reached, the latter being as long, or longer, than the basal hairs, whereas in the unpencilled tails the hair also is long at the base, longer in some (Z. pallidus) than others (2. auropune- tatus), and becomes gradually shorter towards the tip, which in all is well clad. The tail also is much longer in some species than others, equalling little more than half the length of the body and head in one (H. brachywrus), while in another (H. pal- lidus) with the hair, it nearly equals the length of the trunk and head. All HERPESTES. 169 the species have short, rounded ears; the head rather long, and the nose nude and prominent, and marked by a vertical groove that runs to the upper lip. The legs are rather short, and in all the species they are provided with five claws on each foot. The claws are of variable strength, and they never present any marked modi- fication on the common type, which is that of a fossorial claw. Any departure from the normal type that has been hitherto observed seems to have been entirely due to disuse, the result of the animal having been kept in confinement. The tarsus in its mesial line may either be wholly nude to the heel, or partially clad ; but this character, taken alone, is an unreliable guide to specific affinity, because two such widely different species as H. auropunctatus and ZH. vitticollis agree in this detail, while the nearly allied species, H. pallidus and H. fuscus, are separated by this character of their tarsus. In all the species already named, there are 40 teeth, any apparent exception to the rule being satisfactorily explained as aresult of age. The dental formula of the milk teeth is 3 $ 1 4 4 4—82, and of the permanent teeth 3 41144 2 2=—32—40, and the description of the teeth of one species will suffice to give a general idea of the dental characters of the genus. The two middle pair of upper incisors are considerably smaller than the external pair. The upper half of the crown of these teeth, posteriorly, is concave from above downwards, the tip of the crown being laterally rounded. The margin defining this concavity from the basal portion of the crown shows a distinct tendency to form two rounded cusps. The posterior, concave surface of the crown of the second incisor is placed obliquely ; and at the inner margin of the base, or upper end of the concavity, there is a somewhat prominent, mammillary cusp. The canines are well developed, and do not present any special characters. The first premolar is the smallest and shortest tooth of its kind, and is somewhat laterally compressed, the base of the crown forming a slight protuberance posteriorly, which is more developed in some species than in others. The second and third premolars are about the same size, and both have the triangular, pointed crown laterally compressed, with a sharp anterior and posterior border; the cingulum of the second premolar forms a slight ridge at the base of the anterior border and a more prominent cusp-like eminence at the base of the posterior margin, these portions of the cingulum being more developed in the third premolar which is distinguished from the second by the cingulum forming a pro- minent projection, on the inner aspect of the base of the crown, over the most external fang. The fourth premolar is the largest of all the teeth, and is only an intensified development of the characters presented by its immediate predecessor. In this tooth, the inner prominence of the cingulum has become converted into a triangular cusp placed nearly on a line with the anterior margin of the tooth, and the cusp at the posterior aspect of the base of the crown constitutes an oblique, elongated, somewhat bitubercular ridge, whilst the cingulum at the anterior border of the tooth forms a prominent ridge, the triangular central crown of the tooth being broad antero- posteriorly and situated between the inner and posterior cusps. There is a large vacant space internally, between the last premolar and the first molar, for the x 170 CARNIVORA. reception of the crown of the first molar of the lower jaw. The first molar is a transversely elongated, antero-posteriorly compressed tooth, with a small external cusp, with two others internal to it at its base, the inner half of the tooth, which is at a still higher level, slightly exceeding in size the external half of the crown, having its free surface concave from without inwards and terminating internally in a rather sharp point. The last molar is also transversely elongated, but very small and only about one-fourth the size of the preceding tooth. It is very simple, being generally bicuspidate, one cusp being external and the other internal. The central pair of inferior incisors are the smallest teeth in the lower jaw, and have simple, flattened crowns. The pair external to them are slightly larger and tend to become bitubercular, while the internal pair are considerably larger and have the bitubercular character more pronounced. The canines do not call for remark, and the first premolar is very much laterally compressed and simple. In an example of H. awropunctatus, there are, so to speak, two first premolars on the left side of the jaw, having the appearance as if the tooth had been divided in two. It is not an instance of the presence of the milk and permanent teeth in the jaw at the same time, for it is apparent that they are both newly through the gum. Moreover, the more posterior of the two is considerably longer than the first permanent premo- lar should be, so that it would appear that the posterior of the two is the abnormal tooth. This condition is in no way akin to the observation recorded by Ogilby and accepted by Dr. Gray with regard to the supposed occurrence of two additional teeth in the lower jaw of Z. vitticollis, and which I have explained in another part of this Memoir. The crowns of the first, second, and third inferior premolars are triangular, long, and laterally compressed, and at the base of the crown anteriorly, and posteriorly in the first, there is a slight eminence due to a swelling of the cingulum, but on the third premolar a small cusp is developed over the last mentioned of these eminences, both of which are more prominent in it than in its predecessor. In the fourth pre- molar the cusp has become considerably enlarged, and the anterior and posterior processes of the cingulum form prominent ridges. The first molar has the anterior two-thirds of the crown carrying three strong, triangular, divergent cusps, one exter- nal, one anterior, and one internal, the first of these being the largest and longest. The posterior third of the crown is at a much lower level, concave, shelving upwards and outwards, its external margin, in some, showing a tendency to division. The last molar is small, and generally with two anterior and one posterior cusp. But it appears to be the most variable of the teeth, and in H. brachyurus is quadricuspidate, there being three external and one internal cusp. The skull is narrow and elongated, the brain-case equalling about two-thirds of its entire length, and it is marked anteriorly by a well-defined, post-orbital contrac- tion. The lambdoidal ridge forms a prominent crest truncated above, but with lateral sides, while the sagittal suture is but little elevated, and it is joined immediately behind the post-orbital contraction by the obscure ridges from the tips of the external angular processes of the frontal. The latter processes are very prominent, and are opposed to the inferior, posterior, orbital processes of the maxilla, the tendency being HERPESTES. 171 for these two processes to unite in adult life and to enclose the orbit posteriorly, complete union of these processes generally taking place when the sutures of the cranium are all amalgamated. I know of only one species of the Asiatic Herpestes T have examined, in which these two processes probably do not unite, viz. H. semi- torquatus, and in which the orbit is always imperfect. The infra-orbital foramen is well defined. The palatal surface is triangular, with the palatines prolonged back- wards beyond the alveolar border, as in the skulls of allied families, and with the ptery- goids forming the lateral angles of the posterior nares, the commencement of which is opposite to the articular surface of the squamous. The palatal border of the posterior nares may be either simply arched, or the arched portion may contract to a narrow notch, or the palatine border may be transverse. The tympanic bulle are prominent, and project below and external to the opening of their osseous tube. The lower jaw has a prominent, ascending ramus, and a somewhat upwardly reverted, backwardly projecting, posterior angle. I have tabulated the measurements of the skulls of the different species, and an inspection of the table and accompanying figures shows how uniform the skull characters are, and how closely some of the species are related. Dr. Gray included in the genus Herpestes, of which H. ichneumon may be taken as the type, Herpestes jerdonii, H. pallidus, H. persicus, H. fuscus, H. javanicus, H. semitorquatus, H. exilis, H. malaccensis, and H. brachyurus. The foregoing is the order pursued in the Catalogue of Carnivora, &c., in the British Museum, in which the Madras Herpestes jerdonit, which is closely allied to H. pallidus, is placed along with the African forms, although the genus Herpestes is divided by Dr. Gray into an African and Asiatic sub-division. That this arrangement is thoroughly artificial is evinced by the circumstance that the small Mungoose, H. persicus, which is apparently only a local form of H. auropunctatus, is placed between H. pallidus and H. fuscus, two large forms nearly allied to each other, but markedly distinct from H. persicus, whose nearest ally, H. auropunctatus, is located in a separate genus Calogale, to which Herpestes pallidus is also referred under Hodgson’s specific name of nyula. Again, H. exilis, Gervais, which is identical with H. rutilus, Gray, and H. javanicus, is classified along with H. semitorquatus and H. malaccensis, the former being a Mun- goose nearly affined to H. urva and H. vitticollis, while H. malaccensis is evidently the same as H. pallidus. The Ceylon Mungoose, H. maccarthie, is ranked as a distinct genus, Onychogale, on account of the length of its claws, which is undoubtedly a result of the animal having been kept in confinement; while the other Ceylon form, H. smithii, which has a complete and not “rather incomplete” orbit as mentioned in the foregoing Catalogue, is also placed in a separate genus Calictis, apparently also founded on claw characters, the result of confinement. The large Madras Mungoose, H. vitticollis, which has its nearest affines in H. urva and H. semitorquatus, is regarded as the type of a distinct genus Teniogale, whilst H. wrva has also its own genus Urea, and the Bornean, neck-banded Mungoose, which is closely allied to these, is allocated to Herpestes. The genus Zeniogale is founded on altogether fallacious grounds, viz., the supposed presence of 42 teeth. Ogilby, in 1835, described the skull, now in the 172 CARNIVORA. British Museum, and fell into the error that it had the foregoing number of teeth, but an inspection of the skull conclusively proves that the supposed additional tooth is only one of the exposed fangs of the penultimate molar, the crown of the tooth having been worn away. This is evident, as on the left side of the lower jaw one- half of the crown remains attached to the anterior fang and still shows the fracture where the crown has been broken across about its middle, the posterior fang being quite distinct. After I had examined the specimen, I observed a nearly similar con- dition in H. jerdonii, in which the penultimate molar of the lower jaw had lost its crown on one side, the fangs remaining in their sockets and being worn and smooth, while on the opposite side the tooth was intact. The Urva cancrivora, Hodgson, which has the skull and dentition of Herpestes, appears to me in no way separable from this genus. Its fur islong and loose, but in this it resembles H. vitticollis, and its neck-streak, although white, does not in other respects differ from the neck-band of the latter species; whereas in H. semitorquatus there is a similar mark, but less pronounced than in these species: but all are nearly related. The skeletons of Calictis smithii and Onychogale maccarthié are structurally identical with each other and with Herpestes, as is evident from the notice I have given of them under the respective species. Measurements of skulls of Eastern Asiatic Herpestes. | H, vitticollis, HH. semitorquatus. EH, brachyurus. HH. jerdonii. H, urva, H. fuseus, | HI, auropuncetatus, | EH. maccarthia. | HL, ferrugineus. | H. persicus, Ee smithit | HH, pallidus, Anterior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxillaries . : .|3°65 | 3°30 | ... [3°12 (3:25 | ... | 2°96 | 3:00 | 2°60 | 2°58 | 2:32 | 2°34 Lambdoidal ridge to tip of premaxillaries .|4°05 | 3°63 | 3°41 |3°53 |3°60 | ... | 2°80 | 3:20 | 2°92 | 2°47 | 2-42 | 2°50 Anterior border of orbit to tip of premaxil- laries . : . {1:30 | 1:17 |1:03 |1°10 }1:710 | -96 | -96 | ‘90 | °86 | -80 | °65 | °65 Breadth across frontal contraction : -| ‘80 | "75 | -71 | °75 | 63 | -60 | °56 | 50] 55 | 62 | °38 | °38 » at posterior root of zygoma . «| 160 | 1°48 | 1°45 | 1°33 | 1°30 | 1:29 | 1:30 | 1:15 |1-08 | 1:09 | -89 | -85 » between orbits . a : -| 75 | °75 | -71 | 65) -71 |) °70 | -63 | *65 | -60 | 57, ‘48 | “41 » greatest, across zygoma : 2°20 | 2°01 | 1°95 | 1°83 [1°87 | 1:77 | 1°70 | 1°67 | 1:53 | 1°38 | 1:30 | 1°30 Length of palate, j inner border of incisors . | 2°10 |1°78 | 1°68 | 1°87 |1°80 | 1°80 |1°73 | 1°65 | 1°44 11°40 | 1:25 11:22 » bebind last molar . -| °38 | *29 | °80 | -40 |] *45 | *53 | *44 ) -41 | 25 | *30 |] °30 | -30 Breadth of 2 -| °39 | ‘49 | 33 | -40 1 °33 | °35 | °33 | °32 | 30 | °33 | 29 | -23 Length of alveolar border of upper jaw -| 1°84 | 1°67 | 1:49 | 1°62 [1-49 | 1°39 | 1:40 11°35 | 1:23 | 1:23 | 2°05 | 2°01 » of lower jaw from symphysis to ex- ternal angle of condyle : + | 2°70 | 2°50 [2°23 | 2°35 | 2°36 | 2:20 | 2°10 | 2°10 | 1°85 | 1:80 | 1°60 | 1°61 * HERPESTES AUROPUNCTATUS, Hodgson, Plate XI, figs. 11 & 12. Herpestes auropunctatus, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, No. 52, April 1836, vol. v. p. 235; Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ti. 1841, p. 346; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 872; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1846, vol. xv. p. 242. Herpestes nipalensis, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. New Series, vol. i. 1837, p. 578; List of Mamm. B. M. 1848, p. 52; Cat. Hodgs, Coll. Mamm. &c. Nepal, 1846, p. 9; Voy. Samarang, Zool. HERPESTES. 173 1850, p. 15; McClelland, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1839, p. 150; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm, E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 91; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1852, p. 349; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Bengal, 1863, p. 51; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 136, et Append. p. iil. Herpestes javanicus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1852, p, 349. I shot a specimen of this Mungoose on the banks of the Irawady at Bhaméd, which is the first recorded instance of this species having been procured in Upper Burma, and I am not aware that it has ever been as yet detected in British or Lower Burma. Cantor, however, has stated that it inhabits the Malayan peninsula, so that it will also probably be found to inhabit Burma generally. This and H. persicus are the smallest of the Mungooses. The types of H. auropunctatus and H. nipalensis are in the British Museum, and I have examined both and compared them with a series of similar Mungooses shot at Calcutta by myself at different seasons of the year, and also with others procured in Cachar, and with the specimen shot in Upper Burma. All of these examples lead from one to the other, but, as I shall have occasion to indicate under H. persicus, the changes of fur which these animals exhibit are not at all understood, although at the same time the series under consideration does not reveal a single character by which the Nepal, Calcutta, Cachar, and Burman animals can be specifically separated from each other. In the typical example of H. auwropunctatus, and the exact equivalents of which have been killed by me in the cold weather on the banks of the Hughli at Calcutta, along with examples at other seasons identical in all respects with the type of H. nipalensis, Gray, the general colour is olive-brown, with a golden hue due to the fine yellow annulation of the fur. The sides of the body are slightly paler than the back and not so yellow. The under parts are dirty yellowish-white, faintly annulated on the posterior half of the under surface of the neck and on the belly. The limbs are concolorous with the body. The short hair or pile is purplish brown in its lower two-thirds and pale yellow in its terminal third. It is more profuse than in the type of H. nipalensis, which is represented in the British Museum by a single speci- men, and in which it is shorter, but, at the same time, the coloration is identical with H. auropunctatus. The yellow annulation of the fur of the former is not so distinctly marked as in the latter, and its under parts are less bright, but these differences are so slight that they may be ascribed either to age, sex, or to seasonal changes. The long hair in both is smooth, fine, short, and adpressed, while in a light- coloured yellowish-white example of the species from Agra the fur is much harsher and the annulation is almost wholly faded. The tips of the hairs are dark brown, also their bases, the central brown band being separated from its terminal fellows by two yellow bands, but occasionally a yellow band is added to the base. In the Agra specimen, the brown tip is alone preserved, the rest of the hair being pure yellowish-white, but occasionally the central brown band can be detected. In the example of the species from Upper Burma, the fur is nearly the same as in the dark Calcutta and Nepal examples, only the yellow bands are rather narrower and more orange, and this is the case also with the Cachar specimens ; but these differences are so very slight as to be scarcely perceptible. In the tail, 174 CARNIVORA. there are generally eight alternate bands, with the terminal band dark brown, and it is clad with long hairs at its base, which gradually decrease in length and become more adpressed towards its tip, which is unpencilled, asin H. persicus. The external surface of the upper angle of the ear is clad with longish, annulated hairs, which partially cover the anterior half of the organ, while the exposed, posterior portion is clothed with very fine, unannulated hairs. The limbs are generally concolorous with the body. The tarsus has the central nude area extending to the heel. The claws are moderately strong. Cantor’s example from Malacca in the India Museum agrees with the type of HT. awropunctatus, but it is slightly more yellowish. The dark Calcutta specimen, however, is more yellowish than either of these, while another specimen from the latter locality is the exact facsimile of the first mentioned. Inches. Length from muzzle to vent : . : i : ; : . 12-70 Length of tail (shrivelled) . : : : ‘ : : : . 850 35 5, with hair ‘ : i : ; : : 3 . 10°25 The skull of A. awropunctatus is generally distinguished by the narrow and elongated character of its facial portion, but some skulls of this species have shorter and broader muzzles, and it may be that these differences are sexual. The nasal portion of the palate is generally broader than in H. persicus, in the skulls I have examined, but this portion is subject to considerable variation. The orbit is perfect in the adult. The last molar has two anterior and one posterior cusp, with the tendency to form a cusp between the external, anterior and posterior cusps. There are 26 ribs, and the sternum has 7 mesosternal pieces. There are 27 caudal vertebree. This species ranges from Nepal and the north-west of India to the eastwards through Bengal, Cachar and Assam into Northern Burma, and extends south- wards to the Malayan peninsula. The Mungoose figured by Edwards’ represents an Herpestes, which, it is stated, was the size of a polecat or ferret, and came from the East Indies. Geoffroy drew up his description of H. edwardsii from that figure, but it appears to me impossible to say, with any attempt at accuracy, whether H. edwardsii is identical with HI. pallidus or H. auropunctatus, but the size of the animal and the colour given of it would seemingly indicate that it was the latter species, an opinion which Ogilby entertained. HERPESTES PERSICUS, Gray. Plate IX, figs. 9 and 10. Herpestes persicus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 554, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 151; Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 662. Herpestes pallipes, Blyth, Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, 1845, vol. xiv. p. 346 (foot-note). Herpestes griseus, Hutton, Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, 1845, vol. xiv. p, 346. 1 Nat. Hist. vol. iv. (1751), pl. excix. HERPESTES. 175 The types of this species are in the British Museum, and are two in number, but besides these I have had the opportunity to examine two other examples which were kindly submitted to me for investigation by Dr. Day; and Mr. Moore of the India Museum has shown me Blyth’s type of H. pallipes. It is so closely allied to H. auropunctatus that some of Hodgson’s examples of that species are scarcely separable from it, the only appreciable external difference being that the under-surface is not quite so white in H. awropunctatus, which has always a slight yellowish tinge on these parts. Otherwise, the fur of the two so- called species is identical, and their form similar. I observe also that a specimen of H. auropunctatus shot by me in the neighbourhood of Calcutta in the month of January, and which is very pale compared with other examples from the same local- ity, so closely resembles H. persicus in its fur and general appearance that I would have hesitated to indicate H. persicus as a sub-species had not the skulls of the two types differed from the skulls of H. awropunctatus in being less elongated, with shorter and broader muzzles, wider palates and broader frontal areas between the orbits. The circumstance that the pale-coloured specimen from Calcutta was shot in the cold weather should not be lost sight of when we remember that these Mungooses are the southern representatives of the ferrets. Such an isolated instance does not prove that Herpestes auwropunctatus is subjected to seasonal changes of fur, but such a possibility should not be disregarded in studying these animals where there are any extremes of climate, such as are found in Bengal, and it is also note- worthy that the examples of so-called H. persicus have all been obtained in winter. In Z. persicus, the fur is annulated in the same way as in H. auropunctatus, i.e., there are five to six alternate, dark brown and yellow bands, the apical being of the former, and the basal ring of the latter colour. In the tail, there are generally eight alternate bands with the apical rig dark brown. The hair, as in the pale-yellow examples of H. awropunctatus, is much adpressed and rather harsh. On the flanks the hair is 0°75 long, and on the base of the tail 1:05. The under parts are pale greyish-white. The tarsus has the fur distributed as it isin H. auropunctatus, and the lower last molar is the same as in that species. The dimensions of H. persi- cus and H. auropunctatus are very similar, as the following measurements show :— HH. persicus. Hi. auropunctatus, 1 2 3 4 d. 3 . ‘ ; ‘ : i ; 12°60 11:0 12°70 120 iss or a Ze oe : ‘ . j 5 ; . 3 5 9°30 8°75 8:50! 8:40! : wowikhale 5 5 5 os « » +» »| dG@O | Jozs | a0z5° | Jodo No.1 is one of Hodgson’s types of H. auropunctatus, and it agrees remarkably with H. persicus in the character of its fur; and No. 2 is an example slightly darker than the preceding one, and approaching to a Nepal specimen. This species is the western representative of H. auropunctatus and extends to Persia. 2 Caudal vertebree removed, and skin, therefore, somewhat shriveled. 176 CARNIVORA. HERPESTES sMITHU, Gray. Plate VIII, figs. 5 & 6. Herpestes smithii, Gray (Charlesworth), Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. New Series, 1837, p. 578; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1851, p. 181, pl. xxx.; Temm. Esquisses Zool. pt. 1. 1853, p. 97; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p. 50; Jerdon, Mamm. India, 1867, p. 135. Crossarchus rubiginosus, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. ii. 1841, p. 829; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i. p. 378. Henpestes ellioti, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1851, vol. xx. p. 162 (foot-note). Herpestes rubiginosus, Kelaart, Prod. Fauna, Zeylan. 1852, p. 43; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xx. 1851, p. 182; vol. xxi. 1852, p. 349. Calictis smithii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 565 ; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1867, p. 162. This species appears to be peculiar to Ceylon, and the type is in the British Museum, London. It is a long-haired Mungoose, with well-grizzled fur, somewhat after the fashion of H. pallidus, Wagner, and H. jerdonii, Gray, but the colour is very much darker and richer. Unlike the former, it has a long black tip to its tail, but in this respect it resembles the latter species, which is pale compared with it and slightly darker than H. pallidus. The insular form differs from these more essen- tially continental species in its rich, ferruginous, and dense fur, and in its relatively larger and heavier head. The woolly underlying pile is pale-brownish. There are from four to five dark-brown, almost black, bands on each of the hairs of the visible fur, and the apical band is brown at its tip, but near its base it passes into a deep orange or rich rufous, and the succeeding dark bands have more or less of this tint at each of their ends. The dark-brown rings are separated from each other by a narrow, pale-yellowish band, and there are from four to five of these. To the two-fold coloured, apical rings and to these yellow bands is due the speckled character of the fur. The orange or rich rufous is especially well developed on the nape of the neck, so that when the head of the animal is thrown upwards a kind of rufous collar is produced. The fine hairs around the eye and in front of it to the nose are rich rufous, and the head generally has a rufous tint, and the grizzling is very fine. The whiskers are black. The ears at their upper thirds, externally, are clad with a patch of short grizzled hairs like those on the sides of the face, while below this the hairs are uniformly pale-rufous and extremely short. The feet are unspeckled and dark-brown. The chin is very finely speckled, and the chest more coarsely so. The claws are moderately developed, and the tarsus, in its centre line, is nude to the heel. The tail for about two-thirds of its length is concolorous with the body, but as its black latter third is reached the rufous is more marked. At its base it is clad with long hairs, but the hairs become shorter as the black end is approached, the hairs of which, how- ever, are longer than those immediately preceding them. On the middle of the sides of the body the fur is about 1°75 inch long, and at the base of the tail it is 2 inches and near its end 1°50 inch, while the black hairs of the tip are 2°75 inches long. Inches, Length from tip of muzzle to root of tail —. ‘ : : ; » 1450 5 of tail ‘ : ‘ : ‘ : : ; : ; . 1450 HERPESTES. 177 The skull of H. smithii is closely allied to those of H. pallidus, H. jerdonii, and H. maccarthie, but it differs from the first in its wider brain-case and the slightly greater width between the orbits and the longer alveolar border; but the most marked features are the basal breadth of the skull and the character of the palatal margin of the posterior nares, which is concave from behind forwards, and not marked by any median ridge or backwardly projecting spine, as sometimes occurs in H. pallidus. The hinder portion of the suture of the nasals and the whole of the premaxillary suture have disappeared. The orbit is entire. The skull is large for the dimensions of the animal. The last lower molar has two prominent anterior cusps, with the margin of the posterior division of the tooth somewhat divided. The skeleton of the type of this species is in the British Museum, and having carefully examined it, I am in a position to state that it in no way differs generi- cally from the skeletons of Herpestes awropunctatus and H. maccarthie. A rudimentary, hypapophysial ridge is developed on the cervical vertebrae, becoming very obscure on the last segment, but in the fifth the posterior nodular end is partially bifid. The spinous processes of the dorsal vertebre are long and strongly developed. On the transverse process of the sixth dorsal a small tubercle is de- veloped, which gradually becomes transferred to the back of the process and nearer to its root, so that on the eleventh vertebra it occupies the position of an anapo- physis. It is distinctly bifurcated on the twelfth, and is a true anapophysis on the thirteenth vertebra, whilst it suddenly disappears on the fifth lumbar. Mam- millary processes begin to show themselves on the eleventh dorsal segment. There are in all 26 ribs, and the vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 18, L. 7, S. 3, C. 29=59. The primary transverse processes of the caudal vertebree are strongly developed to the seventh, beyond which they become more and more transferred to the hinder extremity of the centrum, and are all but lost on the twelfth segment. The secondary transverse processes begin to develope, as in all Herpestes, on the anterior border of the primary transverse processes, and on the part of the centrum imme- diately in front of them, and gradually more forwards, at last occupying the anterior portion of the centrum, and disappearing after the primary transverse processes have been lost. The spinous or neural ridge exists as far backwards as the tenth caudal vertpbra, but, beyond that, it becomes reduced to a posterior eminence on the bodies as far as the seventeenth segment. The remains of the zygapophyses and metapophyses can be detected as far as the twenty-first segment of the tail. The caudal bodies increase in length to the fourteenth vertebra, beyond which they more quickly diminish in diameter than in length. Chevron bones begin as a pair of nodules on the second vertebra, but, between the third and fourth, they are developed into an osseous canal, and retain this character to the ninth vertebra, where they are again resolved into two pieces and gradually revert to their original, nodular character. The shoulder and pelvic girdles conform essen- tially to the structure of these parts in Herpestes, as also the limb bones and the sternum. Y 178 CARNIVORA. Kelaart states’ that the type of H. rubiginosus was forwarded to Blyth, who had published the description of H. ellioti subsequent to Kelaart’s account of the species, but Blyth, after he was in possession of H. rubiginosus, regarded H. ellioti as identical with it. This species is apparently confined to Ceylon, but the two specimens in the Leyden Museum are doubtfully labelled as coming from Cape Coast and from the Congo in Africa. These specimens, however, were purchased in London from a dealer, and the localities assigned to them are unquestionably erroneous. HERPESTES MACCARTHIA, Gray. Plate IX, figs. 7 & 8. Cynictis maccarthiea, Gray, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. 1851, p. 131, Mamm. pl. xxxi.; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1853, vol. xii. p. 47; Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeylan. 1853, vol. i1. pt.i. Append. p. xvi. Herpestes fulvescens, Kelaart (Blyth), Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1851, vol. xx. pp. 162 & 184; vol. xxi. 1852, pp. 848 & 849; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 52; Prod. Faun. Zeylan. vol. ii. pt. i. 1853, Append. p. xvi. Herpestes flavidens, Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeylan. 1852, p. 44; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1851, vol. xx. p. 162. Onychogale maccarthie, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 570, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. 1869, p. 168. The type of this species which is in the British Museum lived for some time in the Zoological Society’s Garden, London. The chief characteristic of the genus Onychogale, which Dr. Gray founded for its reception, was the long, compressed and curved nature of the front claws, which, however, appears to have no other explanation than that it was the result of disuse induced by a life of confinement. The other generic character stated by Dr. Gray in his catalogue, is in the following terms: “The hinder end of the skull deeply and sharply notched instead of being transversely truncated, as in the small Herpestes. The notch in the living animal filled up with a cartilaginous septum.” This refers to the form of the posterior narial border of the palatines,’ which is subject to considerable variation in this, as in other groups of animals. These seeming characters being thus explained away, it does not appear that this Ceylonese form differs in any respect from Herpestes. In the British Museum there are two other Mungooses from Ceylon, both of which differ from the type of H. maccarthie in the general character of their colora- tion, but agree with it in the texture, length, and density of their fur. One is a larger individual than H. maccarthie, and stands under the name of H. fulvescens, Kelaart, whereas the other is smaller, darker and unnamed. The former is a pale- yellow Mungoose, whereas the latter is a darkish olive-brown Herpestes. My » Prod. Fauna, Zeylan. 1852, pp. 43 & 44. *In Dr. Gray’s original description in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 570, he is made to say that the back of the nape is deeply and sharply notched, the word I have italicised being evidently a misprint for nose, or, perhaps more accurately, palate. HERPESTES. 1g impression is that they are examples of one and the same species, and that the smaller size of the type, H. maccarthie, as compared with the larger fulvescent specimen (for the skull of the former proves it to be fully adult), is to be accounted for by its having been kept in confinement, whereas, on the other hand, the darker colour of the smaller specimen seems to be attributable to youth, or it may be that these differences of coloration are explained by the wide diversities of physical conditions which are met with in the little, compact island of which they are the inhabitants. This seems probable, because I observe that Kelaart records that he obtained a darker variety of his H. fulvescens from Newera Elia, which must be at an elevation of from 6,000 to 7,000 feet above the sea, and which he sent either to Calcutta, or to the Zoological Society, London. In these specimens, the fur is long, dense, soft and adpressed, as in H. awro- punctatus, but much more profuse and still more so than in the Mungooses which are allied to H. pallidus. The underlying pile is also abundant, and about one inch long in the type, and it is pale purplish-brown at its base and yellowish-orange in its two terminal thirds. The tips of the long hairs are pale orange-brown, succeeded by a yellow band of variable extent which is much broader in the Mungoose referred to H. fulvescens, than in H. maccarthie and in the dark specimen. In the two latter the pale orange-brown tip is succeeded by a bright yellow band, while in the larger H. fulvescens the sub-apical yellow band is much paler, and there are, below, four alternate brown and yellow bands, the basal portion of the hair being broadly pale-yellow, almost white. In the type, although smaller than the so-called H. fulvescens, a circumstance, I have said, either the result of confinement, or explicable on the supposition that it is the hill form, there are also four alternate brown and yellow bands, but much narrower than in H. fulvescens. In the dark- brown example there are generally six alternate brown and yellow bands, the last being pale-yellow or white, and not much broader than the others, and the face has the peculiarity that long white hairs are interspersed over it. This is the youngest of the specimens, and in its more numerous bands it adheres to the hair colouring, apparently distinctive of young as compared with adult Herpestes. In the type, the hair of the tail is generally six-banded, and the brown bands in all decrease in breadth towards the tip. On the flanks the hair is 1°70 inches in length, and on the base of the tail 1:90 and at its tip 1:30. In the adult H. fulvescens the hair is somewhat longer. In these three Mungooses the tail has no dark tip, and it gradually decreases in width towards the end, which is not tufted as in H. smithii and H. jerdonii, and in these respects it resembles H. awropunctatus, but it has a slight rufous tinge which increases towards the tip. It is evident that the simi- larity in the pelage of these Mungooses is so marked as not to yield any feature to separate them specifically from each other. The claws of the ferine speci- mens are much the same as in Z. pallidus, and the upper third of their tarsi is clad. The large specimen (Z. fulvescens) measures from muzzle to root of tail 16:25, and the tail without the hair 11°50, and with it 14 inches. The type of H. maccar- thie is 12:20 from muzzle to root of tail, the tail being 9 inches long, the hair at the 180 CARNIVORA. tip being abraded. The dark-coloured example is 13°30 inches from the muzzle to the root of the tail, and the tail is 9°20 inches long. In the type, the sutures of the skull have all disappeared, and yet the orbit is incomplete; but, from the circumstances in which the animal lived, it would be premature to accept the character of the orbit as determined by the skull of this captive Mungoose. The skull has a strong resemblance to the skull of H. pallidus, to which and A. auropunctatus it is very closely allied, and for which it might even be mistaken if the orbits were complete. The notched character of the posterior border of the palate is only a modification of the arched form which occurs in this genus, and which may be traced in a series of specimens leading into and ending in a straight, transverse border asin H. auropunctatus. But the form of the posterior border of the palate is so variable that I would hesitate to resort to it even for specific characters. The last inferior molar is markedly tricuspidate. The vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 18, L. 7, 8S. 3, C. 26 = 56. The axis is strongly ridged inferiorly, the ridge terminating posteriorly in a tubercle which is partially divided in the succeeding vertebree, but both cease on the sixth segment. The spinous processes of the dorsal vertebrae are proportionally longer and more backwardly directed than in the much smaller H. awropunctatus. Anapophyses begin on the tenth and metapophyses on the eleventh dorsal vertebra, the former disappearing on the penultimate lumbar. In the caudals, the transverse processes become gradually transferred from the middle to the posterior ends of the bodies, which latter position they occupy in the sixth vertebra, on which the secondary transverse process makes its appearance, finding its fullest development in the tenth caudal and disappearing later than the true transverse processes. The latter are strong and well developed to the sixth, and bear a small process on their upper surface, near their free ends, which first shows itself on the third caudal, and gradu- ally approaches the base of the transverse process as it shortens, till at last on the eighth caudal it is transferred to the posterior end of the centrum and occupies the position of an anapophysis and can be detected to the tenth vertebra. The zygapophysial facets cease on the sixth, but processes serially homologous with them can be detected as far as the seventeenth vertebra. The neural canal ceases at the sixth segment. Heemapophysial nodules begin on the seventh caudal, and occur to near the extremity of the tail, but it is probable that the anterior chevron bones have been lost in the preparation of the skeleton. The sternum has seven pieces, in addition to the manubrium which is essentially Herpestine, but with the anterior projection not so long as in H. smithii. The limb bones are generically the same as in other Herpestes. This species, as far as is known, is peculiar to Ceylon. HERPESTES. 181 HERPESTES PALLIDUS, Wagner. Plate VIII, figs. 9 & 10.’ Mangouste de Malacca, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. Tome I°. Livy. v°. Avril 1819. ? Ichneumon griseus, Geoff. Descript. de ’Egypte Hist. Nat. vol. ii. (1818), p. 188. Herpestes griseus, Desm. Mamm. 1820, p. 212 ; Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, p. 102; Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1835, p. 101; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1846, p. 242; Gray, Voy. Samarang Zool. 1850, p. 15; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 553, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. B. M. 1869, p. 151; Horsf. Cat. Mamm. EH. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 90; Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zey. 1852, p. 41; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1852, p. 349; Cat. Mamm. As. Soe. Mus. 1863, p. 51; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 152; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 682; Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 662. Herpestes frederici, Desm. Dict. Sc. Nat. 1823, vol. xxix. p. 60. Mangusta mataccensis, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 164. Mangusta grisea, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 164. Herpestes nyula, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. v. (April 1836), p. 236; Calcutta, Journ. Nat. Hist. 1844, vol. iv. p. 287; Gray, List, Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 52; Cat. Mamm. Nepal and Tibet, Brit. Mus. 1846, p. 8; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 92. Mangusta mungos (et Caffra ?), Elliot, Madras Journ. Lit. and Sc. 1839, vol. x. p. 102. Herpestes pallidus, Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. ii, 1841, p. 311, pl. exvi. G; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. 1. p. 373. Herpestes malaccensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxi. 1852, p. 849 (in part) ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1868, p. 51 (in part); Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 555; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 153. Calogale nyula, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 560, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. B. M. 1869, p. 158. Herpestes fimbriatus, Temm. Esquisses Zool. 1853, p. 112. A careful consideration of the types of H. nywla in London, leads to the conclu- sion that they are only young examples of ZH. pallidus, Wagner; and the series of Hf. pallidus in the British Museum and in the India Museum, London, as also in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, prove that the species is the subject of considerable variation in colour and in the character of the banding of the hair. The fur of the young has seemingly finer and more numerous annuli than in the adult, and this appears to hold true of the other Asiatic Herpestes, whereas the difference of colour manifested by this species may be due to seasonal changes which may present sub- ordinate modifications distinctive of the two sexes. But, moreover, the colour of the fur of the animal is also influenced by the surroundings among which it lives, because this is undoubtedly the case with H. auropunctatus, which is rich olive-brown in Nepal; pale, almost yellow-white, about Agra; and dark olive-brown in Cachar and Upper Burma. In this species, the hair is rather harsh and much longer on the hind quarters than on the anterior portion of the body, and in its loose, open character, it is very different from the soft, adpressed hair of HT. awropunctatus. On the hind quarters, in the adult, it is 2°50 inches long, and on the root of the tail 3 inches, slightly diminishing in length towards the tip, which is in no way tufted, and on which the hair is 2°50 inches long. The silky pile is brownish towards its base and yellowish 2 On the plate the skull of this species is figured under the name H. griseus. 182 CARNIVORA. in its upper half. The long hairs have brown tips, succeeded by nine alternate, pale yellowish or almost white, and brown bands, of nearly equal width, except the basal band, which belongs to the pale series, and is generally broad. On the base of the tail, the annuli are much broader, but generally of the same number as on the body, according to the age of the individual. The upper surface of the head is generally suffused with rufous brown, as are also the lower parts of the legs. The centre of the hind foot is nude to the heel. Inches. Length of body and head. 2 ; : ‘ ; : : . 18:20 » of tail without hair : ; s : 3 : 3 . 1420 with hair , : ; : ‘ : ; é . 16°50 3) a) The skull of H. pallidus agrees exactly with skulls sent by Hodgson to the British Museum as examples of H. nywla. The skulls of pale-coloured and those of more ferruginous skins all so agree with each other that they do not afford any grounds of separation, although the more dusky examples from Bengal have been regarded as H. malaccensis, F. Cuv. The teeth are the same in all. The two processes behind the orbit never unite until the animal is fully adult, and until the other sutures of the skull have disappeared by a normal synostosis, 7. e., until the skull has ceased to grow. The last lower molar has two anterior and one posterior cusp, with the tendency to form a cusp between the former two. This species is distributed over India from the Punjab and Sindh southwards to Ceylon, and eastwards through Assam and the Malayan peninsula from whence it has been sent by Cantor. I have adopted Wagner’s name H. pallidus for this species in preference to H. griseus, as this latter name originally included an African species. The term I. malaccensis is also objectionable, because it is misleading as to the geographical distribution of the species, and moreover it has been but seldom recognised, and 4H. nyula likewise is unsuitable from the circumstance that it is a native term appli- cable to Indian Mungooses generally. HERPESTES FERRUGINEUS, Blanford. Plate VIII, figs. 11 & 12. Lerpestes ferrugineus, Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 661, pl. Ixxxi. This Mungoose closely resembles rufous examples of the previous species, Hf. pallidus, and had it not been for certain characters presented by the skull, I should have been disposed to regard the two as identical; but it may be that even those supposed, distinctive, cranial features will be satisfactorily explained if a larger series of skulls of all ages were examined. The characters in which it differs most from H. pallidus ave the greater breadth of the post-orbital contraction of the frontals, the shorter and broader muzzle, and more particularly the greater breadth and shortness of the posterior or nasal portion of the palate. The orbit, judging from the growth of the skull, is in all probability perfect in the adult. The last lower molar has the same character as in Z. pallidus. The annulation HERPESTES. 183 of the fur is the same as in that species, but the distinctive external features of the animal are its slightly more rufous tint than the generality of the examples of H. pallidus, and the end of the tail being entirely rather bright red. The mesial nude line of the tarsus extends quite to the heel as in the former species. The type was procured by Mr. Day at Larkhana in Sindh. HERPESTES JERDONII, Gray. Plate VIII, figs. 7 & 8. Herpestes jerdonii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 550, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm, Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 148. Herpestes monticolus, Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 135. Calogale thysanurus, Wagner, Miinchen, gelehrt. Anzeig. ix. p. 449; Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 184], p. 801; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. 1. p. 864; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1864, p. 564, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. M. B. 1869, p. 161. The type of this species is in the British Museum. The species belongs to the same group as H. pallidus, H. fuscus, H. smithii, and H. maccarthie. It is most nearly allied to the first of those, from which it is only distinguishable by its slightly darker colour and less finely grizzled fur, and by the broad, black tip of the tail, which is slightly rufous at its commencement: in these characters it approaches H. widringtonvi and H. ichneumon. The hair is long, especially on the hinder parts of the body and tail, as in H. pallidus and H. smithii. The underlying, woolly fur is pale-yellowish. The long hairs are broadly pale-brown tipped, darkest at the apex of the terminal ring, but paling towards its base. This apical, dark ring is succeeded by a moderately broad, nearly white band, followed by three brown bands, which are also pale at their extremities, and each is separated from its fellow by a white band, the base of the hair being broadly white. On the long hairs of the tail there is an additional brown band, but the apices and bases preserve the same colours as the body hairs. The head hairs are short and much more finely annulated than on the body; and on the muzzle, anterior to the eyes, the apical bands are rufous, so that this area is more or less rufous. The upper surface of the fore and hind feet is dark-brown, and its under surface is naked to the heel. The ears externally are uniformly clad with very short, yellowish-grey hairs. On the flanks, the hairs are about 1:75 inches long, and on the base of the tail 3 inches in length, but they become much shorter towards the black tip, being barely 2 inches, which is the character of H. smithii, whilst the black terminal hairs are 3 inches, so that the tip of the tail is tufted. The under surface of the throat and chin is pale yellowish-grey, and the inferior aspect of the neck is grizzled; the belly being of nearly the same colour as the sides. Length from tip of muzzle to root of tail 15:50; length of tail 14°90 ; the terminal hairs reaching 2°75 inches beyond this. The skull of this species is chiefly distinguished by the breadth of the frontal region both across the post-orbital processes and between the anterior margins of 184 CARNIVORA. the orbits. The length of the alveolar surface is greater than in either H. pallidus, or H. maccarthie, and slightly in excess of that of H. smithii. The teeth are also larger than in these two species, especially the canines, which are considerably larger than in the last mentioned. The posterior prolongation of the palate is slightly longer and broader than in H. maccarthie, although in this respect H. smithi closely approaches H. jerdonii. Its posterior margin, instead of forming a transverse line, or an arched border, as in H. pallidus, sends out a slightly backward projecting shelf of bone with a rugged margin, whereas in a specimen of H. smithii the same border is somewhat similarly formed, but concave instead of being convex, whilst in H. maccarthie it is rather deeply notched; but this is only a modification of the arched palatine border which occurs in H. pallidus, and does not merit the importance which Dr. Gray has attached to it. The ridges from the post-orbital processes of the frontals curve first forwards and inwards, and then inwards and back- wards, the two ridges only meeting behind the post-orbital contraction, and this, be it remembered, occurs in a fully adult skull. However, it is improbable that this is a specific character, as this part of the skull from the very nature of the ridges must be the subject of considerable variation; doubtless the extent to which the post-orbital contraction is carried is also variable. These are the only features which seemingly separate the skull of H. jerdonii from the skulls of the other species, and these little-pronounced characters indicate how closely all these forms are related to each other. All the sutures of the skull have disappeared with age and the orbit is entire. It would appear from a statement of Kelaart’s' that Sir Walter Elliot was the first to recognise this species which, so long ago as 1852, he had indicated in M.S. as H. monticolus, the name adopted for it by Jerdon.* This form occurs in Southern India, and is apparently the Mungoose which ranges to the north-west, even to Kashmir, where it constitutes the H. thysanurus, Wagner, which has been described as “ H. minor, pilis fusco et pallide luteo- annulatis ; pedibus fuscis, cauda longa pencillio magno aterrimo terminata.”’ It has also been obtained in Singhbhoom by Mr. V. Ball. HERPESTES FusCcUS, Waterhouse. Plate VIII, figs. 1 & 2. Terpestes fuscus, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1838, p. 55; Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 466; Wagener, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. 1. (1841), p. 808; Schinz, Syn. Mamma, vol. i. (1844), p. 872; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1852, vol. xx. p, 349; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p. 52; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1864, p, 554; Cat. Carniv. Mamm, 1869, p. 152; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 136. The type of this species is in the British Museum. It is a large Mun- goose measuring 17°50 inches from the tip of the muzzle to the root of the 1 Prod. Fauna, Zeylan. 1852, p. 44. 2 It is closely allied to A. ichneumon, Wagner, from Egypt, which is apparently identical with H. pharwensis, Desm., which does not appear to differ from H. cafra, Licht. (Siugeth.) from North Africa, nor from ZH. widringtonii, Gray, from Spain. The fur is alike on all of these supposed species, and the tail is black-tipped in all. HERPESTES. 185 tail. The tail without its terminal hair is 13°25 inches, and with it 2°25 inches longer. The coloration is dark, as in Herpestes brachyurus of Malacca, but the fur is much longer and resembles that of H. pallidus, to which it is much more closely allied. The under pile is thick, and the long hairs have their tips all black, pre- ceded by a narrow yellow band, followed by three, broad, black bands separated from each other by two, narrow, yellow bands, the base of the hair being yellow. The narrow character of the yellow bands is the cause of the dark colour of the fur, which is markedly speckled. The yellow bands are broader on the tail, and there are seven brown bands, including the narrow apical ring, and six yellow bands, the base of the hair being yellow. The hairs on the head are very short and the annu- lation very fine. The upper surface of the fore feet is darker than the rest of the body, and the hair is scarcely annulated, while on the hind feet it is wholly dark- brown. The claws on the fore feet are elongated and curved,—doubtless the result of confinement,—while the hind claws are short and strong. The upper two-thirds of the tarsus are clad. The under surface of the throat is rufous-yellow, very faintly speckled, but the hairs of the chest and belly are nearly as much annulated as on the upper parts, and they are more rufous. The hairs on the sides are 1°50 inch in length, while on the base of the tail they are 3°25 inches long. The tail is concolorous throughout, and like the body, and is of the same character as in H. pallidus. The skull is an enlarged representation of H. pallidus, and the orbit is doubtless perfect in the adult, as the two processes are closely opposed in this skull and touching, although the sutures are not entirely obliterated ; the frontal, squamo- malar, maxillo-frontal, and nasal sutures being more or less intact, whereas all the others have disappeared. The nasal portion of the palate is rather short and broad. There is a small cusp at the anterior border of the second and third premolars, but the tendency to form such a cusp is evinced by other species of the group, but to a much less extent. The last lower molar has three permanent, anterior cusps, behind which is the posterior half of the tooth. The skull conforms more to H. pallidus, Wagner, than to H. vitticollis, Bennett, and H. brachyurus, Gray, and it is closely allied to H. jerdonw, Gray. This species inhabits Southern India and Ceylon. HERPESTES JAVANICUS, Geoffroy. Ichneumon javanicus, Geoff. Descript. de l’ Egypte, 1813, Hist. Nat. vol. ii. p. 138, No. 5; Des- marest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. 1818, vol. xix. p. 214. Tchneumon ruber, Geoff. Descript. de ’ Egypte, 1818, Hist. Nat. vol. ii. p. 189, No. 6; Desm. Nouv. Dict. 1818, vol. xix. p. 215; Mamm. 1820, p. 213 ; Desmoulins, Dict. Class. vol. iv. . 179. ee javanicus, Desm. Mamm. 1820, p. 212; Miiller, Over. de Zool. van den Ind. Arch. 1839, Dp. 28; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. 1841, vol. 11. p. 309, pl. 116¢; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol, ii. (1844), p. 372; Cantor, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 241; Gray, Voy. of Z 186 CARNIVORA. Samarang, Zool. (1850), p. 15; Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 554, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. 1869, p. 152; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1852, p. 88; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xx. (1852), p. 319. Tchneumon javanicus, F, Cuv. Hist. Nat. des. Mamm. T. ii. Feb. 1821, livr. xxv°, plate. Mangusta javanicus, Horsfield, Zool. Research. in Java, 1822 (plate) ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829. Mangusta rubra, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 165. Herpestes ewilis, Gervais, Zool. de Bonite, 1841, pp. 32-33, pl. iii. figs. 7-9; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i. p. 3875; Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 555 ; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. B. M, 1869, p. 153. Herpestes rutilus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 136. Calogale rutila, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 561 ; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. 1869, p. 159. This is a large species having the punctulated hair of H. awropunctatus, like which the pelage is adpressed and short compared with H. pallidus, but much more dense: The tail is about half the length of the body and longer than in 4H. brachyurus, to which the species in its size and form is closely allied. The general colour is rather rufous olive-brown, dark on the back, and still darker and more rufous on the upper surface of the head and on the cheeks, on which regions the annulation of the hair is much finer than on the body. The body is very uniformly punctulated, but the lower halves of the limbs are altogether dark- brown. The under surface of the neck from the chin and also the chest are rufous- yellow without annulation, but the belly is punctulated like the sides, the hair, how- ever, being much more sparse. The ears are clothed with fine rufous-brown hairs. The fur is not much longer on the hind quarters than it is on the body generally, and on the base of the tail it is not much longer than at its tip. On the flanks the hair is 1-25 inch, the base of the tail 1-70, and near its tip 1:60 inch in length. The underlying pile is sparse, and dark-brown at its base, and bright, rather golden- rusty at its tip, andit is less woolly than in the other species. The long hairs on the body have broad, brown tips, the succeeding brownish-yellow band being about half the width of the former, and it is generally followed in the longer hairs by three brown bands, one of which is basal, each of these rings being separated from its fellow by a yellow band, half the breadth of the brown rings. In the shorter hairs, the brown bands are reduced to three. The dark colour of the animal is due to the greater breadth of the brown as compared with the yellow bands, and to the subdued colour of the latter. On the tail, there may be either four or five brown bands on each hair, but in the former case the apical band is very feeble and extremely narrow; the usual number, however, is four of either colour, the basal band being yellow. In all, the apical yellow band is but little distinguished from the brown band before it, and the others are but half the breadth of the brown bands. The annulation is uniform to the tips of the individual hairs, but it is not so generally marked as on the body. The claws are of moderate strength and proportionate to the size of the animal. The central line of the tarsus is nude nearly to the heel. Inches. Length from tip of muzzle to vent : ; . ‘ : . - 20°00 » of tail without hair : ; : - 3 ‘ ‘ . 9°50 a » With hair : : ‘< ‘ : ; ; P - 10°75 HERPESTES. 187 I have not seen the skull of this species, but Horsfield in his Zoological Researches has figured it in profile. His figure was taken from the skull of the largest specimen in the India Museum, London, and it was probably the skull of the example of this species now in the British Museum. Dr. Horsfield, however, only gave the generic characters. Horsfield’s specimen was from Java and Cantor’s from Penang, and the type of H. exilis, Gervais, is the young of this species, and H. rutilus, Gray, is an immature specimen obtained by Mouhot in Cambodja. A specimen in the Paris Museum, which I have seen since the preceding remarks were written, stands in that-collection under the name of H. evilis, Gervais; it was obtained in Cochin China, and is identical with H. rutilus, Gray, and with five other specimens from Java and Sumatra, all of which agree with. a fine series in the Leyden Museum referred to H. javanicus. I have also examined the type of H. ruber, which is a pale-reddish Herpestes, evidently the adult of this species. HERPESTES BRACHYURUS, Gray. Plate VIII, figs. 3 & 4. Herpestes brachyurus, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. (New Series,) i. 1837, p. 578; Voy. of Samarang, Mamm. pl. iv. p. 15 (1850) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 556 ; Blainv. Ostéogr. Atlas, pl. vi. ; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc, Beng. 1846, vol. xv. p. 243; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 1852, p. 349; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p. 52. The type of this species is also in the British Museum. The general colour is dark blackish-brown, finely punctulated with yellow, more especially on the anterior half of the body and on the shoulders, the caudal hairs being broadly black-tipped, and the head paler and more olive-brown than the rest of the body. The fore limbs and the lower half of the hind legs are dark-brown and unspeckled. The chin and throat are rusty yellowish-brown, the chest and belly are brown, and the hairs are banded much as on the back. The underlying pile is yellowish-brown. The long hairs of the fur have indistinct, pale-brown tips, which merge into clear yellow bands, which are succeeded by brown bands, three times as broad as the former, and which are followed by three alternate, yellow and brown bands. The very broad middle area to the hair and the dark tip give the dark colour to the fur, and the bright yellow, sub-apical band produces the yellow-speckled appearance, but in many of the dorsal hairs this band entirely disappears. On the head, the dark bands are pale-brown, and the yellow bands also are paler than on the trunk, so that the head is considerably lighter-coloured. The sides of the face, before the eyes, and the dorsum of the muzzle are pale yellowish-brown, and the cheeks are also of the same colour, but grizzled. The punctulation of the tail is almost obscured by the black. The tail also is untufted, and it is broader at its base, from which it gradually tapers to the tip. The hair of the flanks is 1:20 long, and on the base of the tail an inch longer. The whiskers are rather feeble and pale-brown. ‘The claws are moderately strong, and one-half of the under sur- face of the tarsus is bare. 188 CARNIVORA. Length from tip of muzzle to root of tail 17°50. Length of tail without hair 7 inches, but Cantor records a male 18°50 inches long, and with the tail 9 inches, and he states that H. brachyurus is distinguished from the other species not only by its colour and comparatively short tail, but by its larger size and much more robust make. The skull figured by Dr. Gray is that of an immature animal, with the orbit incomplete and all the sutures of the skull intact, which, however, is not shown in the figure, although they exist in the specimen which it represents. The posterior por- tion of the palate is broad and short, the breadth nearly equalling that of H. urva, to which the skull has so strong a resemblance that it might be taken for that species, so that there are no skull characters which would entitle us to separate the spe- cies generically. The last lower molar is quadricuspidate. This species has been recorded from Borneo and Malacca. HERPESTES VITTICOLLIS, Bennett. Plate IX, figs. 3 & 4. Herpestes vitticollis, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 67; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. (1844), p- 374; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. 1. (1841), p. 317; Fraser, Zool. Typica, 1849, pl. vii. ; Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeylan. 1852, p. 42; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1852, p. 349 ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Bengal, 1863, p. 159; Giebel, Saugeth. vol. ii. 1859, p. 316; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 137. Mungos vitticollis, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1835, p. 108. Mangusta vitticotis, EMiot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. vol. x. 1839, p. 103, pl.ii.; DeBlainv. Ostéogr. p- 48, pl. xevi. Tamogale vitticollis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 569 ; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. p. 167. The most striking characters of this large species are the black band behind the ear, the dark-brown, unspeckled limbs, the fiery red and long hair on the hind quarters and tail, and the black tip to the latter. In these respects it differs from every other Asiatic Mungoose. The head is purplish-brown, darkest on the forehead and vertex, which have a rufous tint, and paler on the sides of the head, which tend to greyish, all the head and its sides being finely speckled with yellow from the banding of the hair. The general colour of the front part of the animal may be described as a reddish-yellow, much grizzled with brown, the former colour passing into intense, almost fiery, orange-red on the remainder of the body, but obscurely grizzled. The black band behind the ears runs along the sides of the neck to the shoulders, and below it there is a patch of orange-yellow extending round its posterior end, and over the shoulder is a kind of collar, but not very distinct. The chin and throat are the same colour as the sides of the face, but less grizzled; and the under surface of the neck and chest and over the humerus are vinous brown- yellow and punctulated. The belly is nearly concolorous with the orange-yellow sides, but it is not abruptly defined from the colour of the chest, as the yellow bands from before backwards gradually increase in size, until, on the abdomen, they almost completely replace the brown of the hairs. The basal pile is sparse, and it is a rich, pale yellowish-brown. The hairs on the sides have long, orange-red tips nearly one- HERPESTES. 189 third the length of the hair, and these are succeeded by three brown bands alternating with as many yellow bands. The hairs on the flanks are 2°50 inches in length. Many of the caudal hairs have long, rich orange-red tips, equalling nearly one-half their length and followed by about six alternate, brown and orange-yellow bands. Nume- rous other hairs have only a narrow, basal, brown band, the rest of the hair being bril- liant orange-red, and so long that the banding of the other hairs is hidden by it, and the general colour of the tail is orange-red, except for 3°50 inches which are jet black. The hair at the base of the tail is 3°60 long, but it slightly decreases in length as the tip is reached. The ears are covered with short, fine, reddish-brown hairs, and there is a tuft of annulated hairs at their middle, like the hairs on the side of the face. The front limbs are dark purplish-brown, and the front of the hind leg and the tarsus are of the same colour. The claws are moderately developed. The centre line of the tarsus is nude. From the tip of the muzzle to the root of the tail is 19 inches, and the tail without the hair is 10°50 inches. The skull of this species is recognised by its large size and by its flattened and expanded frontal region, also by its projected, rather narrow and long muzzle, and powerful teeth. The skull in the British Museum has lost all trace of the sutures, and the orbit is entire. The nasal portion of the palate is moderately broad, and the nasal border tends to form a notch, asin H. maccarthie. The sagittal ridge does not form a crest, and the lines from the post-orbital angles of the frontals meet opposite the frontal contraction, which is moderate. The teeth are the same as in other Asiatic Herpestes, only larger, the last molar being proportionally greater than in the other species. This form is an inhabitant of Southern India and Ceylon, and is not uncommon. HERPESTES URVA, Hodgson. Plate IX, figs. 5 & 6. Guio urva, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. v. (1836), p. 238; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. (1842), p. 45, pl. 134, fig. 2. Urva cancrivora, Hodg. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. vi. (1837), p. 560; Gray, List of Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 50; Cat. Hodg. Coll. Brit. Mus. 1846, p. 8; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 568, et Cat. Carniv. Mamm. 1869, p. 166; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1852, vol. xx. p- 849, et Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. p. 49 (1863) ; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 93; Giebel, Saugeth. vol. 11. 1859, p. 794; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 139; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 630. Viverra fusca, Gray, Hardwicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool. vol. i. pl. ii. (bad figure not described). Mesobema cancrivora, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. x. (1841), p. 910. Osmetictis fusca, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 260. This animal is about the same size as Z. vitticollis, which it resembles in the long, loose character of its fur which is harsh as in that species, and longest on the hind quarters and on the base of the tail. The tail is rather bushy, somewhat more so than in H. vitticollis. The white band below and behind the ear distinguishes it at once from any other known Herpestes. The fur is described by Hodgson as being 190 CARNIVORA. “fulvous iron-grey,” many of the hairs being white-tipped, those on the tail so much so that the last half is nearly white. The chest and legs are vinous-brown, the chin is white, and the throat greyish, the belly being greyish-yellow and concolorous with the sides. The top of the head is pale greyish-brown, finely white-speckled, and the muzzle is pale-yellowish. A white area runs along the upper lip and expands over the face behind the eye, but below its level, and stretches backwards, to the ear, below and behind which it becomes defined into a pure white band that reaches along the side of the neck, nearly to the shoulder. It is the equivalent of the black band in the same region in H. vitticollis. The ears are finely clad with very short, greyish hairs, and there is a pencil of hair external to and within their upper angles as in many other Herpestes. The claws are moderately developed, and not quite so much compressed as in some other Asiatic Herpestes. The upper HWO- thirds of the tarsus, as in H. fuscus and H. semitorquatus, are thickly clad with hair. The fur on the sides is 2°70 long, and on the bas® of the tail 3°50 inches. The underlying pile is very fine and woolly, and about 1:20 long, the lower portion of it being pale purplish-brown, and the tip pale-yellowish. It is rather profuse. The long hairs have generally five broad bands, the terminal band being pure white, below which there is a very broad, brown band, equalling more than one-third the length of the hair, followed by a white band of nearly similar width, after which there is a narrower brown and then a basal white band. On the tail hairs, there are generally seven bands, but, near the end, there are only three, consisting of a broad white band at each extremity of the hairs with a narrow, pale, intervening brown band, the basal band having more or less rufous about it. Inches. Length of head and trunk. : : ; ; : ; ; . 18:0 » Of tail without hair. 3 : : : : : ; . 10°80 ” a with hair 2 : : : ; : : : . 12:50 The skull and muzzle are narrower and more elongated than in H. semitor- quatus. The skull differs from those of H. vitticollis, H. pallidus, H. smithii, and H. jerdonii in the concave character of the upper surface of the muzzle, and in this respect it resembles H. semitorquatus. The post-orbital contraction is less marked than in these species, and the brain-case is broader and does not contract to the same extent posteriorly, in front of the lambdoidal ridge, as in H. pallidus, H. mac- carthie, H. smithii, and H. jerdonii, and in these particulars it is resembled by H. vitticollis, H. brachyurus, and H. semitorquatus. The orbit in the skull of Hodgson’s type in the British Museum is imperfect, but the sutures are all intact and the post-orbital processes are well developed, so that it appears probable that the orbit is closed in adult life. The leading features of the under surface of the skull are the shortness of the nasal portion of the palate, and its comparatively great breadth, which equals the transverse diameter of the foramen magnum. The palatal border of the posterior nares is arched. The last lower molar is quadricus- pidate, with three external cusps and one internal cusp. HERPESTES. 191 Hodgson! describes, on either side of the root of the tail, a “round, hollow, smooth-lined gland secreting an aqueous, foetid humour which the animal squirts out posteally (sic) with great force.” This species ranges from Nepal along the Hima- layas to Assam, through Arracan and Burma to Tenasserim, and extends into the south of China, Swinhoe having obtained it from the Fokien hills, near Amoy, and there is an example in the Paris Museum from Kiangse. Its habits have been said to be somewhat aquatic, but they do not appear to be more so than those of H. auropunctatus, which is generally found on the banks of rivers and tanks, where doubtless its food is much the same as that of this so-called crab-eating Mungoose. HERPESTES SEMITORQUATUS, Gray. Plate IX, figs. 1 & 2. Herpestes semitorquatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, vol. xvii. p. 211; Voy. of Samarang, Zool. 1850, p. 15, pl. iti.; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1864, p. 555; Cat. Carniv. Mamm. 1869, p. 158. This species is easily distinguished by the pale area along the side of the neck, from whence it derives its specific name. The general colour of the animal is a rich orange-brown, most intensely rufous on the sides of the body, the back and upper parts of the side being finely marked with yellow, which becomes very indistinct on the shoulders and outside of the thighs; the fore legs and the lower half of the hind legs are dark purplish-brown. The lower half of the sides of the neck from the extremity of the muzzle backwards below the ear to the front of the shoulder, is a rufous-yellow and clearly marked off from the colour of the upper part of the neck, which is dark rufous-brown and punctulated, while the underlying neck-band is not, and the rufous tint of which increases from before backwards. The upper surface of the head is finely punctulated, and is much less rufous than the dorsal surface. The chest and belly are rich rusty-brown without any trace of annulation, and are of the same colour as the sides. The tail is not tufted, and is about two-thirds the length of the body. It is much grizzled, as the hairs have long pale-yellow tips succeeding their black sub-apical bands. The tip is con- colorous with the pale ends to the hairs, the black bands having disappeared. The claws are moderately strong. The basal pile is rather profuse, pale yellowish-brown at its base and orange-yellow towards its tip. The apices of the hairs on the sides are broadly rich orange-red succeeded by a narrower brown band not very distinct from the former, while the basal portion of the hair is pale-brownish or yellow. On ' these parts, the hairs are about one inch long. On the back, where the yellow banding is more distinct, the hairs are about the same length as the former. Here they terminate in a narrow, brown tip sticceeded by a yellow band followed by a very broad, dark-brown, almost blackish band which embraces about one-half the length of each hair, the base of which is yellow. The hairs below the root of the tail are only 1°30 to 1°50 long, and have the same colour as the preceding, only the LD, 192 CARNIVORA. subterminal and basal yellow bands are broad, especially the latter, while the blackish band diminishes in size as it is traced backwards, so that the tail is a dirty rufous-yellow. The ears are clothed with short, finely-speckled hairs. The tarsus of this species is completely clad in its upper two-thirds, but the inner portion of the lower half over the metatarsus is bare. In H. brachyurus the tarsus has much the same character, whilst in H. vitticollis it is wholly nude on its under surface, as in H. pallidus. The claws are moderately developed. Inches. Length of head and trunk . ‘ : 5 : : ; : . 17:30 oF of tail without hair . 5 ; : : : 3 j . 10°50 3 a3 with hair . ; : : ; : ; P . 11:70 The skull of this species is distinguished by its short, rather broad muzzle, and by apparently an imperfect orbit, as all the sutures are lost, and yet the two processes are far apart. The nasal portion of the palate is rather short and moderately broad, considerably less so than in H. urva. The post-orbital contraction is well marked. The ridges from the orbital processes of the frontal are separate to the middle of the parietals, but form two prominent lines. Habitat.— Borneo. HELICTIS. 193 MUSTELIDA. Genus HeEutcris, Gray. * HELICTIS MOSCHATA, Gray. Helictis moschata, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1831, p. 94, et hid, 1865, p. 153; Cat. Mamm. Carniv. &e., B. M. 1869, p. 142 (an part) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i. p. 328. Melogale personata, Is. Geoff. Zool. Voy. de Bélanger, 1834, p. 137, pl. v.; Blainv. Ostéogr. @. Mustela, p\. xii. ae At Teng-yue-chow in Yunnan, at an elevation of 5,000 feet, I obtained a wolverine which I refer to this species, and to which the Formosan form 4. subaurantiaca, Swinhoe, is very closely allied. Two other species have been described, viz., H. orientalis, Horsfd. (= H. fusca, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil.'), and H. nipalensis, Hodg. They have all a strong resemblance to each other in their external characters, all of them being distinguished by certain head-markings which are wonderfully persistent in the different species, although they are, at the same time, the subjects of modifications which, however, are not merely distinctive of the species, but involve subordinate variations in the individuals com- posing them, the tendency being either for the white head-markings to become intensified by extension, or obliterated by the encroachment of the general colour of the fur, the general plan, however, of their distribution being adhered to in all. If no other characters than those yielded by these modifications of the external colour of the animals had existed for discriminating the species, I would not have hesitated to regard them all as only local varieties of a common specific type, but this apparent similarity masks certain osteological differences which clearly indicate that the divergence from the original stock from which these animals have sprung has been in a two-fold direction, if one or other of them is not the existing representative of the peculiar features of the primitive stock. Reliable characters for distinguish- ing the species are only yielded by the skulls, and they have been brought pro- minently forward by Dr. Gray.? The skulls belong to different types, the first distinguished by its shortness, large teeth, short palate, and the small, rounded character of its infra-orbital foramen = H. orientalis; the second by its greater length, long palate, large teeth, and small infra-orbital foramen = H. nipalensis ; and the third by its long skull and palate, small teeth, and large infra-orbital foramen = H. moschata. But another species has been recognised, the H. swbaurantiaca, Swinhoe, described from Formosa. Swinhoe’ was under the impression, judging from external characters, that this insular form displayed ‘stronger affinities towards the Himalayan H. nipalensis, Hodg., than to the neighbouring continental H. mos- chata, Gray, but the consideration of the characters of the skull conclusively proves 1 Guerin. Mag. 1835, pl. xvi. ? Cat. Carniv. Mamm. B. M. 1869, p. 141. 3 Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 349, et bcd, p. 355, pl. xliv. AQ 194 | CARNIVORA. that any affinity which it manifests in the direction of H. nipalensis is through the intermediately lying form H. moschata, which by its geographical position and doubtless by its genesis is related much more to H. nipalensis than to H. subaurantiaca, Swinhoe, the skull of which in its dentition and the size of its infraorbital foramen belongs to the same type as H. moschata, Gray, whereas the skull of H. nipalensis, Hodg., in these details is closely allied to H. orientalis, Horsfd. The following are some of the details by which these species may be recognised. H. orientalis is distinguished from H. nipalensis by the shortness of its alveolar border, including that of the premaxilla, so that the former has a shorter muzzle than the latter; whereas in H. moschata and H. subawrantiaca the alveolar length is almost equal, and considerably in excess of . orientalis and shorter than H. nipalensis, and the posterior portion of the palate in all the species, except H. orientalis, is concave, and the portion behind the last molar is longer and broader in H. moschata. Yn all, with the gxeeption of H. nipalensis, the external margin of the palatines where they project behind, forming the wall of the posterior nares, present a faint ridge externally, with a convex surface outside it which is wanting in H. nipalensis. The skull of H. orientalis is distinguished by the shortness of the interval between the narial margin of the palatines and the tip of the hook-like process of the pterygoids, which is less than in any of the other species. The skull of H. nipalensis is considerably broader across the zygomatic arch, external to the condyle, than in H. orientalis ; the former also has a longer muzzle than the latter, as is shown by the distance from the external orbital angle to the tip of the pre- maxillaries, and from the front of the penultimate molar to the same point, both of which distances in H. nipalensis exceed those of H. orientalis. In the former, the muzzle is also narrower across its middle than in the latter, and the nasals are con- tracted about the same position in their length, and rounded, and somewhat expanded and pointed posteriorly. The premaxillaries of H. orientalis nearly touch the nasals, but in H. nipalensis they are considerably removed from these bones. The tympanic bulle of the latter are somewhat less distended and smaller than in the former. The skull of H. moschata is long, and in this respect resembles H. nipalensis, and differs from the short skull of H. orientalis ; it is, however, markedly separated from these two species by its small teeth and by the great capacity of its infra- orbital foramen. Its muzzle has about the same length and proportions as H. nipalensis, but the long posterior portion of the palate, which is broader and more decidedly concave than in that species, has a ridged and rounded lateral border. In H. moschata and H. subawrantiaca the length of the two skulls is about the same, and the two palates are nearly of equal dimensions, that of the former being slightly in excess of the latter, but not to a greater extent than would be accounted for by difference of sex or age, for in other respects the skulls are essentially alike. In the length of the palate, H. moschata agrees with H. nipalensis, which, on the other hand, is considerably in excess of the palatal length of H. orientalis. The difference in length of palate that exists between H. moschata and H. sub- HELICTIS. 195 aurantiaca is not greater than that between different skulls of undoubted HZ. orientalis. It is also observable that the last-mentioned species presents two types of skull, one in which the orbital contraction of the frontals is not so narrow as in the other type, and associated with the greater width at this point, the skull, across the anterior border of the squamosal suture, is also broader than in the narrower type, and the ridges of the external orbital angle are much further apart than in the narrow skulls, the upper surface being therefore more flattened than in the narrow form. These differences are in all likelihood due to sex, and it is probable that the broad type represents the male, and the other and more slender skull the female sex. In the British Museum there is only one skull of Z. moschata and one of H. subaurantiaca, and it is interesting to observe that the former belongs to the same type of skull as the broad skull of H. orientalis, and the latter to the narrow form of the skull of that species, and that these two skulls are as intimately related to each other as the supposed male and female skulls of H. orientalis. With these scanty materials, however, it would be premature to say that the Formosan form is not specifically distinct from the continental wolverine, but it seems to me that the remarkable similarity that exists between the skulls of the type specimens of the species points in the direction of the insular form being only a local variety whose distinguishing characters are as yet confined to its pelage. After a careful consideration of Is. Geoffroy’s description of H. personata, which was procured in the neighbourhood of Rangoon, and which Blyth regarded as H. orientalis, Iam disposed to think that it is more applicable to H. moschata, in which the colour accords with that ascribed by Geoffroy to his species, in which also, as in H. moschata, the hair, especially on the thighs and fore arms, is tipped with white, which is not the case in H. nipalensis, which is a dark-coloured form. This species was originally described from Cantor’s specimens, and Swinhoe' has observed it in Hainan, Amoy, and Shanghai, so that it has a wide distribution over Eastern Asia. "With regard to Shanghai specimens, the latter naturalist remarks that they are more tinged with orange-yellow on the under parts, and that in colour they approach the Formosan species. Swinhoe has mentioned the crepuscular habits of the Formosan wolverine, and from personal knowledge I am aware that H. nipalensis appears to be essentially nocturnal in its habits, being only seen at night, when it comes out to feed, and it not unfrequently enters the huts of the Bhooteas and Lepchas of Darjeeling. On one occasion, in a Bhootea hut, I killed a Nepal wolverine, having mistaken it for a large rat; but my host was much chagrined at my successful raid on the supposed intruder, as he informed me the animal had been nightly in the habit of visiting him, and that it was not only inoffensive, but most useful in destroying cockroaches and other insects. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 623. 196 CARNIVORA. Genus MELES, Gesner. * MELES (ARCTONYX) COLLARIS, F. Cuvier. Aretonyx collaris, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. p. 220, Sept. 1825; Fischer’s Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 152; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. East Ind. Co. Mus. 1851, p. 114; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. Mus. 1863, p. 71; Jerdon, Mamm. of India, 1867, pp. 77 and 78; Gray (in part), Cat. Carniv. Mamm. B. M. 1869, pp. 123 and 124. Mydaus collaris, Gray, Wagner, Schreber, Sadugeth. vol. ii. 1841, pp. 186, 187; Gray and Hard- wicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool. vol. i. tab. vi.; Cat. Mammif. Brit. Mus. p. 70; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. 1844, i, p. 317. : This species ranges as far as Teng-yue-chow, where I obtained a skin. It is distinguished from the nearly allied species 4. taxoides, Blyth,’ by its shorter and rougher fur, its broader muzzle, larger ears, and longer tail; also by its colour and markings being less intense than in that species.? It is also larger than A. tavoides, the skull of which in the adult female is only 4°75 inches in length, while in the female of JM. collaris the skull is 6°38 inches long. There is also much greater breadth, and the palatal region is considerably longer and of greater transverse capacity than in A. ¢axoides, as has been fully proved by Blyth’s* measurements of the respective skulls. In this species the greatest breadth across the zygomatic arch is 3°64 to 2°38 in dA. tawxoides, and the length of the palate in the former is 3°88 to 2°75 in the latter. The narrow character of the snout in 4. taxoides is borne out by the relative breadth of the palate as compared with the palate of this species, in which the diameter at the last molar is 1:07, whilst in the former it is only 0°81. And in connection with these measurements it is noteworthy that the species WM. lewcurus, Hodg.,* and M. taxus are distinguished from each other by similar differences in the relative breadth and development of their palatine surfaces, which, of course, influence the character of the muzzle in these different badgers, which are also separated by the differences they present in the breadth of their skulls both across the zygomatic arch and basal portion of the brain-case. As pointed out by Blyth, these two species have a nearly similar distribution, ranging eastwards from Nepal to Assam, Sylhet, and Arracan. M. (A.) collaris, as I have observed, extends to Western Yunnan. The badger of Eastern China’ closely resembles Meles taxus in external appear- ance, but is separated from it by the pronouncedly different characters of its skull. It has been fully described by A. M.-Edwards from specimens obtained by the late M. Fontanier in the vicinity of Pekin, and has been satisfactorily identified by him with I. chinensis, Gray. Dr. Gray has stated that he saw no appreciable 1 Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1853, p. 591. * Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1856, p. 398, pl. L. 3 Tee. + Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 763, pl. xxix. ° Rech. Mammif. 1868-74, pp. 190-195, pls. xxv. to xxviii.; Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1867, 5™ Série, vol. viii. p. 374; ‘ Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 207, fig. of skull, et Cat. Carniv. B. M. 1869, p. 126; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 622. MELES. 197 difference between the skull of I. leucurus, Hodg., from Lassa, in Tibet, and the skull of I. chinensis, Gray ; and after a careful examination of the skull of the type MM. leucurus’ with four skulls of I. chinensis, I see no reason to differ from Dr. Gray. I have also compared the skin of Hodgson’s typical specimen of I. leucurus with the figure and account of UM. leptorhynchus, A. M.-Edwards, and they seem to me identical—a conclusion which I have arrived at from a consideration of osteological as well as external characters. I have also carefully examined the types of U. leptorhynchus. The skull of I. chinensis which Dr. Gray figured belonged to a slightly immature female, and is somewhat smaller than the skull of Wf. leucurus, which belonged to the same sex. The only difference that I can detect between them is, that the contraction of the brain-case behind the external orbital angle is less in the latter than in the former, but the difference is so slight that no importance can be attached to it, more especially as the other skulls of I. chinensis vary quite as much among themselves, as is demonstrated in the accompanying table. These skulls also show considerable variation in their basal breadth when measured between the auditory processes. Any little variation manifested by the skull of M. leucurus seems to me to have its counterpart in one or other of these skulls of MM, chinensis. The skull of I. leucurus,’ which in its basicranial length exceeds only by a very little that of the skull of MU. leptorhynchus, practically agrees with it in the length of the palate, in the breadth across the infra-orbital foramina, across the zygomata, at the condyles, and across the base of the skull between the auditory processes. The zygomatic arch, however, of I. leptorhynchus is considerably stronger, but this may be a sexual character, or individual variation. The depth, too, through the coronoid process of these skulls of Wf. chinensis, in the females, is less than in M. leptorhynchus, and the female skull of M. leucurus resembles them also in this respect. Measurements of skulls of If. leucurus, Hodgson, and of WL. chinensis, Gray : MELES CHINENSIS. M.leucurus, type 2 “ g 9 g From tip of premaxillz to end of gagittal crest (greatest length) .| 4°90 510 4°75 4°71 4:57 »» anterior margin of foramen magnum to inner border of incisors| 420 422 4,00 4:00 3°93 Length of palate to inner border of incisors ; 2°50 2°50 2°41 2°40 2°32 » from transverse line eee posterior border of last molars to end of palate , ' 4 ; p . A 3 ae is oo cae a Breadth across zygomata at condyles : ; . ; ‘ ‘ "6 ; ° : Pr es aiiitary shies : . ‘ , : -| 2°36 2°60 2°30 215 2°30 » behind external angle and eye (east $ 3 : ‘ .| 095 0°83 0:80 0°87 0°82 Length of lower jaw from angle . eve ee | EL 3°31 2°97 3°05 2°86 Height through coronoid process - ‘ ‘ . ‘ : -| 1:47 1:60 1:25 141 1:34 1 Cat. Carniv., B. M., 1869, pp. 127 and 128. 2 Journ. As. Soc, Bengal, 1847, pp. 763-770, pls. xxix, xxx et xxxi, fig. B. 3 Dr. Gray, writing on WM. lewcurus, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 190, says that he had compared the skull with those of the various badgers in the India Museum Collection, and that having mentioned to Hodgson that it was very dis- tinct from the Zaxidea of North America, Hodgson had proposed to name it Pseudo-meles leucurus, under which name it now stands in the India Museum, London. 198 CARNIVORA. Hodgson states that the tail of If lewcwrus was only one-fourth the length of the body and head, while, including the hair of its extremity, it was half the length of the animal. But as his specimen was a flat skin, not much reliance can be placed on the relative proportions of the tail to the body. A. M.-Edwards and Dr. Gray have suggested that this is the species referred to by Middendorff and Schrenck as varisties of the European badger. Another species has been described from Tibet by Blyth as Meles Mogan and although he had never seen the skull, he was of the opinion that Hodgson in describing and figuring his Zawxidea leucurus had depicted its body, but the skull of the Tibetan Meles albogularis as that of Z. leucurus. He also states, and in this I agree with him, that there can be no doubt of the specific distinction of the two animals. I. lewewrus has a black throat and no band passing up from the angle of the mouth to the ear, while I. albogularis has a white throat and a dark-brown band from the gape to the ear. Hodgson has also described from Tibet M. isonyx,? a badger of the same size and general characters as U. albogularis, also distinguished by its white throat and by a brown band from the gape to the ear. I have examined the types of both of these species, and do not find that they differ in any respect from each other, and both of them are from Tibet. The characters of these species have been fully described by Blyth and Hodgson. I have examined the types of IZ. leucolemus,? A. M.-Edwards, and 4. obscurus,' A. M.-Edwards, both of which are white-throated badgers, one from China and the other from Tibet. The last is about half the size of the first mentioned, but so closely resembles it in its head-markings and general characters, that it appears to me that it will in all probability prove to be a young individual of WZ. leucolemus, which, I think, will also be found to be identical with WZ. albogularis, Blyth. > With hair é : : : : ‘ : : : : . 7150 This species has been found only in the Celebes. The series in the Leyden and Paris Museums from the Celebes prove that the white on the side of the neck is not always present, for one specimen shows it dis- appearing and in another there is no trace of it, and others lead from the one to the other extreme, but when this neck spot is fully developed it forms a great violet- white lappet. ScIURUS ALSTONI, n. s. Plate X XI. This beautiful species, in the colouring of the upper parts and _ tail, closely resembles S. lokriah, whilst the under parts differ in being dusky chestnut instead of orange. The peculiarity of the species is the beautiful pure white tufting to the ears, which projects a considerable way backwards, in a pointed manner. The external surface of the tip of the ear is covered with short brown hairs which stand out against the white. The sub-apical brown, or rather black band of the hairs of the tail, is broad and rather deeply edged with whitish; the tip of the tail is blackish, and the remainder more or less obscurely tinged with black and orange. The incisors are pale yellow, and narrow: the facial portion of the skull is rather short and moderately pointed, and the nasals are rather broad pos- teriorly. Inches. Length, muzzle to tail . ; 3 e : P 2 : - » 715 » of tail without hair . ; : : : ‘ ‘ 3 - 6:50 9 > with hair ‘ : 3 : 5 : : : . 8:30 The locality from whence this species was obtained has not been accurately ascertained, but it is probably Borneo. SCIURUS. 253 SciuRvus PERNYI, A. M.-Edwards. Sciurus pernyi, A. M.-Edw. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. Juillet, 1867, p. 230, pl. xix.; Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 302. The muzzle, the upper surface of the head, the nape, the back, the flanks and the outer surface of the limbs are black, punctulated with yellow. The throat, the chest, and the belly are white. The inside of the fore limbs is whitish, but on the hind limbs this colour is mixed with yellow on their anterior borders. Around the vent and on the adjacent parts of the base of the tail a brilliant red prevails, and is continued along within the posterior margin of the hind limbs, as far as the heel. The feet are black, punctulated with rufous. The cheeks have a grey tint, and the moustachial hairs are black. The eyes are encircled by short brown hairs. The ears are large, rounded, and not pencilled. Above the ears, and at their base, there is a clear orange-yellow spot. The tail is a little shorter than the body; the hairs are annulated black and red, but have long yellow or grey tips, a reddish tint prevailing on the under surface. This species was discovered in the Province of Sé-tchouan, China. Sciunus mopestus, Miiller & Schlegel. Sciurus modestus, Muller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 87, 96, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-3; Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. mi. 1843, p. 203; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 40; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xviii. 1849, p. 603; sed. vol. xx. 1851, p. 166. Sciurus affinis, Horsfield (not Raffles), Zool. Research. in Java, 1824; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829 (in part), p. 355; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 156; Lesson, Man. de Zool. 1827, p- 234 (in part) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. (in part), 1845, vol. i. p. 44. Sciurus tenuis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 874 (in part); Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, vol. xx. p. 274. Sciurus concolor, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxiv. July 1855, p. 474; «bid. vol. xx. 1851, p- 166; xxiv. 1855, p. 474; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 103. The type of S. modestus in the Leyden Museum has the tail imperfect, but the body measures 6 inches. There is no grey on the head, and the feet are con- colorous with the limbs, but slightly grizzled with black. The eye has a rufous- yellow area around it like S. plantani, Ljung, S. vittatus, Raffles, S. tenuis, Horsfield, and S. philippensis, Waterhouse; but the pale, similarly coloured band in front of the eye which occurs in S. ¢enwis is not well defined. We may reasonably, how- ever, conclude that S. modestus and S. affinis, Horsfield, are the same species, but the squirrel first described by Raffles from Singapore as S. affinis, and which he stated attained to nearly the size of S. bicolor, cannot be reconciled with this much smaller species. I have considered S. affinis, Raffles, as an immature example of S. bicolor. The head is concolorous with the back, whilst in S. affinis, Horsfd., it is grey or whitish, but the two agree in the following characters: back olive-brown, passing 254 RODENTIA. into pale rufous on the sides of the neck, body, and thighs, the rufous not being much pronounced. The fore limbs externally are greyish-brown, the feet being dark brown, almost black, and the hind limbs are of the same colour. The hairs generally of the upper parts are annulated in the same way as in S. lokriah, there being about eight alternate black or brownish and yellow bands, the basal portion of the hair being dark blackish-grey. The upper light colour is produced by the pale nature of the bands and the admixture of many nearly white hairs. On the head, the annulation of the hairs has almost entirely disappeared. The tail is regularly annulated orange and black, the hair being broadly tipped with orange. The specimen yielding the foregoing description was obtained in Sumatra by Raffles, and its body from the tip of the muzzle to the root of the tail measures 8 inches, and the tail 6, and with hair 8 inches. The species has also been found in Malacca and in Pulo Panjang in the Gulf of Siam. The animals referred by Miller and Schlegel to Borneo and Canton seem to me to be examples of S. tenuis, Horsfd., if they are not the young of S. modestus. Miller and Schlegel’s figure is a good representation of the species. ScCIURUS CHINENSIS, Gray. Sciurus chinensis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 144; Horsfd. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 159; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1870, p. 634. Macroxus chinensis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 282. The fur is rather short and coarse, and dark brown with glossy tips to the longer black hairs, as in 8. philippensis. It is very finely punctulated with yellow. The two types of this species, both from the same locality, Canton, in China, differ con- siderably from one another; one is a male and the other appears to be a female. In the former, the upper surface of the head contrasts with the rest of the upper parts in being pale reddish-brown, passing gradually, however, into the colour of the surrounding parts. The hinder half of the side of the neck and the lower portion of the shoulder and the upper half of the fore leg are pale reddish-brown; the tail being uniformly pale brown without any annulations. In the supposed female, the head and shoulders agree with the rest of the upper surface, which is less punctulated and slightly darker than in the male. The tail is darker, and the hairs are slightly grey-tipped. In the male, the chin, throat, and chest are white, but the sides of the belly are slightly rufous, the latter having a white central streak. The chin, throat, and chest of the female are not so pure white, and the belly is slightly more rufous; in another specimen, there is also a tendency to form a pale mesial abdominal line. The ears are moderately long, and clad on their backs with short hairs. The tail appears to be longer than the body, but in one specimen it is imperfect, and the other is so badly stuffed that its measurements would not give its correct proportions. SCIURUS. 255 This species is closely allied to 8. philippensis, and it is a dark-brown squirrel larger than S. tenwis. It has hitherto been obtained only from Canton. ScIURUS PHILIPPENSIS, Waterhouse. Sciwrus philippensis, Waterhouse, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 117; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1843, p. 209; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. u. 1845, p. 30; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 874. Macroxus philippensis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, vol. xx. p. 281. Waterhouse describes this animal, which appears to be closely allied to 8. tenuis, and perhaps still more closely to S'. chinensis, as having the general hue of the upper parts, sides of the body, and outer sides of the hind legs, deep brown; this tint being produced by the admixture of rust colour and black, the hairs being of the latter colour and rather broadly annulated with rusty red near the apex. The tail is not very bushy ; its hairs are black, with two bright rusty bars. The under parts of the body are greyish-white, with a faint yellow tint; the head, shoulder, and brachium are greyish, and the feet are black, slightly grizzled with rust colour. It is interesting to observe that the shoulder of the specimen, in the circum- stance that its colour differs from that of the rest of the upper parts, conforms to the distribution of colour both in S&. tenuis and S. chinensis, in which, however, the shoulder is more rufous than the rest of the upper parts. Length, muzzle to vent 6°50 inches, tail 6°25 inches. In the length of its tail i¢ approaches to S’. tenis. It was obtained in the Island of Mindanado in the Philippine group. Scrurus tenuis, Horsfield. Sciurus tenuis, Horsfd. Zool. Resch. in Java, 1824; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851], p. 153; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 355; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xv. 1846, p. 250; Gray’s List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 144; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. 1. 1845, p. 45; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 874 (in part) ; iid. vol. xx. 1851, p. 166; tdd. vol. xxiv. 1855, p. 476; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 104. Sciurus modestus, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhand]. 1839-44, pp. 87 and 96 Gn part) ; Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 274, Macroxus tenuis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 281. Rufous olive-brown on the upper parts, the rufous more bright on the shoulder and outside of fore limbs and sometimes on the front of the thigh; the feet are concolorous with the upper surface of body; a pale rufous area around the eye and on the moustachial region and the sides of the muzzle. An oblique brownish band passes downwards from the upper surface of the muzzle, behind the moustache, with a pale rufous spot behind it. The sides of the face, below the eye, are concolorous with the sides of the neck. The under parts and insides of the limbs are pure white or yellowish, with a tendency to form a yellowish median ventral streak. The tail is 256 RODENTIA. banded yellow and black, the latter being the predominant hue, and the tip is black. The colours tend to an obscure arrangement in broad rings of yellow and black, but frequently many of the hairs are yellow-tipped, which hides this grouping of the colours. The tail is slightly shorter than the body. The ears are moderately large, with the basal hairs behind palish; their tips are rounded, and their backs are clad with silky hairs which project but little, if at all, beyond their margins; but intermixed with these are longer black hairs which extend beyond the tips, but they are so few as to be apt to be overlooked. The measurements of the type specimen are, from the muzzle to the root of the tail 5°75; length of the tail 5 inches. The type has all the characters of a young squirrel, and it so closely resembles 8’. chinensis, Gray, that it might be an immature example of that species. Miiller and Schlegel referred a number of small squirrels of this type to S. modestus; those from Malacca and Sumatra correspond in size and other particulars to the foregoing ex- ample of 8. tenuis, but, in some specimens from Borneo, the upper parts are darker, and the under parts are more richly coloured, being washed with yellowish-orange. This species is also evidently closely allied to S'. philippensis, Waterhouse, but the type of the latter is in such a bad state of preservation that its characters cannot now be well determined. Blyth considered S. t¢enwis as identical with S. modestus, M. and S., and was inclined to regard it as the S. annalatus, Desmarest;' but as the latter is described as having the tail longer than the body, it does not seem likely that it is S'. tenuis. The locality from whence 8. annulatus was procured is also unknown. The type of this species was from Singapore, but squirrels of its kind have been found in the Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. Scrurus muRInvs, Miiller & Schlegel. Seiurus murinus, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. Nat. Gesch. 1839-44, p. 87. Sciurus murinus, Temminck, Esqu. Zool. de Guiné, 1853, p. 252. This is a small species, distinguished by the sombre character of its colouring which is nearly uniform throughout. The upper parts are dark brown, very finely speckled with rich yellow. The under parts are dark grey, slightly washed with yellowish, but the grey is generally so dark that there is no line of separation between the colours of the two surfaces. The tail is of the same colour as the body, but the hairs are more closely annulated, and the hairs at the tip are long and blackish. The ears are of moderate size and rounded, but not pencilled. Inches. Length from muzzle to root of tail é ; : : : ‘ . 4°30 9 of tail without hair 3 ‘ : : ‘ 3 : . 375 5 5 with hair : ; ‘ ‘ . ‘ ‘ : . 5°75 There are three examples of this species in the Leyden Museum, all from the Celebes. 1 Desmarest, Mammalogie, p. 338. SCIURUS. 257 ScIuRUS ExiLis, S. Miiller. Scwurus ewilis, S. Miiller, Tydschrift voor Nat. Gesch. 1838-39, vol. v. p- 148; Muller und Schlegel, Verhandl. Natur. Gesch. 1839-44, p. 87 et p. 97, pl. xv. figs. 4-6 ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1843, p. 208; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 41. Macroxus exilis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 282. In the Leyden Museum there are five small squirrels the bodies of which vary from 2°75 to 3°20 inches; and the tails, without the hair, are about 2°20 inches. They are squirrels about the size of S. melanotis. The type in the Leyden Museum is said to be an adult, and it certainly has not the characters of a young animal, although it is so very small. The general colour of the upper parts may be described as olive-brown, but the head, and the back especially over the neck and shoulders, are more or less suffused with reddish, which, however, is not very prominent nor contrasting much with the general colour. The muzzle is yellowish, and there is a similar ring round the eye, but the sides of the face from the mous- tache backwards, and the sides of the neck, resemble the sides of the body. The limbs also are concolorous with the body. The under parts are whitish or dusky, suffused, more or less, with rufous, and on the scrotum of the male, with bright orange. The hairs of the tail have a broad basal orange band succeeded by a broad black band which is tipped with yellowish; the under surface of the tail being rather brightly washed with orange. The ears are of moderate size and rounded, and clad with very short hairs. The whiskers are black; nearly one-half of the sole of the hind foot is clad. The iris is brown; and the upper incisors are very pale yellow; the lower pair are nearly white. The skull is much arched behind; the facial portion is very broad at the base, becoming pointed towards the front, and moderately long. This species has been found in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. ScIURUS PALMARUM, Linneeus. Ecureuil palmiste, Brisson, Regn. Anim. 1756, p. 158, No. 10. Le palmiste, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. x. 1768, p. 181, pl. 126. Palm squirrel, Pennant, Syn. Quad. 1771, p. 287; Hist. Quad. 1793, vol. i. p. 149. Sciurus palmarum, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1776, 12th ed. p. 86; Gmelin, 13th ed. cid. 1788, p. 149; Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Ann. 1777 (in part), p. 423; Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p- 843 ; Boddaert, Elench. Animal, 1785, p. 119; Schreber, Saéugeth. vol. iv. 1792, p. 803, pl. 220 (fig. Buffon) ; Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. iu. pt i, 1801 (in part), p. 146; Leach, var. 8, Zool. Miscell. vol. i. 1814 (addenda et corrig. p. 137). Serwrus palmarum, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. x. 1817, p. 106; Mamm. 1820, p- 387, Tab. 76, fig. 2; F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xiv. 1819, p. 247; Désinvaline: Dict. Class. d@’Hist. Nat. vol. vi. 1824, p. 72; Horsfield, Zool. Resch. Java; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 152; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 358; Waterhouse, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, vol. i. p. 496 ; Ogilby, Royle’s I]. Him. ‘Hat Mem. Mamm. 1840, p. 18; ; Wagner, Beitr. zur Saugeth. Fauna von Kaschmir (Hugel Reise), 184%, p. 573; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1843, p. 204; Gray, Hand-List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 141; Schinz, 12 58 RODENTIA. bo Syn. Mamm. B.M. 1845, p. 38; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 874; ded. vol. xx. 1855, p. 166; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 106; Kelaart, Faun. Zeylanica, 1852, p- 52; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 170; Zelebor, Reise der Freg. Novara, Saugeth. 1868, . 24, Gae penicillatus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. vol. i. 1814, p. 6, pl. i. ; Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. x. 1817, p. 112; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 874; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 152. Macrozus (Palmista) palmarum, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 279. Macroxus (Palmista) penicillatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 279. This species is smaller and paler than 8. ¢ristriatus, Waterhouse. The pale lines extend more on to the neck and head than do the corresponding lines of S. tristriatus, and, unlike that species, the head, and the scrotal and anal regions, are not red, neither is the under surface of the tail of that colour which distinguishes S. tristriatus. The latter has only three well-defined, yellow, dorsal lines, whereas in S. palmarum there may be said to be five; but, as pointed out by Waterhouse, the outer white line on each side of the body is joined on the lower side by so pale a colour that it is not very evident as a line, but there is no white on the flanks of S. tristriatus, nor tendency to form white lines on the flanks, which are always grizzled like the thighs, the most external line being black. The differences manifested by the skulls are referred to under the allied form. S. palmarum measures from 6°50 to 7 inches in length of body, from muzzle to vent, and the tail from 5°50 to 6 inches. Leach first described this species as S'. penicillatus, but afterwards, in the same volume, regarded it as identical with 8. palmaruwm, or as a variety of that species, the chief character being the pencilling of the tail; but as no squirrel with a tufted tail has hitherto been discovered in India, and as it is highly improbable that such a species has been overlooked, the likelihood is that it was a specimen changing its fur. The figure given by Leach represents a squirrel agreeing more with S. palma- rum as defined by Waterhouse than with §. ¢ristriatus. Blyth also’ remarks that among very many continental examples of S. tristriatus which he had seen, he had never observed one with a terminal tuft to its tail. This species occurs in Bengal, and ranges north-west to the Punjab and south- wards to Central India; but it is not represented in Ceylon, and its place in Southern India is taken by S. tristriatus, Lesson. SCIURUS TRISTRIATUS, Waterhouse. Funambulus indicus, Lesson, Il. Zool. 1831, pl. xii. Seiurus tristriatus, Waterhouse, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, p- 496; Proe. Zool. Soe. 1839, p. 118; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, pp. 874 and 1001; , Of tail, without hair . : : ‘ : ‘ : 3 . 9°40 The squirrel from the Island of Banka differs from the type of S. rafflesii in two respects : firstly, the shoulder is grey instead of being red; and secondly, the black of the upper parts is prolonged down in a narrow band before the shoulder, separating it from the grey of the side of the neck. The tail also wants the brownish tip. In all other respects it agrees most closely with the Sumatran race. In both of these, there is generally indicated an obscure dusky, or blackish line from the shoulder to the groin, underlying the white lateral band. The Bornean and Celebean race.—The Islands of Borneo and the Celebes have yielded a number of squirrels which have been described at various intervals, during the last twenty-five years, as distinct species, with one single exception, viz., the S. rafflesii, var. borneoensis, which Miller and Schlegel justly regarded as only a local race of the laterally white-banded and red-bellied squirrel of the Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, and Banka, and which had been first described by Desmarest under the name of S. prevostii and afterwards by Horsfield and Vigors as 8. rafflesii, which latter term Miller and Schlegel accepted in preference to the former, which had the claim of priority. They did so in recognition of the services rendered by Rafiles to the progress and development of knowledge regarding the islands over which he had been placed as ruler, The following is a chronological list of these supposed species from Borneo and the Celebes, viz.: Sciwrus rufogularis, Gray; S'. rufoniger, Gray; 8. erythromelas, Schlegel; S. atricapillus, Schlegel; S. schlegelii, Gray; S. pluto, Gray; and S. sarawakensis, Gray. Those from Borneo are 8’. rufoniger, Gray; 8. atricapillus, Gray; S. pluto, Gray; S. sarawakensis, Gray; S. schlegelii, Gray; and those from the Celebes, 8. erythromelas, Schlegel; and S. schlegelii, Gray; whilst the locality from whence S. rvfogularis, Gray, was obtained is unknown. That the Celebes form, S. erythromelas, Schlegel, is not a local race, or essentially distinctive of that group of islands, is fully proved by the circumstance that it is almost the exact equivalent of the Bornean S. rufoniger; 8. schlegelii, on the other hand, approaches the squirrels which resemble S. atricapiilus, Schlegel, in every respect but the presence of the black on the head. The skulls of these latter specimens clearly prove that they are young individuals. Their bodies are slaty- grey, finely black and white speckled, the back being blackish, whereas the sides of the neck, the shoulders, and the lower half of the limbs, are much the same as the head in colour and speckling; the feet, however, tend to black in some, in which the outside of the thighs is pale greyish-white, whilst in others it has a yellowish tinge. The tail is occasionally banded grey and black, and in other instances yellowish and SCIURUS. 273 black, there being about thirteen alternate light and black rings, of which the terminal ring is pale. On the sacral region, the black of the back is contracted into a narrow band, well marked off from the pale colour of the thighs. The sides of the face and neck are commonly greyish, but in some they are washed with rufous, tending undoubtedly to assume the S. schlegelii garb which has been indicated by Schlegel as a distinct species. The red would appear to commence around the eye and to extend upwards from the throat, because in specimens with rufous on the cheek, the colour around the eye is more marked than in others which are younger. The white band extends from the axilla to the groin, and merges into the grey of the outside of the thighs. The black line, below the white lateral line, is broad, and is continued more or less along the external margin of the fore limb. The chin is almost blackish, with grey grizzling, while the under surface of the neck, the inside of the limbs, and the chest and belly, are rich chestnut. In the true black-headed and grizzled phase, the head from the nose to between the eyes, the chin, the feet, the outer border of the fore limbs, a broad streak along the side of the rufous of the belly from the shoulder to the groin, and the tail, are black. All the remainder of the upper parts and the base of the tail and the sides of the face and neck and outsides of the limbs are greyish-black, grizzled with white, with the exception of a broad white band lying above the black band of the sides, and having a similar length. The under parts are deep chestnut. The ears are of moderate size and rounded, and clad with short adpressed hairs. Many specimens of this phase from Borneo and the Celebes, agreeing in every detail with each other, have come under my observation. A specimen of S. atricapillus from Borneo, in the Leyden Museum, has the upper surface of the back nearly black, and is much darker than another and larger example from the same island. It closely approaches the type of S. erythromelas, only the extremities are jet black, and the bright-coloured lateral line is well developed and yellowish. It is undoubtedly intermediate between that type and S. atricapillus, and is only distinguished from S. schlegelit from the Celebes by its blacker head, its greyish cheeks, black tail, and its better-defined yellow lateral line. SS. erythromelas and S. schlegelii from the Celebes are also so like each other in general characters that I cannot but regard them as marking some transitional phase intimately related to the atricapilline form. Temminck considered S. schlegelit as the winter pelage, S. erythromelas as the coat of the breeding season, and 8. atricapillus to be the perfect livery. In the type of 8. erythromelas from the Celebes, we have a squirrel which is wholly black on the upper parts and tail, like 8. rufoniger from Borneo, but with some red on the lower portion of the limbs, which does not occur in the latter. The black of the outside of the fore extremities is less marked than in the Bornean squirrels, but the fore feet are blotched with black, and the upper surface of one hind foot is nearly entirely black, while the other is red, blotched with black. The shoulder and thighs and the narrow line along the side are the same as in Seiurus rufoniger, and the colour of the under parts is identical in these squirrels from Borneo and L2 274: RODENTIA. the Celebes. The moustachial and cheek bristles are greyish, the cheeks being black, but finely grizzled with grey, a colour which does not occur in 8. rufoniger. The type of S. rufoniger is black above, with a greyish tinge on the shoulder and outside of the thighs, and along the sides, in which latter locality this colour is dis- tributed in a linear form, but in some Bornean examples the grey assumes the character of a white band between the axilla and groin, the grey being absent on the shoulder and thighs, while in others from the same locality, the white or grey is almost obsolete, being reduced to an obscure lateral line, while in another speci- men there is no trace of it beyond a few greyish hairs along the position occupied by the lateral line in the others, and in this respect it resembles S. erythromelas. The grey or white lateral line is always separated from the deep chestnut of the under parts by an intense, but narrow black line. The chin, and all the upper parts and the outside of the limbs and the tail, are jet black. The throat and all the under parts are deep chestnut. S. schlegelit is from Koma, also in the Celebes. The fur is wholly and finely, but sparsely grizzled with yellow on the upper parts and on the tail and on the outside of the limbs, but the feet are black. The sides of the face around the eye are rich chestnut, passing into deep maroon on the under parts. There is a pale yellowish- grey line from the shoulder to the groin, and below it a black band. The tail is black, sparsely grizzled with yellow, and terminating in a black tip. All of these forms lead so gradually from one into the other that their specific identity seems unquestionable. The series here considered, yields indisputable evi- dence that the white or grey lateral streak occasionally disappears by the white being replaced by black hairs, but it is found in every stage of disappearance, and in some it is only indicated by the intermixture of a few white among the black hairs. Likewise, the underlying black streak is also the subject of analogous changes in those forms referable to S. prevostii, var. borneoensis, the black being replaced by the red of the under parts. The thighs and shoulders of the type of 8. rufoniger from Borneo, which is essentially the same as S. prevostii, var. borneoensis, are also distinctly greyish, as in the forms referred to S. erythromelas, S. schlegelii, and S. atricapillus, all of which have the white lateral streak and a distribution of colour which has a well-defined general correspondence throughout them all. The next modification is one which only differs from 8. prevostii, var. borneo- ensis, Schl., by the absence of the white on the moustachial region, and in the com- plete disappearance of the black below the white lateral line, which is well marked in Schlegel’s specimen. This example differs from the two first-described specimens in the upper surface of the head, neck, and shoulders being ungrizzled jet black. The sides of the face from the muzzle to the ear, and the sides of the neck, are greyish, more or less marked with rufous. The shoulder is reddish, paling upwards into yellowish, which is more or less continuous from behind with the white lateral line which extends backwards from the shoulder to the groin; the outside of the thighs and the legs to the ankle being grey. The fore limb is rufous, and more so than the shoulder, but it shows the remains, as it were, of grizzling, and the hind SCIURUS. 275 foot does the same, but much more distinctly, being decidedly greyish-black and rufous-grizzled, and is evidently in a transitional stage between the black feet. of S. schlegelii and the bright red feet of what appears to me to be the fully mature animal S. prevostii, var. borneoensis, or S. sawarakensis. The under surface of this animal is even more lightly chestnut-red than in the previous specimens, and the annulation of the tail has disappeared, but it is here and there washed with greyish. Two other specimens, one of them referred by Dr. Gray to his §. rufogularis, are states of the pelage intermediate between S. schlegelii and S. erythromelas, and have the upper surface of the head, neck, and the back and sides, with the exception of the outside of the thighs, jet black, without any grizzling. The sides of the face and neck, the shoulder, the fore limbs and lower half of the hind limbs, and all the under parts, are bright chestnut. There is a white line from the shoulder to the groin, becoming grey on the outside of the thighs. The chin is black in one, and on it there is a faint trace of a black lateral line, but these black marks are absent in the other. The tail in both is black, washed with greyish, the tip in the squirrel with the black chin being wholly black. The red of the shoulder passes into yellowish above. Another variety has the upper surface of the head and the middle line of the neck and above the shoulders, and the area between the shoulder and the groin, and a narrow space over the lumbar region jet black, also the tail, which is slightly washed with yellowish. The sides of the face and neck, the shoulder and fore limb, and the hind feet and all the under parts, are bright red. The upper portion of the shoulder passes into yellowish, and is more or less continuous with the lateral line which has a distinct, yellowish tinge and expands on the outside of the thigh, which is clear yellow, passing into rufous on the lower part of the leg. The black lateral line is obsolete. In all these squirrels the base of the tail, below and around the vent, remains greyish. The squirrels from Borneo and the Celebes lead so perfectly from one into the other and into the brightly-marked adult, the 8. sarawakensis, Gray, that it seems clear they are all, as I have already said, only phases of one species. Apart altogether from local races, it would appear that, in the young stage, the pelage of this type of squirrel is grey ; that this gradually changes into black on the back; that the rufous of the under parts extends by degrees, more or less, on to the limbs, and spreads upwards on to the sides of the face and neck; and lastly, that the white lateral line and the grey of the thigh change into yellow, and occasionally the upper surface of the shoulder into yellowish-red, whilst the black lateral line, which is well developed in the grey stage, disappears in the adult. ScIURUS (RHINOSCIURUS) TUPAOIDES, Gray. Rhinosciurus tupaordes, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1848, p.195; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, vol. xx. p. 286; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xx. 1851, p. 167, et 1855, vol. xxiv. p. 477; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 108. 276 RODENTIA. Sciurus laticaudatus, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 100 and 215, figs. 1,8; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1843, p. 206; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. p. 40, 1845; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p, 251; 2id. vol. xx. 1851, p. 167. Miller and Schlegel’s description of 8. laticaudatus would seem to leave no doubt but that the animal described and figured by them under that name is this species which is so remarkable, not so much on account of any character presented by its tail, as by reason of its deep and rather long muzzle, with which there is asso- ciated a correspondingly elongated and narrow skull, unlike the skulls of squirrels generally with their much compressed and rather feeble incisors, while the first of its five upper teeth is remarkable on account of its strong development and from the presence of four distinct cusps, the foremost of which is the largest, while in other squirrels there are only one or two small cusps. The skull of Zamias davidanus closely approaches it in its general character, but the muzzle is shorter ; however, these two skulls are more closely related to each other than to the skulls of the other squirrels of Southern Asia. Gray’s type was purchased from a dealer and was entered in the British Museum Register as coming from Malacca, but Dr. Gray in his Synopsis gives Singapore as the habitat. Blyth received a specimen from the Malayan peninsula. The type of S§. laticaudatus was procured by Diard, in 1827, on the west coast of Borneo near Pontinack, where this peculiar squirrel is not uncommon. Miller and Schlegel met with it in that island, along the banks of the rivers Baritto or Doeson, and in the mountain jungle. As remarked by Miller and Schlegel, its pelage has a strong resemblance to the pelage of S. insignis, having much the same character, except that it has no black bands. The coloration, as in S. insignis, is more murine than in any other Asiatic squirrel, except perhaps 7. davidanus, and it is very variable in its intensity, varying from light to dark, almost blackish brown. It is about the size of S. insignis, and the tail is shorter than the body, reaching to about the eye when laid forwards. The tail is moderately bushy, rather contracted at the base, but expanding towards the tip. The hairs are banded rather broadly with four alternate pale-brown and dark-brown bands, the last band being the darkest and broadest, with a pale-brown tip. The ears have the same form as in the squirrels, but the moustache is much more feeble. The under surface is nearly pure white in some, and rich orange-yellow in others. The figure of the muzzle, as given by Miller and Schlegel, appears to have been taken from a stuffed specimen from which the skull had been removed, so that the true character of the muzzle in the living animal is not correctly represented. I have examined the types of R. tupatioides and R. laticaudatus, and find that they belong to only one species. This species is found in the Malayan peninsula and in Bor neo. SCIURUS. 277 ScluRUS (RHEITHROSCIURUS) MACROTIS, Gray. Sciurus macrotis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1856, p. 341, pl. xlvi. Rheithrosciurus macrotis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1867, p. 272. The head is large, compressed, and short; the ears are large, with a pencil of elongated hairs at their tips; the feet are large and strong; and the sides of the animal are laterally banded. The general colour is dark chestnut-brown, very minutely punctulated ; the hind quarters, including the base of the tail, and the outsides of the fore and hind limbs, bright bay; the feet blackish. There is a brownish band from the axilla to the groin, with a yellowish-white band above it. The cheeks and inner sides of the limbs are pale brownish; the chin, throat, and under parts, white. Tail, broad and full, grizzled, and with long white tips to the hairs. Habitat.—Sarawak, Borneo. PTEROMID A. Genus Preromys, Cuvier. PTEROMYS. Baron G. Cuvier! was the first to separate the flying from the ordinary squirrels, under the genus Pferomys. No one will be found to dispute the correctness of this course, but while some naturalists have followed in the footsteps of Frederic Cuvier’ in sub-dividing the flying squirrels into two groups, one Pteromys and the other Sciuropterus, others have failed to appreciate the significance of the characters which he assigned to the genus Sciuropterus. As is well known, F. Cuvier relegated to the genus Sciwropterus all the small flying squirrels which he considered to resemble the ordinary squirrels by the con- formation of their teeth, in the less complex character of the folds of enamel in the molar series. I have examined the dentition in the following species, viz.: P. teromys oral, P. caniceps, P. leucogenys, P. magnificus, P. melanotis, P. nitidus, P. punctatus, P. tephromelas, P. alboniger, P. fuscocapillus, and P. volans,—that is, in flying squirrels belonging to both of the two supposed genera; but, according to my obser- vations, the form of the enamel folds in youth are essentially similar, consisting of a series of tubercular folds which are marked with wavy lines in some, and are smooth in others, but, in all, there is a marked conformity to a common type. The seem- ingly more complex character of the folds appears to depend on the extent to which the tubercular ridges are worn by use. Since F. Cuvier wrote, many naturalists have been inclined to regard the dis- tichous arrangement of the hairs of the tail, which is undoubtedly characteristic of some species, as a feature common to all the smaller flying squirrels, or to those which they have been wont to consider as belonging to the genus or sub-genus Sciwropterus ; but, after a careful examination of this organ, in nearly all the members of the series, I have failed to detect that it is essentially distinctive of them—that is, that the distichous arrangement of the hairs is always associated with a diminutive species ; but, at the same time, there can be no doubt that it is more prevalent among such. The tail is bushy in the following species, viz.: P. oral, P. cineraceus, 1 Tab. Element, 1797, p. 185; Anat. Comp. 1799, vol. i. Tab. i. 2 Des Dent, des Mammif. 1825, p. 165. PTEROMYS. 279 P. elegans, P. punctatus, P. caniceps, P. albiwenter, P. nitidus, P. magnificus, P. pheomelas, P. leucogenys, P. xanthipes, P. alborufus, P. melanopterus, P. tephromelas, P. layardii, P. fuscocapillus, and P. fimbriatus ; whereas it is partially distichous in P. melanotis, and is wholly so in P. pearsonii, P. momonga, P. pulveru- lentus, P. alboniger, P. horsfieldii, P. genibarbis, P. lepidus, P. phayrei, P. spadi- ceus, and P. volans. The wing parachute, however, in all the members of the group is the same, although some naturalists have described it in 8. sagitta as having an expansion in front of the fore limb, which does not exist in the other species, but this is unquestionably an error. I am therefore disposed to regard the flying squirrels generally as constituting a well-defined, generic group, the parallel of the genus Sciwrus which consists of an extensive series of specific forms distinguished by a remarkable uniformity of structure both in their skulls and skeletons and in the formation of their soft parts. PrEROMYS ORAL,' Tickell. Taguan ow grand Ecureuil volant, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. iii. (in part), 1766, p. 150, pl. xxi. et xxi. bis; Vosmaer, Reg. An. 1767, (in part) plate. Pteromys petaurista, Schreber, Siugeth. vol. iv. 1792, p. 819, pl. 224A, fig. Buffon’s (in part) ; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820 (in part), p. 342; Gray, Hand-List, Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 133; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 106 (in part); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 50 (in part) ; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 865 (in part) ; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 94; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851. p. 159 (in part) ; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 174. 1 As the term P. petawrista has been generally applied to large flying squirrels from the Moluccas, Philippines, Malayan islands and India, and to widely different forms, I have retained the term P. oral for the Indian species, as first clearly indicated by Tickell, and P. cineraceus for the Burmese and Malayan animal, which was first recognised by Blyth as a distinct species. It seems to me, however, very doubtful that the latter form is specifically separable from P. oral. The following are some of the chief references to the literature of the subject:— Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. iii. 1766, p. 150; Pennant, Hist. Quad. vol. ii. 1792 (red) p. 151; Vosmaer, Reg. Ann. 1767; Pallas, Miscell. 1766, p. 54, pl. vi. figs. 1-2; Ersleben, Syst. An. 1777, p. 238; Zimmerman, Geograph. Gesch. 1780, vol. ii. p. 349; Boddaert, Elench. Animal, 1785, vol. i. p. 120; Gmelin, Lin. Syst. 1788, p. 155; Schreber, Saugeth. vol. iv. 1792, p. 819, pls. 224 A and B. (fig. Buffon); Shaw, Genl. Zool. 1801, vol. ii. pt. i. p. 160, pls. 152 et 153; Cuvier, Rég. Ann. vol. i. 1817, p. 207; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 341; F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xliv. p. 41; Lesson, Man. de Zool. 1827, p. 241; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. 1828, p: 341; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 362; Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. Suppl. vol. iii, 1843, p. 221, pl. 224B; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 106; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 865; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 1827, vol. xvi. p. 865. In the Leyden Museum there is a large flying squirrel, of which, however, the history is unfortunately unknown ; the tail also is imperfect. It is remarkable on account of the peculiar character of its colouring. The head, including the cheeks and the sides of the neck and throat, are brick-red ; the upper surface of the head being grizzled with white. The same colour spreads over the shoulder, back, and sides to the end of the lumbar region, and on these parts it is also grizzled with whitish, which produces a pale yellowish-red tint. The middle of the back is marked by a transverse, dark narrow brown band. The rump, thighs and feet are pale yellowish-white. The middle of the membrane is paler than the back, and the portion external to the shoulder is reddish-yellow, tending to white, while the wrist elongation is rich red-brown. What remains of the tail resembles the colour of the lumbar region. All the under parts are red. There is a pale yellow area around the eye. The ears are small for the size of the animal and are sharply pointed. The cheek-bristles are only feebly developed. The body measures 23 inches along the back. This is doubtless one of the many species which have been referred to S. petawrista, and it is interesting to recollect that the Leyden Museum contained some of the first flying squirrels referred to P. petaurista. ‘This old specimen stands without a name. 280 RODENTIA. Pteromys philippensis, Elliot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. vol. x, 1839, p. 217. Pteromys griseiventer, Gray, Hand-List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 133; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol, xxviii. 1859, p. 277. Pteromys inornatus, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 106. Pteromys oral, Tickell, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii, 1842, p. 401, pl. xi.; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. 1845, vol. ii. p. 59; Kelaart, Prod. Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 55. Pteromys nitidus, Kelaart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 157. This is the only large flying squirrel, properly so called, occurring in India and in the Island of Ceylon. The head is large, and the upper parts are dusky maroon-black, grizzled with whitish, due to the presence of a sub-apical white band, which terminates in an inconspicuous black point. The parachute and the limbs are much lighter and more rufous-maroon. The feet, muzzle, and around the eyes are black, and the male is distinguished by an irregular patch of rufous on the sides of the neck, which in the female is a sort of pale fawn.’ The tail, which is rather longer than the body, is bushy, and its terminal two-thirds or three-fourths are black or blackish, with rarely a little white at the extreme tip. The under parts are dingy brownish-grey, some- times nearly greyish-white. The Marquis of Tweedale procured in Travancore a specimen much paler than usual, being of a light maroon-brown above, and with yellowish-white, sub-apical bands; the long hair behind the ears being pale rufous instead of dark maroon- brown. The feet are only in part blackish, especially the fore feet; the muzzle and around the eyes are dark brown, and the tail has its terminal three-fifths uniformly rufous brown, a little darker at the tip, while its base is paler, and slightly white- grizzled. The under parts are clad with scanty annulated hairs of a predominant pale colour; and two whitish streaks extend longitudinally along the mamme. In the British Museum, there are two examples of this species from Madras presented by Sir Walter Elliot; one is much darker than the other in the basal portion of its fur, which is dark blackish-brown, while in the paler individual the hidden portion of the fur is pale earthy-brown. In both, the hair of the head, neck, and upper surface of the parachute, has whitish sub-apical bands and black tips, but the white rings are much more pronounced in the dark than in the pale specimen. In the former, the hair on the parachute is very broadly banded with yellowish-brown and with rufous, whereas in the foregoing Travancore specimen, which in other respects resembles it, the parachute is dark brown, with only a few hairs with pale sub-apical rings. There can, however, be no doubt of the specific identity of all these specimens. * [have not been able to trace the term P. philippensis beyond its occurrence in Sir Walter Elliot’s Catalosue and the explanation which he gives of it. In writing of the specimens which he had forwarded to the British Meson and which now stand there under the name P. petaurista, he says: “ Mr. Gray designated the specimens of this species presented to the British Museum by the specific name of P. philippensis, and showed a former description of them under this title, the source of which I have mislaid. I cannot find any such species indicated in Griffith or Fischer's Synonyms nor in any work to which I have access.” The name P. philippensis is probably founded on Buffon’s description of the Luguan from the Philippines, Z. e. 2 Elliot (7. ¢). PTEROMYS. 281 Three specimens of this species exist in the Leyden Museum, two from Colombo, Ceylon, collected by Diard, and the other from the Himalaya. The only difference between them is that the former specimens have the tail not quite so black as the Himalayan individual. Both are much grizzled with white all over the upper parts, head, back, and wing membrane. The two types of P. griseiventer are in the British Museum, but their habitat is unknown. They exactly agree with the specimen procured by the Marquis of Tweedale at Travancore, except that the under parts are slightly greyish. This species ranges from Ceylon northwards to the Himalaya, and Tickell met with it in the Midnapore jungles and described it as P. oral. There is a specimen in the British Museum said to have come from Singapore, but as that port is the centre to which animals from all parts of Southern and Eastern Asia are carried for sale, it is highly probable that it was taken thither from Ceylon or Southern India. Mr. Baker remarks’ that this species, like other flying squirrels, being nocturnal in its habits, is difficult to procure, except by watching under fruit-trees on moon- light nights, or, when the forest is cut down, by observing the hollow trunks and securing their tenants. The noise that this squirrel makes by night in the depths of old jungles, he states, is sometimes alarming to strangers. PTEROMYS CINERACEUS, Blyth. Pteromys petaurista, Walker, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1843, vol. i. p. 266; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 159 (in part). Pteromys petaurista var. cineraceus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. pt. i. p. 865. Pteromys cineraceus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1859, vol. xxviii. p. 276; ibid. vol. xliv. 1875, ext. No. p. 85; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. 1863, p. 94. This species is closely allied to P. oral, from which it is distinguished by the grey character of its fur, and its almost white, but black-tipped tail. In form it exactly resembles that species which it represents in Assam, Burma, and Tenasserim. Blyth describes it as differing from P. oral in the more predominating white tips to the hairs, which impart a hoary appearance to the whole upper surface, which is continued along the bushy tail to the blackish tip. The fur generally is an inter- mixture of pale greyish and brownish, the hairs of the back and head having a whitish sub-terminal band, whereas, on the tail, the pale greyish or hoary prevails, to the exclusion of the brown hairs. The upper surface of the parachute is reddish- brown and ungrizzled, if a few hairs are excepted which have a pale reddish-yellow sub-apical band. The under parts are pure white, or nearly so. The dimensions are the same as those of P. oral, Tickell, of which it will probably prove to be a local race. In the India Museum, London, there are two examples of this flying squirrel, and in the Calcutta Museum there are two adults and a young specimen from 1 Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (1859), vol. xxviil. p. 287. M 2 282 RODENTIA. Arracan and another adult from Tenasserim. The latter is unusually rufescent, and in its intermediate characters serves to connect the still more rufescent P. oral with P. cineraceus. * PTEROMYS YUNNANENSIS, n.s. Plate XXII. This is a large-headed flying squirrel belonging to the P. oral group, and appa- rently attains to larger size than any of its fellows. It is a most richly coloured animal with fine, glossy, silky fur, the hair on the long black bushy tail being quite as fine in texture as the delicate covering of the body. The general colour is a rich dark maroon-chestnut on all the upper parts, the head and back, in some, being finely speckled with white, which is most marked in the young, but is always most profuse on the posterior half of the back, which in some individuals has almost a hoary tinge from the extent to which the white annulation of the hairs is carried. In the adult, the upper surface of the parachute is of the same colour as the back, and the hairs are not annulated, except along its margin, but in younger specimens they are partially so on the upper surface, as are also the hairs on the first three or six inches of the tail, which are concolorous with the back, but broadly tipped with black, while the remaining portion of the tail is rich glossy black. The sides of the face, below the eye and ear, are yellowish-grey, mixed with chestnut, and the chin is dusky. The paws are rich black, also the margins of the limbs. The under surface is clad with a yellowish-white, rather woolly fur, which in some tends to a chestnut tint in the middle line, and to a darker tint of the same colour at the margin of the parachute. The basal portion of the fur of the upper parts is a dark greyish-brown, the hairs at their base being wavy, then follows a palish chestnut band, succeeded by a dark maroon-chestnut, which either may or may not have a pure white sub-apical band, the tips of the hairs being glossy deep maroon-chestnut, in some, verging on black. The ears are large and rounded, and very sparsely covered with black hairs externally, with chestnut-coloured hairs on the anterior, and black on the posterior half of the dorsal surface. The hairs on the outer side of the tarsus form a rather long and dense brush. The tail is moderately bushy. As I succeeded in procuring only skins of this splendid squirrel, I cannot give any accurate dimensions, but the largest measures, from muzzle to root of tail, 24. inches; the length of the tail being the same. The specimens were all obtained at Teng-yue-chow, but it is said to inhabit the forests of the Kananzan mountains to the east. PTEROMYS. 283 PTEROMYS PECTORALIS, Swinhoe. Pteromys pectoralis, Swinhoe, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 61; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p- 634. Swinhoe describes this flying squirrel, which I have not seen, as “general rich rufous ; tail lighter with brown at tip; breast and streak down the centre of the belly white. Length from snout to root of tail 20 inches, tail 15 inches, soft and bushy. The red fur of the body is sparsely sprinkled with white hairs. The fur is soft, moderately long, and much in character with that of P. grandis; in some lights it shows very brown.” Confined to the southern mountains of Formosa. This form is evidently closely allied to the foregoing species. PTEROMYS MELANOPTERUS, A. M.-Edwards. Pteromys melanopterus, A. M.-Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Zool. 5th ser. 1867, vol. vill. p. 375; Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 168, pl. xva, figs, 2, 2a, 2d. Pteromys xanthotis, A. M.-Edwards, Rech. des Mammif. 1868-74, p. 301. This is a large species, of the dimensions of P. oral and P. albiventer, to the latter of which it is allied, as is evinced by the resemblance which the two forms have to each other before maturity. In its general colour it approaches more to P. cineraceus, Blyth, than to any other species. It is distinguished, however, from these and from all the south-eastern Asiatic flying squirrels by its densely clad tarsus—a character which A. M.-Edwards has not noticed in his description of this species nor of P. xanthipes, and which is also a character of P. leucogenys, all of which are northern forms. The head in the type, below and anterior to the ears, is greyish tinged with brown, and there is a narrow brownish-yellow ring around the eyes. The back and the top of the head are covered with hairs which are leaden grey towards their bases, passing into yellowish, washed with brown in their sub-terminal part, then into a brilliant and clear greyish-white, frequently ending in a small black or deep brown point. A. M.-Edwards describes the general colour as “wn gris jaune clair, presque argenté par plaques, sur lequel se détachent une multitude de petites touches d'un brun noirdtre.”’ The upper surface of the parachute is almost wholly black, but some of the hairs are terminated by brilliant yellow points, whilst the border is well-defined greyish-white; on the under surface, it is entirely very clear yellow. The limbs are much like the back, and the feet are black. The belly is a clear greyish-ashy, less tinged with yellow than in P. oral. The tail is very bushy, and less brilliantly coloured than the back. In the Paris Museum there is another example of this species which has been received since A. M.-Edwards drew up his description. It is less grey than the type, and has the tail more brilliant yellow, washed with blackish. This specimen, 284, RODENTIA. which is more brown than grey, serves to connect the species with P. albwenter. Both of these flying squirrels are from Tcheli. Inches. Length of the body . : : 3 : ‘ ; : ‘ . 19:20 3 +f tail : ‘ : : ; f ‘ : : . 17°25 In the Leyden Museum there isa large grey squirrel, which seems to be a variety, or perhaps a seasonal (winter) phase of the species. Its history is not accurately known, but Prof. Schlegel informs me that it was received in a collection of animals, said to have been made in Tibet. The character of the fur, like that of the type, inits density, indicates that the animal must have been an inhabitant of a cold region, and its tarsus is thickly clad. Unlike any other Pteromys, except P. lewcogenys, the ears are thickly clothed externally and internally with moderately long, rather woolly hairs, the external hairs projecting beyond the margin. The ears also are larger than in the generality of flying squirrels, and are triangular and pointed. The fur is extremely dense and soft, the long hairs measuring nearly 3 inches and the shorter hairs 1°75. The basal portion is deep slaty, succeeded by pale greyish-brown, followed by the exposed portion which is still paler and occasionally marked by white rings, narrowly tipped with blackish. These white rings confer a grizzled appearance on the pale fur. The general colour, including the tail, is pale greyish, all the upper surface, including the membranes, being grizzled with white. The muzzle and the hairs clothing the internal surface of the ears are pale yellowish, and those on the back of the ear pass into black at their tips. At the posterior border of the ear there is a whitish tuft. The fore and hind feet are brown, the hairs terminating in yellowish tips. The under parts are greyish, washed with yellowish on the under surface of the membrane. The tail unfortu- nately is imperfect, but it shows an obscure tendency to form alternate blackish and grey rings. Cheek-bristles fully developed. The specimen, which is male, measures 18°75 inches along the back, and the imperfect tail is 14 inches. PTEROMYS ALBORUFUS, A. M.-Edwards. Pteromys alborufus, A, M.-Edwards, Comptes Rend. 1870, vol. Ixx. p. 841; Rech. des Mamm. 1868- 74, p. 298, xlv, This large and beautiful species, the type of which I have examined, has the head, the sides of the neck, the throat and upper part of the chest, variegated with white, through which the rich maroon of the ground colour is partially seen, and it forms a ring around the eye. The hinder part of the back is yellow, and the tail, immediately beyond its base, is also yellowish for a short way, fading into the deep maroon of its latter two-thirds. It has no black tip. The feet are concolorous with the body. The under parts are pale rich orange-yellow. The ears are large and moderately pointed. Inches, Length of the body 3 : , 5 : , : : : y. 23 a ” tail + . ° ° . e . . . . . 16 PTEROMYS. 285 It is closely allied to S. nitidus. A. M.-Edwards is inclined to interpret the difference of colour manifested by the head, back, and tail of this squirrel as probably due to a seasonal change. This species is from the district of Moupin in Tibet. PTEROMYS MAGNIFICUS, Hodgson. Pteromys magnificus, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. v. 1836, p. 231; cid. vol. x. 1841, p. 915; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 293; Ogilby, Royle’s Ill. Him. Bot. Mem. Mamm. 1840, p. 138; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 184; Cat. Nepal Mamm. &c. B. M. 1846, p- 22; Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Voy. aux Ind. Orient. Jacquemont Zool. 1844, p. 65; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866; cbcd. vol. xxvii. 1859, p. 277; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 95; Horsfd. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 161; Proc. Zool. Soe. 1856, p. 403; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 177. Sciwropterus mtidus, Hodgson, Proc. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. 1835, p. 98. Sciuropterus nobilis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 263; List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 184; Cat. Nepal Mamm. &c., Hodgson’s Coll. 1846, p. 22; Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 67; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866; cdid. 1859, p. 277. Sciuropterus chrysothryx, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 67, plate, fig. 1; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 293. Pteromys nobilis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 160. The typical specimens of P. magnificus, Hodg., P. nobilis, Gray, and P. chryso- thryx, Hodg., are all squirrels equalling each other in size and found living together in the Himalayas. They present so many striking similarities and are so linked together by intermediate forms in the area of their distribution that little or no doubt can exist regarding their specific identity. There are no data, however, to guide us to the causation of these variations. In a young specimen of P. magnificus, the characteristic golden dorsal line is well defined, whereas in an older individual it is absent, with the exception of two obscure pale diffused yellow patches, far separated from each other. In a specimen referred to P. nobilis the dorsal line is wholly wanting, while in others it is well defined. These specimens agree with each other in all other respects, so that the presence or absence of the dorsal line is a character of little importance on account of its variability. The back of the animal is rich lustrous dark maroon-chestnut, the hairs having black tips, and being finely but obscurely punctulated with dark orange. The body colour extends on to the upper surface of the neck and on to the head, but in the former of these localities the hairs are frequently broadly tipped with yellow, while many hairs on the forehead are also similarly marked, the hairs around the muzzle and eye being almost black. The ears are large, with the posterior margin nearly straight, and they are semi-nude, being only sparsely clad with pale red hairs on the external aspect, and with bright red hairs posteriorly, but the base of their upper surface is clad with long hairs. The sides of the face below the eye are yellowish. The upper surface of the 286 RODENTIA. parachute is yellow near the back, but orange-red towards its external margin. The yellow, which is brilliant, spreads forwards over the shoulders, so that the dark colour of the upper surface of the neck is much narrowed. This is a well-marked feature of this species, and is always more or less present. On the limbs and margin of the membrane, the colour is rich orange-red, and this colour is prolonged along the sides of the neck, below the yellow of that region. The tail is orange- red, of variable intensity, tipped more or less broadly with black. The under parts are pale orange-fawn, or pale orange-red. The chin is blackish. In some speci- mens the hind feet are black, and the dark colour of the back extends more on to the sides than in others. In a male referred by Hodgson to this species, there is no approach to the formation of a dorsal line, and the dark dorsal area and the head have the sub- apical bands to the hairs pure white, as in examples of P. oral, but the characteristic shoulder yellow is present. In this specimen there is no black on the chin, but its absence may also be remarked even in the most characteristic examples of the species. In a very young individual, the dorsal line is absent, and the head and neck are concolorous with the body, also the upper surface of the parachute, which differs from the back in the absence of the black tips to the hairs. The tail at its base is concolorous with the back, but the remainder of it approaches to the yellow colour of the shoulder and collar, and the tip is nearly blackish-chestnut. The whole of the under surface of the body is pale yellowish-red. The lower half of the ear is yellowish, and its terminal half, dark chestnut-brown, approaching to black. Inches. The body of the adult measures ‘ ‘ : é . : : . 16 The tail . ‘ ‘ : ‘ : ‘ : , : ‘ 2 . 22 The skulls of P. magnificus and P. nobilis ave identical, and they are closely allied to P. oral, the chief distinction between them and the latter being their shorter muzzles and the more elevated character of the interorbital depression. The range of this species is not well ascertained; but it has been found in Nepal, Sikkim, and Assam. PTEROMYS ALBIVENTER, Gray. Pleromys albiventer, Gray and Hardwicke, Ill. In. Zool. 1834, vol. ii. No. 18 plate; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1836, p. 88; Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. i. 1837; Hand-List Mamm. B. M. 1843, pp. 134, 584; Wagner, Beitr. zur Saugeth. Faun. von Kaschmir (Hugel), 1842, p. 573; Schreber, Siiugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1843, p- 222; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. pt. ii. p. 865; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 162. Pteromys ‘nornatus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Descrip. Mamm. Voyage, Jacquemont, 1842-43, p. 62, plate iv.; Wagner, Beitr. zur Sdugeth. Faun. von Kaschmir (Hugel), 1842, p. 573; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p- 527; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1859, vol. xxviii. pp. 277, 287; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 95; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 176. Pteromys petanrista, Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 106. Pteromys magnificus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 635, pl. 1. PTEROMYS. 287 As remarked under P. caniceps, this species is closely allied to it,—so much so, that if the grey head and the apparently rather larger ears of the latter are omitted, one description would be equally applicable to both. The fur has the same characters as in P. caniceps, in density, texture and colouring. The longer hairs have, as a rule, a sub-apical white band which can only be detected by careful observation, and they appear to be much more numerous than in P. caniceps. The general colour of the body and head is a reddish-bay, darker on the upper surface of the parachute and on the outside of the limbs. There is occasionally a dark-brown band over the nose, a similar area around the orbits, and at the base of the whiskers; and the feet are black in some, while in others they are the same colour as the legs. The cheeks are greyish. Habitat.—Nepal, and the North-Western Himalaya to Kashmir. In the Leyden Museum there is a large flying squirrel which was obtained by Dr. Jerdon in Kashmir and presented to the Museum by the Marquis of Tweedale. It is almost jet black on all the upper parts, but slightly brownish on the upper surface of the fore limbs and membrane. The cheeks are brownish. The only portions of the under parts that are not concolorous with the back are the chin, throat, chest and belly, which are brownish. A line of grey extends along the middle of the belly. The tail is concolorous with the upper parts and is very bushy. This seems to be a melanoid variety of this species, equivalent to the like varieties which occur in the genus Sciurus, e.g., in 8. palmarwn and S. lokroides. A writer in the Indian Sporting Review’ mentions that flying squirrels are numerous in the forests about Wurdan, in Kashmir, and that they live on the tops of the dead fir trees, where they make a hole in the bark and hollow out a nest for themselves inside. On scraping the bottom of the tree with a stick, the squirrel pops out its head like an owl. I have examined the types of P. inornatus, Is. Geoff., and do not find that P. albiwenter, Gray, differs from it in any respect. It is a half-grown example. PTrEROMYS CANICEPS, Gray. Sciuropterus caniceps, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 262; Hand List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 135; Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xi. 1844, p. 67; Blyth, dd. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866; «iid. vol. xx. 1851, p. 165; «bed. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 96; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 178. Pteromys caniceps, Gray, Cat. Nepal Mamm. B. M. Hodg. Coll. 1846, p. 21; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1845, vol. it. p. 57; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 160; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 402. Sciuropterus senex, Hodgson, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1844, vol. iv. p. 293; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xiii. 1844, p. 68, plate fig. 2; zzd. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866. This species is closely allied to P. albiventer,—so much so, that at first I was inclined to regard them as one species, and to consider the grey head of this form as } New Series, vol. i. p. 35. 288 RODENTIA. a variation depending on a perpetuation, so to speak, of a character of youth. This supposition is favoured by the circumstance that the majority of flying squirrels referable to P. caniceps which have come under my observation have been young, and by the additional fact that there are, as it were, intermediate forms between it and P. albiventer in which the head is greyer than it generally is in the latter species, which is, as a rule, more or less distinguished by a certain amount of grey about the cheeks. But on a more critical examination of P. caniceps, it appears to me, judging from Hodgson’s types of the species, that it has larger ears, and if this should prove to be a persistent character, then the grey head and the chestnut speck above and below the eye and the bright chestnut tuft behind the ears assume a specific importance which they would not otherwise have. But there is no descrip- tion from life, or comparison of the ears of these two supposed species, and as my observation is founded on the stuffed specimens in the National Collection, I do not attach any great importance to it, but only mention it that it may be proved or dis- proved by naturalists who have the opportunity to examine the two forms in life. As the materials at present at our disposal are insufficient either to establish or dis- prove the existence of these two species, I tentatively accept each. The animal is as large as P. magnificus, but the fur is much softer and denser than in that species and rather longer. It is about one inch and three quarters long, and in the first inch of its length it is slaty-grey and wavy; it then passes for about two-tenths of its length into brown, and then into reddish-bay, each hair generally ending in a narrow, dark-brown tip. Longer hairs are profusely scattered through the fur, and in these the slaty base passes into black instead of brown, and some of them have a sub-apical white band. The general colour of the upper parts is thus a rich reddish-bay, which is very glossy in reflected lights, and rather redder on the outside of the legs. The head is iron-grey, with longer black interspersed hairs, and the cheeks also are greyish; above and below the eye there is either a rich orange-brown spot, or a ring of that colour encircling that organ; and a similarly coloured tuft of hairs, but brighter, occurs at the base of the ears, behind their posterior angle. On the outer half of the membrane, the dark-brown tips to the hairs all but disappear, and the red-bay band increases in breadth and intensity, becoming rich orange-red on the margin of the parachute. The feet are also orange- red. The tail is bushy and only very faintly distichous. It is greyish at its base, succeeded by dusky orange, followed by a broad black band which is generally terminal, yet not unfrequently tipped with rusty brown. The orange is paler in the young, but more prevalent. The chin is generally blackish, and the throat is whitish, and all the under parts reddish or rather decided orange-red. The body measures : : ; . . 14 inches, according to Hodgson. And the tail ‘ : : : 5 3) iD =; 2 ” Gray’s specimen was young, the body being only 9 inches and the tail 82 inches. The skull has a less expanded interorbital region then P. magnificus, and a rather longer and narrower muzzle. The frontal depression is much deeper in some than PTEROMYS. 289 in others. The teeth in young individuals are rather strongly tubercular, but they gradually become worn with use and the tubercular character disappears, which is a generic character. This flying squirrel has been found in Nepal and the neighbouring region of Sikkim. PTEROMYS LEUCOGENYS, Temminck. Pteromys leucogenys, Temminck, Monogr. Mamm. Tab. Method. vol. i. 1827, p. 27; Temm. and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Mamm. 1847, p. 46, tab, xiii. ; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Dict. Class. vol. xiv. 1828, p. 181; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. 1845, vol. ii. p. 527. This is a large squirrel with a rather shorter tail than the generality of the allied forms P. caniceps and P. oral, to which it is closely allied. The fur is very soft and long, and the basal two-thirds of the hairs are slate or mouse coloured, passing into pale brownish-yellow in the lower portion of the terminal third, then into brownish, which is followed by a broad pale yellow band which is tipped with dark brown. These yellow bands are not so prevalent as to hide the underlying dark-brown and greyish, except on the anterior half of the body, which is pale yellow-brown, the hinder half having a grizzled appearance on a brownish slaty background. The head is concolorous with the front upper parts, but much more finely grizzled, and passes into pale violet-grey between the eyes, and on the upper surface of the nose. From the nose to the eye, and around and below the latter, the hair is dark rusty-brown. The upper lip and the area in front of and below the ear are pale violet-grey. The chin is dark brown. The under parts are pure snow-white, densely clad with fine fur, the white passing into orange on the under surface of the membrane. The inside of the front limb is brownish-black in its posterior half and orange-white anteriorly. An orange line runs from the front margin of the fore limb, bordering the white under parts, to the chin. The upper surface of the limbs is blackish-brown. The ears are clad with long hairs, and the whiskers or cheek-bristles are feeble. The tail is bushy and brownish-black, and the hairs slaty at the base, then yellowish-brown succeeded by the broad dark-brown tips, many of these near their extremities being broadly banded with yellowish. The greater part of the tarsus of this species, as in P. melanopterus and P. xanthipes, is densely clad. The skull has a rather long and narrow muzzle, and it is very like the skull of P. caniceps. Inches. Length of body . : : ‘ : : : ‘ 5 ; . 18:00 iy tail. : : ; : 3 ‘ : 5 P . 1150 This species inhabits Japan. N2 290 RODENTIA. PTEROMYS ELEGANS, Temminck. Pteromys elegans, Temm., Coup d’ceil, Faune des fles de la Sonde et de empire du Japon. Introduction, Faun. du Japon. 1836, p. xii.; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. Natur. Gesch. 1839-44, pp. 107, 112, tab. 16, figs. 1 (skull), 2,3; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Mamm. Voy. Jacquemont, 1842-43, p. 65 ; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ili. 1843, p. 223; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 865; ibid. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 277; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. u. 1845, p. 52; Giebel, Odontogr. p. 45, tab. 20, fig. 7; Saugeth. vol. 1. p. 641. Pteromys punctatus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. 1846, p. 211; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 277. This flying squirrel was incidentally described by Temminck in his Introduction to the Fauna Japonica, and had been overlooked by naturalists until Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire directed attention to it. It was discovered in the Island of Nusa Kambang, and when Temminck wrote was unknown in the Island of Java, but I now observe a number of specimens in the Leyden Museum marked as coming from the latter island. It resembles P. nitidus in size and proportions, but is distinguished from it by the dorsal region, from the vertex to the root of the tail, and the sides, excluding the wing-membrane, being a mixture of greyish and blackish-purple, depending on the presence of a multitude of almost white hairs which are either generally inter- spersed among the dark hairs, or grouped together in spots. "When these whitish or grey hairs are arranged in groups the animals constitute the P. punctatus, Gray. The parts surrounding the dorsal region are deep rich maroon-chestnut, as are also the fore limbs, thighs, and rump. The grey hairs frequently extend as spots on to the vertex, while in others they stop short on the nape, but the blackish-purple of the back, as a rule, which forms the ground colour, occasionally passes into chestnut on the front part of the head, the bases of the hair being a pale violet-grey, the sides of the face before and below the ears being also of the same colour, and, underneath the eye, the hairs are tipped with rich chestnut. The under parts are pale, but rich rufous-chestnut, darker on the under surface of the limbs and on the external half of the parachute. The base of the tail is somewhat contracted and is dusky chestnut, passing into black throughout the rest of its extent. The bushy, erect hairs that clothe the outer portion of the tarsus are pale violet-grey in some, and the carpal cartilage is bordered by the same colour. The ears are moderately large, and longer than broad, diminishing towards the tip and terminating in a rounded point. Their insides are clad with moderately long, but so very fine hairs, that they have a semi-nude appearance. Their outsides are covered with a few small hairs which become more numerous on the fore margin. The under surface of the fore feet, with the exception of the two proximal pads, is bald, while on the sole of the hind foot the bare area is narrowed posteriorly. The hair around the eyes is generally black, and there are some small irregular spots on the toes, especially on the hind feet, but frequently the feet are altogether black. The skull of the species differs only from that of S. nétidus in being somewhat smaller. PTEROMYS. 291 The species occurs in Nusa Kambang, Java, and Malacca, and from the last of these localities was obtained that spotted example which was described by Dr. Gray as P. punctatus. I have examined both types. This species measures— Inches. Body, muzzle to vent . : : : : ‘ : : : . 14°50 Tail . : : ; : : . : é : : ‘ . 16°75 PTEROMYS NITIDUS, Desmarest. Sciurus petaurista, Pallas (¢), Miscell. Zool. 1766, p. 56. The Saiting Squrrel, Pennant, Quad. (in part), 1781, 8rd ed. vol. ii. p. 151, No. 349. LT? Feurewil éclant, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Coll. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Pteromys nitidus, Desmarest, Nouv. Dict, d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. 1818, p. 408; Lesson, Man. de Mamm. 1827, p. 241; Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Dict. Class. 1828, vol. xiv. p. 131; Voy. dans l’Inde, Jacquemont Zool. 1844, p. 65; Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 342; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 863; Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new series), vol. i. 1837, p. 584; List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 184; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 107 & 112; Schreb. Sdugeth. Wagner, Suppl. vol. iv. 1848, p. 221, pl. 224¢; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p- 50; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 866; ded. 1859, vol. xxviii. p. 277; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. Mus. 1863, p. 96; Brandt, Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 6th ser. vol. vu. 1850, p.298; Zelebor, Siiugeth. Novara, 1868, p. 25; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 162. Pteromys grandis, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 358, pl. xlv.; aed. 1870, p. 634. The colour of this animal may be described as a deep rich maroon-chestnut, inclining to black on the upper parts, the hairs being black-tipped on the back. On the base of the tail, which is bushy, the black tips are longer, and the chestnut portion of the hair becomes an obscure blackish chestnut, so that the tail, throughout by far the greater part of its length, is black, from the prevalence of the black tips and the dark underlying colour. The feet are concolorous with the body which presents no trace of grizzling. The under parts are rich red-chestnut, liable, however, to become paler, and the chin is blackish. I have compared Swinhoe’s examples of P. grandis with a Javan example of this species, and I cannot detect any external character by which to distinguish the one from the other, and a specimen of P. nitidus from Java in the Paris Museum might stand as P. grandis, as the tail, instead of being black-tipped as in the generality of specimens of P. nitidus, is nearly wholly black, as in P. grandis. The skull of the type of P. grandis is in the British Museum, and is not quite so large as the skull figured by Brandt, than which it has less occipital and zygomatic breadth, being at the same time an altogether smaller skull, but it has the same broad muzzle as P. nitidus, and the other differences are so slight that they do not suffice to separate the Formosan from the Javan animal, more especially when the identity of their peripheral characters are taken into consideration. Moreover, a skull of P. nitidus in the National Collection, from Sumatra, agrees with Brandt’s figure in every respect, while another and smaller skull from the same locality differs from the figure in question in the same way that the skull of P. grandis does. 292 RODENTIA. The probability, therefore, is that this latter skull from Sumatra is a female, and the former a male, because the first of these is identical with the skull of P. grandis, which is known beyond all doubt to belong to the female sex. Swinhoe observes that the young is darker than the adult, with more black, especially about the head, feet, and tail. The latter, as in all young Pteromys, has the hairs laterally adpressed and parted down the mesial line, above and below. The pupil, the same observer states, to be round and not linear, and the animal is nocturnal in its habits. Its voice is in marked contrast to that of P. oral, its soft whistle being heard at the approach of twilight. The length of the sucking young is, body 6°75 inches, and tail 6°20: the adult animal is 2 feet long, and its tail is the same length. Pennant describes the colour of the head, body, and tail to be bright bay, in some parts inclining to orange; breast and belly of a yellowish-white; the tail being covered with long hairs disposed horizontally. Length from muzzle to tail 18 inches, tail 15 inches. He states that it inhabits Java. This species would therefore appear to have a wide range, being distributed over the Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Formosa, and Borneo. In the Leyden Museum there is a large flying squirrel from Borneo, which appears to be a variety of this species. It is intermediate in its characters between P. nitidus and P. melanotis, but unlike the latter, to the colour of which it has a general resemblance, it has no black points. The upper parts are rich ferruginous brown, finely grizzled with white on the back, from the shoulders downwards, but not on the parachute. . The cheeks and feet are concolorous with the back, but the tail is darker, passing into a dark reddish- brown. The under parts are pale white, more or less washed with reddish. The cheek-bristles are well developed, and the tail is not bushy. The specimen is a female, and the body measures 14°40, and the tail 15 inches. PTEROMYS MELANOTIS, Gray. Pteromys melanotis, Gray, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 88; Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new series), vol. i. 1887, p. 584; Hand-List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 1341; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 162; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 277. Pteromys tidus, Gray, Gray and Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. vol. ii. 1834, pl. xvii.; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 252. Pteromys melanopis, Motley and Dillwyn, Contrib. Nat. Hist. Labuan and Borneo, 1855, p. 2. This is a large flying squirrel with a relatively smaller head than P. oral and its Himalayan allies, P. magnificus, P. albiventer, and P. caniceps. All the upper surface of the trunk is bright rich reddish-bay, paling to yellowish on the tail, but especially brilliant behind the ears, which are sharply pointed, and their posterior margins below the tip are concave. On the head the 1 Dr. Gray mentions P. diardii, Temm., as a synonym of this species, but I have sought in vain for any other reference to such a name. PTEROMYS. 293 reddish-bay fades into pale yellowish. There is a blackish area over the nose, another around the eyes, while the moustachial region is brownish. The feet and a line along one-half of the carpal cartilage, and a portion of the anterior border of the limb, and the tip of the tail, are black. Cheek-bristles are present. The chin is dark blackish-brown, and the front part of the throat and all the under parts are rich rufous yellowish, most intense on the mesial line, on the inside of the limbs and on the outer half of the parachute which is rich red. The tail is not very bushy, and apparently tends to become distichous. The body, in the Museum specimen, measures 21°75 inches, and the tail 14°75 inches, without the terminal hair. The skull has a short muzzle, rather broader and shorter than in the other species. The molars are strongly tubercular, and the incisors rather narrow. Dr.. Gray at first assigned this animal to Nepal, but afterwards, in his List of Mammalia published in 1834, correctly referred it to Java. It occurs also in Borneo and Malacca, and in the latter locality is known as the “ Tupac Terbang.” Finlayson or Crawford’s Mission to Cochin China obtained it in Siam. One of Cantor’s specimens from Malacca is in the India Museum, London, with his own label attached to it as P. nitidus, and he mentions that the part of the head anterior to the ears, the cheeks, chest and abdomen are white in some indi- viduals of either sex. | The figure in Gray and Hardwicke’s illustrations does not represent the Javan animal P. nitidus which has not a pale-coloured yellow head with a black ring around the eye, and black paws, the tail being lighter coloured than the body ; these, however, are the characters of P. melanotis. The animal figured appears either to have had no black tip to its tail, or to have lost that portion. * PTEROMYS PEARSONII, Gray. Plate XXIII. Pteromys pearson, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 262; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii, 1844, p. 57; Horsfd. Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 162. Pteromys sagitta, Walker, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 11. 1843, p. 266. Pteromys (Sciuropterus) setosus, Temm. Faun. Japon. Mamm. 1847, p. 49. Sciuropterus villosus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. pt. i. p. 866; 22d. vol. xxxil. 1863, p. 96; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p. 96; Jerdon’s Mamm. 1867 p. 179. Sciuroptera villosa, Blyth, vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. Sciuropterus kaleensis, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 359; zd. 1870, p. 634. I have examined the type of P. pearsonii in the Indian Museum, also the type of P.villosus, Blyth, and of P. kaleensis, Swinhoe ; and two skins from Teng-yue-chow in Yunnan exactly agree with P. pearsonii and P. villosus. This species is a small flying squirrel about the size of P. alboniger, but considerably more rufous than that species, and at once distinguished from it and P. fimbriatus by the long hairs that clothe the base of the ears, and from P. genibarbis by the absence of the postocular vibrissee. The upper surface of the head, and the back are rich glossy reddish-brown, finely grizzled with black; the parachute being blackish-brown, faintly and sparsely washed with reddish-brown. The fur is very fine, soft and 294 RODENTIA. rather long, but adpressed, and the hidden portion is almost black, narrowly tipped with the reddish-brown, the sides of the hair being blackish-brown. On the para- chute, only a few hairs have the reddish band, and these are most numerous towards the margin. The tail is rather bushy and but slightly distichous, and the hidden portion of its fur is pale fawn at the base, passing into pale chestnut-brown, washed with dusky-brown on the sides and upper surface. The margins of the eyelids are dark brown, and the sides of the face are pale rufous. The ears are moderately large and rounded, rather dark brown towards the tips, and pencilled at the base, anteriorly and posteriorly, with long delicate hairs. There are no true cheek-bristles, but the moustachial hairs are very long. The under surface is pale ferruginous, palest on the mesial line, and most rufescent on the outer half of the membrane, the margin of which inferiorly is pale-yellowish. The hairs on the membrane have dark slaty, almost black bases, the ferruginous being confined to the tips. The fur of the under parts is very soft and dense. The feet are well clad, more especially those of the hind limbs. The tail is half the length of the body which attains to about 8 inches. It is distinguished from P. alboniger by its more rufescent colouring and by the pencilling of its ears. It occurs in Sikkim and Upper Assam, from whence Blyth first obtained it. Mr. Bonynage, who presented the typical specimens to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, also gave one to Mr. Walker, who referred it to P. sagitia. As already stated, I obtained two specimens of this species at Teng-yue-chow. The type of P. kaleensis, Swinhoe, from Formosa is in the British Museum, and it agrees exactly in its colour and in the pencilling of its ears with this species, of which I believe it to be an example. Dr. Gray described this flying squirrel as about one-third smaller in length and breadth than P. caniceps, of which he was at first inclined to regard it as the young, but he afterwards states that the bones of the typical specimen show no indication of youth. The type was procured at Darjeeling. Temminck also lays stress on the fine silky tufts at the base of the ears, by which he states it is distinguished from its congeners. He procured it in the Island of Sumatra. I have examined the type of P. setosus, which agrees with P. pearsonii in the absence of cheek-bristles and in its general characters, but the specimen is not fully grown, measuring only, along the back to the root of the tail, 4°75, and the tail 3°75. It is less rufescent than the adult, and the under parts are whiter, as are also the cheeks. PTEROMYS FUSCOCAPILLUS, Jerdon. Seuropterus fuscocapillus, Jerdon, Blyth, Jown. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 867; «id. vol. xxviii, 1859, p. 278; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Beng. 1863, p- 96. Sevuropterus layardii, Kelaart, Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xx. 1851, p. 165; dha. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278; Kelaart, Prod. Fauna Zeylanica, 1852, p. 56. This is a medium-sized squirrel, about the dimensions of P. Jfimbriatus. It has a long pencil of blackish hairs at the base of the posterior margin of the ear PTEROMYS. 295 and at the external surface of the upper angle. The cheek-bristles are well developed. The ears are moderately large, but not broad, and with their posterior borders slightly concave and the tip rounded. Around the eyes is blackish, and before the ears yellowish-grey, and the cheeks are white, washed with yellowish. The fur generally is very soft and dense, and two-thirds of its base is dusky ashy, the remainder being reddish-brown with a black tip. On the vertex, the sub-apical brown is paler than on the rest of the body, and the parachute is dark brown above, washed with pale brown and having a pale yellowish edge. The under surface of the membrane is very sparsely covered with fine, white hairs, and the lower parts of the animal and inside of the limbs are white, washed with yellowish. The feet are pale yellowish-brown. The tail is very bushy, and not distichous in the adult, but Blyth mentions that it is so in the young, but not markedly so. It is sometimes yellowish-brown, passing in others into dusky brown, especially on its latter half, the mesial line being dark brown. Its under surface at the base is pale brown, passing into blackish-brown beyond. This species was originally described by Blyth from a half-grown specimen in rather abraded pelage, and the condition of the type led him to apply to it a not very appropriate name. The skull reveals the species to be allied to P. pheomelas, and this not only in size and form, but in the character of its teeth, which present to a slight extent the ridging which distinguishes the teeth of that species. It differs, however, from it in many important characters, and the two forms constitute two well-defined species. On the other hand, it is more nearly related in its external characters to P. fimbriatus, from which, however, it is recognised by its pencilling of the ears at their bases; while from P. villosuws, which also presents this latter character and is a closely affined species, it is distinguished by its larger size, bushy tail, and much less vivid colouring. Inches. Length of body . : ‘ ; : : : ; : : . 7:50 Tail, without hair . : ‘ : ‘ ; ; : : ; . 6:00 This species occurs in the Nilgiris, Southern India, and Ceylon. PTEROMYS XANTHIPES, A. M.-Edw. Pteromys xanthipes, A. M.-Edw. Ann. des Se. Nat. Zool. 5th ser. 1867, vol. vii. p. 375; Rech. des Mammif, p. 171, pl. xiv. et pl. xva figs. 3, 3a, 30. This is a squirrel about the size of P. fimbriatus, and, like P. fuscocapillus and P. pearsonii, it has a long pencil of fine hairs before and below the ears, and its tarsus is clad as in P. melanopterus. In colour it is rufous, almost orange-brown, which is most intense on the limbs, on the middle of the back, on the front of the face, and on the cheeks. The hairs of the back and occiput are terminated more or less by yellow points which rest on a basal ground of slaty. The area around the eyes and the muzzle is brown, 296 RODENTIA. and the moustache is long and black. The external surface of the fore limbs is brilliant yellowish-fawn, which hardly exists on the feet. The tail is long, and very bushy and grey washed with fawn. The under surface of the parachute is pale ferruginous, and a trace of this colour is mixed with the grey of the abdo- men and neck. Inches. Length of body . : : : ‘ : ; ; : : - 11:90 » tail . , ‘ . ‘ : ‘ ‘ ; ‘ . 10°65 The face and interorbital space are relatively narrow and flattened, and the palate is prolonged a considerable way backwards. This species inhabits the mountains of Tcheli. PTEROMYS FIMBRIATUS, Gray. Scwuropterus fimbriatus, Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. 1837 (new. ser.), p. 584; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 67; List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 135; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 866; zded. 1859, vol. xxviii. p. 278; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. Mamm. p. 96; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 163; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind. 1867, p. 178. Pteromys fimbriatus, Wagner, Schreber, Sdugeth. vol. iii. Suppl. 1848, p. 224; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 55. Sevuropterus leachii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1836, p. 88; Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 1. New Ser. 1837, p. 584. Pteromys leachui, Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. vol. iii. Suppl. 1843, p. 222. This species is very closely allied to P. alboniger, which it resembles in its colouring, but from which it is separated by its much larger ears and feet. The posterior margin of the ear is nearly straight, whereas the ears of P. alboniger are rather narrowly oval, and rounded anteriorly and posteriorly. The cheek-bristles are feebly developed in both species. The tail of P. fimbriatus is very bushy, and nearly as long as the body, while in P. alboniger it is more or less distichous, and not so bushy and long. P. fimbriatus is the North-Western Himalayan species, and P. alboniger its eastern representative. The fur is long, soft and grey varied with black, and sometimes the upper parts have a brown instead of a greyish tinge. The hairs are all grey towards the base, brownish towards their free extremities, and generally black-tipped. The face is whitish, and the orbits are dark brown, which is the colour of the membrane. The whiskers are very long and black. The chin and under parts are white. The tail is broad, rather tapering and bushy, more or less fulvous, washed with black, and becoming more or less black towards its tip. The feet are broad, and Dr. Gray states that the outer edge of the hind feet has a broad fringe of hair, but it seems to me that this character is unreliable. Inches. Length of the body and head : : ‘ . . : ‘ @ 12 » of tail : ; ‘ ‘ ; ; j : : : » AL ‘This species has been obtained in the North-Western Himalaya. PTEROMYS. 297 PTEROMYS BABERI, Blyth. Sciuroptera baberi, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng, 1847, vol. xxvi. p. $66; 2did, vol. xviii. 1859, p. 278, This species is founded on a drawing of Sir Alex. Burnes’ representing the Moosh-t-baldar of the mountainous districts of Nijrow, “and identified by him as the flying fox of the translation of Baber’s Memoirs.” Blyth states that the upper parts are pale, fulvescent, ashy brown, darker on the limbs; tail broad and bushy, and tipped with blackish ; under parts, dull white, with a ferruginous margin to the membrane underneath. Blyth’s reason for not identifying this figure with P. fim- briatus was because the animal was said to be 2 feet long, whereas he could not conceive of P. fimbriatus ever exceeding 19 inches. PTEROMYS PULVERULENTUS, Gunther. Sciuropterus pulverulentus, Gthr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 418, pl. xxxviii. This is a small species, brownish-black, with many of the hairs grizzled with yellowish, due to the presence of sub-apical yellowish bands, as the tips of the hairs are black. The basal two-thirds of the fur are greyish, passing gradually into brownish-black, which is succeeded by the yellowish ring, ending in the black tips. This grizzling extends on to the parachute, but not to the same degree as on the body and head. The grizzling of the feet is carried to such an extent that they are light brownish, The under parts are yellowish-white, the yellowish being more marked on the mesial line, and on the scrotum and anal region, which are slightly orange. The sides of the belly and the under surface of the parachute are pale yellowish-brown, the inside of the limbs being more yellowish-orange. The under- surface of the margin of the membrane is pale yellowish-grey. The tail is dis- tichous and bushy, the fur at its base being shorter than on the remainder, and it is pale greyish-brown, the hairs being blackish at the tips. The line above and the line below are brownish-black, and their hairs have sub-apical blackish bands. The under surface of the base of the tail is concolorous with the area around the vent. ‘ Cheek-bristles are not observable. The ears are short and pointed, and covered behind with short black hairs. The incisors are pale yellow. Inches. Length of body from muzzle to root of tail : ; . ; . . 10 53 of tail : : : ‘ ? : 5 : ‘ : a This species has been received from Pinang and Malacca. 0 2 298 RODENTIA. * PTEROMYS ALBONIGER,' Hodgson. Sciuropterus alboniger, Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. v. 1836, p. 231; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p, 293; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 403; Ogilby, Royle’s Ill. Himal. Bot. Mem. Mamm. 1840, p. 13; Gray, Hand List Mamm. B.M. 1843, p. 185; Cat. Nepal Mamm. Hodg. Coll. 1846, p. 22; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 866; bed. 1859, vol. xxviil. p. 278; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 97; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 163; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 403; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 179. Sciuroptera turnbullii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 68; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 866. Pteromys turnbullii, Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. (new series), vol. i. 1837, p. 584; Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. iii, 1843, p. 224; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. u. 1845, p. 56. I obtained skins of this species at Teng-yue-chow. It was first described from Nepal. The name applied to the species is not appropriate, as many individuals have the upper parts more or less yellowish-brown. The types are in the British Museum. The smallest is pale brownish-grey on all the upper parts and tail, and the para- chute is dark rich brown on its outer half. The fur is soft, dense and moderately long, slaty grey at its base, then narrowly brown, followed by a pale-yellow band which is generally terminal, but in some the hairs are tipped with brown. Cheek- bristles are present, but feeble. The tail presents no banding, and is pale dusky yellowish-brown, and in some specimens, it is more bushy than in others, and in this respect more resembles the tail of P. fimbriatus. The teeth both in this species and in P. fimbriatus are bright orange-red, and the molars are tuberculated, but not more so than in P. magnificus, P. caniceps, and P. leucogenys. In the young, the base of the fur is nearly black, and the dark area around the eye is very well defined. The tail is nearly black and more distichous than in the adult. Inches. Inches. The length of body : : : : : . 8830 (¢) to 8°85 (9). a 33 tail ‘ i : : : . 6°80 (8) to 6-90 (9). This species has been found in Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan, Assam, Sylhet, Burma, Western Yunnan, and Cambodja. PTEROMYS PHHOMELAS, Giinther. Pteromys pheomelas, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 413. This species is from Borneo. It is a small, brownish-black, flying squirrel with a very glossy back. The hairs on the hinder half of the back have a narrow, sub- ‘There is a small flying squirrel in the British Museum which I have not been able to identify. It is from the Laos Mountains (Mouhot), and appears to be closely allied to P. alboniger. It is pale greyish-brown above, darker on the limbs and parachute which are grizzled, the feet being nearly white. The tail at its base is nearly the same colour as the back, but the remainder is as dark as the limbs, but ungrizzled, passing nearly into black ; its under surface being greyish-brown. The under parts of the body are thickly clad with yellowish-white fur. The length of the body is 7 inches and the tail without the hair 5 inches. There are two small cheek-bristles, and the hind feet are whitish. The ears are smaller than those of P. alboniger, and the hinder margin is not FO ane This is probably the flying squirrel referred by Gray to P. momonga,—vide Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p- : PTEROMYS. 299 terminal grey or white band which produces a very obscure, but minutely punc- tulated appearance to the fur. The upper surface of the parachute is less glossy, and the hairs have no pale bands. The under surface is sparsely clad with woolly chestnut-brown fur; the throat, the centre of the belly and the outer part of the membrane being most thickly clad. Cheek-bristles are present, but they are feeble and few in number. The tail is bushy. Inches. The length of body : ; : : . : 2 : ; . 13:00 sy 53 tail : é : : ‘ : 5 : 2 . 1150 The edentulous interspace of the lower jaw is somewhat similarly shaped to P. elegans. The teeth differ from those of any other Pteromys I have observed, in the peculiar roughened character of the crown, which is covered with fine, wavy strize which run down from the apices of the ridges and tubercles. PTEROMYS TEPHROMELAS, Gitnther. Pteromys tephromelas, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 418, pl. xxxviii. This is also a small black species. The fur is brownish-black at its base, and greyish in its upper third, the hairs being broadly black-tipped and glossy. This grey under colour is restricted to the anterior half of the back and to the head : the hairs of the upper surface of the limbs, parachute and tail being wholly lustrous brown-black. The hair of the under surface is sparse, but thickest on the mesial line and on the outer portion of the wing-membrane. The central line is greyish, and also the under surface of the parachute. The cheek bristles are present, but they are feeble and not numerous. The tail is long and narrow, not distichous, and equalling or rather exceeding the length of the body. The skull is of moderate size, and the incisors are pale-yellow. The infra-orbital foramen is an oblique slit which is but little forwardly projected. Inches. The length of body (92) : é ; : : : . : . 10 ” ” tail . : . A - . : ‘ . lil This flying squirrel has been found in Pinang and Malacca. PTEROMYS HORSFIELDII, Waterhouse. Pteromys horsfieldii, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 87; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. ii. 1843, p. 228; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. 1. 1845, p. 52. Pteromys aurantiacus, Wagner, Miinchen, Gelehrte. Anz. 1841, No. 54; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1843, p. 225; Schinz, Syn, Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 52; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 867. Sciuropterus horsfieldii, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 184; Cantor, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 253; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1847, vol. xvi. p. 867; chad. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. Sewuropterus sagitta, Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44 (in part), p. 109; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1855, vol. xxiv. p. 187. 300 RODENTIA. Sciuroptera phayrei, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxvii, 1859, p. 278; sid. vol. xliv. 1875, p- 35; Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 97. This species, which is a little larger than P. genibarbis, is recognised by the rich, uniform rufous-brown colour of the fur of the upper parts and tail, the latter being bright rusty beneath, bushy and distichous. The margin of the membrane and the sides of the face below the eye are reddish-yellow, and the dorsal surface of the parachute dark brown. On the upper surface of the body each hair is grey at the base; and the interspersed longer hairs which are numerous, are bright brown or reddish-yellow at their apices. The fur is dense and woolly. On the under parts and inside of the limbs the hairs are yellowish-white and not grey at their bases. Cheek-bristles absent. Inches. Pee fee & KR S = & Ww we « & wot Tail = x 3 3 : : : ‘ a Fi : ‘i « 8°25 Animals from the Island of Banka appear to be paler than those from Java and the Malayan peninsula. The foregoing are the localities of its known distribution along with Tenasserim and Cambodja. The P. awrantiacus, Wagner, appears to be an immature animal from the Island of Banka; and the P. phayrei of Tenasserim, which Blyth at first regarded as P. sagitta, but afterwards as akin to P. horsfieldii, is also apparently an example of this species. PTEROMYS SPADICEUS,' Blyth. Sciuroptera spadicea, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p, 867, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1; 2bcd. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. Sciuropterus spadiceus, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1868, p. 97; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xlv. 1875, p. 35, ex. no. This is a small species of a bright ferruginous bay colour on the upper surface, the under parts being woolly and dull white, with the membrane, limbs and tail dusky; the last third of the tail being pale rufous, inclining to pale yellowish- white. Inches, Length of body . : . : : : ate ; . . 5°00 ¥5 tail : ; : : : . : ; : . ~ 4°25 It is only known by Blyth’s description of three specimens from Arracan. 1Jn the British Museum, there is a small flying squirrel from Cambodja, which appears, to be closely allied to P. spadiceus, from which, however, it apparently only differs in having a white tip to its tail. The upper surface of the head and back is rufous brown, the parachute being dull blackish-brown washed with rufous on its inner half, but not externally. The sides of the face and below the eye and moustache are white, tipped with rufous. Chin, throat, sides of neck, and chest are pure white, passing into pale yellowish, almost ermine white, so to speak, on the belly. On the under surface of the parachute the bases of the hairs are grey, but they are broadly tipped with white, and on the rest of the under parts they are wholly white. The tail is distichous and pale yellowish-brown at its base, passing into brownish-black in the rest of its extent, except at the tip, which is white. Length of the body and head 4 inches, tail 33 inches long. “PTEROMYS. 301 PTEROMYS GENIBARBIS, Horsfield. Pteromys genibarbis, Horsfield, Resch. in Java, 1824 (plate) ; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 163; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xv. 1846, p. 253; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278; Temm. Monog. vol. i. Tab. Method. 1827, p. 27 (in part); Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 363 (in part); Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. iii. 1848, p. 224; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 51. Pteromys sagitta, Temm. Tab. Method. (in part), Mamm. Monog. vol. i. 1827, p. 27; Lesson, Man. de Zool. 1827, p. 242 (in part) ; Miiller und Schleg. Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 109 & 113 (in part). This species, which is of small size, is represented in the India Museum, London, by the type. It is distinguished from all other flying squirrels by the series of bristles or vibrissze disposed on the cheeks in a radiated manner. The head is short, ovate, laterally compressed and attenuated to a short obtuse muzzle which projects beyond the lower jaw. The lobe of the ear at its base has a thick tuft of silky hair of a white colour. The tail is distichous, and equals in length nearly two-thirds of the body of the animal. The general colour is grey above and white beneath, the upper surface of the head being purely grey. On the neck, the back, and the tail, the colour has a brownish tint, inclining to tawny. The anterior and middle parts of the membrane are sooty-brown diversified with greyish hairs. Inches. Length of body and head : : : ; ; oS : . 89 of tail : : . : : : : : : : . 50 23 Found rarely in the eastern extremity of Java. Preromys LEPIDUS, Horsfield.' Scwuropterus lepidus, Horstd. Zool. Resch. Java, plate, 1824; Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 163; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. Pteromys genibarbis, B. Lepidus, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 363. Pteromys lepidus, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. vol. ii, 1843 (in part), p. 226; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 51. Pteromys (Sciuropterus) sagitta, Lesson, Man. de Zool. 1827, p. 242. Pteromys sagitta, Temm. Monogr. Mamm. vol. i. Tab. Method. p. xxvii. 1827 (in part) ; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, pp. 109, 113 (in part). 1 J have not been able to reconcile any of the above small flying squirrels with the §. sagtta, Linn., but I here give the principal references to S. sagitta which was described from a Javan specimen— Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. 1776, p. 88; Erxleben, Syst. An. 1777, p. 439; Pallas, Nov. Sp. Ghr. 1778, p. 353; Boddaert, Elench. Anim. 1785, p.120; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 154; Schreber, Saugeth. vol. iv. 1792, p. 817, pl. 224; Shaw, Genl. Zool. vol. ii. pt. i, 1801, p. 158 (in part); Cuvier, Régne Anim. vol. i. 1817, . 207 ; eee Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. 1818, p. 403; Mamm. 1820, p. 342; F. Cuv. Dict. des Sc. Nat. vol. xxviii. 1827, p. 141; Temminck, Tab. Meth. Monogr. Mamm. vol. i. 1827, p. 27 (in part); Lesson Man. de Mamm. (in part), 1827, p. 242; Is. Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Dict. Class d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxi. 1828, p. 152; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 363 (in part); Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 109 (in part) ; Schinz, Syo. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 50. 302 RODENTIA. The type of this species is in the India Museum, London. It is quite distinct from P. genibarbis, the typical example of which is in the same collection. The latter is distinguished from the former and indeed from all the small flying squirrels by its numerous and strong cheek-bristles, whereas there is no indication whatever that those hairs ever existed in P. lepidus. Miller and Schlegel were under the impression that the cheek-bristles of P. genibarbis were a character of youth, and that P. lepidus was an animal of the same species in which these hairs had fallen out, but P. lepidus is a smaller species than P. genibarbis. Moreover, there are certain flying squirrels in which the cheek-bristles are entirely absent, and others in which they are only developed to a limited extent, and some of the flying squirrels recently described by Ginther exemplify these differences which have also attracted his attention. This is one of the smallest of the Southern Asiatic flying squirrels. The upper surface is pale yellowish-brown. The tail is markedly distichous, pale yellowish- grey at its base, the remainder being pale brown and the under surface somewhat rufous. The upper surface of the parachute is dark brown, the fore feet being pale yellowish-brown, and the hind feet darker. The under parts are thickly clad with rather woolly hair, white, but with a faint yellowish tinge. The bases of the hairs on the sides of the belly and on the under surface of the parachute are slaty grey, and on the outer half of the membrane they are almost wholly brown, tipped with yellowish-white, but the dark colour is the prevalent tint. The moustache is long and black. The sides of the face and neck are yellowish-white. Length of body 3:90; tail 3°50. There are four examples of this species in the Leyden Museum ; it has hitherto been found only in Java. PTEROMYS VOLANS, Linnzeus. Ecureml volant de Siberie, Brisson, Rég. An. 1756, p. 159. Polatouche, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. x. 1763, p. 95. The Sailing Squirrel, Pennant, Quad. 1792, vol. ii. p- 151 (in part). Sciurus volans, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. 1766, vol. i. p. 38; Pallas, Nov. Sp. Quad. Glirium, 1778, p. 355; Zoograph. vol. 1. (ed. 1831), p.190; Boddaert, Elench Animal, 1785, p. 120; Schreber, Sdugeth. vol. iv. 1792, p. 813, Tab. 223; Blumenbach, Abbeld. 1810, p. 71; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 364; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1843, p- 186; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1845, p. 53; Middendorff, Siugeth. Reise in Sib. 1851, p. 78; Schrenck, Reisen. Amur Land, 1859, p. 116; Radde., Reisen. in Sud. Ost. Siber. Saugeth. 1862, p. 181. Pteromys russicus, Tiedemann, Zool. 1808, vol. i. p. 451. Pteromys sibericus, Desmarest, Mamm. 1820, p. 842, Pteromys volans, Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 365. Pteromys vulgaris, Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. Suppl. 1848, vol. ii. p. 228. Sciuroptera volans, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. This northern form is quite as variable as the common squirrel with which it is associated. It is pale greyish-white; the under parts white. Ears clad > PTEROMYS. 303 externally and internally. No cheek-bristles; tail distichously bushy, and dusky grey. Inches, Length of body ; 3 : : 3 : : : . 64 es tail ‘ 5; : : : : : ; : : . 30 Northern Europe and Asia. PTEROMYS MOMONGA, Temminck.! Pteromys momonga, Temminck, Mamm. Fauna Japon. 1847, p. 46, pl. xiv.; Miiller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 111; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1845, p. 528. Sciuroptera momoga, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxviii. 1859, p. 278. This is a slightly larger species than P. volans, and differs from it in its dull reddish-brown upper fur. The under parts are white, and the central line of the tail above and below is dusky brownish-black. The tail is shorter than the body and distichous. The ears are rather short, broad at the base and not tufted. Cheek- bristles are absent. Inches. Length of body . 3 ‘ : : : : : 5 ; . 7:08 He cae, cae gees eyes eens Inhabits Japan. 1 The specific name of this squirrel is often erroneously written P. momoga instead of P. momonga. MURIDA. Genus Mvs, Linn. * Mus BowERSII, n. s. Plate XVII. Uniformly grizzled blackish-brown above, paler on the sides and the fronts of the legs; pale yellow below and on the feet and on the tip of the tail, distinctly defined from the darker colour. Head rather long; muzzle long and pointed. Ears large, ovate, very sparsely covered with short brown hairs. The tail exceeds the length of the body and head and is finely ringed, three rings in one-tenth of an inch, with short brown hairs between the rings. The feet are strong, and the hind foot is long; the claws are short and strong, and the pads are well developed as in rats partially arboreal in their habits. g Inches. Tip of muzzle to vent , ; 3 ‘ : : : A ; 5 3 : ‘ - 9:00 Vent to tip of tail : : 7 nee ; : . : ‘ ‘ . : . 10°26 Hind foot . : : : 3 ; 5 2 ‘ : ‘ é : i : . 215 Height of ear ‘ : : ; : : : : : ; : ‘ . ; » 115 The hairs are rather coarse, but consist of two kinds; first, there are pale yellowish-grey and fine wavy hairs intermixed among the second kind which con- stitutes the general covering, and the individual hairs of which are strong and almost bristly, pale yellowish-grey below, and broadly tipped with blackish-brown, and in some cases with a narrow terminal band of pale yellowish-brown. The grizzling is produced by the yellowish wavy hairs appearing among the longer and stronger hairs. The skull is remarkable for the long narrow facial portion, and for the little convexity of the fronto-nasal region, so that the skull from the vertex to the extremity of the nasals is very straight. The upper incisors are moderately broad, and the molars do not present any characters calling for remark beyond that the last molar consists of two folds, a very large broad anterior fold and a small one behind it, g Inches, Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille : : ‘ i a ‘ - 1:90 Tip of premaxille to anterior end of palate . : . ° 3 . : : 5 . 073 Length of palate. : . i ; ; s : . . ‘ . . ‘i - 044 Length of molar line. ‘i : ; : . i ‘ , 3 : , A » O45 Inferior margin of external border of infraorbital foramen to tip of premaxille 7 ‘ - 058 Breadth at frontal contraction : ‘ - i ; ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ : . . 0:33 » across parietals , ‘ , ‘ 5 ‘ ‘ 3 ; . O85 MUS. 305 This species is closely allied to those rats which are distinguished by yellow bellies and which are more or less arboreal in their habits, and in some of which the hairs become very coarse and broad, and convex on one side and concave on the other. I obtained one example at Hotha, in Yunnan, at an elevation of 4,500 feet. * MUS SLADENI, n. s. Head rather elongated; snout somewhat elongate, the distance between the inner canthus of the eye and the front of the muzzle equalling the distance between the external canthus of the eye and the back of the ear; muzzle rather deep. ars large and rounded, sparsely clad with short hairs; the breadth of the ear across its middle, laid out flat, generally equalling the interval beween the inner canthus of the eye and the front of the muzzle, and its height from the lower margin of its external orifice to its highest point is the equivalent of the distance between the external canthus and the back or lower margin of the ear. The feet are well developed, and the hind feet are rather strong; the claws are moderately long and sharp, and the feet-pads are markedly developed, and would seem to indicate a partially arboreal habit of life. The tail slightly exceeds the length of the body and head; it is rather coarsely ringed, there being three rings to each one-tenth of an inch; the hairs are sparse and brown. General colour of the upper surface reddish-brown, more rufous than brownish, palest on the head, many of the hairs with broad yellow tips; cheeks greyish-rufous ; chin, throat, and chest whitish, also the remaining under parts, but with a tinge of yellowish ; feet pale yellowish-white; ears and tail pale brownish. Measurements. Q é Inches. Inches. Front of muzzle to vent 6°30 5°95 Vent to tip of tail 7°20 5°80" Hind foot - i as Bae Height of ear ee ae Breadth of ear This species is closely allied to WZ. nitidus, Hodgson, but its skull is less elongated, with a shorter facial portion, with very much shorter nasals, and with a more abruptly defined frontal contraction than either in W. nitidus, or Mus rufescens so called. Inches. Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille . 142 Tip of premaxille to anterior end of palate . 055 Length of palate i One 3 molar line : 5 5 3 ‘ : ; : : ae . 0°29 Inferior margin of external border of supraorbital foramen to tip of premaxille . . - 0°37 - O61 Breadth across parietals . 1 Slightly imperfect. P2 306 RODENTIA. This appears to be both a house and tree rat, and it occurs in Burma as well as in the Kakhyen hills, where I first met with it at Ponsee, 3,500 feet. * MUS RUBRICOSA, N. S. Snout moderately pointed and long; ears small and somewhat pointed ; hind foot long and narrow; claws moderately long, compressed and sharply pointed. Upper surface dark rusty-brown, darkest on the middle of the back and palest on the muzzle, head and shoulder; on the sides and lower part of shoulder the reddish- brown tends to pass into greyish; feet greyish. The sides of the snout greyish; all the under parts silvery-grey, tending to white, without any trace of rufous or but with a very faint yellowish blush. The tail, dull brown, is somewhat shorter than the body and head, and it is coarsely ringed, 23 rings to one-tenth of an inch, the hair being short, sparse, and dark-brown. Adult ¢ Inches. Tip of muzzle to vent . d ‘ : ‘ é ‘ ‘ : ‘ ; i : . 570 Vent to tip of tail . . é : : é : ‘ : ‘ ‘ : ; : . 515 Length of hind foot : ; ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ; § ; : ‘ - : . 1:26 Height of ear. : : ‘ ; : A - : 3 ; . 4 , : . 060 The skull is distinguished from that of the previous species by its elongated nasals which are prolonged backwards on a line behind the posterior border of the supraorbital foramen, while in the skull of the former these bones are only a little behind the anterior border of that foramen. It is also distinguished by the marked concavity on the sides of the frontal contraction, which does not occur in the former species, and its tympanics are notably smaller. The molar lines of teeth in the two species are of the same length and their upper incisors about the same breadth. The most marked characters by which it is separated from the foregoing species are its sharper snout, smaller ears, and larger feet, and the much more rufous colour- ing of the upper parts and the silvery-grey of the under surface. It is found in the villages of the Kakhyens at Ponsee, and in the houses of the Shan-Chinese at Hotha. * MUS YUNNANENSIS, n. s. Muzzle rather short and broad; ear large and rounded, its height considerably exceeding the distance between the inner canthus and the front of the muzzle, sparsely clad with short hairs. Feet well developed; hind foot moderately long; pads prominent; claws compressed, strong, curved, and sharp. Tail coarsely ringed, three rings to one-tenth of aninch. Upper surface dark rich brown, with intermixed pale hairs with broad brown tips. The sides of the face, below the moustachial area, chin, throat, and all the under parts yellowish washed with rufous. The ears and tail dusky-brown; feet pale yellowish, and more or less brownish above. The MUS. 307 tail varies in length, but it is generally longer than the body and head, although it may occasionally fall short of that length. Adolescent 3 Adult @ Muzzle to vent : ; ‘ ‘ ; ; : : : : : ‘5 é 5:70 5°45 Vent to tip of tail. : 3 5 : ‘ : : ; ; ; : : 5°65 6:15 Hind foot : 2 . ; - : , 2 ‘ : z é : ‘| 1:16 1:11 Height of ear . ‘ ‘ : : : : ; : ‘ ‘ : . ; 0-76 0°80 The skull is distinguished from the skull of IZ. sladeni by its shorter muzzle, but in other respects the skulls are much alike. Measurements of skull. | Adolescent ¢ | Adult 2 Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille ; : : : : 1:23 1:43 Tip of premaxillz to anterior end of palate. : : i 5 ‘ : ; O47 0°57 Length of palate. ‘ ¢ . , : ; : : é 5 ; : 030 0°32 Length of molar line ; ; ; 0-29 0:28 Inferior margin of external border of infraorbital foramen to tip of premarilla 3 0°31 0°38 Breadth across parietals . : ; ; ; ; ; ; : : 061 0°63 This is the common house rat at Ponsee, Hotha, and Teng-yue-chow. * Mus KAKHYENENSIS, n. 8. Muzzle moderately deep and short; ear large and rounded, greatly exceeding the distance between the inner canthus and the front of the muzzle and also the interval between the external canthus and the lower margin of the external orifice of the ear; its breadth also exceeding the former measurement. Feet well deve- loped, the hind foot rather long and slender, equalling the length from the front of the lower lip to the anterior margin of the external auditory meatus. Claws well deve- loped, compressed, moderately curved and sharply pointed. The tail is considerably in excess of the length of the body and head; finely ringed, five rings to the one-tenth of aninch. Fur long, dense, and soft, reddish-brown on the upper parts, with a dark speckled appearance due to the stronger hairs having broad brown tips. Sides of the head dusky-greyish; chin to vent, and under parts greyish-white, with a silvery sheen. Feet dusky pale brown. Ears and upper surface of tail dark-brown; under surface of tail pale brown. Aged 9 Tip of snout to vent =. ‘ : : : : ‘ : : ; : : : . 2°90 Vent to tip of tail . : : é ; : : : . . . : : . 336 Hind foot =. ‘ : ‘ ; . : 2 ‘ 5 : : : . . O71 Height of ear a , ‘ : : : s : 3 : ‘ : : . 0°55 Breadth of ear : ; : : 5 7 : . : ; . . , : . 042 This mouse is distinguished from the common house mouse of Lower Bengal by its relatively shorter tail, longer hind feet, and larger ears ; and from I. homurus 308 RODENTIA. of the Himalaya by the entirely different character of its coloration, HM. homurus having a yellow muzzle and brownish-yellow feet. The skull has the parietal region more contracted than in If. urbanus, and much more so than in WZ. homurus, and the posterior margins of the frontals are back- wardly prolonged into the parietals, more so than in J. homurus. The nasals of M. urbanus contract to a point posteriorly, while those of M. homurus are posteriorly truncated, but in this species these bones are more elongated than in either of these small mice, and their posterior ends are narrower and more backwardly prolonged. The molar lines of teeth are about the same length in these three species. Inches. Aged g. Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille : : ; : ; : . 0°80 Tip of premaxille to anterior end of palate . 5 : ‘ ‘ . ‘ é i . 032 Length of palate . . : : ; ; ; : : ‘ : : ‘ ; - O16 sp molar line. z : 3 ‘ . z s g 5 : : . . O14 Inferior margin of external border of infraorbital foramen to tip of premaxille . ‘ . O21 Breadth across parietals - 4 : ‘ ‘ , : ‘ : ‘i ‘ ‘ . 0:37 I procured only one example of this mouse at Ponsee, where it occurs on the old rice and Indian-corn clearings. *MUS VICULORUM, D. 8. Muzzle rather sharply pointed, moderately long and not deep. Ear moderately large, rounded, its height a little in excess of the distance between the inner canthus and the front of the muzzle, its breadth equalling that distance. Hind feet not long, equalling the interval between the tip of the lower lip and the base of the eas posteriorly ; claws compressed, moderately long and sharp. Tail a little longer than the body and head ; finely ringed, five rings to the one-tenth of an inch. Fur short, soft, and dense, dull dark-brown on the upper parts, tending to blackish on the back, paling to brownish on the side, and passing into pale dusky-brownish on the under parts, with a silvery sheen. Feet brownish; toes with shining greyish yellow hairs ; ears and tail brown. Inches. Mature 9. Tip of snout to vent , ‘ d i : F ‘ ‘: . P ‘ - 5 . 2°90 Vent to tip of tail . ; : : . : : : ‘ ‘ ‘ : ; . 314 Hind foot . : 5 ; ; . ‘ 5 ; 5 . 0 ‘ s . 067 Height of ear ‘ . $ : é : : : : 2 ; : a ; - 0°45. Breadth of ear F ; es F : : “ : - - 5 F 5 ‘ . 0:37 This mouse is perfectly distinct from IZ. homurus and I. urbanus and also from the previously described species. From the latter it is distinguished by its relatively shorter tail and smaller ears, and from I. homurus by its proportionally longer tail and larger feet. The skull is very much less globose than the skull of IZ homurus, and the posterior ends of the frontals are nearly transverse, and the molar line is a little MUS. 309 shorter. The posterior portions of the anterior palatine foramina are much con- tracted. Inches. Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille : 3 ‘ ; . : . 070 Tip of premaxille to anterior end of palate. ; : ‘ : : ‘ Z : . 0:27 Length of palate . ; é : ; : s : . i : 3 é ‘ . 0°16 5 molar line : . ‘ 2 , ; é 3 : ‘ : : - . O14 Inferior margin of external border of infraorbital foramen to tip of premaxille : . O19 Breadth across parietals : : . : ; ; ‘ - . ‘ ; ‘ . 0°38 It frequents the villages and houses of the Kakhyens, and I obtained it at Ponsee. Sub-genus VANDELEURIA, Gray, 1842. Sykes, in his Catalogue of Mammalia’ inhabiting the Deccan, published in 1831, mentioned a mouse which he believed to be new, and which he characterized as light chestnut above, reddish-white below, and with a tail much longer than the body. This little rodent he described as of the size of a field mouse, and as inhabiting only fields and gardens. In the following year, his specimens of this mouse had been forwarded to London and were described by Mr. Bennett under the name of Mus oleraceus. The great length of the tail and the comparative length of the tarsus as compared with other mice were considered as characters sufficient to distinguish the species from all its congeners. In 1839, Mr. now Sir Walter Elliot included this mouse in his tabular statement of his Catalogue of Mammalia? inhabiting the Southern Mahratta country as Mus longicaudatus, but in the text he described it under the name of JL. oleraceus, and explained that the former term had been applied by himself to the species many years before Bennett’s description had appeared, but the name had never before been published. He did not give any information regarding its structure, but recorded that it lives exclusively in trees and bushes, up which it is able to run with great facility. Sir Walter Elliot had forwarded specimens of this mouse to the British Museum, and in December 1842? Dr. Gray proposed the genus Vandelewria for their reception. About the same time Sir Walter Elliot sent to the Calcutta Museum a series of specimens of a small, very long-tailed mouse with grooved upper incisors, which Blyth regarded as Mus oleraceus and the Vandeleuria of Gray. I obtained in the valley of the Nampoung, a frontier stream dividing Burma from China, a small mouse which agrees in its grooved incisors and other characters with the mice forwarded by Sir Walter Elliot. This mouse being preserved in spirit has enabled me clearly to make out the characters of the feet which were not very distinguishable in the mounted specimens of the mouse from Southern India which, however, are structurally identical with the 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. July 1831, p. 99; Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1832, p, 121. 2 Madr. Journ. Lit. & Sc. vol. x. July 1839, p. 94. 3 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. Dec. 1842, p, 265. 310 RODENTIA. animal from the frontier of China. But a grave difficulty arises, because the feet of this mouse do not agree with Dr. Gray’s description of the feet of Vandeleuria. He says: “Hind feet very long, slender; soles bald beneath; toes 45; long, slender, compressed, the three middle subequal, the hinder middle very long; the front outer very rudimentary, scarcely visible; the front inner weak, the hinder outer longer than the inner; claws small.” In the mouse from the Nampoung and which I have already said is identical with Elliot’s specimens, the following is a description of the feet: hind feet rather long and somewhat expanded towards the toes; soles bald beneath, and the pads much more strongly developed than in ground mice, and having the form generally characteristic of arboreal rodents; toes rather long, slender, and compressed; toes 5°5; inner toe of fore foot quite rudimentary, but with a nail; the front outer toe rather feeble; the three middle hind toes are subequal and rather long ; the hinder outer toe is longer than the inner. The inner and outer toes of both feet are furnished each with a small flattened nail which is so rudimentary on the outer toe of the fore foot that it may occasionally be lost; the remaining toes have short strong claws. From a comparison of this description with that of Dr. Gray’s, it will be observed that there are important structural differences regard- ing the feet which make it doubtful that the mice sent by Sir Walter Elliot and regarded by Blyth and Jerdon as Vandeleuria, really belong to that genusif Dr. Gray’s description is accurate. But it seems apparent from the internal evidence of Dr. Gray’s description that some errors have crept into it, because the fore foot is said to have only four toes and yet to have the three middle toes subequal. Moreover, it will be remarkable if the front outer were the rudimentary, and not the inner toe. Notwithstanding the difficulties of reconciling the description of Vandeleuria with Elliot’s specimens and with this mouse from the Nampoung, I am still inclined to consider that this was the animal Dr. Gray had in view, but the doubt which I have expressed can only be solved by a reference to the type specimens in London. With regard to the characters of this mouse more in detail: I have mentioned the circumstance that true claws are restricted to the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits, the 1st and 5th digits of each foot being provided with a flattened nail. There is also another feature of the 1st and 5th digits, namely, the considerable development of the ungual cushions which are full and rounded and not laterally compressed like the cushions of the clawed digits, which are also much more prominent than in ground mice. The pads on the soles of the feet resemble in their form and development the same structures on the feet of that long-tailed tree and ground rat which is generally known in India as Mus rufescens, and they are relatively much more developed than in the pads of such thoroughly ground mice as Mus wrbanus. The transverse plates also resemble in character these plates in W. rufescens, and are very much more perfect and like the transverse plates on the under surface of a gecko’s toes than the broken up plates on the toes of such small ground-mice as WZ. urbanus. With regard to the dentition: in the mice sent by Sir Walter Elliot, the upper incisors present a raised line down the longitudinal mesial line of the front aspect of the MUS. 311 tooth, with a not very well-marked groove on either side of it, close to the sharp line defining the lateral margins. Dr. Gray, however, describes these teeth in Vandeleuria as having a deep groove near the middle on the oblique front edge. Such another discrepancy as this between the teeth of these mice I am dealing with and Dr. Gray’s Vandelewria make me hesitate to pronounce them the same. I have before me mice agreeing with Elliot’s specimens from the valley of the Upper Godavery, from Berar, Allahabad, Katmandu, Nepal, Assam, Burma, and the Kakhyen hills, and all of which have their upper incisors grooved as I have just described them. If the molar dentition is compared with that of M. homurus, a mouse about the same size, the characters wherein it differs from that of ordinary mice will be brought out. In MZ. homurus there are transversely three cusps to the first and second folds, while there are only two cusps to the third fold, the inner cusp not being developed. In this long-tailed arboreal mouse the same number of cusps exist, but the outer cusp of the third fold is not developed, or only very feebly so. The folds are much more bent on themselves at their middle through the mesial cusp than in JZ. homurus and M. urbanus. In the former there are two folds to the second molar and three cusps to each fold, the poste- rior external cusp being the least developed. In this mouse the second tooth has two mesial cusps, one behind the other, the posterior being somewhat backwardly elongated. External to the anterior of these cusps there are two small cusps, and internally one large cusp tending to divide in two. External to the posterior central cusp there is one small cusp, and at its internal border only a ledge of the cingulum. ‘In the last molar of I. homurus there is one small central fold, the inner end of which tends to form a cusp, with another anterior to the latter internally and one behind it. In these supposed examples of Vandeleuria there is one fold so bent on itself that it encloses an islet in its centre, and externally it gives off a small cusp, a part of the fold nearly constricted off, and anterior to the hinder end of the external extremity of the fold. Behind the point where the two ends of the fold come in contact posteriorly, there is a well developed cusp (unicuspulate fold). The first fold of the first lower molar of IZ. homurus is divided into two cusps, which is also the case more or less with these supposed examples of Vandeleuria, and the external cusp of the third fold of Vandelewria is much less developed than in MW. homurus. The other teeth differ but little. From this description it is evident that the dental characters by which these forms differ from ordinary mice are not at all well defined. The form of the skull is much the same as in Mus, but the skull presents a structural difference at its base, which, taken in conjunction with the grooving of the incisors and the absence of a true claw on the 1st and 5th digits of both feet, would seem to entitle this form to sub-generic rank, but not to more. The features to which I allude are the structure of the posterior nares, pterygoid fossa, and infraorbital foramen. The former, instead of being narrow and short, as in mice generally, are wide and long, and on looking into them from 312 RODENTIA. the under surface of the skull, instead of merely seeing the posterior end of the presphenoid and the foramen lacerum orbitale on each side of it, the presphenoid is seen not to be thrown so far forwards as in such mice as JZ. urbanus and M. homurus, and anterior to the foramen lacerum orbitale a spicule of bone is distinctly observable on each side of the presphenoid, passing outwards and expanding in the orbit as the orbital plate of the sphenoid, and anterior to each of these fine osseous rods the optic foramina are clearly visible. The infraorbital foramen does not form an incision in the anterior margin of the maxillary root of the zygoma, as in Mus generally. The pterygoid fossa is very shallow, and formed chiefly by the palatines, and its base or floor is flattened and expanded as in I. homurus and JT. urbanus, but, unlike these mice, is marked by a number of imperfections of ossification. It is very shallow compared with what it is in such burrowing rats as Nesokia and the so-called bandicoot UZ. giganteus, in which it is very deep and perforated at its base. The inner walls of the pterygoid fossa are entire, which is also the case in the small mice already mentioned, whereas in these larger species Just named there are generally one or more large imperfections on the inner wall. With regard to the number of species, Hodgson indicated another in addition to I. (V.) oleraceus, but the following table does not reveal any marked distinction between two Nepal specimens and examples from Central India, Charapunji, Burma, and Western Yunnan; any differences that do occur are probably due to individual variation, or to the diversity in the physical conditions of the localities from whence the animals come. I am therefore disposed to recognize only one species. It will be observed that the upper dental line is the same in all. I would also direct particular attention to the proportions which the tail holds to the body in the young animal, as it only slightly exceeds the length of the trunk, while in the adult it is nearly half as long again as the body and head. From this it is evident that the rapidity of the growth of the tail must be considerable, and this probably conduces to that variation in the length of the tail which is so observable in adult individuals of the same species. This would seem to be the case in the long-tailed rat which usually goes under the name of I. rufescens, in which the proportion of the tail to the body in the young and adult animals is much the same as in UW. (V.) oleraceus. Measurements of Mus (V.) oleraceus, Bennett. i 2 pl oe s : : oe |B ES} d 3 : 3 3 3 0 on S Bay bp 3 3 Sy | og Ae ict eee SR ed ella lingr, [eel a \|M liebe late ele lela eis pele lees $/ a] ¢|s]e})e]o] 9] @| ¢ |] @} ©} 9] @ [gov jus Tip of muzzle tovent . . ‘ 275 2°80] 2°83] 2°22! 3:00) 2°65! 2°65] 3°81) 2°41) 2°70} 2°73) 2°83] 1-90] 2°43] 0°95] 0°82 Length of tail & ‘ ‘ - | 4°20} 4°20] 3°90} 3°55] 4°50} 4°20, 3°72] 3°90] 3°65]... | 4°58} 4°50] 3°35) 4°35] 0°50] 0°47 Gs : a foot : : (073 0°70 0°70] 0°70} 0°70} 0°70] 0°64) 0°65] 0°69} 0°68] 0°71) 0°75] 0°65) 0°70) 0-20} 0°20 Height of ear : ‘ : . | 0°57] 0°55} 0°55} 0°50} 0°55) 0°59} 0°48] 0°55) 0°48] 0°55] 0°66] 0°65) 0-4) 0°53) ... |... MUS. 313 Measurements of skulls of foregoing. ; Bey cB lg ;| B| B : af ot ,| BL eB 7 |g a Sig 3 3 3 S| sli} w&) Ss] 8 e)a/e/e/2)a/s/2] 4/212] 2/2/2813] 4 aleia (Sie eisis/ el al Fl Sle) e/a] 3 4}/M] a] a4} a}e)/e2/2/8/8/68|/8| 8/4} 2a] 2 é}¢é/]s]¢4]°e 2} 2} e@] F<} F<} el] ey] g | juv. | jav. Upper border of foramen to tip of premaxille . 0°90} 0'87| 0°85) 0°77] .. 0°75] 0°83] 0:78] ... | ... | 0°83] ... | 0°82} .., Tip of premaxille to “middle of external border of infraorbital foramen . 0°26] 0°20) 0:20) 0°17) ... | ... | 0°17} 0°20) 019} ... |... | O21)... [OL | a Breadth across frontal contraction ofskull . . | 0°13) 0°14) 0°14) O14)... |... | 0°13] 0°14) 0°13) ... |... | O°15] a. 1014) ... Greatest breadth across parietals . | 0°42) 0°47] 0°43] 0°41) ... |... | 0°40) 0°40) O41] 2. |... | O45)... | O'43] i. as zygomatic arch . . | 0°49] 0°50} 0°48) 0°45]... | ... | 0°45) 0°47] 0°43} 2. |... [O48]. | O'48] ... Tip of premaxille to posterior bor- der of palate p 5 é . | 0°45] 0°45) 0°48) 0°40) ... | ... | 0°37) 0°41] O41) ,,, |... | O43)... | 0°43)... Length of palate. ' ; « | 0°17] 0°19) 0°19} 0°17)... |... | 0°15) 0°16) O17} ... |... | 0°19} ... | O19)... Posterior border -of palate to inferior border of foramen magnum. 0°34) 0°35] 0:33] 0:29} ... | «+ | 0°29) 0°31} 0°28] .., | ... | 0°80] ... | 0°80] ... Length of upper. row of teeth (molar series) . ‘ 0°15] 0°15] 0°15] 0°15) ... | ... | 0°15} 0°15) 015]... |... |O15] ... [O15] ... | *Mus (VANDELEURIA) OLERACEUS, Bennett. Mus oleraceus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc., June 26, 1832, p. 121; Elliot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Se. Oct. 1839, p. 214; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. pl. ii. 1843, p. 422; Schinz, Syn. Mamm., vol. ii., 1845, p. 150; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus., 1863, p. 120; Journ. As. Soc., Beng., vol. xxxii., 1863, p. 344; Jerdon, Mamm. of Ind., 1867, p. 202. Mus longicaudatus, EMiot, Madr. Journ. Lit. and Sc.. July 1839, p. 94, et p. 214. Vandeleuria oleraceus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x., Dec. 1842, p. 265. Mus (Vandeleuria).dumeticola, Hodgson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xv., April 1845, p. 268. ? Mus povensis, Hodgson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xv., April 1845, p. 269. The muzzle is moderately long and slightly contracted behind the moustachial area. The eye is rather large, also the ears, which are sparsely clad and more or less rounded at the tips. In height they nearly equal the distance between the end of the muzzle and half-way between the eye and ear. The length of the head is about one-third the length of the body. The feet are moderately strong, and the toes are of nearly equal breadth throughout, and the claws are rather short. The tail is about one-half longer than the combined length of the head and body. It tapers to a point, is finely ringed, about thirty rings to the half inch, and is sparsely clad with short hairs between the rings. The hairs are more numerous and longer towards the end of the tail. The upper surface is rich rufous, or chestnut-red, paling to brown on the ears and on the muzzle before the eyes; the sides of the face below the eyes and moustachial area, the chin, throat, and under parts generally are white, with a yellowish tinge. The feet pale-brown, passing almost into white on the toes. The pads and under- surface of the feet yellowish. The tail brownish or dusky ; the hairs greyish. 314 RODENTIA. SPALACID A. Genus Ruizomys, Gray. | The genus Rhizomys forms a small natural group, allied, on the one hand, to Arvicola, and, on the other, to Siphneus. The dentition of these genera belongs to three types: in Rhizomys, the molar teeth are always rooted, even before they have appeared externally, and this character is retained through life, so that the crown, as the tooth is not a persistent grower, is the subject of considerable modification, depending on the extent to which the folds of enamel are worn down. In early stages, the anterior molar of 2. chinensis, Gray, presents as many as four distinct folds, one internal and three external; but as age advances, and use wears them away, some portions of the folds form little islets of enamel, depending on differences in their vertical distribution; but in the well- worn teeth of old animals all traces of these folds and islets disappear, and the tooth becomes cylindrical, with a smooth, slightly concave crown, surrounded by a raised border of hard enamel. The dental conformation is much the same in all the species. In Arvicola the molars are occasionally rooted, but in some of the species they are unfurnished with roots in youth, to gain them, however, with advancing years, so that this group serves to connect Rhizomys with its permanently rooted teeth, to the allied genus Siphneus, in which the teeth are continuous growers. However, there is a general type of dental structure which closely affines Rhizomys to Arvicola and Siphneus, the molar teeth of all these groups being resolvable to one type, but varying in the number and extent of the enamel folds; but, in the two last, the folds are more open and simple than in Rhizomys. Yet if the teeth of R. chinensis are compared with those of Siphneus armandii, it will be found that, although the former appear wonderfully complex, they can be reduced to the same structural type characteristic of the latter. In BR. chinensis, in which the crowns of the molars are slightly worn, the plan of structure can be clearly traced to the presence of generally one fold on the inside of each molar, and three external folds on the first molar, two or three on the second, and one external fold on the third. According as the tooth is worn, these elementary folds, which are, so to speak, closely pressed together, form wavy outlines, at first more complicated, but ultimately, as the enamel folds rub down by use, becoming a simple circle of enamel. In Siphneus armandii, there is no complication of the elementary folds, all the molar teeth conforming to one plan, viz., one internal and two external folds; that is to say, that the first molar has one external fold less than in R. chinen- sis, while the others agree in structure with the second and third molars of that species. A similar uniformity of structure pervades the inferior molars in both genera. The only difference presented by Arvicola is, that the folds are more open and deep, and more numerous on the inner than on the outer side of the tooth, RHIZOMYS. ; 315 There are also other characters, such as the form and internal structure of the stomach and cecum, by which Rhizomys nearly approaches to Siphneus and Arvi- cola, besides many strong resemblances to each other manifested by the skeletons of the first two, and between their skulls and that of Of first toe : 3 : : 3 : ; ‘ z z 5 ‘ 0°40 0°36 » of middle toe , . : ; ; ; 5 ; : : : . 0°75 0-70 Eye to eye, inner angle (callipers) . 3 : ‘ ‘ : ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ 118 1:00 ,, to ear (callipers) ‘ : 5 : : : 3 é : ; 3 ; 1:20 110 Ear to ear (callipers) 2 : ; : 3 ; ‘ : ’ ; : : : 200 1:70 The skullof 2. prwinosus, Blyth (see Plate XVI, figs. 1—3), is very distinct from that of R. badius, Hodg., from which it is distinguished by its much greater size and by the flattening and expansion of the frontal region behind the nasals and by the backward prolongation of the ridges from the external orbital angle of the frontal which form nearly one-half of the upper and inner margin of the zygomatic fossa, while in &. badius, Hodg., these ridges being directed inwards to the middle line unite immediately behind the nasal bones. In #. pruinosus, Blyth, the premaxillaries do not extend behind these bones, while in R. badius, Hodg., they do, and almost embrace their hinder extremities. The frontal contraction also of R. pruinosus, Blyth, is situated much farther back than in &. badius, Hodg., so that the posterior division of the brain-case is much more truncated than in the latter species. The zygomatic arch also is more rounded and outwardly projected in the latter. In R. pruinosus, Blyth, the surface of the palate, immediately behind the premaxillary foramina, is broad and rather deeply excavated, the concavity being laterally defined by two well marked ridges, while in R. badius, Hodg., there is no such concavity, the mesial line being occupied by the elevated and rounded margins of the palatine surfaces of the maxille. The palatine surfaces of the palatines of R. pruinosus, Blyth, are flat, and expanded, and on the same plane with the similar surface of the premaxillaries the mesial line of union of which is not marked by any median ridge, whereas in R. badius, Hodg., the palatine surface of the maxillaries is rather deeply concave from side to side, and the mesial line is occupied by a ridge, the same aspect of the palatines being considerably reduced, much transversely concave, and sloped upwards and backwards, the wings of the sphenoid being con- siderably less divergent than in R. pruinosus, Blyth. These differences at once suffice to separate R. badius, Hodg., and L. minor, Gray, from R. pruinosus, Blyth, and they confer an altogether different conformation on the opening of the posterior nares to that which distinguishes 2. pruinosus, Blyth, in which the palatine margin is broad and transverse, while in these two other species it is narrow and arched. The nearest ally of the skull of BR. pruinosus, Blyth, would appear to be the skull of R. sinensis, Gray, which has the flattened palate and the expanded frontal region of this species, but differs from it in its narrower palate, shorter and broader muzzle, RHIZOMYS. 327 and in the ridges from the external angle of the frontal being divergent from each other as far back as the occipital ridge, whilst in R. pruimosus they are confluent at the anterior extremity of the pariectals. It differs from RB. sumatrensis, Raffles, in its less expanded frontal region, in the greater contraction of the fronto- parietal area, which is much further forward than in that species, and the much narrower and less massive character of the skull. In BR. sumatrensis, Raffles, the greatest breadth across the zygomatic arch considerably exceeds the distance between the anterior border of the premaxillaries and the hinder margin of the articular surface for the lower jaw, whilst in R. pruinosus, Blyth, it may fall short of that interval, but never exceeds it. The area behind the premaxillary foramina is much more concave than in R. swmatrensis, Raffles, and the palate of that species is concave and the posterior nares more expanded, but the palatine is in the same plane with the maxillaries. The nasals in R. swmatrensis are pointed posteriorly, with the maxillo-premaxillary suture some distance anterior to the extremities, and they are much more laterally expanded than in R. pruinosus, Blyth, and the sides of the osseous muzzle of the former are vertical from a ridge external to the nasals, whereas in R. pruinosus the ridge is absent, and the sides of the muzzle are convex. In these latter details regarding the muzzle, R. badius, Hodg., Rk. minor, Gray, and R. sinensis, Gray, agree more with this species than with f. sumatrensis. The alveolar border is longer in R. pruinosus than in the latter, and the teeth are larger. This species does not appear to attain to the same size as R. sumatrensis, Raffles, but it greatly exceeds the dimensions of BR. badius, and of course is greatly larger than R. minor, Gray. Measurements of skulls of 6 and ¢ R. pruinosus, Blyth, and R. badius, Hodgson :— R, pruinosus, |R.pruinosus.| R. badius. 3 2 Inches. Inches, Inches. Length, from inferior margin of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille : : ; 2°60 2°62 1:85 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch : ; ; : ; : ‘ 5 : 1:97 2:00 1:50 Breadth of muzzle at anterior margin of lower border of infraorbital foramen . * 0°63 0°64 0-48 » across frontals at external orbital angle . ; ‘ : ; - 3 0°83 078 064 . » frontal contraction ‘ . : : . : ‘ 4 : : 047 O41 0°33 se 5, loner borders of infraorbital foramina : ‘ ; : : : O51 051 0:43 », between upper borders of auditory opening . ‘ ‘ ; : ‘ i 1:22 1:22 1:03 Length of palate, posterior surfaces of incisors . ‘ 2 6 z ‘ 5 f 1:46 1:49 1:14, » of alveolar border, outer margin Ist to 3rd molar. : : % ; 0°53 055 0°40 Breadth of palate between inner margins of 2nd molars. ‘ j : : : O17 0-19 0:20 », between paroccipital processes : ‘ é ; ; : : : : 0:87 0°81 0°66 Greatest breadth across posterior aspect of skull . : : : : : ‘ : 1:30 1:29 0°94, RuizoMys Minor, Gray. Plates XV & XVI. Rhizomys minor, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842 vol. x., p. 266. Rhizomys minor, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 165. Rhizomys minor, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1845 vol. ii., p. 126. 328 RODENTIA. Dr. Gray, when he described this species, was uncertain whether it inhabited India or Cochin China, but in the India Museum, London, there is a bamboo-rat bear- ing this name of R. minor, Gray, and which was brought from Siam by Dr. Finlay- son, a member of Crawford’s mission to Cochin China and Siam. There is also in the British Museum a specimen resembling this Siam rat-mole, and which is stated to have been procured by M. Mouhot in Cambodja. Dr. Horsfield doubtfully includes the thir of the Siamese, which Dr. Gray had considered to be &. badius, as a synonym of R. minor, but he expresses no dubiety regarding the specific identity of his Siam animal with that of R. minor, Gray. Dr. Gray, in his communication to the Annals and Magazine of Natural History in 1842, mentions that only some of the new animals therein described were in the National Collection, and it may therefore . be, as he suggested, that Cochin China was the habitat of 2. minor, that the specimen now in the India Museum from Siam is the type of the species; and that Dr. Gray erroneously named Cochin China instead of Siam as the locality from whence it was obtained, as Crawford’s embassy was known as a mission to Cochin China. This view of the question is strengthened by the circumstance that the India Museum specimen exactly agrees with Dr. Gray’s measurements of his type and with his description. : Both specimens may be described as dark sooty-brown, slightly tinged with deep umber which is most distinct on the sides of the head and neck and in reflected lights, but is least marked in the Cambodja specimen. The under parts are like the upper, only the brown tint is almost absent. The whiskers are black, and the tail has been very sparsely haired, as in &. castaneus and R. badius. Dr. Gray’s type measured 6°50 inches from the muzzle to the root of the tail, and the tail was 1°75 inches in length, which are the measurements of the India Museum specimen. The example in the British Museum from Cambodja is 7:30 inches in the former, and 2°20 in the latter of these two measurements. The skull of the larger specimen is considerably smaller than the skull of adult examples of R. badius, so that it is probable that the species does not attain to the size of the latter. It is also closely allied to R. badius, as is evidenced by the strong similarity of the skull to the skull of that species, but the colour of the fur is pronouncedly different. The skull in the British Museum removed from the Cambodja specimen (Plate XVI, figs. 7—9) differs from the skull of R. badius in its smaller breadth across the zygomatic arch and in the expansion and flattening of the frontal region. The palatal surface across the premaxillary foramina is broader than in R. badius, and there is a rather prominent ridge running along its outer wall to the outside of the base of the front molar. The palatal surface is also broader than in R. badius, and the alveolar border is much longer than in that species, and the muzzle also is some- what longer and the infraorbital foramen larger. The palatal border of the posterior nares is much more contracted than in the other species, the ends of the palatines being divergent at a very acute angle, and it is placed more anteriorly than in the other species, being opposite to the middle of the last molar. RHIZOMYS. 329 The small bamboo-rat obtained by M. Boucourt from Sarabari to the north of Bangkok and referred by A. M.-Edwards! to R. badius appears to be this species. *RHIZOMYS BADIUS, Hodgson. Plates XIV & XVI. Rhizomys badius, Hodgson, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1842, vol. ii. pp. 60, 410; Gray, List Mamm. B. M. 1848, P: 150; Gray, Cat. Hodgson’s Coll. 1845, p. 24; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1843, vol. xii. p. 925 ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. Cal. 1863, p. 122; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mas, 1851, p. 165; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1845, vol. ii. p- 126; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 214. Rhizomys castaneus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1843, vol. xii. p. 1007; Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Bengal, 1863, p. 123. This species was first discovered by Hodgson in Nepal and afterwards obtained by Blyth in Arracan. It would appear as if the Himalayan examples were generally somewhat duller in colour than those from Arracan and Burma, and this difference led Blyth to regard the eastern race as a distinct species, but there are no facts to support such a conclusion. It does not attain to the size of R. pruinosus, and the tail is little more than one-third the length of the body, and has a more abruptly truncated end than R. pruinosus, from which it is also easily distinguished by its rather brightly coloured chestnut fur. It is also separated from that species by the absence of the tubercles on the feet. The fur is fine, and uniformly grey in two-thirds of its extent, the apical third being some shade of chestnut which is especially brilliant in the animals I procured in the Kakhyen hills, most intense on the head, and dullest on the rump. The fur of the under parts, in these eastern examples of the species, is paler and more reddish than chestnut, whereas in some Nepal animals it inclines even to slaty- grey, washed with reddish. The area immediately around the muzzle and the chin is pale brownish with a tinge of greyish, and the teeth are brilliant reddish, the nose, ears, feet, and tail being pale flesh-coloured. Skulls of this species (Plate XVI, figs. 46) manifest considerable variation in some of the minor details of their structure, such as in the length of the facial portion of the premaxillaries and the extent of the backward prolongation of the nasals. In some skulls, the posterior ends of the latter bones are rounded, while in others they are rather abruptly truncated. Occasionally the premaxillaries are pro- longed behind the nasals and touch the ridge proceeding from the external angle of the frontal, whilst in other skulls they do not extend so far back. The external angles of the frontals are also much less prominent and less nodular in some than in others in which they swell more into the area anterior to the frontal contraction. In some skulls also there is a somewhat flattened area between the superior orbital angles, which is all but lost in others. 1 Recherches des Mammif,, p. 295. 82 330 RODENTIA. This is a not uncommon species in the Kakhyen hills to the east of Bhamé, where it is associated with R. pruinosus, which is more prevalent. It constructs its burrows among a rank and tall jungle grass, on the roots of which it is said to live. It is known to the Chingpaws or Kakhyens as the Yeweron. Measurements of R. badius, Hodgson. é g Inches. Inches. Muzzle to vent 3 : ‘ ‘ ‘ é : 5 : ‘ . : : 7°00 7:10 Length of tail. ' , ‘ ‘ : 5 ‘ . : : . Z 3 é 2°45 2°40 » Of fore foot. ‘ ’ ‘ 3 ; ‘ : ; : : : : és 1:05 1:10 » Of firstfinger . : : ; . : . 5 ; ; ‘ : : 010 012 » of middle finger . ; ‘ : ‘ > : § ‘ : 3 f ‘ 0°50 0°51 » of hind foot ‘ ‘ : 3 : ‘ ‘ . A : 2 c : 1:30 1:32 » Of first toe . 3 ‘ ; , ; : ; - ‘ b ‘ ; ‘ 0:29 0°30 » Of middletoe . é ‘ : i ¢ 3 : ; : ‘ : , 0°53 0°54 Eye to eye, inner angle (calipers). : : : ‘ . P : ; : : 0:80 0°75 s, to ear (calipers) : : ; ; : : ‘ : ; : : : : 0°82 077 Kar to ear (calipers) ‘ 3 és z ‘ ; & : : i A % , 1:15 1:05 RHIZOMYS SINENSIS, Gray. Rhizomys sinensis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, p. 95, et Ill. Ind. Zool. i. pl. xvi.; Schreber, Saugeth. 1843, vol. ii. p. 867; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 637. Rhizomys dekan, Schinz (in part), Syn. Mamm. 1845, vol. i. p. 124. Rhizomys vestitus, A, M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 1871, p. 93, et Rech. des Mammif. 1874, p- 292, pl. xlvi. The fur is very thick and dense, easily reversible, fine and silky. The basal portion is pure grey, and the tips are pale brownish with a rich shining lustre. The brownish hue is most marked on the sides of the face below the ear, and on the front of the head, but in the younger example the area of the sides of the head and of the chin and throat to the side of the muzzle is grey, approaching to white. The under parts are much the same as the upper. The claws of both feet are strong and olive-brown. The foot-pads appear to be smooth. Inches. The body measures from muzzle to root of tail , ‘ . é . 9°30 Length of tail . ‘ ; ' ‘ : : : - : . 2°90 Dr. Giinther obligingly had the skull of &. sinensis removed from the skin of the larger of Dr. Gray’s types of this species, and I have carefully compared it with the figure of the skull of &. vestitus. The only perceptible difference that it presents on the skull as figured by A. M.-Edwards is that the post-orbital contraction is more marked, and that thus the temporal ridges are earlier confluent than in R. vestitus, but this contraction is not carried to a greater degree than occurs among skulls of R. pruinosus and the other species of Rhizomys. It agrees with 2. vestitus in the long continuous transverse suture formed by the confluence of the nasal premaxillary and maxillary bones with the frontal, and RHIZOMYS. 331 which is a notable feature in R. vestitus. It also resembles that skull in the great breadth which it presents across the posterior roots of the zygomatic arches, in the form of its nasals and the palatal surface, and in its dentition. These facts, taken in conjunction with the similarity of the fur of R. sinensis and R. vestitus in colour and texture, the length of the tails of the two supposed species, and the circumstance that they are both inhabitants of China, R. sinensis having been procured at Canton, and R. vestitus in Central China, seem to me to indicate that they are one and the same. Since the above remarks were written, I have examined the skull and the type specimen of R. vestitus, and my examination of these has confirmed me in the opinion I have just stated. 332 RODENTIA. HYSTRICID. Genus Hystrix, Linn. * HYSTRIX YUNNANENSIS, n. S. The porcupine which occurs in the high valleys and on the mountains to the east of the Kakhyen hills resembles the common porcupine of Lower Bengal in the possession of a nuchal crest, but it is at the same time markedly distinct from it in the size and relations of its nasals which conform to the type represented by H. (Acanthion) javanica. It is thus closely allied to H. javanica,’ from which it is distinguished by the presence of its moderately well developed crest, which, however, is very small compared with the great crest of H. leucura,’? but large contrasted with the few scattered longer hairs of H. longicauda,’ and shorter than the crest of H. bengalensis.* In its crest it apparently closely resembles H. sab- cristata, Swinhoe,’ from China, and had not Swinhoe stated that the skull of A. sub- cristata is very similar in form to the skull of H. hodgsoni, Gray,’ I would have been disposed to consider this Western Yunnan porcupine as H. subcristata ; but as its skull is that of an Acanthion, it is impossible, in view of Swinhoe’s statement, to consider them as the same species. I have therefore no alternative but to describe the Yunnan form as distinct. Dark brown on the head, neck, shoulders and sides, passing into deep black on the extremities, a very narrow white line passing backwards from behind the angle of the mouth to the shoulder; under surface brownish. The spiny hairs of the anterior part of the trunk flattened, grooved, or ungrooved. The crest begins behind the occiput and terminates before the shoulders; the hairs are long, slender, and backwardly curved, the generality of them being about 43 inches long, while the longer hairs measure about 6 inches. They are all paler than the surrounding hairs, and the individual hairs are either broadly tipped with yellowish-white, or they have a broad sub-apical band of that colour. The short broad spiny hairs lying a short way in front of the quills are yellow at their bases, the’ remaining portion being deep brown, whereas those more quill-like spiny hairs, immediately before the quills, have both ends yellow-tipped. The quills are wholly yellow, with the exception of a dark brown, almost black band, of variable breadth and_ position. It is very broad in the shorter quills, and is nearer the free end of the quill than its base; whereas, in the long and slender quills, it is reduced to a narrow mesial band. The stout strong quills rarely exceed 6 inches in length, whilst the slender quills are 1 foot long. Posteriorly, above the tail and at its sides, many of the short quills are pure white. The modified quills on the tail, with dilated barb-like free ends, are not numerous, and are also white. There are three kinds of rattle-quills : 1F. Cuv.: Mém. du Mus., vol. ix, 1822, pp. 425 and “Blyth: Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xx, 1852, p. 170. 431, Tab. 20, bis. figs. 3 and 4, skull. ° Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1870, p. 638. 2 Proc. Zool. Soc., July 1831, p. 103. ° Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., June 1847, p. 101. 3 Marsden: Hist. Sum., 1810, p, 118, Plate xiii, n. 1. HYSTRIX. . 333 the most numerous measure 0°65" in the length of the dilated hollow part, having a maximum breadth of 0°21", whilst there are a few short cups 0°38" in length and with a breadth of 0:17", and besides these a very few more elongated and narrow cylinders occur. The hind foot measures 3 inches in length to the end of the claws. The distinguishing features of the skull of this species, as in Hystria (A.) javanica, are the nasals stopping short posteriorly, considerably anterior to the orbit, and even before the anterior angle of the external portion of the lachrymal ; the nearly equal breadth maintained by the nasals throughout their length; also the greater breadth of the naso-frontal portion of the premaxillary, the posterior margin of which is considerably anterior to the first molar, whereas in H. bengalensis, as in H. longicauda, it is in a line with the posterior border of the first molar, the point in a line with which are the posterior borders of the nasals of H. ywnnanensis. The posterior margins of the nasals of H. longicauda are in a line with the middle of the third molar, whilst in H. bengalensis they occupy nearly the same rela- tion to the molar teeth. In ZH. longicawda they are much behind the posterior superior angle of the lachrymal, whereas in H. bengalensis they are in a line with it. The nasals of LZ. longicauda and H. bengalensis are considerably longer than the nasals of this species, and they are largest in H. bengalensis. In both they are considerably broader, more especially posteriorly, and in H. longicauda they are broader than in H. bengalensis. The skull is also distinguished from the skulls of both these porcupines by the much greater length of the frontals. Their greatest length on the upper surface nearly equals the length of the nasals, whereas in H. longicauda it falls short of one-half of the length of these bones, while in H. bengalensis it equals one-half. In H. yannanensis the length of the parietals in the mesial line equals about one-half of the length of the frontals before them, whilst in H. longicauda that measurement is nearly as long as the frontals, whereas in H. bengalensis the parietals are shorter than in H. longicauda, indeed so short that their mesial length does not equal one-half of the length of the frontals. The teeth do not appear to yield any characters that would enable us to distin- euish this porcupine from the species with which I have compared it. The upper incisors show a tendency to longitudinal grooving and to the formation of nearly three distinct furrows, but this is also occasionally developed in H. leucura. Inches. Inferior border of foramen magnum to tip of premaxille : ‘ z ‘ ? : » 425 Greatest breadth across zygomatic arch . . I 3 : : : : ; . . 2°50 Length of nasals_ . ‘ : ‘ ; : : : : ‘ ; : . 184 Greatest breadth of conjoint rissa ; : . . . : ‘ ‘ ‘ : > eld Breadth of frontal process of premaxilla : ‘ s A : : - 0:35 Distance of anterior margin of orbit anterior to ienteaer aide of seals . ; ‘ - O31 Tip of premaxille to anterior border of first molar . : : ; . : : ‘ . 171 Length of molar line. : ; . ‘ : : 2 . 110 Posterior border of palate to inten margin of oar magnum . ‘ * : 1:97 This species is not at all uncommon in the elevated region 2, 000 to 4,500 feet) to the east of the Kakhyen hills. In the Indian Museum, Calcutta, there is a specimen sent by Hodgson from Nepal of a porcupine which he named H. alophous.' It is entirely destitute of a 1 Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 771, Plate 32. 304 RODENTIA. crest, with the exception of a few longer white-tipped bristly hairs which can be detected on the upper surface of the neck. These hairs are more feebly developed than in a porcupine from Malacca corresponding to the figure and description of Acanthocherus grotei, Gray, and which appears to be identical with H. longicauda, Marsden, as pointed out by Dr. Selater.? There is also in the same Museum a fresh skin from Darjeeling with a rudimentary crest consisting of a line about three inches long of longer spiny hairs with white tips, the longest hair measuring 2°75 inches. The general colour of this skin is dark, rather blackish-brown, the white pectoral band not being very broad. The colour is distributed on the quills in the same way asin H. longicauda. The skull of this Nepal porcupine, however, presents some differences on the skull of H. longicauda from Malacca, chiefly in the form of the nasals. In the latter, the nasals extend backwards only a short way behind the lachrymal, whereas in the former, they extend backwards on a line nearly with the middle of the temporal fossa. The breadth, however, of these bones, opposite the frontal processes of the premaxille, is the same in both of these skulls, but anteriorly the nasals of the Malacca skull are much broader than those of the Nepal skull. In the latter, these bones also are considerably arched from side to side, whereas in the Malacca skull they are flattened both posteriorly and anteriorly. The skull of the skin from Darjeeling has the short nasals of the Malacca skull, and another skull from the same locality exactly resembles it, but these two Darjeeling skulls are imperfect. They both differ from the Malacca skull in the much less breadth of the muzzle at the base, and they are both remark- ably distinct from the skull of the porcupine sent by Hodgson from Nepal as H. alophous, so much so that I am disposed to believe that there are two species of obscurely crested porcupines in the Himalaya, one an eastern and the other a western form. Hodgson, in his description of H. alophous from Nepal, refers to its long bluff nose, the length of the muzzle being a feature of the skull of the poreupine sent by him from Nepal under that name, and which I suppose is identi- cal with the species from Nepal which he first enumerated under the name of I. nepalensis. Notwithstanding the difference in the breadth of their muzzles as compared with the Malacca porcupine H. longicauda, their distinctness from it is still doubtful, and I cannot determine with the limited materials at my dis- posal that they are specifically identical with these Darjeeling skulls, unless the nasals and facial portion of the skull of porcupines are subject to much greater variation in form than has hitherto been supposed. This view of the question would seem to be supported by the strong external resemblance which they present in the character and coloration of their armature generally. Even H. bengalensis, Blyth, would seem to differ from H. longicauda chiefly in the more marked crest which it developes, as the colour distribution is the same in both; and this remark is also applicable, as far as external characters go, to H. hodgsoni and to the Darjeeling porcupines, and also to H. yunnanensis. ’ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1866, Plate xxxi. p. 306. ? Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 23. RUMINANTIA. Genus NreEMoRHEDUS, Ham. Smith. * NEMORHEDUS BUBALINA, Hodgson. Antelope bubalina, Hodg. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1832, p. 12. Antelope thar, Hodg. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1833, p. 105 ; iid. 1834, p. 99; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. i. 1832, p. 346; idzd. vol. iv. 1835, p. 489. Nemorhedus thar, Hodg. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1834, p. 86; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. iv. 1835, p. 489. Capricornis thur, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1836, p. 139, Kemas proclivus vel thar, Hodg. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1841, vol. x. p. 918; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 291. Capricornis bubalina, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 166 et 22d. 1878, p. 91; Cat. Mamm. etc. Nepal, 1846, p. 27; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, vol. xviii. p. 232; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1850, p. 185; Cat. Mamm. pt. i. Brit. Mus. 1852, p. 111; E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p- 168; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1856, p. 403; A. 8S. Adams, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1858, p. 522; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 174. Nemorhedus bubalina, Jerd. Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 283. In the valley of Sanda, in the western province of Yunnan, I obtained two skins of two species of goat-antelope, one of which agrees with Hodgson’s type in the British Museum, with which I have compared it, whilst the other appears to be an example of the next species to be described. These goat-antelopes are not uncommon on the precipitous higher ranges of mountains which rise to an elevation of 6,000 to 7,000 feet, and which are only very partially clad with forest in the ravines and hollows. The animal is known to the Leesaws of the Sanda valley as the Nga, to the Shans as Paypa, and to the Chinese as Shani. * NEMORHEDUS EDWARDSII, David. Capricornis Milne-edwardsii, A. David, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 1869, t. v. Bull. p. 10. Nemorhedus edwardsii, A. David, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. t. vu. Bull. p. 90. Antelope (Nemorhedus) edwardsii, A. M.-Edw. Rech. des. Mammif. 1868 et 1874, p. 364, pls. xlii. et xiii. This species is distinguished from N. bubalina by the uniform brownish-black colour of the upper parts, which tends to ferruginous on the thighs, and by the red colour of the lower parts of the legs, which are grey in H. bubalina. It is 336 NEMORHEDUS. evidently very closely allied to the latter, so much so that A. M.-Edwards is inclined to consider it as only a local race of that species. But on comparing five skulls of the two sexes of WN. bubalina as determined by Hodgson with A. Milne-Edwards’ figure of the skull of N. edwardsii, I observe that all of these five crania agree in having less vertical depth through the preorbital area than WV. edwardsii, which is due to the downwardly arched character of the alveolar border of the latter, especially at its middle, whereas in NV. bubalina this border is nearly straight. The edentulous portion of the maxilla and premaxilla appears also to be longer in N. bubalina, but it is impossible to say whether the characters presented by the typical skull of WV. edwardsii are persistently present. Blyth has compared skulls of goat-antelopes from Sumatra, Arracan, and Mer- gui, but could not detect any distinguishing characters, and he found that they differed little from MN. bubalina of the Himalaya, except in being considerably smaller. The coat of this supposed example of NV. edwardsii is much more profuse and black than in any specimens of NV. bubalina that have come under my observation, but on pulling the hair aside they are seen to pale towards their base, having a reddish-brown tint, whilst the remainder of each hair is intensely black. There is also a woolly under-pile which I cannot detect in the skin of H. bubalina, but which A. M.-Edwards also noticed in his example of N. edwardsii. It may be that this dense coat with its underlying pile is essentially seasonal and characteristic of winter, but whether NW. dubalina undergoes such periodical mutation of pelage we do not know. Hodgson, however, remarks that in N. bwbalina there is some little variation independent of that caused by sex and age, and he states that in the female the black of the upper parts is less full than in the male and sometimes mixed with grey. M. V’Abbé David’s' antelope was from Tibet. The other nearly allied species, N. sumatrensis, which is the type of the genus Nemorhedus, is found alike in Sumatra and the Malayan peninsula; NM. rubida, Blyth, occurs in the hilly region of Arracan; IV. swinhoei, Gray, in the mountainous region of Central Formosa, and N. crispa, Gray, in Japan. To the shoulder-bag or haversack of every Kakhyen, Shan, and Chinese peasant of Western Yunnan a horn of the goat-antelope is generally an indispen- sable adjunct. It is suspended from it, and is in constant requisition by the mule- drivers as a kind of drill for making holes in their mule gear. ‘Journ. d’Explor. dans l’Empire Chinois, par M. l’Abbé A. David, 1875, vol. ii, p. 332. RUMINANTIA. 337 Genus Crervuuus, Blainville. * CERVULUS MUNTJAC, Zimm. Le chevrueil des Indes (Bengal), Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. vi. 1782, p. 193, pl. xxvi. Rib-faced Deer, Pennant, Hist. Quad. 3rd ed. 1793, vol, i. p. 119. Kijang, Marsden, Hist. Sum. 1810. Pl. xiv. n. 2, p. 117. Cervus muntjak, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 131; Bodd. Elench. Animal, vol. i. 1785, p- 136; Ham. Smith. Griffith’s edit. Cuv. Anim. Kined. vol. v. 1827, p. 319. Cervus muntjac, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, vol. i. p. 180; Horsfield, Zool. Res. Java, 1824; Miiller und Schl. Verhandl. 1839-44, p. 225; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. Suppl. Pl. v. 1855, p. 388; Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1831, p. 104; Ogilby, Royle’s Ill. Him. Bot. 1839, p. 72. Cervus vaginalis, Bodd. Elench. Anim. 1785, p. 186. Cervulus moschatus, Blainville, Nouv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816, p. 77; Ham. Smith. Griffith’s ed. Cuv. Anim. Kined. vol. v. 1827, p. 149; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 190 ; Gray, Knowsely Hall Menag. 1850, p. 65; Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1850, p. 234; Cat. Mamm. B.M. pt. ii. 1852, p. 218; Cat. Rumin. Mamm. 1872, p. 93; Hand-List Edent. and Rumin. Mamm. 1873, p. 163. Cervus ratwa, Hodgson, Asiatic Researches, vol. xviii. 1833, pt. 11. p. 189, fig. head; Proc. Zool. Soe. 1834, p. 99; Ogilby, Royle’s Il. Him. Bot. 1839, p. Ixxiii.; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1844, p. 549. Cervulus muntjac, Zimm. Wagner, Schreber, Siugeth. 1836, pl. 254. Cervus melas, Ogilby, Royle’s Il]. Him. Bot. 1839, p. Ixxiu. Stylocerus rutwa, Hodgson, As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 1841, p. 914; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 292. Muntjacus vaginalis, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 173; Cat. Mamm. and Nepal, Hodg. Coll. 1846, p. 31. Cervus albines, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1844, p. 549. Prox rutva, Sundevall, Kong]. Vetens. Akad. Handl. 1844, Stock. 1846, p. 185, Nepal. Prox albipes, Sundevall, ibd. p. 185, Malabar. Prox stylocerus, Sundevall, ibid. p. 185, Nepal. Cervus stylocerus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. i. 1844, p. 549; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. 1855, Suppl. vol. v. p. 388. Stylocerus muntjacus, Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeyl. 1852, p. 85. Cervulus vaginalis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. 1863, p. 154; Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. 1869, p. 652; ddd. 1870, p. 644. Cervulus aureus, Jerdon, Mamm. of India, 1867, p. 264. Cervulus curvostylis, Gray, Cat. Rumin. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1872, p. 94; Hand-List Edent. and Rumin. Mamm. 1873, p. 165 (Deformity). Cervulus tamulicus, Gray, Cat. Rumin. Mamm. B. M. 1872, p. 94; Hand-List Edent. and Rumin. Mamm. J873, p. 165. I obtained three skins of the adult and one of the young of this species, the latter presenting no trace of spots. It is not at all uncommon on the Kakhyen hills, where its call was nightly heard around our camp at Ponsee, at 3,500 feet above-the sea. It is very abundant in the hill ranges to the north of Teng-yue- chow, and at certain seasons its flesh is largely brought to the market for food, and its skin is held in high esteem as a leather, soft as the finest chamois. I have compared these with Nepal specimens, with which they perfectly agree externally as well as in their skulls. ; T ol 338 CERVULUS. Hodgson regarded the Nepal form as distinct, having described it as Stylocerus rutwa, and Sundevall adopted this opinion, but separated another from the same locality under the name of Prox stylocerus. This latter naturalist also considered the Central and Southern Indian barking-deer as a distinct species, and identified it with the Prog albipes, Wagner. This latter race Sykes had considered as C. muntjac, and more lately Gray re-named it under the designation of C. tamulicus. I have examined the types of Stylocerus rutwa and C. tamulicus, but I cannot detect that they differ specifically from Cervulus muntjac of other parts of India, and the specific name applied by Sundevall to the Malabar race seems to indicate that it also is the same. They appear to me to be only local races of one widely distributed species which ranges over the Himalaya, India, and Ceylon through Arracan and Burma to the Malayan peninsula, Sumatra, and Java, spreading from the Himalaya eastwards to the seaboard of China, and, according to Swinhoe, stretching to the Island of Hainan, where, he says, C. reevesii, Ogilby, is replaced by the allied Indian form. The skull of the Sumatran barking-deer figured by Marsden' C. muntjac, and which has for many years been deposited in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London (No. 3615), was described by Blainville as the type of his species Cervus moschatus.’ The only difference that can be detected, as is stated in the Catalogue of the Museum,’ is that the external ridge of the malar bone is thicker and more prominent than in Indian specimens of C. mamntjae. Cervulus curvostylis, Gray, is founded on a deformed pair of horns. The pedicle of each horn is abruptly bent downwards, backwards, and outwards at its origin, and the upper surface of the head is somewhat roughened. The pedicles of the horn are otherwise well developed, and the abnormality is akin to that downward bending and twisting of the horn which is occasionally observable in the Indian and in the Persian gazelles. The cheek-pit does not seem to be larger than in ordinary examples of the species. It would appear that the real characters of the Chinese barking-deer C. reevesii, Ogilby, are not rightly understood, because Ogilby, who first described the animal, remarks that it is about the same size as the Indian muntjac, while other and more recent observers have recorded that it is nearly one-third smaller than the latter. A comparison of adult skulls of the species certainly confirms this opinion. The adult male skull of (©. reevesit in the British Museum has its extreme length only 5°75 as compared with 8-25 inches, which are the dimensions of C. muntjac in the same collection. The nearly allied Chinese barking-deer, the C. lacrymans, A. M.-Edwards, the skull of which I have com- pared with the type of C. sclateri, Swinhoe, and with which it perfectly agrees, is seemingly also a larger animal than C. reevesii, the skull probably attaining to 7 inches in length; the largest specimen in the British Museum, which is not fully ? Hist. of Sumatra, Atlas, pl. xiii. No. 2: No. 1, skull; pl. xiv. No. 2, animal. * Nouv. Bull. de la Soc. Phil. 1816, p. 77. * Cat. Mus. Royal Coll. Surgeons, Lond. vol. ii. 1853, p. 598, No. 3615. RUMINANTIA. 339 adult, being 6:60 inches in extreme length. These two Chinese species, there- fore, are considerably smaller than QO. muntjac, with which these skulls can never be confounded, and I shall therefore only indicate wherein these two nearly allied barking-deer differ from each other in the cranial characters. The skull of C. reevesti, Ogilby, is distinguished from that of C. lacrymans, A. M.-Edwards, by its greater breadth and shortness, these characters being also distinctive of the muzzle of the animal as compared with that of C. lacrymans, which is also easily recognised, as pointed out by A. M.-Edwards, by the great size of its lachrymal fossa, which nearly equals the diameter of the orbit.’ The shortness of the muzzle chiefly depends on the less forward extension of the premaxillaries of C. reevesii, which so affects the length of the premaxillary foramen that that opening in C. lacrymans is one-third longer than in C. reevesii ; of course it is also shown in the relative palatal lengths of the premaxillaries, which, when compared with the transverse breadth of the interspace between the canines and the premolars, brings out the distinctive features of the two skulls in these respects. In C. lacrymans the palatal length of the premaxillaries is considerably in excess of the breadth across the foregoing edentulous interspace, whereas in C. reevesii it falls short of the latter measurement. The form of the palatal surface, between the canines and premolars, is evidently liable to variation in C. laerymans, as the breadth of the interspace between the curved ridges that run from the premolars to the canines is broader in the skull depicted by A. M.-Edwards than in the type of C. selateri, while in other respects the skulls are identical and in no way separable specifically. In C. reevesii, on the other hand, this interspace is always broader than in C. lacrymans. The greater breadth of the skull of the former is due to the more outward shelving of the external supra-alveolar portion of the maxilla. In C. reevesii the transverse breadth of this region of the skull is considerably in excess of the width across the base of the skull opposite to the middle of the articular surface of the squam- ous, while in C. lacrymans that measurement only equals the latter. The pre- orbital fossa, besides being not so large or rounded in C. reevesit as in C. lacrymans, has the upper border formed by the lachrymal sharp and narrow, instead of being broad and flattened as in C. lacrymans. I observe that there is occasionally an indication of tine-like processes on the sides of the pedicles, and there is an example of this kind in the British Museum in an adult skull of C. muntjac, in which a horny rosette, with a constricted osseous base, buds from the outside of one pedicle. The rugosities on the curve of the pedicles of the deformed skull described by Dr. Gray as C. cwrvostylis are akin to these growths. C. lacrymans and other barking-deer have generally no trace of the black band on the nape which occurs in C. reevesii, but I observe in one specimen of C. munt- jac from Nepal a faint indication of such a line. 1 Dr. Gray, in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, vol xii. p. 425, remarks that “an alteration in the size of the tear-pit is observable in the old and young of C. sclateri, in which the adult has the tear-pit very like that of C. reevesi/, but larger, more circular, and deeper; but in the young of this species the pit is distinct, but more oblong and com- paratively shallow, especially in the upper part.” 340 CERVUS. Genus Cervus, Linn. * CERVUS PORCINUS, Zimmerman. Le cerf cochon, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vol. iii. 1776, p. 122, pl. xviii.; Pennant, Quad. vol. i. 1798, p. 119, pl. xix.; F. Cuv. Ossmen Foss. vol. iv. 1825, 3rd ed. p. 43, pl. v. fig. 31 (horns). Cervus porcinus, Zimmerman, Geogr. Gesch. vol. ii. 1780, p. 131; Boddaert, Elench. Anim. vol. i. 1785, p. 186 ; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. i. 1788, 3rd ed. p. 179; F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. des Mammif. August 1824, pls. 259 et 260 & et 9 ; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 454; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. 1836, 4th ed. p. 1097, pl. 151 (Buffon’s figure) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1844, vol. i. p. 894; Monograph der Saugeth. p. 10, Tab. 11B. 1848. Cervus (Hyelaphus) porcinus, Sundevall, Kongl. Vetens. Akad. Handl. 1844 (Stockh.) 1846, p. 180. Axis minor, Hodg. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1841, p. 914; Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1844, p. 292. Azis porcinus, Brooks, Cat. Mus. 1828, p. 62 ; Hodgson, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. x. 184], p. 914; Jerdon, Mamm. Ind. 1867, p. 262. Axis niger, Blainville, Paris Soc. Philom.-Bull. 1816, p. 76; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. 1829, p. 454; Desmarest, Mamm. 1822, p. 437; Wagner, Schreber, Saugeth. 1836, p. 1183; Sundevall, Pecora, 60, 132; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. vol. ii. 1844, p. 398. Hyelaphus porcinus, Gray, Glean. Menag. Knowsl. Hall. 1850, p. 64, pl. xlii; Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. E. Ind. Co.’s Mus. 1851, p. 189; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Beng. Mus. 1863, p. 153; Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 115. Axis orygus, Kelaart, Prod. Faun. Zeylan. 1852, p.83; Journ, As. Soc. Beng. vol. xx. 1850, p. 174, The hog-deer is of general occurrence in the low-lying rice land of Upper Burma, and is numerous in the valley of the Tapeng at the base of the Kakhyen hills, but it does not appear to extend into the high country to the eastward. EDENTATA. Genus Mantis, Linn. An ant-eater is generally distributed over India from Attock on the Indus to the south-east as far as Kuttack, and throughout the whole of Southern and Central India, and Ceylon. Another and distinct species ranges through the Himalaya eastward through Assam into Western Yunnan, and in a slightly modified form has been found by Swinhoe in the neighbourhood of Amoy and in the Islands of Hainan and Formosa, this variety being known so long ago as Seba’s and Erxleben’s time as the Formosan Devil. NX | ae te of | 62 62) oe te | 92 ee] ze te | eo 62 | ce te | 6 62] 0€ of | 42 9 | 6 Te | ce te | 6 te | 0€ Of | OF OF |* “ JeMOT - 83 8c | o¢ oe | og 62 | 2a 42 | o 62 | S@ 82 | He Te | 2a se | sc Be | 62 Gs | GZ OF | 62 Gz | (Of Ok e 68 | 22 62 |* mvfseddg—uonynueg BOT “USE | yo astra | yet qasrr | -yoT -qasra | yor ‘wmsra | “VOT ITA | VOT WUSlA | YoT “MSN | WoT JUST | YOT “USAT | NOT “IUSTA | qyoT “ISA | VOT “TSA | VOT WUsa | -yoT “FUeTT 8€.L8 €8-8F 82-19 £9.99 98 29 FF.29 04 €9 92.9 ine, 98.04 20-89 19.69 G3-LL O1.18 $8.06 utnoo Terqaiiea pue Wuys jo yeaa [OL 88.6% 08.08 06.¢8 9L.0F ¢6.0F OF-FF OF.FF 90.09 18.9 96.29 28-68 02.98 SF-F9 £0.89 09.€9 : TS] eurasyxo Ur ‘uMNTOo [BAqe}19A 09-11 €9.€1 88-81 8.91 09-21 F0.8T 92.61 08-41 09-81 OF-61 99.81 LEAT 08.28 $0.€% 92.22 i eyyxemord jo dy 0% wauts0s “s[vUl0ap puL satouUl uy “s[eMloop pus sayour uy TeyIdio00 ULIsIeW 19M0T wody -[[ny3s Jo YIsuaT “998 “L981 "gost 19q_ | *Z9RT Are ‘9981 *998T ‘998T “998T “998 ‘998T “69ST Tq 89ST TAqQUI}! "y98T Taq “L981 * L81 18q0}99 436 |19q0300 I9Z|-TMaeaq YIeg| -NIQaT WITT [ysuSuy YT sNsny pagziysnsny ICT] Ave Tat | sine wast SVAny YET] -cue0eq YIP | -daz YITT |-waved Wie} Sine yi9T | qoIeyy pug] * pamnyduo vaya oeq ST $I a SI IL or 6 8 Z 9 g 5 & z T * weeds jo saquinyy “Bole *so[euleg . . . xog 0G ‘suaunsads uaagfif ayy fo wuojajays ay, fo squamasnsnompy fo a7qny, S| AI ‘ON WIEVL mM ee a ot IL Il OL or or ot or IT aT or ot ot It or ot It * epls 19q}19 Wo sqld Jo TequIN\y cH “OT UF QyOT FST < Ie= c= o= eo= c6F=2 é=¢+8] d=d+8 oe= Ig= c= Ig= os= Is= 1s= 1s= “SIQa}I9A a OSELELI+LIOGHL+IL+LIOG+ STOLL Z+STOLTLECESHOL+L| FOLFL| HOT+L [Lc+9+CT+Li9s+8+O1t LI9C+8+ 01+ L9T+S+OT+ L[SS+L4 T+ L]9Z+8+Ol+ LIT+S+OL+ JIOS+LFII+Z) JO staquuna [ej0} pus [vaorsey 88.92 08-08 06-98 GL.0F £8.06 OF-FP | SFTP £0.09 £8.29 $6.29 18.86 08-98 SEES 90.89 09-€9 * aunjoo yeatds Jo qySuaq [830], EFT $3.S1 08.8T OL-TZ $1.08 09-63 | 92.22 OF-FZ 08-9 99.43 09.41 OL-8T OF-L8 09.6 $9.28 * qaqe}z94 Jepnvo Jo ySueT S8.F S1.9 OF-L &1.8 06.8 9-6 | 02.6 01-8 09.11 OF-81 $8.9 OL 94-11 94.81 08-21 * q@iqeyiea sequint Jo 43087 $0.9 90.9 $8.9 OL 99.4 06-2 | 09-8 02-11 99.01 OL-IT S19 OL-L 08.0T 00.11 QL-€1 : GBAQo}19A [BSIOP JO UIST 9L-2 98.2 08-8 9.6 eo€ 99.€ | 00-F o8-F OFF 06-4 06-8 01-8 09-6 08.4 O19 BAIQapOA [BOTALID oY} JO YPSUI'T “s[TRMUTOAp puLc sayoul UT “s[euloap pus Saou! Uy : : le crear : ‘sont | “998T ; . ; : ; ‘ ‘ ; e 998T ZS8t_ | “e98T eq | “Z98T Arenas 9981 qsngny |yendny 9981 998T ‘998T 698T 10q |-s9gTteqia}] “g98T 19q 2981 ZL8T 38q0390 U6 [4940300 GI9Z,-Ma00q YISZ| “Ge UIST PSUSAV GOT] Yio’ | yasyr | AML WST | AIC WET fasnsny qIFT/ -we00q WP -dag WIT |-weoeq 436] Aine UOT | Tor pug | * * — poanqdvo veya oyu ST FL gL al Il OL | 6 8 L 9 g . & z U : * — ueuntoeds jo Jaquunyy “sa[BIT ‘sovula gy . . . a * zag ‘suaunvads usag/yf ay) fo asinsayjo puv qouorbas umnjoa qourds ay) fo squauainsvaupo fo 279], ‘VISINVIVId JO NWONIO0 ITVYEGLaGA AHL TIT ON WIEVi 430 CETACEA. The sex of each animal was thoroughly ascertained ; and in connection with the two sexes I have to point out that, although the males, 6, 7, and 8, from the Hughli, are fully adult, they are very much smaller in every way than adult females from the same stream. The skeleton of the male No. 6 is 18°50 inches shorter than that of the female No.1. The great difference that exists between the size of their skulls is well established by Plate XX XIX, in which fig. 1 is a representation of the male skull and fig. 2 is that of the female skull, the two having been photographed toge- ther. The skull of the female is 27:25 to 19°40 inches in the male, that is 7:85 inches longer. It will also be observed that the osseous snout of this female is pro- portionally longer than the rostrum of the male, but both are about the same depth at the middle, the depth of the conjoint jaws between the eighteenth and nineteeth teeth is in the male 3°20 to 3°25 inches in the female at the same point. The curvature of the snout is much the same in both, there being a considerable upturn- ing of the extremity of the maxillaries and of the mandible. The trifling differences observable between the form of the maxillary crests of figs. 1 and 2 (Nos. 6 and 1 of tables) are of no importance, as these structures are variable; and the outline of the frontoparietal suture also differs considerably in different individuals of the same sex, and even on opposite sides of the same skull. In all their essential features, therefore, the male skulls, although much smaller, correspond to the female skulls, but their teeth, although proportionally smaller than in the females, preserve the same characters, their bases being much extended from before backwards and worn flat. The male dolphins which I have tabulated, beyond being smaller and having shorter snouts, show no other external features in which they differ from the females. The question, however, suggests itself, are these differences to be regarded as specific or merely as sexual? I am disposed to adopt the latter alternative, but at the same time, as still larger individuals are met with in the Ganges than any I have yet mentioned, and mature females occur smaller than No. 1 of the accompanying tables, my opinion on this point is not fully established. The skeletons Nos. 3 and 4 of these tables appear to be younger stages of the same specific form as No. 1, with long slender jaws and the sharply pointed teeth of adolescence, but a difficulty presents itself regarding the dolphin kindly forwarded to me by Mr. Clay, C.S., who took great interest in this enquiry. (See Table I). This specimen was harpooned on the 23rd June 1867, near Meerpore on the Suraj fork of the Bansi branch of the Ganges, about 10 miles north-west of Dacca, and Mr. Clay forwarded to me a sketch of the animal in the flesh with the measurements given in the accompanying table, along with the skeleton of the animal. Mr. Clay’s drawing corresponds essentially to my Plate XXV, figure 1 of P. gangetica, but the teeth that remained in the jaw are represented as very large and much worn, indicat- ing that the dolphin was considerably aged—a fact verified by the condition of the skull and skeleton. By the time the skeleton reached me all the teeth had fallen out of their sockets, the latter being well filled up with osseous deposit. The jaws, although having much the same form and relative length to the rest of the skull as in the female skull, Plate XX XIX, fig. 2, are much more feeble and have less depth, PLATANISTA. 431 the entire animal being 10 inches shorter than the largest female from the Hughli, . in which the condition of the teeth was that of a fully mature, but not aged animal. Another female from the Hughli with its teeth indicating adolescence, and having a long, attenuated, and not deep snout, has its skull only a quarter of an inch shorter than the skull of Mr. Clay’s dolphin, and its adolescence is so pronounced that we may justly conclude that the animal would have attained to the dimensions of the largest recorded female from the same river. But the condition of the skull and skeleton of Mr. Clay’s specimen leads to the conclusion that its period of growth was passed. Mr. Clay’s specimen, it will be observed, was from the neighbourhood of Dacca, and as the differences that exist between it and the adult from the Hughli lie chiefly in size, it may be that there is a smaller race, for the skulls are so alike in all their essential features that the Dacca skull cannot be regarded as of a specific type. Moreover, I have had the opportunity to compare, side by side, in the flesh, two dolphins, one of the male and the other of the female sex, the former from the Hughli and the latter from Dacca, and after a most careful observation of these, in view of this question of the probability of the existence of more than one species of Platanista in the Gangetic and Brahmaputra systems, I have failed to detect any character by which they could be separated. However, if we take the condition of the alveolar sockets of Mr. Clay’s specimen, as indicating that the animal was aged, which I believe we are entitled to do, then it follows that it is as old, if not older, than a skull of another specimen from the Ganges opposite to Chupra, in the Saran district, and which was caught in May 1870 and for which I am indebted to Mr. Garret, C.S. But this skull is 7 inches longer than the skull from Dacca, and is thus of great size. The few teeth that remain in the jaw are all flattened, and some of them are 0°68 inch in breadth. All the bottom of the alveolar groove is filled up as in Mr. Clay’s dolphin, but the sockets are not so obliterated. With these facts in view it seems highly improbable that the latter could ever have attained to the dimensions of the large Chupra skull, which, in its features, has such a close resem- blance to the largest females from the Hughli, that I am disposed to consider it of the same sex. Not having seen the Chupra specimen in the flesh, I can say nothing regarding its external characters. In its rostrum, however, it differs some- what from large females from the Hughli in that the end of the snout, instead of being upwardly directed, is downwardly bent; but this character is probably the effect of age, as it occurs in other dolphins, and has been noticed by Professor Flower in Inia and Pontoporia, the former being nearly allied to Platanista. The lower jaws of both are alike. Some of the males from the Hughli conform more to the Chupra skull than to the skull of Mr. Clay’s specimen, but that they could never have attained to the same size is conclusively proved by the complete ossi- fication of their epiphyses. The large skull of Mr. Garret’s specimen measures 30 inches in extreme length, and is thus about 2°75 inches longer than the largest female skull from the Hughli, and 10°60 inches longer than the largest male skull from the same river, the male skull (No. 6) being fully adult, the teeth being very broad at their bases, but still more or 432 CETACEA. less pointed. I am disposed to believe that this male skull (No. 6, and Plate XX XIX, fig. 1) is of the same species as the skull fig. 2 from the Hughli, which is only 2°25 inches shorter than the large skull from Chupra. By a comparison of the various measurements of the skulls Nos. 1 and 6, it will be observed that the great differ- ences lie between the relative proportions of the snouts, which are decidedly longer in all of these female skulls than in the males. Of course, there is the other alter- native that two or more species may exist, and that these males with small skulls may be the males of a species of which the females are yet unknown, and that I have never encountered the males of such large females as the specimen from Chupra. The evidence before me, however, does not sanction such a conclusion, and until further facts are adduced, there is no other course left but to regard the male as a considerably smaller animal and having a shorter snout than the female, and that individuals vary in size in different localities. Respecting the probable size attained by this Cetacean genus, it would appear that the Chupra female had arrived at her limit of growth. In the largest female from the Hughli in the accompanying tables the epiphyses of the vertebral processes are firmly united with the vertebra, and very many, but not all, of those of the bodies are completely anchylosed to the latter, so that she is fully adult. Taking the ascertained size in the flesh of this animal and the length of its skull as our guides, it seems probable that the aged Chupra female must have attained a length of nearly 9:50 feet from the tip of its rostrum to the fork of its tail, whereas the length of the largest male with quite as mature askeleton and skull was scarcely 7 feet. Microscopic structure of the skin.—The skin structurally differs little, if at all, from what obtains in the generality of the Whale tribe. The anomalous shape of the snout and the condition of the parts around the spout-hole, however, led me to examine the dermal constituents, and I here record my observations. The thickness of the skin, as in land animals, varies according to region and other circumstances. Over the pectoral flippers, the skin is 5 millimetres thick, of which the epidermic layer forms two-thirds of a millimetre, and is dark bluish-black in section, the cutis being a clear white, of great consistence and sharply defined from the underlying oily layer, which is 8 mm. thick and yellow in colour, and also strongly fibrous. Ona level with the dorsal fin, the oil disappears out of this layer, which becomes like the one overlying it, only somewhat yellow. Over the vertebree, in front of the dorsal fin, this fibrous layer is 150 inch in breadth from side to side and 2°25 inches in vertical thickness. A piece of the cast-off, dried cuticle, when mounted in Canada-balsam and viewed by transmitted light, to the naked eye and with a hand-lens, appears as a yellowish or faintly brownish film, the darker tint marking fine parallel lines. Under a higher power the linear arrangement is seen to be wavy (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 1), the minute linear folds dove-tailing and running into one another, here and there. They, and likewise the lighter coloured intervening spaces, indeed the whole tissue, are speckled uniformly with minute dots, véz., scaly nucleated epithelial cells containing an abundance of dark pigment. PLATANISTA. 433 Vertical sections through the dermal and subcutaneous tissues of part of the snout (Pl. XXXVI, figs. 2 and 3, and see also Pl. XXXI, fig. 1h) demonstrate the usual constituents, save the absence of sudoriparous and sebaceous hair glands. The papille of the vertically descending epidermal layer are stout, and not quite uniform in length, the shorter ones being rather conical, the thicker slightly club- shaped, a few having bifid extremities. The corresponding ascending papille of the corium have a copious capillary supply derived from the rather numerous blood- vessels of the deeper tissues. Where the hair-like bristles have been cut through obliquely (fig. 2 %,) in the sections made from the foetal specimen of Platanista, their walls are thick, and surrounding them is a wide circular and dense fibrous area, the outermost wavy elastic fibres of which mingle with those of the neighbouring connective tissue. The superincumbent half of the fibro-vascular layer of the corium has but few traces of oil particles intermixed, but in its deeper half, the fatty particles and oil globules preponderate, and are both very numerous and characteris- tic, as large elliptical areas. In many of the larger-sized oil globules, bundles of needle-shaped and stellate crystals present themselves. In this snout-section, the fibres of the subcutaneous tissue, both strong and glistening, form often a lozenge- shaped mesh-work, and deeply become stouter, as bundles of broader bands inter- lace freely and enclose in layers the fatty constituents above spoken of. Below the blubbery layer comes a layer of ordinary connective tissue, the masses of striated muscular fibres joining this again. Mouth.—On opening the mouth of Platanista, its form is seen to be trian- gular, the base of the figure being placed posteriorly. The upper lips have a sharp edge and crescentic outline, the convexity looking inwards and downwards. The anterior end of the upper lip is prolonged forwards to the external margin of the alveolar line of the teeth of the snout, and its posterior end is under the eye. The upper lips are not supported by bone, but consist of the strong fibrous tissue that fills up the interspace between the maxillary lamine, and the lower limit of which extends from the preorbital process of the frontal to the side of the dental portion of the superior maxilla opposite to the twenty-third tooth. The lower lips are round, fleshy, and concave from before backwards, and are overlapped by the sharp edge of the upper lips. The inner margin of the upper lip is devoid of pigment, but the under lip has more or less the colour of the external skin. The jaws are capable of great extension, opening at their tip, in a specimen nearly 63 feet long, to 18 inches, the distance between the angles of the mouth being 4 inches, the anterior breadth being only 0°65 inch. The interior of the mouth and the palate are quite smooth in the half-grown individual, but, in the adult, the sides of the mouth from the angles are thrown into strong longitudinal folds which extend back to the fauces. In the same individual the faucial region measures 2°50 inches across and 1°75 inch in vertical capacity, which, however, is doubtless greatly increased when the tongue is drawn down. Tongue.—tIn this fluviatile dolphin, the lingual organ is well developed. It is firmly attached at its tip by a fold which runs forward to the symphysis of the lower G3 434 CETACEA. jaw, but its edges are free to a little way behind the angle of the mouth, and thus must have considerable mobility. In young specimens, 54 inches long, it is traversed by a raphe which is nearly co-extensive with the free margins, but directed from the mesial line at the tip to the right side. There is no trace of a foramen cecum or of circumvallate papille; the tongue being remarkably smooth, only a few minute fungiform papille occurring on its sides, some distance beyond the angle of the mouth. In its free portion it is thickly clad with filiform papille. Below the free margin, immediately behind the tip, there are small glands which open by four orifices, generally arranged in a linear series with an azygos orifice above them. Behind the posterior half of the free border of the tongue and below it, there is a longitudinal row of large patulous orifices, generally three in number, with two or three more forming an arch above them. They increase in size from before back- wards, the most posterior being divided by a vertical pillar into two openings. The orifices lead into sacs or recesses in the mucous membrane, into which one or more glands appear to open. In close connection with them, and above and behind them on the side of the free border of the tongue, there occurs a large patch of glandular orifices of various sizes, some of the more anterior openings being more or less surrounded by free folds of the mucous membrane, so that the surface appears rough and the orifices to be protected by valves. These orifices do not occur further back than the free margin, and are restricted always to the same spot. The lingual racemose glands are especially numerous on the root and sides of the tongue, and each gland appears to open by a distinct orifice, but the glands are not so long as in Orcella, although they have the same structure. In the adult, the root of the tongue is frequently corrugated, the corrugations simulating circumvallate papille, but in the young, as already stated, it is quite smooth. In the adult also the raphe cannot be distinguished. Minute structure of tts Papille.—The filiform papillee of the tongue micro- scopically manifest two distinct characters, each having a special distribution. On the front they are generally much more numerous than on the back part of the tongue, and on the former they are fully three times as large as on the latter locality. These anterior papillae are more or less conical in form, but some are much broader and stouter than others, and their distinguishing feature is the division of their summits, and occasionally of their sides, into short non-divergent processes. These are very minute, and require a high power to demonstrate them satisfactorily. Some of them are almost vesicular, and others are oblong and pointed at their free ends, but all are short and very obscure. The papillee clothing the back part of the tongue, or that portion on which the majority of the mucous glands open, are very minute flagilliform processes, situated generally on conical bases, while some are essentially whip-like, without any basal enlargement. Racemose mucous glands.—Some of the orifices of those on the dorsum of the tongue have a pyriform body visible to the naked eye, projecting outwards from one side of the external termination of the duct. The base of this body is directed outwards, and its apex is prolonged downwards into the duct for a short way as a PLATANISTA. © 435 portion of its structure, which is quite distinct from that of the neighbouring substance of the tongue or of the papille, in that it has a cellulo-granular or glandular character. Projecting from the base there is what appears to me to be an orifice. If this is a glandular structure with an excretory duct, the position which it occupies as a kind of valve at the orifice of the excretory duct of the highly complex mucous gland, would render it probable that the two glands are intimately related to each other. The valvular gland, while performing its special functions in the economy of the oral cavity, may fulfil a secondary function, by closing the mucous gland, the secretion of which, it may be important, should not be excreted along with that of its plug. Palate.—This presents two furrows internal to, and parallel with, the upper lips, and into which the lower lips are received when the mouth is closed. The anterior portion of these furrows is marked by five deep pit-like impressions corre- sponding to the five posterior teeth of the lower Jaw. It would thus appear that the surfaces of the mouth are in very close apposition—a circumstance which is also verified by the fact that the tip of the tongue is generally marked by the impression of the two most posterior teeth of the upper jaw, and the postsymphysial space anterior to it is also marked by the impress of the teeth. The teeth of the two lines are not opposite to each other owing doubtless to the asymmetry of the skull, and as the lines are posteriorly divergent and approach each other at the front part of the palate, they are alternate in that region, and immediately external to them are the pits for the teeth of the lower jaw. There are seven teeth on the left and six on the right side. The palatal surface posterior to the teeth is slightly convex, but perfectly smooth. In this same individual, two orifices occur in the palate 6°50 inches posterior to the first tooth above, in the middle line, half an inch behind the posterior border of the pterygoids. These mucous crypts are placed transversely, and are separated from each other by an interval of about 0°25 inch. They are longitudinally oval orifices, 01 inch long, and each leads into a crypt in the mucous membrane, into which small mucous glands open. These orifices I have been unable to detect in an adult. The palate anterior to them and between and posterior to them, is nearly, devoid of racemose glands, but these structures are numerous on the margin of the posterior portion of the palate and on the fauces. The soft palate is 1°75 inch long in the individual under consideration (54 inches), and its posterior margin is sharp without any indications of an uvula, anterior or posterior pillars, or tonsils. Dentition and changes occurring with age.—Siv Everard Home’ remarks that the changes that take place in the form of the teeth as they wear away from long use are more remarkable than in most other teeth, for the perfect tooth has a toler- ably sharp enamelled point, while the half-grown tooth has a concave, blunted cut- ting edge. ‘These changes in the form of the free ends of the teeth are also associated with a remarkable increase in the size of the teeth. In a young specimen differing in no 1 Phil. Trans. 1818, vol. 118, p. 418, plate xx. 436 CETACEA. way from the fully mature foetus of the female No. 1, except that its teeth are erupted, the thirteenth tooth on the left side of the upper jaw is 0°22 inch in antero-posterior breadth at its base, and 0°35 inch long, whereas in the female No. 1 and in the mother of the foetus the same tooth has a basal extension of not less than 0°87 inch and a length of 0°90 inch; in other words, the tooth grows from youth to age, but the nature of this growth will be seen hereafter. Eschricht described the arrangement and alter- nation of the teeth, the latter feature being occasionally carried to such a degree that the most anterior of the small conical teeth of the two sides, especially in the lower jaw, appear as if arranged in one line. Eschricht regarded the alternation of the teeth as a means seemingly to get room; but may it not rather be due to the, so to speak, natural tendency of the skull to asymmetry, because it is associated as a rule with an unequal number of teeth on either side of the jaw? Eschricht has also described the general characters of the teeth in youth; but it will be observed (Table IV) that the teeth in the lower jaw are not, invariably at least, equal to those in the upper, viz., twenty-nine on each side, as observed by Eschricht, because in Nos. 3, 6, 12, and 14, this rule does not hold good: the teeth, however, are generally more numerous in the lower than in the upper jaw. Notwithstanding the greater number of teeth in the lower jaw, the two or four posterior upper teeth extend behind them and have no teeth apposed to them below (see Pl. XX XIX), as observed by Eschricht. The lower are much longer than the upper teeth, and when in position in youth they interlock between the latter, overlapping the sides of the upper jaw, the teeth of which also, to a more limited extent, are applied at their points to the outside of the mandible, and the teeth are in such close juxtaposition that the anterior teeth rub against each other, and these, as Professor Owen" has observed, retain a prehen- sile structure contrary to the rule in Delphinide. The first tooth of the lower jaw is placed anterior to the tooth of the upper jaw. ‘The first two or three teeth are convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly, but the long teeth immediately succeeding these are flattened on their anterior and posterior surfaces, slightly upwardly and inwardly curved in the lower jaw, and the reverse in the upper, the external surface of the teeth being convex. The points in youth are very sharp. The long teeth diminish after the eighth rather rapidly. In the young state the alveolar groove is not divided into compartments or sockets for the reception of the teeth, but is an uninterrupted furrow, from end to end, in which they are lodged. The inner margins of the groove, however, are wavy, and the little inward sinuosities indicate the commencement of osseous ridges, which increase with age and which ultimately, and while the skull is yet young, are converted by osseous growth into transverse partitions, which divide the alveolar groove into a number of well-defined sockets, in each of which is lodged a tooth. In the young state, the pulp cavity in the dried skull occupies the lower half of the tooth, but this cavity becomes closed at an early age and while the exposed portion of the tooth yet retains the characters of youth. The bases of the teeth while the O dont. p. 362, Cat. Ost., 1. c., p. 449. PLATANISTA. 437 pulp cavity is still open are laterally compressed, the longitudinal being about twice as long as the transverse diameter of the orifice; but when the cavity is closed, the base of the tooth longitudinally is so much laterally compressed as to assume the character of an osseous plate, carrying obliquely on its apex the portion of the tooth which originally appeared beyond the gum, and retaining all its youthful characters and with an unworn tip, but with its anterior border in the case of the lower teeth deeply grooved by the friction of the upper tooth apposed to it, the latter teeth becoming similarly worn on their posterior borders.’ Associated with this closure of the pulp cavity occurs an increase in the dimensions of the base of the tooth. Fig. 13. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Series of teeth of Platanista gangetica, to illustrate their growth and wearage. All drawn of natural dimensions. 1—One of the long sharp front teeth of a young animal. 2—A tooth from the posterior end of the row of lower jaw of a young animal. 3—An adult tooth where wearage of crown is most irregular, and only a small piece of the enamel remains: pillars of cementum are produced at the fang. 4—Shows an adult tooth where great widening and flattening of the fang has taken place, the crown being still covered with enamel, and long and conical in shape. 5—Another adult tooth equally showing increased flattened root growth, but diminishing crown ; a cap of enamel still exists, but the dentinal substance immediately below is highly polished on the outside, the pearly lustre simulating enamel. 6—An older more worn tooth, where the crown rubbed down to a low nipple shape is destitute of enamel, and even the dentine is altered into the so-called osteodentine. 7—A tooth now almost crownless, and the body a mere strip uniting the columnar superadded root of cementum. 8—A further stage where even absorption of the false root has proceeded, while the elements of the original tooth itself are not only rubbed down, but utterly gone: what remains is pure bony substance, substituted, but functionally answering for a dental organ. In a more advanced stage the jaws are much deepened, and osseous deposits are observed to have taken place in the sockets, the jaw at the same time growing in all its dimensions, the bases of the teeth having noticeably increased in size, while the free original portion has become worn away on its sides and reduced in length by wear and breakage. At this stage, the teeth are not so deeply set in their sockets, a circumstance due to the fact that they seem to be outwardly pushed by the accumu- lation of osseous growths in the sockets themselves, and by their own enlargement. With increasing age the portions of the teeth that originally pierced the gum are worn away entirely, until nothing but their enlarged bases remain, the free ends 1 Odont. p. 353. 438 CETACEA. of the teeth having been worn to flat or rounded surfaces, having the same lateral and longitudinal dimensions as the enlarged bases. At last the deposit of bone around the bases of the teeth proceeds to such an extent that the sockets disappear, and the teeth, if left in the mouth, are only in the fleshy gums ready to drop out. From these facts it is evident that important changes take place in the bases of the teeth after the early closure of the pulp cavity. In many of the teeth the bases are thrown into strongly marked ridges, which at their free ends may resemble so many short irregular fangs (see woodcut, fig. 18), which, as Professor Owen has observed, is an exceptional character in the existing car- nivorous Cetacea. In studying the foregoing changes in dentition, I had recourse to microscopic sections to substantiate in the development of the tissues that which was to a certain extent even patent to ordinary vision. The earliest stage examined was that of the foetus, the same figured in the womb (Pl. XXXI). In this the teeth were not erupted, but the alveolar groove was almost open and the denticles easily felt by the finger. As I have noted later on, in the description of the exterior parts of this young animal, and which is shown in the above figure, a series of skin ridges on the outer labial margins corresponded outwardly to the non-erupted future teeth. The section, then, which I shall proceed to describe is taken transversely to one of these ridges, and is drawn on an enlarged scale (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 4). The fleshy gum on either side of the nascent tooth is of the dense fibroid character. A thin film of cylindrical epithelium lines the interior of the dental cavity, particularly its upper portion, or where it is least injured by the razor in the process of cutting. The tooth itself is of a spear-headed out- line, the base on either side having a deep cleft, which, however, leaves a broad pedicle of attachment. The summit of the tooth bears a thick cap of enamel which thins downwards but reaches the very base, and even a thin lamina of enamel turns round the corner or angle of the lateral basal cleft. Calcifica- tion has not been completed in the rest of the tooth, but round the edges dentinal cells are discernible, and more internally the future lines of the tubuli can be dis- tinguished, besides the larger vascular channels of the dentinal pulp. No trace of cement or osteodentine is appreciable within the limits of the tooth substance proper. Below the root of the tooth, however, and in continuity with it, there are large open spaces, vascular and otherwise, and beyond and all around open spongy bone texture. The latter tissue is barely ossified, though large Haversian canals in process of formation are abundantly evident. At a further advanced but still youthful stage, when the teeth are thoroughly calcified and erupted (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 5), not only the apex but the body of the tooth has a considerable coating of enamel. The dentine then composes the mass of the tooth, a modicum of cement occupying the lower portion of the fang. In a perpendicular section of the adult tooth of Platanista, taken from the middle of the lower jaw (fig. 6), another stage in the chain of dental growth is met with; not only is the shape of the tooth altered, but the proportions of the PLATANISTA. 439 tissues of the tooth are vastly changed. The enamel is limited to a thin tiny cap, and the dentine, with its central pulp cavity, is reduced to about a third or even less of its original proportions, according to the varying circumstances of age, position of tooth, &c. The mass of the dental substance has now become osteo- dentine or cemental in nature. True bone lacune and canaliculi freely intermingle with what was before dental tubuli, and at the fang and the base of the body even quite supplant dentine. In. another tooth possibly older, but at all events one taken from the lower jaw behind its middle (Pl. XXXVI, fig. 7), apical enamel was barely perceptible, and the dentinal substance was still further reduced in dimension. In yet another tooth from the posterior third of the lower jaw (fig. 8) the substitution of tissues had gone still further, no enamel being left, and pure dentinal structure was limited to little more than the apex. In fact, the tooth, save a very small portion, was converted into osteodentine. In quite old worn-down teeth bony tissue alone remained, or only with diffi- culty could traces of dentine tubuli be recognised. . It is evident, then, that as the bases of the teeth in this genus increase in size,’ it is due to substitution of true osseous tissue for dentine, and that, associated with this, there is a gradual outward forcing of the teeth which leads to the complete dis- appearance in the adult of the elements of the tooth originally exposed above the gum, the place of which is taken by a tooth of bone, the product of a growing osseous base, and many times larger than the original tooth which was composed of all the structures that enter into the formation of Mammalian teeth generally. The bases of the teeth of Globicephalus deductor appear also to undergo a considerable change in size from youth to age, and probably other Cetaceans will be found to illustrate similar changes. Pharynx.—In the half-grown individual, the pharynx is defined behind the epiglottis by the presence of a more or less continuous transverse fold, the folds behind it being longitudinal; but no such separation between cesophagus and pharynx occurs in the adult, in which it is thrown into longitudinal folds continuous with those of the fauces, but much feebler, and prolonged into the cesophagus. In the semi-adult animal the pharynx has a transverse capacity of 2°50 inches, while in an adult it measures 5 inches in the same direction. The openings of racemose glands - are numerous on the floor of the cavity and at the base of the epiglottis, but they are all but absent on its sides and roof. The tube of the larynx has been twisted to the left side in all the individuals I have examined, and been firmly grasped by the sphincter of the posterior nares into which the tube is generally found projecting. In the foetus it is also found occupying a similar position, and has the same sinistral asymmetry which is extended to the tongue in the adult as well as inthe young ; this organ being more or less tilted up to the left side, so that the straight course to the cesophagus passes the right side of the epiglottis, which is doubtless the course followed by the food in the act of swallowing. ' Owen, Odont., p. 352. 440 CETACEA. (Esophagus.—This is 1 foot in length, and 3°75 inches in breadth at the base of the epiglottis; 6 inches behind this, it contracts to 2°50 inches, dilating again at the orifice of the stomach to 3 inches. It is capable of great distension. The muscles consist of two layers. Posteriorly, the first or external layer passes from within outwards, the fibres in the middle being longitudinal, or nearly so; the lateral fibres are oblique, winding round the side of the tube to the ventral aspect, and are so crowded together at the side, that they produce the appearance as if this portion of the tube were provided with a special muscle. They terminate in a longitudinal line corresponding to the side of the trachea. Some of the external oblique fibres give off long loops which run across the cesophageal wall, in some cases at right angles. The second or internal layer on the posterior aspect is transverse, and appears to be continuous at the lower end of the cesophagus, with the obliquely transverse thin layers of the interval between the tracheal margins. Microscopic structure.—The mucous membrane of the cesophagus near its lower end is of considerable thickness, and the papillee are long and filiform ; the epithelial cells being large and polygonal. I have not been able to detect any glands besides the ordinary mucous glands, which are most numerous near the anterior end of the tube. Relations of stomach in the adult.—The left division of the stomach is almost wholly hidden by the liver, and lies slightly posterior to the right sac. When in- flated, it is placed rather obliquely across the abdominal cavity in an antero-posterior direction, with its apex directed downwards to the right side, many inches anterior to its esophageal orifice, which latter is slightly dorsally placed to the opening between the two stomachs. The right division lies obliquely across the abdomen hidden by the liver, except along its lower margin, which describes a curve of nearly half a circle. It rests on the left half of the first sac, and its apex is directed down- wards to the right side, tending backwards and slightly upwards and then backwards, downwards and outwards to the left, to its junction with the third cavity. This latter lies behind, and is nearly covered by it. The cesophageal orifice is opposite the sixth rib, 7 inches from its distal extremity, and its apex is opposite and distant 2 inches from the distal end of the eighth rib. With the specimen placed on its back, this section of the stomach (second cavity) reaches the sternal attachment of the second rib, and, when fully inflated, it rises from 2°50 to 3 inches above the level of the cesophageal orifice. The third sac lies posterior to the second, and passes to the left nearly as far as the mesial line, where it is continuous with the duodenum which runs downwards and slightly to the left on a line with the lower margin of the mass of the stomach and posterior to the intestines. Relations of stomach in the foetus—The mass of the stomach lies to the left of the mesial line of the body, and the second or right cavity hides the left, which lies behind it. The apex of the first cavity is directed backwards, so that the sac is almost transverse to the longitudinal axis of the abdomen. The second sac occupies the greater part of the left half of the abdominal cavity, but extends sli ghtly to the right of it. Its apex is bent upon itself, passing backwards and downwards to the PLATANISTA. 441. left. The third cavity and duodenum pass to the left side behind the whole mass of the small intestine, where the jejunum rests at the left side on the large intestine, when it again bends abruptly round to the right side. The head of the large intestine abuts against the inferior wall of the second stomachic cavity on the left side, and the greatly enlarged ceecum lies below and in contact with the stomach transverse to the abdominal cavity ; its apex resting against the umbilical vein, and its body being buried among the coils of the small intestine. The large intestine, which is quite as capacious a tube as the small gut, has a general upward direction from right to left. In this foetus, which is very near its full time, there is no trace of a transverse colon; indeed, the head of the large intestine is only in contact with the inferior wall of the left cavity of the stomach; the whole of the tube being as yet restricted to the left side of the body. The sigmoid flexure rests against the lower half of the inner wall of the left kidney, and is nearly concealed by the uterus. Stomach.—This organ conforms to the general type in Cetacea. It consists chiefly of two large sacs, placed side by side, opening into each other by a common orifice at the termination of the cesophagus. ‘The first or left cavity is perfectly simple, but the second presents a sacculation in the right wall of its fundus; this leads into a short narrow passage or channel which conducts to the third cavity, this latter being about one-eighth the capacity of the others. First cavity.—This (Pl. XXYV, fig. 1, I) must be regarded as simply a dilatation of the ceesophagus. It is slightly elongated, and more bulging on its left than on its right margin, with its anterior wall convex from before backwards. The cesophageal orifice is marked in some conditions by a series of strong folds which radiate down- wards and outwards along the inner aspect of the walls of the sac, and assist in closing the orifice when it is contracted. The walls are very strong and muscular, and thicker than those of the second stomach, from which they also differ in struc- ture. They have the palish-yellow tint of the cesophagus, while those of the right cavity are pinkish-grey. Besides the folds already described, the walls in some instances are covered, at tolerably regular intervals, by an extensive series of trans- verse grooves, which, separating the foregoing folds, divide the inner aspect of this cavity into numerous rounded oblong areas, and produce an appearance resembling the convolutions of a mammalian brain, an effect which is heightened by the circumstance that many of the transverse grooves are not continuous throughout their length. The latter only appear about two inches below the cesophageal open- ing, so that there is a broad area around it, marked only by longitudinal folds. In one adult stomach examined, a perfect cast of the imner surface of this cavity was noticed in the process of being thrown off as a layer of mucous membrane, about 0:02 inch thick, and rough to the touch. In this state it had a pale-yellowish colour, and the folds were divided crosswise, so that the membrane had a tessellated charac- ter, consisting of little raised oblongs, about half an inch broad and an inch long. From the relative position of the two cavities already noticed, the common opening between them looks obliquely from left to right, the right margin of the H3 44.2 CETACEA. opening being more dorsal than theleft. The opening has a crescentic lower border, the concavity of which looks up the cesophagus, and at the opening a portion of the mucous membrane of each cavity is opposed to that of its fellow. The common orifice has a capacity, in an individual about 6 feet long, of about 2 inches in breadth, when moderately distended. The two cavities are united to each other only immediately below the common opening, and in the individual already men- tioned the attachment is 1°60 inch in one direction and 1:50 in another. Microscopie characters of the membrane of the first cavity —aA portion of the adult stomach, in which a layer of the mucous membrane was peeling off, showed this, under a low power of the microscope, as divided into two parts by a dark line corresponding to the line of desquamation, although the two were still connected together. The external there appears much more dense than the internal layer, and the former is of a uniform consistence, giving no indications of separation into thinner layers. It must be borne in mind that this desquamation of a surface layer of this cavity cannot be regarded as a post mortem phenomenon, for in the specimen in question the stomach was removed as soon as the animal died; even by that time the limit of effete mucosa had been already indicated at those points where the tissue had not become separated. The same condition I have observed in more stomachs than one. This natural shedding of a superficial layer of the membrane of this first gastric cavity receives elucidation on a further study of the constituents of the entire wall of the organ being made. Consult Pl. XXXVI, figs. 12 and 18, and compare fig. 14 of a corresponding piece of the same gastric cavity of Orcella, already described. In that of Platanista under a low magnifying power (Fig. 12), the epithelial layers, desquamative and subjacent, are but of moderate thickness, relative to that of the entire wall of the stomach. The body of the connective and vascular tissue beneath these is on the contrary very thick, while the muscular and serous coats are of medium thickness. Under a much higher power, and thus greatly enlarged (Fig. 13) the characteristic features are easily resolved. The free internal surface is composed of a stratified mass of horny epithelial scales (ep) in different stages of development. Layer after layer of these then must be given off as digestion proceeds, and the phenomenon of desquamation above mentioned must be, as inferred, a natural process of constant occurrence. The second layer in close continuity with the first is analogous to the columnar cell-layer already described as existing in the first gastric cavity of Orcella (Fig. 14, eg). It is, indeed, only a continuation downwards of the epithelium, the cells assuming less of a horizontal, and more of a vertical, position. In Platanista, moreover, as contradistinguished to Orcella, the descending columns are far shorter, broader, and club-shaped. In fact, the columno-epithelial double layers of the former genus altogether are little more than half the depth of the latter. This coat of the first stomach in both animals may aptly be compared to the cuticular layer of the skin, the deeply placed prolongations being nothing more or less than a mucous or Mal- pighian layer. They are not, in any sense, true gastric secreting follicles, as in the PLATANISTA. 443 ordinary mammalian digestive stomach, for they are solid compact masses of cells without exterior orifice, apparently do not secrete gastric juice, and only develope cylindrical epithelial cells, which latter are modified in figure, &c., as they rise to the surface. In some respects they may be regarded in the light of mucous glands, the stratum homologically being equivalent to the gastric or peptic glands of the mam- malian stomach generally. It would thus appear the latter sort are absent in this first gastric cavity, and instead, mucous glands, such as are found in quantity in the cardiac area of the stomach of the horse, alone are present. This condition of things recalls the coats of the gizzard of birds, where in some forms not only is there a thin partial desquamation of the superficial cells, but the entire horny layer is periodically shed and renewed.' The submucous or alveolar layer (Fig. 13, ¢) of this first cavity in Platanista is, as usual, composed throughout of connective tissue, scattered through which are spindle-shaped cells, and blood vessels and capillaries in quantity. The muscular layer (Fig. 18, m), in vertical section, presents fibres cut crosswise and lengthwise, corresponding therefore to the different direction of the fleshy bundles, and the fibro-serous layer (fs ) is unusually thick. Second or right cavity —(Pl. XX VI, fig. 1, II.)—This is irregularly pyriform, the stalk of the pear-like figure being the cesophagus, the body being bent to the left side so that the right is much rounded and more extensive than the left, deeply concave margin. It does not reach to so low a level as the first cavity, than which it is less capacious. Its walls are not so firm as those of the left cavity, nor so thick, neither have I ever observed it to become similar to that of the cesophagus, however great may be the changes which the mucous membrane may undergo, for it is always more or less rugose. It is found generally thrown into very deep folds and is densely covered with fine rugee, but nearly all the former are permanent, whilst the latter are transitory. Corresponding to the most concave portion of the left wall of the second cavity, a permanent fold is found encircling the inside of the sac obliquely from left to right, and below it there is a short strong crescentic fold stretching from the an- terior on to and along the posterior wall, till on a level with the lower border of the cavity. The free margin of this almost valvular fold is directed ventrally and to the right side. A short way behind it, another and shorter fold stretches in the opposite direction from the posterior on to the anterior wall, and has its free margin directed dorsally and to the left side. These two folds are occasionally so strongly marked that they almost divide the apex or fundus of the second cavity into two dis- tinct chambers, but, as they are not continuous around its walls, the division is very imperfect. In other states, although the folds are present, there is no appearance of division of this cavity into separate chambers. Tn an active stomach the whole of the inner surface of the second cavity presents a uniform structure and character throughout its whole extent. observed land tortoises referable to Z. platynota, Blyth, which have distinct nodes on the upper surface of the shell, but at the same time not to the marked extent that occurs in the majority of examples referable to 7. actinodes, although there are examples of the latter quite as little Pelee at the nodes as the most nodular specimens of T. platynota. Dr. Gray has remarked that the leading character of this species is to be found in the smooth plastron, but I have observed the sternum of 7. actinodes not unfrequently perfectly smooth. Theobald, who was inclined to regard it as a local race of TZ. actinodes (T. elegans), states that it is uniformly larger than the Indian species, but I have examples of 7’. actinodes as large as it. Tortoises have such a capacity of growth, that difference in size, unless very marked, is of little significance as regards species. Young male.—Shell elongated ; sides at middle almost straight, highly arched ; moderately flat above over the vertebrals. No reversion of the posterior marginals as in T. actinodes. Plastron concave; nuchal absent. The front vertebral shield is shorter and broader than in 7. actinodes, whereas the second, third and fourth vertebrals are broader, and the caudal plate is broader and much less pointed than in J. actinodes. The gulars are small and very slightly divergent, and the external margin of the postgulars is less bulging: the pectorals appear to be somewhat relatively narrower. The areole of the preanals do not project as in T. actinodes. The anal notch is much the same as in 7. actinodes. The tail is ae with a small claw at its extremity. The female has a slightly concave plastron, and her shell is not so elongated as in the male, and is more roundedly arched from side to side, and there is a slight expansion at the posterior marginals. The tail is short, with a smaller claw than in the male. 8 4 714 REPTILIA. In both male and female, the areolar nodosities are well indicated, but in the costals, the areole do not rise up into eminences embracing the rest of the plate, as generally occurs in T. actinodes, and on the under surface the areole are not perceptible, but as this sometimes occurs in Ceylon land tortoises referable to T. actinodes, or to a variety of that species, much importance cannot be attached to this character. The head has much the general form as in Z. actinodes, and the jaws are crenated in the same way and with three feeble teeth not so marked as in T. elongata. The feet are smaller than in 7. elongata, ‘and are about the same relative size as in 7. actinodes, but the fore limb is covered with fewer and more rounded scales. In 7. actinodes many of the larger scales are leaf-shaped, while in 7. platynota they are all rounded.’ The rounded scales on the soles of 7. platy- nota are larger than in 7’. actinodes, but the heel wants the sharp scales that mark it in TZ. actinodes. The nails of the fore feet of Z. platynota are shorter and broader than in 7. actinodes, while those on the hind feet of the latter are scarcely so large and broad. The large conical scales, on the posterior portion of the thigh, are very much smaller than in 7. actinodes, and not at all prominent as in that species. The head is covered generally by a large vertical plate and by two pairs of large plates in front of it, one before the other, separated in the mesial line by a small intercalated plate, but the upper surface of the head of 7. actinodes is covered rather irregularly with largish plates, and the tympanum is smaller than in the latter species. 6 Q 7 ; Inches. Inches. Length of carapace, straight line : . ; ‘ : . : ‘ : a 10°20 » of plastron 3 A . ; : : : . . . : ; ‘ 6:20 8°60 Axillary breadth : ‘ j ‘ , s 4 : 3 : é 5 ‘ 3:08 4:10 Inguinal $e s ‘ : : ‘ : 3 : ‘ ‘i . ; 3°33 510 Greatest breadth over curve . . F * é ; A a . F ‘ ‘ 8:50 12°60 Depth through shell ‘ : 3 ; : : . : 3 : : : d 3°40 4°80 Vent to tip of tail : . ° . 5 ‘ : 2 2 : . , i. 1:80 1:20 The skull is shorter and broader than the skull of 7. actinodes, and anteriorly there is greater breadth between the inner margin of the alveolar plates of the skull than in 7’. actinodes, and hence the alveolar plates are more narrowed ante- riorly. The vomerine ridge is prolonged further backward in the skull of 7. platy- nota, and the pterygoid region is not so concave as in J. actinodes, and is trans- versely narrower. The tympanic orifice is smaller, and the squamous region is not so deep as in J. actinodes, and the basi-occipital region is considerably broader in J. platynota compared with 7. actinodes. The supra-ocular region of the skull is broad as in the last mentioned species, but shorter and not so produced forwards over the nostrils. The temporal fossa, at its greatest breadth, is considerably broader than in T. actinodes. The symphysis of the lower jaw is narrower than in the : ‘ ; : : In Ceylon examples of 2. actinodes, the scales are round in young animals. CHELONIA. 715 latter, and the lateral indications of a tooth are less marked, and the alveolar furrow is not so broad. As in 7. actinodes, the dorsal portion of the vertebral column is much com- pressed as contrasted with 7. elongata, and more removed from the neural plates. The sacral vertebree are two in number; and all the caudal vertebrae (22 in number) to the extremity of the tail, bear caudal ribs perfectly distinct from the vertebre. In the first caudal, the rib nearly touches the pelvis, but in the second the rib is suddenly smaller, and still more so in the third, but in the fourth there is a sudden increase in size, and the ribs increase in length to the eighth, after which they gra- dually decrease in size. The individual elements of the manus and pes are feeble compared with those of TZ. elongata. The sternum presents the same type as the sternum of J. actinodes, hav- ing a comparatively narrow xiphiplastron compared with 7. elongata ; and the form of the entoplastron agrees with that of J. actinodes, but is smaller and not so quadrangular as in 7’. elongata. The eyes have the sclerotic bones so prevalent in the land tortoises and Hmydes. The colour of the shell is variable. In the types it is covered with broad yellow lines radiating from the yellow areole, with intervening dark-brown areas, as in T. actinodes, but much broader than in that species, only three arising from each side of the second and third vertebrals, and all being directed outwards ; the antero-posterior lines from the anterior and posterior margins of these areole and from the anterior border of the fourth areola being absent, and the interspace in the mesial line between these vertebral plates being a transversely lozenge-shaped brown figure. Four yellow lines diverge from the posterior border of the areola of the fourth vertebral, two from the anterior aspect of the fifth, and six from its posterior border. Two lines proceed from the sides of the first vertebral areola and join the two most anterior yellow lines from the second vertebral, and two lateral yellow lines pass out from the sides of the first vertebral areola. The areole of the costals are connected above by a longitudinal yellow line joined at its middle by the mesial lateral yellow line of the vertebrals, and three to four divergent yellow lines pass down from the costal areolee to the marginals, from the areolze of which two yellow lines are upwardly divergent; but there are no other transverse lines as in T. actinodes, and the area between the downwardly divergent lines is dark-brown in its upper half and yellow in its lower half. This coloration, which is very regular and distinct in the types, is much obscured in some individuals which are yellow, with brown radiating lines, the general colour of the shell being yellowish. The absence of yellow lines between the vertebrals in the mesial line, and the dark-brown character of that area, and the brown and yellow area between the costal areolee and the downward lines, are the character- istic colour-features of this species. The under surface of the sternum in these yellowish individuals is yellow, with only some brown patches along the margins of the shields. I have never seen the plastron of a brightly coloured individual. 716 REPTILIA. The head and limbs are dull brownish-yellow, the naked skin about the nostrils is bluish. The scales on the limbs are bright yellow, also the claws. The iris is pinkish-brown and the tympanum brownish. The egg is a largish oval with rather rounded ends, and measures 2"10 in length by 1°50 in breadth. The eggs are deposited in the end of February, but if oftener than once a year, I cannot say. An ege of Testudo actinodes from Cutch, also laid in the month of February, is more rounded than the egg of 7. platynota, and smaller, measuring 180 by 1’-40 broad. This species is generally distributed over Upper Burma, and I observed the shells used, even at Momien, in the oil-shops; it occurs also in the hilly region about Akyab. Family —ZMY DID. Genus GEOEMYDA, Gray. Dr. Gray, in his Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles, &c., published in 1844," founded the genus Geoemyda, distinguishing it from Himys by the following com- parative statement: Geoemyda.—Head covered with a thin skin, toes 5, 4, free, short. Hmys.—Head covered with a thin hard skin, toes 5, 4, webbed.? He gave it rank as the first genus in the family Hinydide. The first species mentioned under Geoemyda was the South African Emyde, Fimys spengleri, Schweigger,®? and associated with it was another form from Sumatra, Hmys speciosa, Bell,* (Duméril and Bibron,’) with which Dr. Gray was disposed at that time to identify the Testudo emys, Mill. and Schleg.® In the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles published in 1855,’ we find the genus Manouria established on two shells from Penang collected by Dr. Cantor, who had identified them with mys speciosa, doubtless misled by Dr. Gray having referred to Hmys speciosa, Bell, the tortoise described by Miler and Schlegel as Testudo emys, the figure of which, like Dr. Gray’s figure of Manouria fusca, showed that the pectoral plates were far apart in these specimens collected by Cantor. Although Dr. Gray’s figure of Wanouria fusca corresponded with Miiller and Schlegel’s plate, yet no reference was made to it; the Testudo emys, M. and §., still appearing as a synonym of Geoemyda speciosa. In the work under revision, the latter species was separated from Hmys spengleri, and was then the sole represent- ative of the genus Geoemyda, from which the doubtful species Hmys spengleri was separated under the new generic term Nicoria, as Dr. Gray had ascertained that its toes were united by a scaly web, but to the species Nicoria spengleri were referred Emydes from China and Africa. lle, p. 14. 21.¢., p. 13. * Walb. Schrif. d. Berl. Gestellsch. Nat., Fr. B., 6, p. 122, tab. 3, 4 Testudinata, pt. i, pl. v. 5 Erpét. Génl., vol. ii, 1835, p. 327. ° Verhandl. Rept., pl. iv. “Le, p. 16. CHELONTA. "17 In the Supplement to the foregoing work! the characters of Geoemyda were altered, and the toes were stated to be short, expanded, strong, united to the claws or slightly webbed; and the important observation was made that the zygomatic arch was absent. ‘Two other species were referred to the genus, one described by Dr. Gray from Cambodja under the name of Geoemyda grandis, and a species from Central India, G. tricarinata, Blyth. In the Appendix to the same work? we at last find the Testudo emys, M. and §., referred to as synonymous with Manouria fusca, and this name changed to Manouria emys ; and it is also stated that the animal had been erroneously confounded with Geoemyda speciosa, Dr. Giinther having been the author who first corrected the error into which Dr. Gray had fallen in describing the Testudo emys, Mill. and Schleg., under the new specific name fusca. Dr. Ginther, in his Reptiles of British India,’ in his definition of the genus, mentions that the toes are very distinct and the hind toes moderately webbed, and that the two species, G. spinosa and G@. grandis, appear to be intermediate forms be- tween Testudo and Emys. He also referred to G. tricarinata, Blyth, but apparently with doubt regarding its generic position. Theobald, in his Catalogue of Reptiles,* and in his Account of the Reptiles of Pegu,° separated the four genera, Manouria, Geoemyda, Cuora, and Cyclemys, from the Hmydide under the family name of Geoemydide, considering them as Emydide (and therefore properly as a tribe of that family,) characterized by a concave sternum in the male, which he considered indicated more terrestrial habits. than the typical Emydide which he distinguished from the Geoemydide by the males having a flat sternum. Such a character, however, seems not of sufficient importance to con- stitute a family, more especially as there can be no doubt but that the sternum of certain species of true Emydes is more or less concave. These remarks apply to Geoemyda, which has all the osteological and internal anatomy of an Emyde, whereas the so-called genus Manouria is structurally distinct from these two forms. Theobald’ has described under the name of Chaibassia a new sub-genus, of the habit of Geoemyda, taking as his type the Geoemyda tricarinata, Blyth,’ already mentioned, distinguishing the new sub-genus by its complete zygomatic arch. The type of G. tricarinata, Blyth, was from Chybassa, in the District of Singhbhum, Chota Nagpur, Bengal, but when Theobald described his new sub-genus, he had before him, besides one of Blyth’s types, three living tortoises which he identified with G. tricarinata, and which he stated were from the Naga Hills. I am, how- ever, informed by Lieutenant-Colonel Godwin-Austen, who collected these speci- mens, that they did not come from the Naga Hills, but were from the Bishnath 1]ic., p. 25. 2 Lo, p. 7. 31.¢., p. 18. 4 Journ. As, Soc., ex. No., vol. xxxvii, pt. ii, 1868, p. 9. 5 Journ. Linn. Soe., vol. x, 1868, p. 10. ® Descr. Cat. Rept. of India, p. 6, 1876. 7 Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxiv, 1855, p. 6. 718 : REPTILIA. Plain, near Tezpur, in Assam, close to the Brahmaputra; but any way, the generic term Chaibassia selected by Theobald is an unfortunate one. Theobald referred this new sub-genus and Geoemyda to the family Testudi- nide, from which, however, their structure markedly separates them; the structure of Geoemyda, also that of Chaibassia, being essentially that of an Emyde. An inspection of the specimens from the Bishnath Plain in Assam, and a com- parison of them with Blyth’s types of @. tricarinata, conclusively prove that the two are perfectly distinct species, but generically identical.’ In 1875, I described a tortoise from Arracan, which I referred to the Genus Geoemyda and named G. depressa.” Mr. Theobald afterwards® re-described the same species under the name of Geoemyda arakana, from specimens in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. I propose now to consider wherein these species of Geoemyda differ from one another and from Emys, to which they are closely allied, and what the characters are of Chaibassia. I regret that I have no example of G. spinosa to compare with these forms. 1 The animals from the Bishnath Plain are distinguished from Chaibassia tricarinata, Blyth, by the very much larger and anteriorly broader first vertebral, the lateral margins of which are widely anteriorly divergent, the posterior border straight and equalling one-half the breadth of the anterior border: the fourth and fifth vertebrals are not so large as in C. tricarinata. In the latter, the gulars are triangular, while, in the Assam species, the external lateral margins of the gulars are rounded. The anal plates of C. tricarinata are decidedly larger than in the Bishnath species, in which the anal notch is smaller. The form of the shells of the two species is practically the same, viz,, elongately oval, relatively highly arched, downwardly shelving at the sides, and very slightly broader posteriorly than anteriorly. The female is somewhat contracted in the Assam form at the fifth, sixth and seventh marginals, with no reversion of the marginals, which are very feebly denticulated. A nuchal plate in both species, and three raised ridges, the vertebral the longest, involving all the vertebral plates ; the lateral ridge on the costals more feeble. The colour of the Assam shell is black above, almost orange-yellow on the under surface ; the dorsal ridges, and the under surface and the margins of the shell bright yellow. The head black, with a broad reddish band from above each nostril, increasing in breadth as it passes over the eye and over the tympanum, where it ceases; a narrow similar band below the angle of the mouth, along the inferior margin of the lower jaw. Skin of throat and neck pale blackish-brown, also the granulated skin of the limbs, hind quarters and tail. Fore-limb, below the elbow, covered externally with large black scales ; a few large black scales also behind the outer side of the wrist ; no large scales on outer surface of hind limb, except at the outer margin of the foot, and on the hinder half of the sole; toes free; hind foot rather club-shaped; claws large, sharp and black. The colours of C. tricarinata ave unknown. The head of the Assam form is more pointed than in C. tricarinata, and the facial portion longer. These characters are pronounced in the skull, and the frontal region is much longer and narrower than the corresponding region in ©. tricarinata, and the palatine, but more especially the pterygoid “region, is distinguished from the latter by its great breadth. The following are the measurements of the two sexes, from which it would appear, as both are adults, that the male is the smaller of the two :— Measurements of C. theobaldi. Male. Female. Inches, I 5 Total length of carapace. 3 ‘ : . : : . . - . 5-12 ore nee of plastron - 3 . . 4 dj z y * x 3 415 5°30 Axillary breadth ‘ 2 ~ < . . . . a . a = 2°15 2°70 Inguinal ,, . ‘ . i $ . . f e . é P 2°20 2°70 Greatest breadth across back iH ‘ . . . : . . e 615 6°50 Depth through shell ; ; 215 2°90 I have much pleasure in connecting Mr. Theobald’s name with this species. * Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., vol. xvi, p. 284, Oct., 1875 ; no proof of this paper having been sent me to correct, it is full of blunders. 3 Deser. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind., Calcutta, 1876, Errata et add., p. vii. CHELONIA. 7 "19 The only difference between the shells of G. grandis and Emys trijuga is this, that the shell of the former is perhaps slightly more elongated, and that each osseous marginal plate is notched at the middle of its free border, and the xiphiplastron is somewhat larger than in Hmys trijuga. The skull, while conforming to the general characters of the posterior nares, palate, alveolar ledge of the maxilla, open palatine foramen and broad pterygoid region of Emmys, is, at the same time, a shorter and broader skull destitute of a quadrato-jugal, with a very broad frontal and nasal surface. The shell of Geoemyda depressa presents the same characters as G. grandis, only, as its specific name implies, it is considerably depressed from above downwards. The vertebral column, however, is much more flattened than in G. grandis, in which the individual segments are much laterally compressed as in the small radiated land tortoises, and Hmys in the form of its vertebree is intermediate between G. depressa and G. grandis. The skull also of G. depressa, Pl. Ixxv®. figs. 1 to 5, in all its characters is a miniature representation of the skull of G. grandis, although it is specifically distinguishable from it in a few of its details. There is also no difference between the lower jaws of Geoemyda and Emys. The bones of the feet of G. gran- dis and of G. depressa have all the characters of the feet of Hmys, but the bones are relatively stronger, the 5th digit of the hind foot in Geoemyda and Emys being provided with only one phalanx beyond the metacarpal element. The form of the limb bones and of the carpal and tarsal constituents are the same in both, and their respective pelves conform to one type. The osteological differences therefore lie only in the skulls. The examination, however, of the skulls of many examples of Emydes shows that the quadrato-jugal bone is frequently very feebly developed, indeed so much so that it is apt to be overlooked, and if the muscular substance is roughly removed, the bone is liable to be detached with it. The jugal also, in some species, is reduced to a very thin rod. In both of these species, G. grandis and in G. depressa, the jugal is not strong, except in very old individuals. In C. tricarinata the shell has the elongated character of G. grandis, but the caudal is the only marginal element notched, and the vertebre are broad, as in G. depressa. The feet have much the same osteological features as in the fore- going species, but the 3rd and 4th toes of the fore foot, but especially the 5th, are feebler than in G. grandis, G. depressa, and in Emydes generally. The 5th toe of the hind foot has the same characters as in G. grandis, G. depressa, and Emys trijuga. The pelvis and other bones agree with Hmys and with these two species of Geoemyda. The skulls of C. tricarinata and C. theobaldi are intermediate between the skulls of G. grandis and G. depressa, and of such Emydes as L. trijuga, in which the zygomatic arch is not imperfect as stated by Gray. They have the same characters as regards the posterior nares, alveolar ledge, flattened area between the palatine foramina, and large palatine foramen, but the last is relatively smaller than in Einys tryuga. The fronto-nasal region of the skulls of C. tricarinata and C. theobaldi 720 REPTILIA. conforms more to the Hmys type than to that of Geoemyda, and the skulls, in the presence of a quadrato-jugal, agree with Himys. There is nothing in the features of the internal anatomy of these forms that would entitle us to separate them from the Emydes. They are all provided with cloacal bladders, but to a varying degree. In G. grandis the bladders are very large, and the whole of their inner surfaces are covered with dendritic papille. In G. depressa they are small, and also in (. theobaldi, but I am unable to speak of these structures in C. tricarinata, having never had the opportunity to examine a fresh example of that species. In the genus Hmys they are large and generally smooth. The presence of cloacal bladders indicates that all of these animals have one habit, and in this respect they must be regarded as belonging to the Hmydida, and the males, as in the Emydes, have a more or less concave sternum, but these structures are not present in the so-called genus Manouria nor in the Testudinide generally. In Geoemyda grandis the toes of the fore feet are webbed to the base of the claws, but not broadly so, and the hind toes are hardly perceptibly webbed, while in G. depressa the web, at the base of the toes, in the hind foot, is still more obscure. In Emys both feet are webbed, but the even partial webbing in these two forms referred to Geoemyda, serves to connect them with Eimys. In Chaibassia tricarinata the toes seem to have been in much the same con- dition as in C. theobaldi, in which no web can be said to exist. As there can hardly now be any doubt regarding the natural family to which these four species rightly belong, the question arises what value is to be attached to the absence in the skulls of G. grandis and G. depressa of a quadrato-jugal bone. Besides this feature, which separates the latter from the true Emydes, their skulls, although conforming in their alveolar palatine characters and large palatine foramina to the Emyde type, differ from it in the great breadth of the fronto-nasal region. But viewing their structure as a whole, they appear to me to be entitled to generic rank among the Hmydide. The Emyde which Mr. Theobald has placed in the new sub-genus Chaibassia subordinate to Geoemyda should, by the structure of its skull, be more properly considered as sub-generic to the genus Hmys, because its whole form above and below, its more elongated character generally, and the presence of a quadrato-jugal, show it to be closely allied to Hmys, indeed so much so, that, judging by the skull alone, one would not be justified in separating it generically from Emys. There is, however, a feature observable in Blyth’s type of C. tricarinata, and in another of the same species which I procured from Chota Nagpur, through the valued assistance of Colonel Dalton, C.S.I., which would seem to indicate a tendency in this form to diverge towards the members of the family Cistudinide. It is this, that the process from the hyposternal piece which springs upward and abuts against the first costal and third marginal plates, does not become firmly attached to the latter, but is movable on it, and this false joint involves apparently the side of the hyposternal, but does not extend forward to the hyosternal. This is observable in the male type of CHELONIA. 721 C. tricarinata, Blyth, and in a female of the same species from Chota Nagpur, and it is distinctly visible in the alcoholic female type of Chaibassia theobaldi, but no trace of it is visible in the male example in alcohol. Had this character been persistent in both sexes of C. theobaldi, I should not have had any hesitation in regarding Chaibassia as a distinct generic form, occupying a position intermediate between the box tortoises and the Emydes. It is an Emyde in all its other features, except its feet, which being unwebbed, and the hind foot rather club-shaped indicate an affinity towards the land tortoises, with which, however, it has no alliance by its skull, nor by its cloacal bladders, nor indeed by the characters of its visceral cavity and soft parts, which are also those of an Emyde. It must therefore remain with the Emydes, but it is entitled among them to generic rank on account of its divers affinities. It is interesting to observe that C. theobaldi in its shell and in the type of its colouring considerably resembles Cwora. It is also worthy of remark that although the transverse suture between the hyo- and hyposternal pieces is not mobile, it is yet very prominently seen through the epidermic plates. 4 GEOEMYDA DEPRESSA, Andr. Plates LV, LVI, and LXXV B, figs. 1 to 5. Geoemyda depressa, Andr., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. xvi, Oct. 1875, p. 284. Geoemyda arakana, Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 7. Shell elongated, much depressed, the depression increasing from before back- wards, the shell being somewhat expanded across the inguinal region; vertebral region (2 and 8) nearly flat. Anterior border broad and slightly concave ; posterior border, behind inguinal area, expanded, and with a strongly serrated margin ; vertebrals with a low ridge in adults. Interval between the first costal and anterior marginals concave, also the interval between the fourth costal and its marginals which are reverted. The sides of the middle of the shell, (second and third costals,) considerably convex ; anal notch moderately deep; nuchal and gulars well developed ; anterior border transverse. Shell above light brown, with a blackish tinge on the external border of the marginals. Sternum rather clear yellow, the interval between the axillary and inguinal notches deep black ; the outer halves of the pectoral and anal plates being Dlackish-brown, with a partial reticulation extending across the plates; the gulars, postgulars, and anals have also a tendency to be coarsely and irregularly reticulated with the same colour. Head of animal rather small; upper and lower jaws deep, and area below the nostrils slightly convex. Limbs large, especially the hind legs; claws strong and webs not well developed. The anterior aspect of the lower part of the fore leg covered with large imbricate scales, and smaller scales on the dorsum of the foot, a large scale being at the base of each claw. Hind limb covered with small scales, but with a line of enlarged scales along its posterior margin. Tail moderately long and covered with rounded scales. The neck-skin loose and covered with minute T4 722 REPTILIA, scales. Head, in life, leaden; iris brown; neck and skin of limbs pale yellowish- brown. Large scales on the limbs blackish, with brownish margins. Inches. Total length of carapace . : é : : : : 2 : - 9:00 sy of sternum . : . : : ; ‘ ‘ : . 810 Axillary breadth : : : : . : . : ; . . 5:90 Inguinal _,, < . : : : ‘ : : j : . 6°70 Breadth greatest over curve : : : . ; ; : : . 860 Depth through skull : : : : : ‘ ‘ ‘ : . 3:00 The only locality from whence I have obtained examples of this interesting species was the hilly region in the neighbourhood of Akyab in Arracan. Genus Emys, Cuvier. It is being gradually discovered as naturalists look to the structure of the ani- mals which have been referred to the genus Hmys, that it includes many forms which cannot be regarded as generically identical. So little, however, is yet known of the structure and real affinities of the animals comprising it, and of their relations to each other, that any attempt to group the animals into genera, based on present knowledge, must be essentially tentative. Dr. Gray, who has contributed much to our knowledge of the Chelonia, in describing the species in the British Mu- seum in 1855, referred 33 species to the genus Hmys; but in 1870, after a con- sideration of more ample materials, and chiefly of the skull characters, referred the 33 species to no less than 12 distinct genera, some of which are undoubtedly well marked generic types of structure, the features of which are especially pro- nounced in the modifications which take place in the skull, more particularly in the character of the fronto-nasal region, the zygomatic arch, and the alveolar surface of the jaws and palate. Such modifications are generally found extending to a number of species, but the differential features are occasionally masked by similar- ity in the outward form. On the other hand, species which by external appearance would be thought widely apart are found, on close examination and on reference to the internal structure of the shell and skull, to be very closely allied, e. g., the two sub-genera Morenia and Hardella among the Bataguride. These two sub- genera, however, are placed by Strauch widely apart, Morenita ocellata being grouped next to Pangshura smithi, and Hardella thurgi close to Emys trijuga, with which it has no more affinity than Morenita ocellata has with Pangshura smithi. The forms referred to Hmys, by Strauch, also present a remarkable diversity of structure, as is seen in the two species Pyxidea mouhotti and Cyclemys orbiculata, Bell, the latter of which possesses cloacal bladders and a broad palate like Geoemyda, whereas Pyxidea mouhotti has no cloacal bladders, and has a narrow palate like Limys, with a feeble zygomatic arch, a character which also occurs in the skull of Cyclemys, and in some of the North American forms referred to Cistudo. Dr. Gray referred’ the Emydide to three types of structure, the Geoemydina, Limy dina, and Belliana, the first typified by the genus G'eoemyda, the second by the 1 Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 25. CHELONTA. 723 genus Melanochelys, and the third by the genus Bellia. The first two of these, according to Gray, contained forms with imperfect, or perfect zygomatic arches. The first, he stated, had never webbed feet, the second had webbed feet, and the third tribe, Belliana, resembled the Hmydina. The only one genus, however, among the 15 genera referred to those tribes that possesses an imperfect zygomatic arch is the genus Geoemyda. Although Gray stated that Melanochelys had an im- perfect and weak zygomatic arch, this was an error, as the species Z. trijuga, on which the genus is founded, has been satisfactorily proved by my personal observ- ation of many skulls from Ceylon, Southern India, Madras, Central India, and Burma, to have a perfect zygomatic arch, so that the genera of the second and third groups are all distinguished by a perfect arch. It is doubtful whether several of the nine genera, referred to the Hmydina, may not have ultimately to be united with the genus Hmys, which I temporarily accept in the sense adopted by Gray, with the above correction. Emys triguaa, D. & B., var. burmana. Plate LVII & LVIIL. Emys tryuga, Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, p. 18, 1868 (pars). Limys edeniana, Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 12. Shell not so elongately oval as in Indian examples of the species, moderately high and broad, and broader in females than males, anterior margin slightly posteriorly concave. Lateral margin acutely revolute in the young, reduced to a ridge in nearly adult specimens. In the young slightly expanded at the eighth marginal, the posterior marginal shields being involute, more so in some than in others, and feebly in the adult. The posterior margin is slightly serrated in some young specimens and undulating in adults; caudal notch hardly developed. Three dorsal ridges, the vertebral ridge the most prominent; the costal areolar ridges very feebly developed, passing through the areole which have sometimes a tend- ency to nodosity, and not extending on to the last costal and scarcely on to the first, in which, however, the areole are well marked. The costal ridges nearly disappear with age, but the vertebral is always distinct, and most prominent on the three last, and on the first vertebral. The nuchal is narrow and almost linear broader behind than in front. The vertebrals are generally broader than long, the second and third being as long as broad. There are frequent exceptions to this, especially in the case of the first vertebral which is often much longer than broad, and in such cases the other vertebrals partake of its elongated character. All the verte- brals, with the exception of the first and last, are almost as broad in front as behind, and the costal margins of the second, third and fourth are all about one length, the anterior costal margin of each being more or less convex, and the posterior concave. The first vertebral is pentagonal, either broader than long, as long as broad, or con- siderably longer than broad. Its lateral margins are more or less concave in the middle, but divergent anteriorly. The posterior margin is transverse, notched for the vertebral ridge. The second vertebral is generally a little broader in front than 724 REPTILIA. behind, but in others it is of equal width at both ends. In the former case, the first costal margin is convex and the second sinuous or concave. The posterior margin is usually notched. The third shield resembles the second, but is usually a little shorter and broader. Both these shields, however, are subject to elongation. The fourth is almost invariably considerably broader than long, with the same costal margins as in the third, with its posterior margin equalling the third costal margin. The fifth is contracted near its anterior extremity, and the breadth of its anterior margin almost equals one-half of its length. It is generally in contact with a caudal and marginal, but sometimes with two of the latter. The sternum of the female is quite flat, but that of the male is very slightly concave. The inguinal exceeds the sternal breadth in both sexes. In the young, there is a slight lateral ridge, formed chiefly by the areole disappearing with age. The gulars are abruptly terminated, their anterior breadth nearly equalling the united length of the gulars and postgulars, these plates being of almost equal length, the gulars sometimes being the longest. The pectorals and abdominals are of equal length, their sutures having a backward direction, which is most marked in adults, especially in the abdominals. The pre-anals and anals are of equal length, the pre-ano-abdominal suture being concave from before backwards and the pre-ano-anal convex from behind forwards. The anal notch is widely triangular in adults, and deeply arched in young specimens. Measurements of shells. Q | 5 | 2 9 | 6 | 6 | 2 Length of carapace (callipers) . ‘ : -| 10750 | 9790 9°20 8:30 8:80 7°90 6:30 Greatest breadth over back . A 4 ‘ : 10°40 9°00 9°40 8°60 9:10 7:00 §:10 Length ofsternum . . . . . «| 940] 8-40 8:40 7-70 8°30 6:90 5°60 Breadth at axilla ‘ 3 : . : 2 460 4:30 4°30 3:90 4,00 3°50 2:10 Breadth at inguinal notch . . 3 ‘ F 4/90 4°90 460 4:80 420 3°62 3°00 Depth through third vertebral. Y ¥ 3°80 3°50 3°70 3°40 3°50 4:10 2°30 The snout is moderately long, triangular above, and rather pointed, the breadth between the anterior angles of the eyes exceeding its length. The breadth at the angle of the jaws, below the tympanum, equals the distance from the tip of the snout to the posterior margin of the tympanum. The breadth between the posterior angles of the eyes is a little in excess of the distance from the tip of the snout to the posterior canthus of the eye, measured along the side of the face. The height of the muzzle, measured from the bottom of the premaxillary notch to its upper border, equals the interval between its tip and the anterior angle of the eye. The maxillary plate is acutely notched in front with a well-marked denticulation on either side of it; the maxillary margin is curved and not serrated. The sides of the face are nearly vertical, and the eye is moderately large and about the size of the tympanum. The upper surface of the head is covered with a smooth skin, but there are a few small plates behind the eye and above the tympanum, and a granular area between the CHELONTIA. 725 eye and the angle of the mouth and the tympanum, the latter being covered with smooth skin. The skin of the neck is granular, and there are a few whitish papille on the mental region and about the orifices of the chin glands. The scales on the lower half of the leg are arranged the same as in Indian examples, but they are narrower and more transverse and not quite so numerous. Those along the inner margin of the limb are also considerably longer than in the Indian form, the scales not gradually but suddenly decreasing as they reach that border. The upper surface of the foot of the female is also more covered by smaller scales than in specimens from the Madras Coast. The toes are short and broad and nearly fully webbed, and they are covered above with four large transverse scales. A row of seven large scales along the outer margin of the limb and a transverse row of four very large scales on the posterior aspect about the carpal joint with an imperfect smaller row above it, as in the Madras form. Occasionally, a series of enlarged scales on the knee. Five large scales along the inner border of the tibia. Upper surface of hind leg granular, with smaller and more numerous granules than in the Indian form. A series of enlarged scales over the 5th toe and four enlarged scales over each of the other toes. A few enlarged scales on the inner margin of the heel, and the sole covered with moderately sized flat scales. A small plate at the base of each claw on the fore and hind feet. Claws 5, 4, moderately long and curved. Tail of male longer than that of female, covered below, behind the vent, with a double row of small scales. The rest of the skin above and below granular, the granules above generally capped by minute black horny spines, the others usually terminating in white papille. The colour of the adult shellis deep black, darker than in the Madras form, with a yellowish-horny narrow interrupted line along the margin of the sternum, but in the young the shell has a brownish tinge on the dorsal ridges and along the outer margins of the costals, with a rather better-defined yellow margin to the sternum, and with a few dull yellowish patches on the under surface of the pre- axillary and post-inguinal marginals. The head of the male above is nearly uniform brown, darkest on the upper surface over the nose, and is destitute of any markings. The horny plates of the jaws in the male are leaden-grey, with a vertical black streak between the notch and the nostrils, which are in a black area; the margin of the jaw is blackish, and there is an obscure pale elongated spot on the side of the mandible, below the anterior angle of the eye. In some females, the upper surface of the head is reticulated with olive-brown and orange-yellow. The tip of the nose is deep blackish-brown, and behind this, to the commencement of the parieto-occipital crest the middle is occupied with much finer and more obscure reticulations than those above the eye and on the temporal region. The maxillary and mandibular plates are reticulated with pale greenish-horny and orange-yellow, and the former has the dark vertical premaxillary streak of the male, and the dark lower margins. An orange spot on the mandible below the angle of the mouth, leading interruptedly to the tympanum. The skin of the neck is grey; the fine granular scales of the upper surface black, those of the under surface being the same colour as the skin, 726 REPTILIA. In the female, these parts have an olive tinge, especially on the chin and throat, and the former is spotted with orange. The skin of the axillary region, and the base of the neck and the inner surface of the limbs, and the corresponding part of the hind limbs and hind quarters are pale greyish in the male, with a decided yellowish tinge in the female; the scales on the lower division of the upper and under surface of the limbs of both sexes being wholly black. In the female, the insides of the limbs are yellowish, involving the large rows of scales that occur on these parts, which in the male are concolorous with the grey under surfaces. The claws are jet . black. The iris is dark brown, almost black. The skull differs somewhat from the skull of the Indian examples of the species in the stronger denticulation of the jaws, but this character is variable throughout the varieties. In other respects the skulls of all the varieties are, I find, specifically identical, after a careful consideration of them and an attempt to discover specific characters by which to separate them. Dr. Gray on two occasions figured skulls which he referred to this species. Of his first figure he remarked :—“ Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 676. CHELONIA. 731 skulls of such a species from Pegu, and he again correctly identified the three- streaked Burmese Batagur with B. trivittata, and directed attention to the skull of what he believed to be an adult female collected by himself in Pegu and which was at that time inthe British Museum. Mr. Theobald also stated that this female skull was very different from the skull of the male, which was a smaller and more finely coloured animal, and that he considered it probable that the skull of the female was the skull on which Dr. Gray had established the species B. trilineata. He was further under the impression that the K. peguensis of Gray had been founded on a skull (possibly aberrant) of either Tetraonyx lessoni or B. trivittata.: In 1870 Dr. Gray’ accepted Mr. Theobald’s term B. trivittata as the equiva- lent of his A. ¢trilineata, which he at that time acknowledged as his own, but he did not recognize the identity of the three-streaked Batagur of the Ivawady with the Emys trivittata of Duméril and Bibron, and described it under a term which had first been erroneously applied by himself under the impression that the term had originated with another naturalist.’ In the Supplement in which the Irawady three-streaked Batagur appears as KX. trilineata, Dr. Gray gave as the habitats of the species, Nepal and Pegu, and men- tioned that the Nepal specimen was the one figured originally under the name of Emys lineata, but which is undoubtedly B. lineata or K. lineata of page 56 of the same Supplement. Moreover, under K. fusca at page 56, a female from Nepal is mentioned, presented by Hodgson, and undoubtedly an example of K. lineata, as I have satisfied myself by actual examination of the specimen; the other speci- men of K. fusca having been obtained from Theobald, and, being a female, was doubtless regarded by him as the female of B. ¢rivittata. Dr. Gray, in deserib- ing K. trilineata, adopted Theobald’s conclusions regarding the differences that subsist between the sexes, and he stated that on re-examination he was inclined to regard the differences between the skulls as merely sexual, or individual. Dr. Gray, however, did not go so far as to include the term K. peguensis as a synonym of K. trilineata, and in speaking of the skull of B. peguensis he said that it might prove to be the skull of one of the species described in his Cata- Logue, thus conveying the impression that he did not regard the evidence of the specific identity of the skulls as conclusive. A comparison of the figures of the two skulls reproduced by Dr. Gray in his Supplement is sufficient to convince any one familiar with the variations that may occur in skulls, that the two forms are very closely allied, whatever explanation may be offered of the slight observable differences occurring between them. In the Appendix to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles, Dr. Gray correctly pointed out that Theobald was in error in suggesting that K. peguensis was possibly founded on a skull, probably aberrant, of Zetraony.x, as the skull of B. daska is at once distinguished from the skulls of all known 1 Theobald, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 676. 2 Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 54. - 3 I state these facts, as they are absolutely necessary to a clear understanding of the specific terms which have been apvlied to this form. 732 REPTILIA. Batagurs by the presence of two strong palatal ridges, the inner, however, being much smaller than the outer ridge. The female referred by Theobald to B. trivittata had no trace of black bands on the shell, which, instead of being greenish above, as in the male, and yellow below, was uniform brown, above and below. Now, in Batagur duvaucelli, which is a very nearly allied form, and the sexes of which are well known, and which has its shell with three black dorsal streaks, as in the males referred by Theobald to E. trivittata, there is no such difference in the colour of the shells of the two sexes, which are both black-streaked. There is this to be said, however, that these males referable to the species B. trivittata differ from the males of B. duvaucelli in attaining to a much greater size; the males of B. duvaucelli, as far as my observa- tions go, seldom exceeding 9 inches in length, whilst some females are 16 inches long; the largest male, B. trivittata, from the Irawady attained to 17°90. Be- sides these differences in size subsisting between the sexes of B. duvaucelli, there can be no doubt but that among some species, at least of Batagur, the male, as in birds, is a much more brilliantly coloured animal than the female, if not at all times, at least during the breeding season. This is the case in the species known as B. lineata, in which the head and neck of the male are brilliantly coloured, black, scarlet and yellow, and it also holds good in B. baska,in which the male has the area around the nostrils waxy-blue, the anterior portion of the head, behind this, deep black, followed by brilliant scarlet, extending over the neck even to the fore limbs. The male of B. lineata is a small animal compared with the female, but in B. baska there is no great disproportion between the sexes. In another sub-genus, (Hardella) there does not appear, as far as my experience goes, to be any difference in colour between the males and females of this very common river tortoise B. (Har- della) thurgi, but the largest female of it which I have measured was 19’°10 com- pared to 6°20, the length of an adult male; and a proportion between the sexes somewhat similar to this prevails among the so-called Pangshures, and a great dis- proportion also occurs between the sexes of the sub-genus Morenia, all of these forms presenting more or less one type of structure. In the Pangshures, in which the males are small, the lineation of the shell, if it occurs in one sex, is always pre- sent in the other, and in Hardella the shells of both sexes are more or less lineated, and, in Morenia, the shells of the males and females are alike ocellated. There are, however, such great differences between the colours of the soft parts of the sexes in such species as B. lineata, in which the head and neck are brilliantly streaked red and black, these parts in the female being dull olive, that the difference of colour sub- sisting between the males and females referred by Theobald to B. trivittata, even in view of the conformity of colouring in the male and female of B. duvaucelli and the other forms mentioned, should not have deterred me in unreservedly accepting Mr. Theobald’s conclusion regarding the specific identity of these males and females had there been a strong similarity in the form of the shells, and had I not received from the Ivawady a young male tortoise (PI. Ixiv), resembling the females in question, and to that degree that it may ultimately prove to be the male of the CHELONIA. 733 females referred to B. trivittata by Theobald, because its shell much more resem- bles the shells of the females than the shells of the black-striped males. Moreover, although a little younger than the male (PI. lxii), its characters are such that it seems highly improbable that it could ever attain to the characters presented by that species, and which is unquestionably B. trivittata, D. and B. Besides, I have obtained from the Irawady young females nearly of the size as this young male, and agreeing with it in every particular of shell form. These young females correspond in all essential particulars to the adult females considered by Theobald to be females of B. trivittata. Asthe young brown male cannot be reconciled as specifically identical with the black-banded males; and as moreover it does not exhibit any capacity whatever, ever to change by growth into the form and colour of the males of undoubted B. trivittata, it would appear that there are two species of Batagur in the Irawady closely allied by the characters of their vertebral plates and skulls, but differing from each other in the general form of their shells and in their coloration; the females of B. ¢rivittata, according to this view, being unknown, whilst both sexes of the other are known, the females constituting in part the species first described by Dr. Gray under the name of B. fusca. This latter term, however, is open to objection, as Dr. Gray included in it two species; there- fore, I propose to distinguish the species represented by these females and young male as B. travadica. However, I separate these tortoises specifically with some hesitation, because the skulls of the adult males and females referred by Theobald to B. érivittata are so alike to one another, and so resembled by the skull even of the uniformly coloured male, that I cannot seize on any cranial character which would separate them specifically, unless it be the greater upturning of the nasalsin the latter. Look- ing, however, at the young male (Pl. Ixiv) as a whole, and comparing it with the young male of B. trivittata, (PI. lxii), the external features are very different, viz., the shorter and relatively higher shell of the former, the inward projection of the second costal between the second and third vertebrals, the more serrated jaws, as in the female (Pl. Ixviii), and the uniformly brown shell compared with the green thrice black-banded shell of B. trivittata. The short rounded head and the spinous nodosities of the vertebrals are youthful characters. The shell of an adult male of B. trivittata, the sex of which was accurately determined by me, presents the following characters :— The shell is oval, somewhat expanded posteriorly, with slightly reverted mar- ginals. It is highly and roundedly arched anteriorly, and therefore deep, but the posterior half of the shell is somewhat depressed. The young male, however, figured (Pls. lxii and lxiii) is not so highly arched over the first and second vertebrals ; and the dorsal ridge, which is absent in the adult, is strongly marked. The plastron has the general form in the genus, and in the adult is devoid of the lateral ridge which exists in the young. In the full-grown male, the nuchal is large, triangular, broad posteriorly and narrow anteriorly, which is its general form. The first and second vertebrals are of equal breadth, with their lateral margins slightly sinuous, the shields 734 REPTILIA. being broader than long, and the second longer than broad, but only to a slight degree. In the young male (Pls. lxii and Isxiii), the posterior two-thirds of the lateral margins of the first vertebral are slightly convergent, and the remaining anterior third suddenly divergent. The third vertebral has the same breadth in its anterior half as the two shields anterior to it, but the sides of its posterior half are conver- gent, its posterior border being slightly concave. The anterior border is nearly straight, whereas the anterior border of the second shield is slightly convex. The breadth of the third vertebral exceeds its length about one and a half times. The fourth vertebral is considerably longer than broad, and its greatest breadth is attained at its middle, both its ends are of nearly the same breadth, and its anterior border is slightly convex, and its posterior border concave. The anterior border of the gulars is transverse, and the form of the combined shields is a broad triangular figure; their common suture equals one-half of the length of the preanals. The postgular suture with the pectorals is posteriorly convex, and the length of the postgular plates is considerably less than the length of the pectorals. ‘The pectoro-abdominal suture is also posteriorly convex, but not so much as in the previous suture. The abdominal plates equal the length of the preanals and one-half the length of the anals. The anals are about half the length of the abdominals. The anal notch is wide, but not deep. The lateral ridge in adolescents assumes the form of an elongated eminence on the side of the pectorals, and on the posterior ends of the abdominals. The portion of the head anterior to the eyes is slightly upturned, the naso- symphyseal line is moderately oblique and the head moderately broad. The margins of the jaws are denticulated. The limbs are well developed, and the hind feet rather broad and the toes are well webbed. Claws 5-4. The limbs sparsely covered, as in the species generally, by small isolated scales which become large along the outer margins of the limb and over the toes. The tail is long. The shell is pale dull greyish-green, strongly marked by three broad black bands tending to unite posteriorly. The vertebral band begins on the nuchal and extends on to the caudals; the lateral bands begin on the posterior portion of the first costal and generally unite behind with the vertebral band. Irregular black parallel streaks or spots occur on the fourth marginal backwards, paling and dimin- ishing posteriorly. The under surface of the plastron pinkish yellow, with greenish areas occupying the sides of each plate, separated by yellow intervals. Head of the animal rich green, with a yellowish tint along the lips. A narrow black band runs from the nostrils along the mesial line of the upper surface of the head, somewhat expanded between the eyes, and passes on to the upper surface of the neck. A narrow black dotted line from the nostrils to the eye. The iris is greenish, with a pinkish conjunctiva. The green of the head passes into yellowish on the neck. The tail and the outer surfaces of the limbs are greenish, with a yellowish external margin; claws pinkish yellow ; the inner surfaces of the limbs are pale fleshy. Theobald described the head of the male of the animal he referred to B. trivittata as having the head of a deep flesh-red, or carnation tint, apparently as in B. baska, CHELONIA. 735 in the adult state, which is very different from the waxy-green of the Bhamé male just described from the living but only adolescent animal, the difference in head colouring being the result of sexual maturity, either permanent or seasonal. Measurements of shell and caudal vertebre of B. trivittata, D. & B. $ Length of carapace in straight line : : , ‘ j z 3 ‘ - 17°50 Length of plastron A ese ; ‘ 3 ‘ : ‘ ‘ - 16”00 Axillary breadth across plastron . : A : f 5 ; ; : - 6°75 Inguinal _,, s a3 ¢ , 4 ‘ : : z 3 3 ~ 6775 Greatest depth of shell : ‘ ‘ : ; : : s ‘ : » 780 Breadth of shell over greatest curve. ‘ - * si : : ; - 1650 Length of caudal vertebre . ; A : ‘ : ; : ; s - 795 The skull is very closely allied to the skull of B. lineata, the two species having the same form of palate, but the posterior plate of the palate in B. lineata is much broader than in B. ¢rivittata, and the posterior nares of the former are narrower than in the latter; also the pterygoid portion of the skull of B. trivittata is broader than in B. lineata. The nose of the latter is less upturned than in B. trivittata, and the muzzle of the latter is narrower, longer, and more pointed ; and the margins of the jaws not so strongly serrated. In general form, it also closely resembles the skull of B. duvaucelli, and in the upturning of its nose is almost exactly like that species, but its posterior nares are much more open and the palatal region is separated from that of B. duvaucelli by the narrow character of the poste- rior plate. I have figured the skull of the young male (Pl. lxxv4, figs. 1 to 5). The small tongue is marked bya slight median groove, on each side of which are a few blackish oval fleshy processes, the most posterior being divided into finger-like points, and external to this there is, on each side of the base of the tongue, a bunch of these finger-like processes separate from the others. The larynx forms a flattened triangular eminence, with a longitudinal crenated slit in its centre, the external mar- gins of the eminence being surrounded by a fringe of processes, like those occurring on the tongue. Behind the larynx, the first part of the cesophagus is covered to a limited degree with papillary eminences, as in B. baska, B. thurgi, andin B. duvau- celli. These become flattened and lamellar in some instances, and close behind the larynx form two short lines, which, losing their lamellar and papillary character, rapidly increase in number and assume the form of fine wavy longitudinal mucous ridges, prolonged into the first part of the stomach as much thicker longitudinal folds, twelve to fifteen in number, which disappear shortly after entering the stomach. The stomach is considerably dilated up to the left border of the liver, and from the longitudinal folds, to this point, is smooth. Its transverse portion, to below the narrow mesial isthmus of the liver, is funnel-like and with very thick walls, with muscular coats nearly a quarter of an inchin thickness. Atits extremity this portion of the stomach rapidly contracts into a small pyloric-like orifice, and its inner surface is marked with about eight somewhat wavy thick longitudinal 736 REPTILIA. folds. The intestine preserves the character of the true Batagurs, such as B. lineata, B. duvaucelli, and B. baska, in having asimple sigmoid turn after the trans- verse colon. The czecum also is rudimentary, as in the foregoing species, and not so developed as in B. (Hardella) thurgi. The large intestine, in the largest male, measured from its lower internal end to its junction with the small intestine, 2 feet 4"-75; and the small intestine, with its walls much contracted on themselves, was 5 feet 2"75. The cloacal bladders are well developed, also the allantoic bladder itself. It has large inguinal glands. The liver has the general characters of this organ in Batagur (Morenia) ocellata. There are no osteological features to entitle this animal to be separated generi- cally from B. lineata or B. duvaucelli, nor is there anything in its soft anatomy to justify such a sub-division of the species. It occurs throughout the Irawady, from the estuary streams up to Bhaméd, where it is not uncommon. Theobald records it from the Moulmein river and the Salween. It does not occur in Bengal, as far as I am aware, where it is represented by B. duvaucelli. BaTAGUR IRAVADICA, n.s. Pls. LXIV, LXV, LXVIII, & LXIX. Batagur trivittata, Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, 1868, p. 14 (? only); Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, ex. No., vol. xxxvii, 1868, p. 13 (¢ only). Kachuga tritineata, Theobald, apud Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1869, p. 200 (skull, fig. 13); Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 54, pars. fig. 19 (not Nepal specimen) ; id., App. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1873, p. 18, pars. ; Theobald, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1870, p. 676. Kachuga fusca, Gray, pars. Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept.,'1870, p- 56. Batagur trivittata, Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept., B. Ind., 1876, p- 21(@ only). Adult ?. The shell anteriorly is less full than in old males of B. trivittata, and not so roundedly arched from side to side, and it is more downwardly arched anteriorly. The vertebral ridge is feebly marked. The posterior portion of the shell is expanded, and the marginals about the 7th, 8th, and 9th slightly reverted. The lateral ridge on the plastron is not persistent in the adult. The nuchal is large and triangular, with its base placed posteriorly. The vertebral shields have much the same form and arrangement as in B. lineata and B. tri- vittata, but the three first vertebral plates in adult females are not so broad} as in the males of the latter species, and their lateral margins are more convex, but in other respects these plates and those that follow much resemble the corre- sponding plates of the males of B. trivittata. There are, however, certain differences between the two which would seem to be persistent in the adults. In the adult male of ZB. trivittata the lateral margins of the first vertebral are nearly straight, whereas in adult females of B. iravadica the lateral margins are markedly concave towards the mesial line, and the same holds good of the second vertebral, which in this respect differs from the nearly straight-sided corresponding shield of the B. trivitéaia. The anterior section of the plastron is not so broad asin the males of CHELONIA. 737 B. trivitiata, and its sides are straighter, but the form of the plates is much the same in both species. The adult female is dark uniform brown above and below, with no black bands on the back, as in B. trivittata, but the brown on the under surface is made up as it were of dark rods of colour, lying closely side by side on a brown back-ground, and radiating more or less from the position of the areolx of the plates. In the adolescent (Pl. lxix), the plastron is almost wholly yellow, only a faint brown radiation presenting itself from the areolz of the gulars, postgulars and pectorals. The head is olive, also the internal surface of the limbs and the tail. The horny sheaths of the jaws are yellowish and the under surface of the neck; the greater part of the upper surface of the neck being brownish. The iris is brown and the claws yellow. The plates on the limbs are distributed much in the same way as in other species of Batagur. The largest female measured is No. 1 of the following table :— No. 1. No. 2. No, 3. g ae, ae Length of carapace in straight liue 3 : : ‘ ‘ : ; : f . | 17°20 8:10 715 ‘ of plastron __,, 53 3 3 ‘; ‘ _ : ‘ ; 3 .| 15°90 740 6°36 Axillary breadth of plastron ; i . ‘é . ? i ‘ ; : -| 6°60 2°80 2°65 Inguinal _,, FA ; ‘ Z . ‘ : i ‘ 5 : x 675 3°20 2°63 Greatest depth of shell ; . . : ; ‘ ‘ : : : : -| 7°90 3°50 3°40 5 breadth of shell over curv is ‘ “ : - é é Fi 7 .| 15°70 8°52 7°50 Length of caudal vertebrae % ‘ : : : 2 : ; : : -| 5°60 0:00 0:00 Juv. ? Shell oval, highly arched, denticulated posteriorly, and costals rather flat. Dorsal ridge well developed from the first vertebral to the caudals, least marked on the first vertebral. Marginals expanded, not reverted. Nuchal broad posteriorly, anteriorly pointed, large and triangular. Form of the vertebrals much as in B. ¢rivit- tata, but the fourth vertebral shorter. The lateral margins of the first vertebral are first strongly convergent for a short way from the marginals, and then divergent, the anterior margin slightly convex and the posterior margin concave, the length of the shield being slightly exceeded by its breadth. The second vertebral has its lateral margins slightly concave behind its articulation with the first costal. It is broader than long, and its anterior border is convex, and its posterior border concave. The third shield is hexagonal, the sutures with the second and third cos- tals being somewhat sinuous, but of equal length. The anterior border is slightly concave and the posterior border convex. This shield is nearly twice as broad as long. The fourth vertebral is an elongated hexagon, its greatest breadth is between the third and fourth costal sutures, and the shield is nearly as broad as long. This plate has much the same form as in B. lineata, and its third costal suture is the longest. The fifth has the general form of this shield in Batagur. The vertebral ridge rises into a kind of nodosity at the posterior margins of the second, third and fourth vertebrals. The anterior portion of the plastron is rather rounded; broader than the post-inguinal portion. The lateral ridge is confined to the posterior portion of the pectoralsand abdominals. Anal notch feeble, open; gulars triangular, a little wa 738 REPTILIA. more than half the length of the postgulars; the latter nearly equalling the length of the pectorals, which equal the preanals in length, and are considerably shorter than the abdominals. The anals are one-fourth shorter than the preanals. In the young animal (%) Pls. lxiv and Ixv, somewhat younger than the preceding, the general character of the shields, as described in the female, are pre- served, but the dorsal ridge is more marked, and sharply pointed at the ends of the second, third and fourth vertebrals. The posterior portion of the shell is also more denticulated. The plastron has the same form as in the female, but the lateral ridge is strongly marked along each side, becoming intensified near the hinder border of each shield, and the gulars are somewhat broader, and the inguinal breadth less. The general colour of each of the female shells is brown above with a faintly darker area over the areola of each costal, and the margin of the shell is paler, and its under surface is wholly brown. In the male, the upper surface is entirely brown with a yellow margin and darker on the areole, but neither in this specimen nor in the females is there any tendency to develope the black bands, as in B. trivittata. The under surface is yellow, but all the areolar centres of the plates are covered more or less with a blackish pigment, which seems scaling off, and is not represented sufficiently dark in the plate. In alcoholic specimens of these young males and females, the colour of the head. and neck is pale brownish tinged with pinkish, without any trace of a black band on the vertex; the jaws are yellowish, and the axillary and inguinal regions and the sides of the tail are pale greyish-brown. The claws and the margins of the limbs are yellowish. The skulls of two adult females, which agree with one another in all their essential features, present certain differences the one on the other. In one specimen the basisphenoid is very much broader than in the other, in which the posterior nares are somewhat narrower than in the former. The breadth also across the mesial portion of the base of the skull, defined by the ridges of the pterygoids, is narrower in the skull with the broad basisphenoid than in the other. There are also minute differences in the forms of the bones entering into the temporal fossa. The frontal also, in the two adult and in one adolescent skull, enters into the upper margin of the orbit, narrowly in one, broadly in the others; whilst in the young male it is wholly excluded from the orbit. These adult female skulls agree with the skull figured by Gray as Kachuga trilineata, the original of which was obtained from Theobald, who at first regarded it as a female skull, although in 1876,' he states that the species B. trilineata, Gray, was based on the head of a male animal. This differs from the male skulls referred to B. trivittata, in the same details that the skulls figs. 19 and 20* differ from one another, viz., in the greater breadth of the female skull (? fig. 19) at the posterior angle of the upper jaw, although the skull fig. 19 is a shorter skull than fig. 20. The prefrontals also are less upturned in these females than in the males, which is also a feature of difference between figs. 19 and 20. I am therefore disposed to think that Mr. Theobald’s first 12 Descr. Cat., p. 21. ? Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., pp. 54, 56. CHELONTA. 739 statement regarding the sex of theseskulls was probably correct. The aural orifice also of the female skulls is not so round as in the male skull. These are the only differences which suggest themselves after a very careful examination of the adults. In the young male (Pl. Ixxv’, figs. 16 to 20) the upper surface of the skull is nearly flat, but its other features are the same as in the females. The skull closely resembles the skull of B. lineata, from which, however, it is at once separated by its deeper premaxillary notch; the feebler serration of the maxillary; the much more concave character of its under surface; the much less downward arching of its palate, and especially by the antero-posteriorly broad plate behind the single palatal ridge. Superiorly the skulls are very much alike. As stated in the definition of the genus, the eyes of this as of other species are strengthened, as in birds, by a ring of bones in the sclerotic. The viscera of the large female were compared carefully with those of the adult male of B. trivittata, and the only notable differences were, 1st, the much shorter small intestine measuring only 46’°50, and the large intestine 30 inches, although the intestinal tube, in the individual examined, was very soft and flaccid compared with the contracted gut of the specimen of B. trivittata; and 2nd, the much smaller ear-shaped processes of the lung, lying free in the visceral cavity, compared with the large processes of B. trivittata. The cloacal bladders had much the same character as in B. trivittata. T have received examples of this species from Pegu and from Bhamé in Upper Burma, so that it appears to be generally distributed throughout the Irawady. I propose here to consider two other allied species which do not belong to the fauna of the Irawady and its affluents, but which from their close relation to this and the foregoing species, and the little that is known regarding them, are worthy of being here considered. + BATAGUR DUVAUCELLI, D. & B. Emys dhongoka, Gray, Il. Ind. Zool., vol. ii, 1834, Tab. 60, fig. 2 (not described) ; Blyth, Journ. As. Soe., vol. xxiii, p. 210, 1854. Emys duvaucelli, Dum. & Bib. Erpét. Gén., vol. ii, 1885, p. 385; Gray, Cat. Tort. B. M., 1844, “p. 15; Duméril, Cat. Méth. Rept., 1851, p. 14. Batagur dhongoka, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept., 1855, p. 86, Tab. xviii, figs. 1 to 3, gwwv.; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 214; id., Rept., Brit. Ind., 1864, p. 42; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxii, p. 84, 1863, pars ; Theobald, Cat. Rept. Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxvii, ex. No., 1868, p. 12; id., Des. Cat., 1876, p. 22. Kachuga hardwickii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond.; 1869, p. 202. Clemmys dhongoka, Strauch, Chelon. Stud., 1862, p. 83; id., Verth. der Schildkr., 1865, p. 88, pars. Dhongoka hardwickii, Gray, Supp]. Cat. Sh. Rept. B. M., 1870, p. 57, pars; App. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1872, p. 18, pars. Dhongoka hardwickii, Gray, Hand-List, Sh. Rept., 1873, p. 52. The shell is oval and more pointed posteriorly than anteriorly, attaining its greatest expansion about the seventh marginal, with its posterior portion depressed, with a depression sometimes over the region of the fourth vertebral, or continued 740 REPTILIA. across between the third and fourth costals. A vertebral ridge in the young rising into two prominent nodosities on the posterior margin of the second and third vertebrals. In adults, the ridge all but disappears, but the nodosities are visible; or the ridge is most marked on the first and last vertebrals and caudal. Caudal notch well defined in the adult females, but apparently less so in the males. Nuchal small and triangular, pointed in front and broad behind. The first vertebral is more elongated than in the young, and in some it has a distinct hour-glass form, but in others the anterior half of the hour-glass is much more contracted than the posterior half. In this form it strongly resembles the first vertebral of B. thurgi. Its shape varies considerably, as it is sometimes only as broad as long, while in others it is much longer than broad. The suture between the first and second vertebrals is always transverse. One of the most characteristic features of the vertebrals is the pointed posterior extremity of the second plate, which projects inwards into the third plate with a central nodosity. This plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly, and its breadth may equal its length, or it may be broader than long. The character of this plate in the adult (in some young examples the backwardly pointed form of the second vertebral is not so well defined), enables the species at once to be dis- tinguished from the other two species of black-lined Batagurs, B. trivittata and B. thurgi, iv both of which the sutures between the first and second, and second and third vertebrals are transverse. There are many other features by which they can be separated, but these shield characters suffice to distinguish B. duvaucelli. The third vertebral is deeply emarginate on its anterior border, and its greatest length equals its breadth. The fourth vertebral is long, with a transverse suture between it and the plate before and behind it, and itis generally a little narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, and in this is like B. lineata. In the character of its second vertebral, it is closely approached by the so-called genus Pangshura. The greatest breadth of this plate falls short of its length, and its general character is to be dilated at its middle, and slightly contracted at its ends. In B. thurgi, this plate is short and broad, while in B. trivittata it is long as in B. duvaucelli, andin B. iravadica it is also somewhat long, as in B. lineata, its Western representative. The fifth vertebral is broader than long, with a somewhat rounded anterior margin, equalling about one-half the length of the plate, and with a nearly straight, sinuous, or posteriorly concave fourth costal border. It is in contact with a small portion of the tenth marginal. In the young, the posterior margin of the shell is strongly serrated from the eighth to the twelfth marginal, but this serration entirely disappears in the adult. The carapace of the male is considerably more depressed, and not so deep as the carapace of the female. The sternum of the male is narrower and more elongated anteriorly than in females of the same size, and has a less axillary and inguinal breadth. ‘The sternal ridge is well developed in the young, but disappears with age, and is obsolete in females measuring 7"-11, with a faint trace of it in males a little larger than this, CHELONTA. 741 The gulars are abruptly truncated anteriorly, their free marginal breadth equal- ling, or nearly equalling, twice their length. The length of the postgulars is one- fifth less than the length of the pectorals, and the latter are about one-third shorter than the abdominals which equal the pectorals and two-thirds of the postgulars. The preanals are about the same length as the pectorals, and the anals are two-thirds as long as the preanals. The anal notch is broadly crescentic. In the young, the proportions are different ; the gulars are as long as the postgulars, the preanals as long as the pectorals and nearly one-half of the postgulars; the abdominal nearly equalling the pectoral and postgulars together. The muzzle is short, moderately broad and upturned, with a feeble concavity between the anterior angle of the eyes; the breadth between the eyes, anteriorly and above, considerably exceeding the distance between their anterior angles and the tip of the muzzle. The nostrils are close together, round, and directed forwards, upwards and outwards. The eye is of moderate size. The jaw is serrated, with two somewhat larger anterior teeth; the margin of the upper jaw is downwardly convex, and slightly upwardly curved posteriorly. A large quadrangular plate behind the eye, with one narrow elongated plate below it, partially broken up into smaller plates, between it and the gape. A large plate above the tympanum, with some smaller transverse plates above it; the plates of the opposite side nearly separated from each other by the posterior extremity of the great plate of the vertex. Skin of the neck very finely granular, which is the character of the skin generally, with the following exceptions: on the inner half of the lower portion of the fore limb there are a series of separate, moderately-sized narrow transverse raised plates, with five large flat plates on the membranous posterior margin of this portion of the limb, with two to four obscure small plates on the dorsum of each toe, on both pairs of limbs. On the hind leg there is a small group of enlarged transverse separate plates on, and near the hind margin. A transverse row of three small plates on the under surface of the wrist, with a small patch of raised sharp plates on the inner surface of the heel. The tail is more granular than the rest of the skin, and is set with spiniferous granules. The tail of the male is considerably longer than that of the females and projects much beyond the carapace. The claws, five anteriorly and four posteriorly, are moderately long, and the webs of the toes are broad and full. There is an indistinct pale-yellowish, almost white band, between the eyes over the nostril, continued more or less over the superior posterior angle of the orbit, and from behind the orbit, over the tympanum. The upper jaw is yellowish, tinged with ereen about the nostrils. A broad leaden band through the eye, in the young, to the angle of the mouth and embracing the tympanum, very obscure or absent in the adult. A feeble greenish band from the chin along the throat in the young, disappearing or becoming feeble with age. The upper surface of the head and neck is olive-brown, with a more olive hue on the neck, which is also the colour of the upper surface of the limbs. ‘The sides of the neck have a few obscure palish spots, and the under jaw and chin, throat, and neck are pale yellowish. The under surface of all the remain- 74.2 REPTILIA. ing parts is yellowish, with a faint bluish tinge. The upper surface of the shell is a pale olive-brown, almost olive-grey, with a broad black line along the verte- bral ridge and another along the upper margin of the costals, the margin of the shell being also black. The under surface is yellowish, with a greenish hue. The iris is a very pale pink, with an inner bright golden margin, but there is no spot. The claws are brownish at the base and yellowish horny at the tips. I have not observed any difference in colouring between the males and females. This species does not appear to attain to the size of the other species of Batagur, the largest male and female I have observed measuring as follows :— Measurements of B. duvaucelli, D. ¢ B. 2 5 Inches. Inches. Length of carapace in straight line : ; . ees : 2 ‘ A a 16-00 86 pe of plastron in ,, 3 . A ‘ B ‘ : 5 ‘i y . 13°90 70 Greatest breadth across shell : | . 5 A : ‘ 3 5 , ‘i 14°25 73 Axillary breadth . . . : . : : : ; : a * F ; 5°80 2:50 Inguinal _,, . ‘ . ‘ ° ‘ . P 2 . i 555 2:90 Depth through second vertebral. . 3 é : ; is F : ‘ ; 5-75 33 All the males that I have observed have been small, and distinguishable from the females by the great length of their tails, dependent, as in other Batagurs, not on a variation in the number of the vertebre, but in the elongation of the bodies of the vertebrae, the tail performing in them the important function of making room for, and supporting, the external organ of generation. Whether they are persistently smaller than the females, I am not in a position to say, although the evidence would seem to point in the direction of their being always smaller, as the males of the sub- generic form Pangshura certainly are; but that the males of this large Batagur have the same disproportionate size to the females as prevails among the Pangshures, I have not sufficient materials to determine. So little is known regarding the laws which regulate the growth of the shell of the Chelonia, it would be premature to hazard any decided opinion as to whether or not the closure of the costal and other fontanelles indicates cessation of growth. I am disposed to think that growth does not cease with closure of the fontanelles. Dr. Gray has elevated this form to generic rank under the name Dhongoka, distinguishing it from his new genus Kachuga by a single dermic character, viz., the elongated and contracted form of the first vertebral, which shield is nearly square in Kachuga, but there is not a single feature in the internal anatomy, nor in the structure of the skull of Batagur lineata (which may be taken as a typical example of that author’s genus Kachuga), by which to separate it generically from the very closely allied species Batagur dwvaucelli. Dr. Gray retains the genus Batagur for the single species, B. baska, which is distinguished by having four claws on both fore and hind feet, and by the osseous ridges of the palate and mandible being more strongly developed than in either B. lineata or B. duvaucelli. But it would seem that these skull differences only merit sub- -generic importance, for the skull of B. lineata shows distinct indications of the second and hinder CHELONTA. 743 palatal ridge, while in the lower jaw there is a broad concave surface behind its ridge, only differing from the posterior groove of B. baska in its posterior wall being less defined, and the sides of the longitudinal groove less developed. In B. baska this central groove is prolonged to the symphysis, owing to the ridge of either side meeting at that point; butin B. lineata the two ridges join behind the symphysis, to which they are connected by a sharp central ridge, but this is only a modification of the type of structure which is common to both skulls, and which would hardly seem to merit the importance Dr. Gray has attached to it. Moreover, in B. duvaucelli (not the skull figured by Dr. Gray under that name, which appears to be B. lineata), there is a still further modification of the mandible, while the palatal surface is nearly the same as in B. lineata. In B. dwvaucelli there is no groove behind the ridge, which is broad and flat without any trace of a longitudinal groove, but the ridges, meeting as in B. lineata, are prolonged by a central ridge on to the symphysis. We have thus in B. lineata, a form intermediate in these skull characters between B. daska on the one hand, in which they have their highest expression, and B. duvaucelli on the other, in which they are least marked. Were it not that B. baska is so closely related in its internal anatomy and the structure of its skull to B. lineata and B. duvaucelli, more importance might be attached to the absence of a fifth claw on its fore foot, but this is little more than a dermic character, and not at all comparable to the absence of a digit, which, when it does occur, is generally considered as of generic importance. The skull is closely allied to the skull of B. lineata, being much broader and flatter in the frontal region and between the orbits than in B. baska, but less so than in B. lineata, with a much shorter and broader snout, with the pre-frontals only slightly upturned. It is distinguished from the skull of B. lineata by the much greater breadth of the pterygoid region of the skull. The vomer also is much nearer the anterior end of the basisphenoid than in B. lineata. The internal nares are oblong in B. lineata, with the palatine margin slightly, if anything, inwardly convex, whereas in B. duvaucetli these margins are outwardly convex, which gives an oval contour to the conjoint openings. The palate also wants the third ridge which is only indicated in B. lineata, and the longitudinal broad eminence that occurs between the traces of the third ridge. But the most distinguishing feature is the total absence of the broad concavity and the longitudinal furrow that occur in B. lineata, posterior to the first alveolar ridge of the mandible. In B. duvaucelli, the first alveolar ridge is broad and flat on its summit, without any furrow behind it. The stomach of a female measuring 825 in the length of its carapace has an extent of 5°25 inches along the lower curve. The small intestine, which is of about one-fourth the capacity of the large intestine, measures 35°75 inches in length. The latter begins by a sudden enlargement which projects more on one side than the other. It has a length of 17°50 inches. The dorsal division of the left lobe of the liver does not overlap the stomach, but is wholly enclosed in the bend, and the ventral division only partially overlaps 744 REPTILIA. it. There is a narrow fissure in the anterior margin of the latter, and internal to this another, and, from the lower end of its inner margin, a narrow band is given off which joins with a corresponding narrow band from the quadrate lobule, and as the two sides of the liver have also the usual connection, there are thus two connecting bands, as in Pangshura. Where the true connecting band joins the right division, a long broad bifurcate process passes downwards to receive the vena cava, reaching down a long way below the spleen which rests to the right of its bifurcation. The cystic lobe is conical and expanded below, and slightly bifurcate on its posterior lower margin. The cystic bladder is remarkable for its great length, 1-75, and for the cir- cumstance that its anterior (ventral) third is quite free from the liver and projecting out a long way from its margin. It is very narrow and tubular, somewhat contracted when it reaches the margin of the liver, and slightly distended beyond that. It is placed transverse to the longitudinal axis of the body. The head of the pancreas is close to the pyloric extremity of the stomach. The gland is closely adherent to the posterior wall of the duodenum, and is narrow and band-like, contracting in extent from left to right, and having a length of 3°50 inches. The anterior extremity is the broadest portion of the lung and is rather deeply divided into two lobes. The posterior end of the lung also terminates in a deep incision, the internal lobe being moderately large and sac-like. The cloacal bladders are well developed and richly clad with villous processes. The allantoic bladder is large, very delicate, and par- tially divided, as is the case generally with the Hmydide. After the animal has been kept for some time out of water and is then immersed, the allantoic bladder becomes rapidly distended to a great size, with a clear, very pale, watery fluid. The clitoris is a compact rosette of three pairs of external lobes, with a minute pair internal to the most proximal pair and a small azygos eminence distal to the former, with a deep pit beyond it, between the two terminal pairs of external lobes. There is a small papilla on either side of the termination of the urinal groove, proximal and exter- nal to the first pair of lateral lobes. The area of the clitoris is suffused with a dark purplish-black pigment. Twenty specimens of this species have passed under my observation, and the majority alive. One from the Brahmaputra, four from Dacca in Eastern Bengal, and the others from the Nerbudda and the Ganges at Allahabad and Fatehgarh. All these last specimens are young, while two of the Dacca examples are adults, and one adolescent. The species probably ranges up the Ganges to the base of the Hima- laya, and it has a wide distribution through the Brahmaputra.' I have not received it from Burma, or Arracan, where it is represented by B. trivittata. The Batagur referred to by Blyth under the name of LZ. dhongoka, as coming from these locali- ties, and also by Gray, was doubtless B. trivittata. I kept two specimens alive in water for some time, and found that the younger example (6 inches long) to which my observations were by force of circumstances restricted, used to breathe every seven minutes. Its nostrils were simply pro- truded above the surface of the water, and retained in that position for about ' Griffith obtained specimens in Assam. CHELONTA. 745 half a minute, during which it made a long expiration, followed by a deep inspiration, the creature then slowly subsiding, tail backwards, to the bottom. The animals, unless they were much irritated, never attempted to bite, but when so treated, they sluggishly seized any object put in their way holding it between their jaws witb considerable tenacity, at the same time withdrawing the head into the shell. They moved about on the ground with considerable agility, supporting their heavy bodies erect on their legs, like a land tortoise. There seems to be little doubt that this species is a vegetable-feeder, as I placed in the vessel in which the specimens were kept quantities of the common pond weeds of Calcutta, which they eat freely, and which I removed from their intestines in large dark green masses, whilst the fish and prawns that were supplied to them were never eaten. + BATAGUR LINEATA, Gray. Emys dhor, Gray (pars), Syn. Rept., 1831, p. 20. Emys dentata, Gray, Syn. Rept., 1831, (vide errata), plates viii and ix, juv.; Ill. Ind. Zool., vol. ii, 1834, tab. 58, fig. 1 only. Emys lineata, Gray, Syn. Rept., 1831, p. 23; Cat. Tort., B. M., 1844, p. 16; Dum. & Bib., Erpét. Génl., t. ii, 1885, p. 8335 (pars) ; Duméril, Cat. Méthod. Col. Rept., 1851, p. 15, pars. Emys kachuga, Gray, Il. Ind. Zool., vol. i, 1832, tab. 74. Batagur baska, Gray (pars), Cat. Shd. Rept., 1853, p. 35. Batagur lineata, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept., 1853, p. 38, pl. xvu ; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p- 214; Theobald, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxvii, 1868, ex. No., p. 12. Batagur dhongoka, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept., 1855, p. 86 (pars), plate xxxvi, skull only. Batagur tentoria, Gray (pars), Cat. Sh. Rept., 1855, p. 37 (specimen c.) Batagur ellioti, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1862, p. 264; id., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1863, vol. xii, p. 75; Gunther, Rept. of Brit. Ind., 1863, p. 40, pl. iii, figs. A, Al. Clemmys lineata, Strauch, Verth. der Schildkr., 1865, p. 87. Clemmys ellioti, Strauch, Verth. der Schildkr., 1865, p. 88. Kachuga hardwickii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 202. Kachuga lineata, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1870, p. 56. Kachuga dentata, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1870, p. 56. Batagur trilineata, Gray (pars), Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1870, p. 55. Dhongoka hardwickii, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1870, p. 57 (pars) ; App. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1872, p. 18, pars. Batagur kachuga, Theobald, Deser. Cat. Rept., B. Ind., 1876, p. 19, pars. Dr. Gray, in-his work entitled Synopsis Reptilium, published January 1831, described this species under the name of Hmys dhor (p. 20), and referred to the Ill. Ind. Zool. for a figure of the species. On looking over this last mentioned work, it will be found that no Chelonian is figured under such a name. The explanation, however, is to be found in the list of errata appended to the first mentioned work before the Index, in which we read, “ p. 20, lines 31 and 36, for dhor read dentata.” Bearing this in mind, and turning to the list of Plates in the Syn. Rept., we find two figures given of the species (Tables viii and ix) under its corrected name FEmys dentata. Referring again to the Ill. Ind. Zool.,' we find three figures and 1 Vol. II, 1834, t. 58. x 4 746 REPTILIA. the head of a tortoise all placed under one name, Hmys dentata, said to have come from Fatehgarh in the North-West Provinces of India. It is evident, how- ever, that two distinct generic types are represented under the one generic and specific name, and that the uppermost figure is a representation of the species first figured in the Synopsis Reptilium, under the name of Hmys dentata, and that the other animal of which there are two figures, and one of its head, isa Cyclemys, with its plastron separated from the carapace by a soft pliable interval as in that genus. Another tortoise was described! under the name of Hmys lineata, and again the Ill. Ind. Zool. was referred to, but no species is there figured under such a name, but in the Catalogue of Tortoises,’ the information was supplied with regard to this reference, and Hmys lineata is found figured* under the name of Hmys kachuga. In the first Catalogue of Tortoises,* one species named The Dhor, was included under the genus Cyclemys, and the specific term LH. dhor or L. dentata applied to it, and the two figures in the Syn. Rept., to which I have already referred, were quoted with the description, as applicable to the species, and the figures of the two generic types in the Ill. Ind. Zool., were still considered as representing one and the same animal. A specimen from Java presented by Mr. Bell is mentioned, and this is probably one of the specimens figured at Tab. 58, Vol. II of the Ill. Ind. Zool. In the Syn. Rept., p. 20, it is stated that Hmys dhor, afterwards corrected, as I have said, to #. dentata, was “only known from three young specimens, ” one of which Dr. Gray received from Mr. Bell. It is not stated in the last mentioned work from whence this young specimen was obtained, but in the Catalogue referred to above, this information is supplied, and Java is given as the habitat of the species, whereas, on the plate in the Ill. Ind. Zool., Fatehgarh, in the North-Western Provinces of India, is said to have been the source of the speci- mens there figured. I have received from Mr. Andrew Anderson a specimen the exact equivalent of fig. 1 of the 58 Tab., Vol. II, Ill. Ind. Zool., from the very same locality, Fatehgarh, and which agrees also in every particular with the tortoise first figured under the name of H. dentata in the Synopsis Reptilium. It is therefore evident that the term &. dentata is applicable to the Fatehgarh tortoise, and to the Cyclemys from Java which was afterwards figured along with it. A further complication, however, arises, because the upper figure on Tab. 58 was afterwards regarded’ as the young of Batagur baska, but more recently Dr. Gray pointed out* that the Hmys dentata of his Syn. Rept., and of the Ill. Ind. Zool., is not the young of #. baska, but is the same as was afterwards described as HE. elliott from the Kistna river. 1 Syn. Rept., p. 23. ? Cat. Tort., B.M., 1844, v. 16. Ill. Ind. Zool., vol. i, 1832, Tab. 74. ‘Jie, p. 32. ® Cat. Shd. Rept., 1855, p. 35. ° Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept,, 1870. CHELONIA. "47 Now, with regard to EH. lineata, this species was at first “established on the drawings of a nearly adult animal of this genus in Hardwicke’s collection in the British Museum’, which is of uniform pale olive colour.” The crown of the head is brown, and the upper part of the neck is pale brown, with seven red-brown streaks, the sides of the face and temple are bluish, and the chin with two yellow spots on the sides near the glandular orifices. Dr. Gray states that the same species is evidently figured by Dr. Hamilton under the name of Hmys kachuga, but the stripes on the sides of the neck are much brighter red-brown. A copy of his drawing is published in the Ill. Ind. Zool. as Batagur kachuga, Gray. In the Cat. of Shd. Rept., 1855, p. 35, four specimens are referred to this species, and a specimen from Nepal is figured at Plate xvii. This specimen shows no lineation on the neck, and from its general characters I am disposed to regard it as a female. I have received from Purneah a male tortoise exactly resembling this figure of Hmys kachuga in all its details, and for which Iam indebted to Mr. G. W. Shillingford. The form of the vertebral plates is the same as those of the tortoise figured in the Shd. Rept., Plate xvii. Moreover, I have received, as I have already said from Fatehgarh, about 200 miles to the north- west of Purneah, a tortoise of the same size, and presenting all the characters of the specimen first figured from the same locality by Gray, but considerably smaller and very much younger than the Purneah animal. , The form of the shell and plates, and the characters of the upper surface of the palate, and the coloration of the neck, seem to me, all to point to the Fatehgarh Batagur, described along with a Cyclemys under the name Z. dentata, as being the young of Hmys lineata. I have also from the Godavery the shell of a young Batagur, 6 inches long, agreeing with Gimther’s’ figure of B. ellioti, and the resemblances of this shell to the shell of the Fatehgarh specimen are so great that I cannot but consider the two as identical, or that the Godavery form is only a sub- species. Dr. Gray, however, while at last* allowing that the term Hmys dentata was applicable to this Batagur and not to a Cyclemys, separated between Kachuga lineata and K. dentata, restricting the former term, H. lineata, to the animal depicted by General Hardwicke’s drawing and figured from Buchanan Hamilton’s drawings as Hmys kachuga, and limiting the latter term to the upper figure on Tab. 58, Vol. II, of the Ill. Ind. Zool., with which he regarded LF. ellioti to be identical, and to the specimen d which he had referred* to B. lineata. TI have, however, carefully examined this specimen d, and I cannot see that it differs from B. lineata. In connection with B. lineata, I may mention that under Kachuga fusca two specimens were referred by Dr. Gray to this latter species, one from Burma, col- lected by Theobald, and the other from Nepal, collected by Hodgson. The latter 1 Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 56. 3 Rept., Brit. Ind., Pl. II, figs. A, Al. 3 Suppl. to the Cat. of Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 56. 4 Cat. of Shd. Rept., 1855, p. 36. 748 REPTILIA. appears to be an example of B. lineata, and the former appears to be the specimen referred by Theobald’ to B. lineata, but which is distinct and probably B. travadica. The following are the characters of the female of this species :— Snout short, and not upturned as in B. baska, concave from before backwards between the eyes. Eyes rather prominent and directed outwards; iris dark or light- brown, without any speck. Head broad between the eyes and across the ear, much broader behind than B. baska. Upper surface of the head, behind the eyes and over the ear, covered with moderately sized shields. A large shield below the angle of the mouth, with some small scales behind it. Ear rather large. Skin of the neck and limbs finely granular. The toes are broadly webbed, and the anterior surface of the fore foot covered with narrow long separated scales or shields, those on the middle and inner side of the limb being the largest, with three or four large round scales on the flap above the fifth toe of the front foot. The upper surface of the toes with large transverse scales. The sole with small round separate scales, with three long narrow transverse plates behind these, and succeeded by smaller scales of a similar nature. A patch of enlarged transverse scales along the upper and under surfaces of the margin of the hind limb, with enlarged transverse scales on the upper surface of the toes, and rounded small scales on the sole; claws rather short, brown at the base and yellow at the tips. The tail consists of 23 vertebrae, and extends a short distance beyond the carapace. The skin is granular, and there is a lateral line on either side of its upper surface, of almost spiny granules larger than the others. The under surface of the tail, behind the vent, bears two lines of rather large flat tubercles. The shell has a vertebral ridge, and is a rather long oval, its margin slightly expanding from the sixth to the seventh marginals, but rounded off from the hinder margin of the last plate, with the margins in this region very slightly upturned. It is a much narrower oval than B. baska, and the margins are much less reverted, and the shell is much less expanded posteriorly. There is also an absence of the same fullness over the first vertebral that distinguishes B. baska, but, in the rounding and fullness of the anterior portion of the carapace, there is considerable variation due to individual peculiarities, and not to sex. The sides of the carapace over the first and second costals are occasionally almost flat, while in others they are distinctly convex. The shell slopes gradually downwards and backwards from the hinder margin of the second vertebral, and the costal region in that portion of the shell is very feebly curved. The nuchal is triangular, with a broad posterior base in young and adolescent individuals, but, in the adult before me, it is considerably narrowed posteriorly and is broader in front than behind. The first vertebral has divergent lateral margins as in B. baska, whilst in B. duwvaucelli the margins are more or less contracted in the middle. Itis hexagonal, with a concave posterior margin, the concavity being directed back- wards. Its nuchal border, in some, slightly exceeds the length of its first marginal border, while in others this proportion isreversed. The first marginal border is some- times about one-half the extent of the first costal suture and at other times longer. * Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, 1868, p. 16. CHELONTA. 749 The second vertebral suture is shorter than the costal border, in some, longer than in others. The second vertebral is sometimes slightly longer than broad, and in others as broad, if not broader than long. Its distinguishing feature is its forwardly arched an- terior half, corresponding to the first vertebral and first costals, and its posteriorly con- tracted half, corresponding to the second costals which project into the concave lateral margin of this portion of the shield which has a straight posterior border. In the centre line, near the hinder end, the plate is marked by a distinct somewhat back- wardly projecting nodosity. The third vertebral is broader than long; its costal margin is concave from behind forwards, and nearly equalling in breadth two-thirds of the length of the plate. The plate is also marked near its hinder border by a low spinous nodosity. The fourth vertebral is elongated, being considerably longer than broad in some; but the length of this plate is subject to variation. The middle of the third costal margin is concave from without inwards, and its posterior half convex from within outwards. The vertebral margin of the fourth costal is convex, straight, or sinuous. The posterior border is concave, or straight, and about one-third less than the breadth of the anterior border, while in others it equals it. The third has a low spinous nodosity near its end. These nodosities all but disappear in the adult. The fifth is triangular, the apex more or less rounded, and the base broad, articulating with two marginals. It shows distinct indications in adolescents, and even in adults, of a central ridge. The length of the gular is one-half that of the postgular suture, which in its turn nearly equals the length of the pectoral, which is about the same length as the abdominal suture. The preanal is a little longer than the post- gular suture. The anal is a little more than two-thirds the length of the preanal suture, and is equivalent to the united posterior breadth of the preanals. The gulars are longer than in B. baska, equalling nearly half of the length of the postgular suture, which is either as long as, or shorter than, the pectoral suture. The abdominal suture equals or nearly so the united gular and postgular length; the preanal is shorter than, or little exceeds the length of, the pectorals. The anals are little longer than their greatest breadth, and the anal notch is shallow and broad. The ridge on the sides of the sternum disappears in adolescents. The head is light greenish-olive, darker above, yellowish above the tympanum to the upper margin of the orbit, greenish-yellow from the nose to the angle of the mouth, dark purple about the nostrils from which a faint dark-greenish broad band passes to the eye, and increasing in breadth behind the orbit dips down to the angle of the mouth and stretches through the tympanum, re-appearing behind it. The occiput is occasionally dark olive-brownish or even blackish. The remainder of the animal is yellowish-olive, more yellowish on the enlarged scales of the limbs. The shell above is dark-brown, almost black in some, while in others it is almost a pale olive-brown. The under surface is yellowish, the shields being more or less obscurely radiated, in the dark individuals, with brown from the areole. The post- inguinal marginals have a greenish-yellow tinge, clouded with brownish. Not- withstanding the general similarity, at first sight, of the shell of this tortoise to B. 750 REPTILIA. baska, the broader head, much shorter snout and one-ridged palate of the animal at once serve to distinguish it from B. baska. The male of B. lineata is known to me only from two specimens, one a perfect animal in the flesh which I had alive, and the other a shell procured at Allahabad by Mr. John Cockburn, who informs me that he has noticed the remark- able difference in size between the sexes of this and other species of fresh water tortoises. The male is not adult, but its shell is in the same stage of growth asa female having a shell 16 inches long, and yet this male is only 9 inches long, about half the size of the female. Measurements of male and female examples of B. lineata. 1 | 2 | 3 4 | 6 | 6 é 6 9 2 y Q Inches, Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches, Extreme length of carapace, straight line ‘ : j 8:00 9:00 15°75 15°90 16°20 | 99-75 Extreme breadth across seventh marginal . : ‘ % 7°50 ! 8:00 13:50 |] 14:75 | 1450] 22:0 Length, plastron to middle of anal notch ; : : 7°20 8:00 14°65 14,60 14°90 | 21:20 Greatest ‘depth through second vertebral . : : ‘ 3°50 | 3°75 6°40 6°65 7°40 | 10:00 Axillary breadth é i , < ‘ ‘ F 3 3°00 3°25 5°95 5:95 5°80 73 Inguinal _,, : - . : : : 5 : 2°95 3°20 5:95 5°95 5:90 8:0 The vertebral plates of the two males are exactly alike, and have the exact form of the same plates of those females with the broader vertebrals. The vertebral ridge can be traced along the back, culminating in the hinder end of the second and third plates as a more prominent ridge not continuous along the two plates and not so highly prolonged on to the fourth vertebral. The ridges along the sides of the plastron are yet distinctly visible. The shell is a moderately long, rather regularly oval, and the posterior margins are slightly reflected, and the caudal notch is small, but distinct, and the dentation of the hinder margin of the shell is still decidedly present. In life, the shell was a dark olive, with a slightly rufescent tinge over the anterior portion of the dorsal surface, the under surface being rosy-red, the margins on the same surface being suffused with bluish. The limbs were of the colour of the upper surface of the shell, but the large plates running along the external margin of each limb were bright red. The upper surface of the head, from the nostrils back- wards between the eyes, to near the occiput, was brilliant red, and from the hinder margin of this area, four broad similarly coloured lines ran backward, two on either side of the mesial line, diminishing in intensity and size from before backwards. A broad deep black band arose from the posterior half of the upper and posterior borders of the eye, disappearing a little behind the head on the side of the neck. From the broadest part of this black band, another red band proceeded along the side of the neck to the shell. A yellow band occurred immediately below the black band and ran a short way along the side of the head, with a narrow black band below it, under which was a still narrower yellow line from the angle of the mouth, with a broad bluish-black area below it again, tending to become linear posteriorly. The front of the nose, below the nostrils, was red, and the rest of the CHELONIA. 751 horny covering of the upper jaws was bright yellow, with a blackish-green line along its side to the angle of the mouth. The horny covering of the lower jaw was yellow, suffused with greenish-black, with a symmetrical greenish spot on its inner margin. A few red lines occurred behind the yellow and black lines below the eye, and the throat, internal to the lower jaw, was marked by two brilliantly red oblong marks, placed opposite each other. On the upper surface of the neck, the ground colour was whitish; the rest of the skin of the neck, around the fore limbs and hind limbs, and along and around the tail, were suffused with red. In a young specimen which agrees exactly with the figure in the Syn. Rept. and with the upper figure of Ill. Ind. Zool., the vertebral plates are rather equally broad throughout, but this is a character of nearly all Batagurs in youth, although, at the same time, the characters and features of the plates are preserved. The ridge culminates on the second and third vertebrals in two almost prominent spines. The posterior external angles of the marginals, from the seventh backwards, form a kind of toothed line, and the caudal notch is small, but very distinct. The ridges along the plastron are well defined. The neck is marked exactly as the specimen last described, and considering it in all its details, there can be no doubt but that the Batagur described as Hmys dentata, Gray, is the young of Hmys kachuga, Gray. This small specimen measured— Inches. Length of carapace, straight line : : : : ‘ : A : ; : - 390 Extreme breadth across seventh marginal . : , i y 4 ‘ j . . 380 Length of plastron to middle of anal notch . . ‘ : : 3 : : : . 347 Greatest breadth through second vertebral. . . : : : : ‘ F . 1:80 Axillary breadth : ‘ : ‘ ; : ; ‘ é $ : ‘5 . 145 Inguinal ,, F ‘ ‘ ‘ - - 5 ; : » 135 Its palate has the same character as that of the previously described female and male. A shell from the Godavery river obtained by Mr. W.T. Blanford, appears to me to be a young female, the only very young example of the sex that has come under my observation. It measures— Inches, Length of carapace, straight line . 5°80 Extreme breadth across seventh marginal 5:85 Length of plastron to middle of anal notch . 5:15 Greatest breadth through second vertebral. 2°50 Axillary breadth . : ‘ : 2°25 . 2°10 Inguinal ,, This shell has all the characters of the preceding young shell, and the yertebrals are so alike the vertebrals of adult B. lineata that this specimen must be regarded as an example of the species. It is more rounded than the male shell, and in this presents the character of a female, which I believe it to have been. The denticula- tion of the hinder part of the shell is still marked. I have removed the skulls from the three smaller female specimens of the table of measurements p. 750, and they agree in every particular with the skull 752 REPTILIA. figured by Dr. Gray as the skull of B. dhongoka, and afterwards referred with doubt by the same observer to this species.* The figure of the body of this species given by Dr. Gray was taken from a young specimen obtained in Nepal, and I have before me three specimens which I procured alive from the Calcutta turtle- brokers, the other being the large adult in the Indian Museum with no history attached to it, but probably procured by Mr. Blyth in Calcutta. These four speci- mens agree in their general form and the shape of their shields with Dr. Gray’s figure of this species. The skull is at once distinguished from the skull of B. baska by its having only one ridge on the palate, and by its more truncated snout which is not upturned to the same extent as in B. baska, nor so compressed as in that species. The upper surface of the snout is nearly flat, with only a very faint upturning at its extremity. The external nares are broader, as is the snout generally, than in B. baska, and the inter- orbital area is also quite flat and broad, as is also the inter-zygomatic. As already said, the palatal surface is marked, on each side, by only one distinct and prominent oblique serrated ridge internal to the alveolar border of the maxilla, although there are indi- cations internal to each of the strong second ridge that occurs in B. baska in that position ; and in the adult the longitudinal ridge which separates the last mentioned ridges in B. baska is broad and rounded, while in the younger specimens it is much asin that species. From the anterior extremity of this ridge, a furrow runs forwards, as in B, baska, to the premaxillary pit. There are only two lateral palatal furrows and not three, as in B. baska. The posterior nares are more expanded from behind forwards in B. baska, than in the present species, in which the lateral borders are nearly parallel. The pterygoid contraction of the base of the skull is also much narrower in B. lineata than in B. baska. The lower jaw has the same structure as B. baska, only the hinder furrow which is so strongly marked in that species, is very shallow and hardly merits the name of a furrow, being more a concavity. The serration of the alveolar margins is stronger than in B. baska. There does not appear to be any character yielded by these skulls, as there is none in the internal structure of the animals that would entitle us to separate them wholly generically. This is a considerably larger species than B. duvaucelli, and the absence of any black lines in either sex suffices to distinguish it at once. It is, however, more diffi- cult to point out wherein the skulls differ, because my experience is that the skulls of the allied species of Batagur do not differ much from one another, but the chief feature in external configuration which serves to separate the two is the relative greater breadth and shortness of the skull of B. lineata as compared with B. duvaucelli. Certain characters, however, can generally be detected, and, as a rule, the most reliable one is to be found in the palatal region. Like B. duvaucelli, B. lineata has only one palatal ridge, but in the latter there is always present a longitudinal eminence or ridge in the mesial line behind and between the lateral ridges ; and pro- ceeding from either side of this longitudinal ridge, there is in B. lineata the 1 Cat. Sh. Rept., Brit. Mus., tab. xxxvi, fig. 1. ? Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., p. 58. CHELONIA. 753 distinct tendency to form a second palatal ridge, as in B. baska, but it is very feebly developed. There is also a character furnished by the lower jaws by which B. lineata can be separated from B. dwvaucelli. In the latter, there is a narrow simple surface behind the ridge corresponding to the ridge of the upper jaw; but in B. lineata this surface is distinctly broader anteriorly, and is marked by two short longitudinal ridges at its anterior part. There are twenty-three caudal vertebre, in the first three of which the transverse processes are only rudimentary, but appear suddenly in the fourth, attaining their maximum in the sixth, and disappearing in the fourteenth. The tongue, small and triangular, is grooved by a longitudinal sulcus. The sides of the laryngeal orifice are protected by a serrated ridge of mucous membrane, and the two ridges meeting behind are prolonged backwards as a serrated ridge for about one inch and a half. Behind the tongue, the esophagus, for about three inches, is thrown into longitudinal folds of rather large flattened papille. The stomach is narrow and tubular, 10 inches in length along the convexity of the curve. Its lower end, for about three inches above the pylorus, is very thick and strong, while that above it, is thin and with a distended sac-like portion behind the termination of the cesophagus. The small intestine, in a female measuring 16 inches in the length of its carapace, was 57°50 inches long, while the large intestine, which is marked at its commencement by a sacular dilatation, was 26 inches long. The liver is large compared with that of Butagur baska, and differs from it in several structural details which either indicate that the species are not so nearly allied as their external appearances would lead one to believe, or imply that the liver is very variable in its form. The ventral section of the right lobe of the liver completely overlaps the longitudinal section of the stomach; its outer margin, which is rather thin and circular, projecting considerably to the left of the stomach. The anterior angle is thick, and there is attached to it dorsally a very restricted portion of peritoneum. The inferior border passes obliquely upwards to the right over the stomach, and between this and the anterior angle, there is first a notch, on a line with the lower border of the transverse connecting lobe, by which the left vena cava enters, and the anterior margin of the notch is formed by a leaf-like lobule which passes upwards to the anterior angle, and along which the peritoneum is attached from the notch. The posterior or dorsal lobe of the right sec- tion of the liver is lingulate, and lying behind the bend of the stomach fills up only a restricted portion of the interspace between the two bends of the stomach. From the notch in front, a thin band-like process of liver substance depends in the peritoneal attachment. The cystic or right lobe consists of three well-marked portions, the section containing the gall bladder lying between the other two and against the side of the shell. The most ventral section, which is not separated from the cystic by any deep fissure, is quadrangular in its outer aspect, with a long process passing off from its anterior end, while internally there is a smaller triangular process at the base of the former. The whole of theinner margin of the ventral section and anterior border ¥4 154 REPTILIA. of the quadrangular section have peritoneal attachments. The cystic portion is the largest, concave internally, convex on its outer side, and almost flat ventrally. It has a pointed conical anterior end, posterior to which, on its inner side, it is joined by the most anterior portion of the transverse lobe. The gall bladder is situated in the lower third of the concavity, and is placed dorso-ventrally, its apex appearing on the ventral aspect. The cystic lobe is attached over the lung, all along its external border, with the exception of about two inches in its lower portion, and the attachment runs round its conical anterior end, and is continuous with the peritoneal fold of the transverse lobe. The third division is more or less quadran- cular, and is the most dorsal of the divisions, and is connected to the dorsal surface of the apex of the cystic lobe, where it is also united to the transverse lobe. All its margins are attached, and it sends down a long narrow ribband of liver substance along the vena cava. The gall duct is rather long and narrow, and after a course of 3°75 inches it reaches the intestinal wall, along which the duct runs for 1:75 inch before it opens internally. There is no perceptible thickening of the mucous coat of the wall of the intestine where the duct joins it, as in B. thurgi. The bile is a very dark blackish-green. The allantoic bladder has the attachments common to this viscus, its sides and fundus being quite free. It is partially divided, and is capacious, but not so much so as the bladder of B. baska, which is attached to the liver on both sides. The cloacal bladders are large, but with very delicate walls, devoid of the villous processes of B. baska, the mucous membrane being thrown into a fine mesh work of loose delicate folds. The internal lobes of the clitoris are blackish-purple, and closely resemble those of B. baska. The peritoneal canal is wide, and terminates external to the lobes of the clitoris according to my observations.'. The inner side of its wall is marked by fine fibrous transverse short bands, with intervening spaces. The ovaries are yellowish, and about five inches long in one female, which, although so large, was apparently a virgin. The oviduct was eight inches long and had never been dilated. The lung is much longer than the lung of B. baska, from which it is also distinguished by the most anterior external lobe being deeply divided from the one behind, and longer than in B. baska. The posterior sac of the inner border is also much longer than in that species, the two terminal lobes of the two borders being long sacs. This species, as will be observed from the foregoing tables, attains to a consider- able size, nearly equalling in dimensions the allied form B. baska. It is, however, apparently comparatively rare in the Sunderbunds of Bengal, whence it is brought to Calcutta along with Batagur thurgi and B. baska to be sold as food to low caste Hindoos. It is more plentiful in the north-western portion of the Gangetic system, extending into Nepal, and it is probably the large species found in the Nerbudda, and is doubtless one of the forms occurring in the Godavery. Like B. baska, it has none of the fierce snapping habits of the Trionycide, although it occasionally ? Journ. Linn. Soc., Vol. xiv, p. 441. CHELONIA. 955 snaps, making a peculiar barking noise owing to the friction of its hard serrated jaws against each other. It appears to be a vegetable-feeder like the other species of Batagur, but it invariably declines to eat in confinement, perhaps owing to our ignorance of its natural food. It has a remarkable power of sustaining long fasts, as I had a specimen in my possession which did not eat any food over a period of four months. Sub-Genus Morenta, Gray. Apertures of shell only slightly contracted ; alveolar surface of skull very broad antero-posteriorly, and transversely rugulose; tubercular, with a ridge internal to the external alveolar margin, but conforming in distribution to the outline of the latter, from which it is removed to some distance. A deep depression on the alveolar surface of the premaxillaries. Posterior nares about the middle of the base of the skull, covered by the shelving alveolar plate. BaTAcuR (MORENIA) OcELLATA, Dum. and Bib. Plates lx and lxi. Emys ocellata, D. & B., Erpét. Génl., vol. ii, p. 329, 1835, pl. xv, fig. 1; Duméril, Cat. Méthod. Rept., p. 14, 1851; Gray, Cat. Tort. B.-M. 1844, p. 18; Blyth, Journ. As, Soc., Bengal, vol. xxii, 1853, p. 645; id., /. ¢., vol. xxiv, 1855, pp. 481, pp. 712; Giinther, Rept., Brit. Ind., 1864, p. 22. Latagur ocellata, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1856, p. 182, pls. x and xa; id., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xix, p. 848, 1857. Emys berdmorec, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxvii, p. 281, 1858; id., Z. ¢., vol. XXxll, p. 82. Kachuga berdmorei, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 204 ; Theobald, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 676. Clemmys ocellata, Strauch. Chelon, Stud., 1862, p. 33; id., Vertheil. Schildkr., 1865. p. 89, pars. Batagur berdmorei, Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, p. 16, 1868; Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxvii, ex. No., 1868, p. 12, pl. _, figs. 2. Morenia berdmorei, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., B.-M., 1870, p. 62; id., Hand List, Shd. Rept. B. M., 1873, p. 55; Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept. Ind., 1876, p. 17. The adult female shell is a moderately long oval about 8:25 inches in extreme length in a straight line, and is high, and well arched transversely. It is concave on either side of the first vertebral, and similarly so above the eighth, ninth and tenth marginals. The margins are not reverted, nor are they serrated. The sternum is broad, flat, and keeled from the axilla to the groin. There are distinct indications of a vertebral ridge on all the vertebrals, and on the third and fourth plates the ridge becomes nodose. The nuchal is much longer than broad, and is generally linear, with the point anterior, although some may be observed with the posterior end narrower than the anterior. The vertebrals are generally much broader than long, although in some the length equals the breadth. The first vertebral has its first mar- ginal borders meeting at an obtuse angle, the lateral margins are generally convex on the posterior two-thirds, but concave on the anterior third, the breadth, however, between the anterior angles being little greater than that of the posterior diameter. 756 REPTILIA. There are specimens, however, in which the proportion is reversed, and there are examples with first vertebrals with straight lateral margins divergent from behind forwards, and in these cases the shield is usually as long as broad: the posterior margin is sinuous. The longitudinal axis of the plate is occupied by a distinct ridge. The second, third and fourth vertebrals are nearly quadrangular and almost of equal breadth, the first-mentioned being the narrowest. Their lateral margins are all more or less parallel but sinuous, and the posterior margins concave from behind forwards. The fifth forms a broad suture with the fourth, and its lateral margins are slightly contracted in their anterior fourths, and the length of this shield varies considerably. One marginal is in contact with the first vertebral, four with the first costal, and three touch the second, third and fourth ; the fifth vertebral only being very narrowly in contact with the tenth marginal. The caudals, in some specimens, project backwards slightly, as if com- pressed, but the caudal notch is absent. The gulars project beyond the post-gulars, but are truncated in front, and their suture exceeds that of the post-gulars. The postero-post-gular suture is nearly trans- verse in some, but in others forms a posteriorly obtuse angle. The pectorals are a little longer than the abdominals, and the postero-abdominal suture is directed backwards. The abdominals are the next longest shields equalling the post-gular and half of the gulars, and standing in the same proportion to the preanals and anals. The preanals are very little longer than the pectorals, and the anals equal the pectorals and nearly one-half of the gulars. The anal notch is broad. The axillary breadth equals one-half of the length of the sternum, and exceeds the breadth of the sternum at the groin. In younger females, the shell is more rounded, and in very young specimens about 3°25 inches long, the shell is nearly round, and the first and second marginals slightly reverted, the vertebral ridge being well developed, almost as in Pangshura, forming a prominent truncated spine on the third vertebral and all but absent on the fifth shield. The sternal ridge is strongly marked. The gulars nearly equal the post-gulars in length; the pectorals, the abdominals, and the preanals equal nearly the anals; the two last pairs of shields being only a little longer than the first. On carefully examining about 100 living examples of this species, I found that there were two distinct forms of shell, one a large, full and globose shell, and the other a more depressed and more elongated oval; the animals of the former characterized by short tails, and those of the latter with long tails, but that with these exceptions the animals of the two forms of shell were identical. On dissecting a number of examples of each type, it was found that the deep and shortly oval shells with the short-tailed animals were females, and the longer ovals and more depressed shells with long-tailed animals were males. The adult male is a narrower and more elongated oval than the female and considerably smaller, measuring 6 inches in a straight line. It differs also in form by the less arched character of the shell, both antero-posteriorly and trans- CHELONIA. 957 versely. It has also the anterior margin of the shell slightly reverted and the caudal region more produced downwards. The dorsal ridge is also more marked. The interval between the margin of the carapace and the sternum is less thanin the female, and instead of being convex, as in the latter, it is irregularly flat and concave, the sternal ridge being much more developed than in the opposite sex, and the sternum slightly contracted at its middle and always more or less concave, with the margins tending to reversion. The anal notch is also deeper than in the female. The plates of the carapace and sternum are much the same as in the female, and they are very thin in both sexes, and are very easily rubbed off. Shells of B. (M.) ocellata, D. & B. 6 6 2 2 Length of carapace in a straight line 6-14 5-11 8-5 8-2 Breadth between second and third costals over curve 6-2 6-1 9-2 8-6 Length of sternum in straight line 2 s é . - , a 5-2 4-103 7-4 7-1 Axillary breadth 5 : : 3 ‘ 3 % : : ‘ - 2-7 2-43 3-6 8-5 Inguinal ss 5 X fi A . é s ‘ i 2-5 2-4, 3-10 3-54 Depth through third vertebral 2-75 2-5 4-1 3-84 In males, measuring as above, the carapace is wholly ossified, while in females of the same size there is a considerable unossified area between all the costals and mar- ginals, which would appear to be conclusive proof of the smaller size of the male. The snout is short and rather pointed, and the nostrils close together, round, and directed forwards. The margins of the jaw are finely serrated, and there is a notch in the front of the upper jaw, with a tooth on either side of it between which the symphysial hook of the lower jaw is received. The upper surface of the head is flat, and covered by one plate; and there is a large plate behind the eye. The plate of the mandible is backwardly convex on the chin, and there is a small plate below its extremities and below the angle of the mouth. A series of very small scales behind the angle of the mouth; the mental glands each open by two orifices in the usual position. Skin of tympanum nearly smooth. Neck moderately long; the skin on its upper surface nearly smooth, with scattered minute round blackish papillae; the skin on the sides and under surface somewhat scaly and papillar. The base of the neck is smooth, as is also the skin on the groin. The fore feet are broad and powerful; the toes broad, and the five claws strong. The toes are covered with from five to six transverse plates, and the upper surface of the free portion of the limb with separate transverse plates. The sole is covered with rounded plates, above which there is a transverse naked area, succeeded by a transverse row of three large plates. The outer margin is fringed with five to six largish plates. The upper surface is nearly free of transverse scales, except on the sides, and there are a few scattered minute papille on the bare portions. The tail is short, but it projects one-half of its length beyond the carapace. The latter half of its under surface has a double row of enlarged scales. Its sides and upper surface are covered with sharp conical tubercles, among which some larger ones occur on the sides. 758 REPTILIA. The carapace is olive-brown of various shades, sometimes very dark and at others very light. Each plate of the carapace is very finely reticulated with black lines, and is occupied by a large blackish-brown rounded spot surrounded by a pale yellowish-brown zone, the outer margin of which is blackish-brown. The central black spots on the vertebrals occur on the ridge-nodosities, and on the first four shields they are linear; on the fifth the spot has the shape of the shield. The black spots become relatively smaller with age and more feebly marked. The margin of the shell is yellowish, and the whole under surface yellowish; the osseous sutures shining through the plates as lighter yellow lines. I have a specimen before me (a male) with the sternal plates brownish, but this appears to have been produced by some salt of iron. The general colour of the head is dark greyish-brown, browner on the upper surface. The large vertical plate is olive greyish, with two indistinct dark longitudinal parallel lines on it, below the eye; sometimes a small yellowish spot before the eye, the tip of the snout below the nostrils being obscurely marked with yellowish. A pale greenish-yellow narrow line along the upper margin of the snout, over the eye, con- tinued on to the neck, and margined with blackish. A similarly coloured line from behind the eye over the tympanum, on to the neck, also margined with blackish. A like, but more indistinct line on the under surface of the rami of the mandible, slightly inwardly convergent and dilated posteriorly, terminating before the angle of the mouth. Skin of the neck pale brownish, passing into light grey. Limbs pale brownish-leaden with a tinge of olive. Tail dark brown above, with obscure yellowish longitudinal lines. After a comparison of the specimens on which these observations rest with the types of H#. ocellata, in the Paris Museum, I do not hesitate to regard them as examples of O. ocellata, D. & B., although the types of this species were said by Duméril and Bibron, and by M. M. Duméril to have been obtained by Belanger in Bengal. Having forwarded specimens of the ocellated Batagurs of Bengal and of Burma to Prof. Peters, he wrote to me saying that he considered the Burmese species to be the true B. ocellata, D. & B. As I wasin Paris at the time Prof. Peters made this suggestion, I compared the types of B. ocellata with the accurate drawings of the Burmese and Bengal species reproduced in this work, and arrived at the conclusion that Prof. Peters’ identification was correct. I have collected on a large scale in Eastern Bengal, but on no occasion have I obtained a living animal corresponding to the ocellated tortoise of Burma, and only on four occasions have I succeeded in obtaining living examples of the new form, with which I have great pleasure in connecting Professor Peters’ name. Iam there- fore disposed to consider that some mistake arose regarding the locality from which Belanger’s specimens were obtained, as they certainly correspond to the Burmese species and not to that rare and beautiful form B. petersi. The tongue is small, and grooved longitudinally on its hinder part, and it is separated from the larynx by a deep furrow, convex from behind forwards ; the CHELONIA. 759 laryngeal orifice, passing forwards and downwards into the furrow, is opposite the longitudinal lingual fold. One-half of the orifice thus looks forwards, and the half posterior to it upwards. Besides its fine thickened border, the posterior half of the orifice has a rounded ridge of mucous membrane on either side, as in B. thurgi; the two, being in contact behind and anteriorly divergent, form a triangle with the base anteriorly. The anterior fourth of the cesophagus, from behind the larynx, is very smooth, although a few minute papille may be detected; but behind this a few large papille appear arranged more or less in longitudinal lines, and increase in numbers as they are traced backwards, becoming more villous and more numerous, suddenly ceasing on the latter portion of the cesophagus where they are thrown into very fine free folds, and in this respect it also resembles B. thurgi. The stomach is partially overlapped by the ventral portion of the right hepatic lobe ; but much less so by the dorsal portion. The stomach contracts much towards the pylorus, the duodenum presenting a dilatation immediately behind the pylorus. The stomach, in an adult female, measured six inches, the small intestine 31 inches, and the large intestine 14 inches. The gall duct opened four inches from the pylorus. The first two inches of the duodenum have the mucous coat thrown into fine anastomosing lamellar-like folds, containing finer folds within them; but the portion intervening between this and the orifice of the gall duct has the folds more longitu- dinal and distinct, but before the latter orifice they are distinct longitudinal lamellar folds, with finer intervening folds extending over the whole length of the small intestine. The large intestine commences by a sudden dilatation, which is more capacious on one side than the other, indicating aczecum. The first six inches are doubled on each other, as in Hardella. The inside of the large intestine is smooth, the folds of the small intestine abruptly terminating at its commencement. The transverse connecting portion of the liver is much deeper from before back- wards than in any other Batagur I have examined, and is transversely narrower. The two veins from the right and left divisions are thus very near each other, and the compact appearance of the gland is heightened by the absence of any of the long processes or appendages that distinguish the liver of B. ¢hurgi. The dorsal division of the left lobe has its left border completely overlapping itself, and its right lower border terminates in two short processes. The notch of the ligament is deep and crescentic, and situated at the right extremity of the lower border of the ventral division of this lobe. The lower border of the connecting lobe is notched in its centre, and this, along with the notch of the ligament, and another notch where the connecting lobe joins the right division of the gland, present two marginal processes between the two lateral notches. At the commencement of the upper posterior border of the right lobe there is a short process. The right and transverse lobes are flat on their under surfaces, and the gall bladder lies along the inner border of the former lobe, close to the division between it and the latter. Itis on the same plane as the under surface, and does not project beyond the liver substance as in other allied tortoises. 760 REPTILIA. The allantoic bladder is very large, and perhaps more free than in the true Batagurs. It consists of two halves with a narrow isthmus, the left half always the larger. When dilated, it equals in size the whole of the other viscera put together, and its walls are very delicate. The cloacal bladders are small and globose, and covered internally with numerous villi. There are large glandular structures in the inguinal region. The apex of the lung is partially divided in two, and below this it is externally contracted; the portion below this, again, consists of three lobes one before the other, the terminal, or most inferior, being moderately long and fine, with the kidneys behind and along its inner border. In a male, with the carapace 6 inches long, the lung measured when distended 3°50 inches long, with a breadth at the apex of 1"97. The iris is of a pale sparkling metallic yellowish-white, much mottled with black, especially anteriorly and posteriorly, producing in some the appearance as if a black band passed through the iris. The axillary and inguinal septa are but little developed, and the vertebral for- mula in the female is C. 9, D. 8, 8. 8, C. 19, or 20. In some males, there are a fewer number of caudal vertebrae than in the female, although the tail is considerably longer in the former than in the latter sex. But the greater length is brought about as in other species by the much longer and larger vertebree of the male. The transverse processes in the caudal vertebree begin to show themselves strongly on the seventh, and increase to the thirteenth, beyond which they diminish, disappearing on the last three. By its skull this genus is closely allied to B. thurgi, having a similarly formed palate and internal nares, the former, however, being less pitted than in H. thurgi. The grooving and ridging of the mandible are also the same, or nearly so, as in that species, only the palate has a proportionally greater antero-posterior expansion, and the coronoid process does not rise above the level of the post-coronoid portion of the ramus, being outwardly directed and sessile. The sub-genera, Hardella and Worenia, if there were no other characters but those derived from the skull to separate them, might with propriety be united; but the different structure of their shells, and the remarkably elongated lung of Hardella, suffice to distinguish them as two sub- generic modifications of Batagur. The skull is remarkably distinct from the skull of B. (I) petersi, Andr., differing from that species in being much broader, and more especially in its having a much shorter and broader muzzle. This appears to be one of the most prevalent species in Arracan and Burma. It is thoroughly aquatic in its habits, but has nevertheless the power of living out of water for a lengthened period, doubtless by reason of its large allantoic bladder. It is very gentle in its habits, and does not attempt to bite, but when suddenly handled emits a kind of hissing noise, retracting itself into its shell. It lives on the bulbous roots of aquatic plants like its near congener, Batagur thurgi. CHELONIA. 761 + Batacur (Morena) Purersr, Andr. Plate LIX. Eimys ocetlata, Blyth., Journ. As. Soe., Bengal, vol. Xxvil, p. 281, 1854; id., 2. c., vol. xxxii, p. 82, 1859 ; Theobald, Cat. Rept. Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxvii, ex No., 1868, p. 13, plate. Morenia ocellata, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., B. M., 1870, p. 63. The adult female is slightly smaller, and more elongately and narrowly oval than the female of B. (J) ocellata. The shell is more arched, with much greater fullness over the fourth and fifth vertebrals than in. B. (I/.) ocellata, and like the latter it has a vertebral ridge. The post-inguinal portion of the plastron also is much broader than in the last mentioned species. The nuchal is long, due to the circumstance that the anterior margin of the shell is hardly, if at all, emarginate, the nuchal thus having more the appearance of a narrow marginal, than of a nuchal plate. The proportions between the anterior and lateral margins are the exact opposite of what prevails in B. ocellata, because the first marginal has much greater antero-posterior breadth than the sixth marginal; this plate in B. ocellata being much broader than any of the other marginal plates, The length of the nuchal itself equals the breadth of the sixth marginal, whereas in B. ocellata, the length of the nuchal is less than one-half the breadth of the sixth marginal. The lateral marginals also are not so outwardly directed as in B. ocellata, and in this they follow the more arched character of the shell, but the anterior marginals are more upwardly reverted than in B. ocellata. The fourth marginal in B. ocellata is applied to the whole of the outer surface of the axillary plate, with the exception of a small surface, anteriorly to which the third marginal touches, but in B. pefersi the fourth marginal is only applied to the anterior half of the outer surface of the axillary, and the third only touches the anterior angle of the axillary. This character is persistent throughout a large series in B. ocellata in which the fifth marginal is always largely excluded from articulating with the axillary by the fourth marginal, whereas in B. peterst the fourth and fifth marginals are nearly equally divided between the axillary. The vertebrals are of nearly equal breadth ; the first is longer than broad, with a posterior concave margin and its anterior margin convex. The second, third and fourth shields are broader than long, the length diminishing as they are traced backwards; the fifth shield has a broad anterior border like the other vertebrals. The ridge terminates on the posterior border of the second, third, and partially on the fourth vertebral, in an abrupt eminence. The outer margins of the post-gulars and of the preanals are some- what expanded ; the gulars, anteriorly as in B. ocellata, form a nearly straight line, and each plate is triangular. The post-gular suture is relatively longer than in B. ocellata, and the mesial preanal suture is very much shorter than in that species (see Duméril and Bibron’s figure of type); thesuture in B. petersi equalling less than one-half of the mesial anal suture, while in B. ocellata the preanal suture nearly equals the length of the anal suture. The pectorals also of B. petersi are relatively larger than in B. ocellata. In B. ocellata the inguinal plate forms a suture with the sixth ZA 762 REPTILIA. marginal, whereas in B. petersi (see figure of the type of B. ocellata) the sixth marginal is completely excluded from touching the inguinal, with which the seventh marginal forms a very broad suture, with nearly the anterior half of the outer margin of the inguinal having the eighth marginal forming the suture along its latter half, the eighth marginal being all but excluded from touching the ingui- nal. The under surface of the plastron of B.ocellata is somewhat more concave than in B. petersi. . The two males which I have observed are full grown, but considerably smaller than the female which was also adult, and the relative proportion between the sexes is given in the following table. The male differs only from the female in its smaller size and slightly less elevated and narrower shell:— = + Adult 6 Adult 9° Inches. Inches. Total length of carapace in straight line . 5 : j : 4 ‘ : ; 5 4°95 7°70 of plastron 4 ‘ 4 . ‘ , : : ‘ A : 4:10 6°65 Axillary breadth . . ‘ : : 3 . 5 ‘ ‘ 3 ‘ ‘ é 2:28 3°50 Inguinal ,, é 2 ‘ $ : 3 : : . ‘ : ; a 2°20 3°47 Depth of shell ; . ; , : , 5 ; ; 3 2 : ‘ : 2°33 3:70 The head is much more pointed than in B. ocellata, the muzzle is relatively longer, and the portion below the nostrils much more backwardly sloped than in B. ocetlata. 'The skin of the neck is covered with granules, much in the same way as in B. ocellata, and the limbs with small scales, as in Batagurs generally, but B. petersi has three rather large yellow scales, a little above the base of the first toe. The coloration of the two species is markedly distinct; the shell of B. ocellata is brown-olive, with a large dark-brown round spot in the centre of each of the costals, surrounded by a pale areola, with a dark external border; the centre of each vertebral is also occupied by an elongated dark-brown spot with a pale- areola around it, and each marginal also shows a tendency to form a brown spot like the foregoing. B. petersi, on the upper surface, is blackish, with a pale narrow greenish-yellow line along the margins of the vertebrals, and a light yellow line along the margins of the costals, with a bright yellow margin, as in B. thurgi, along the outer edge of the marginals. Each costal is occupied by a narrow pale greenish ring, the centre of which is the dark black of the upper surface of the shell generally; a narrow greenish-yellow line passes outwards through the middle of each marginal, and these marginal lines tend to join with each other above, external to the yellow costal rings, and to form marginal rings, but they are imperfect at the margin, due to the broad yellow border of the marginals. There is also a distinct tendency, in yellow lines given off from the vertebral aspect of the costal rings, to the formation of another series of costo-vertebral rings, but these rings are generally broken and become imperfect as they touch the vertebrals. A yellow line runs through the nuchal and vertebrals almost to the last vertebral, and from the posterior end of each shield, at the ridge, a greenish line CHELONIA. 763 runs forwards from each of its sides to form a triangular figure, the two lines not join- ' ing each other at the anterior end of the shield, but these yellow lines correspond to the well-defined rings of the costals and the imperfect rings of the marginals. The plastron is rich orange-yellow, but the axillary and the sixth and seventh marginals below are occupied by a dusky central area. The front, sides, and top of head, and the anterior portion of the neck above, are rich olive-black, fading on the posterior portion of the neck above to olive-brown, the rest of the neck being of this colour. A narrow yellow line on the upper surface of the head runs from between the eyes backwards. A yellow line stretches from the upper margin of the nostrils backwards, along the upper margin of the orbit ; a narrow line from behind the eye over the upper margin of the ear, fades away on the side of the neck; a narrow yellow line, from below the nostril along the side of the face, extends to the angle of the mouth, and slightly backwards; the line of the opposite side begins as a separate line by itself, but occasionally imperfect at its beginning. A yellow line runs along the lower margin of the under jaw; the divergent yellow lines on the throat commence posterior to the orifices of the mental glands. The eye is black. The limbs above are covered with blackish scales, the inner and outer margin of each limb having a pale narrow yellow line, and two yellow lines down the upper surface of the limb; claws blackish. The skull is very much narrower and much more pointed than in B. (JL) ocellata, and this character comes out also in the lower jaw; and in this narrow character it is very different from the head of the types of B. ocellata in Paris. Like B. ocellata it has all the palatal and mandibular characters of B. thurgi. The structure of the soft parts is much the same asin B. ocellata, In the large dilatation which marks the beginning of the large intestine, after which the intestine again contracts to a small size, I found a great multitude of an Ascaroid worm. There are some osteological differences between the two species; the neck of B. petersi being somewhat proportionately longer than the neck of B. ocellata, the bodies of the cervical vertebree of the former being the longer of the two. The nuchal plate, in an adult female of B. ocellata, is nearly twice as broad anteriorly as in B. petersi, and the outer anterior portion of the plastron is very much larger in B. petersi than in B. ocellata, and the hyoplastral elements are considerably longer in the mesial line than in B. ocellata, the post-inguinal area of the plastron of B. petersi being considerably broader than that of B. ocellata. Blyth was the first to discover this species in Bengal. In 1859 he obtained two living specimens in the Caleutta bazaar, and being misled doubtless by the cir- cumstance that the types of B. ocellata were stated by Duméril and Bibron to have been obtained in Bengal, he re-named the Burmese species H. berdmorei. The evi- dence I have adduced regarding the structure and disposition of the plates of the species, and which can be tested with the drawing of the type, and which have been verified by actual inspection of the types in Paris, establishes, as I have already said, that the true Z. ocellata was the Burmese form, and therefore that Belanger’s specimens were not from Bengal, where L. ocellata is unknown. 764 REPTILIA. The form B. petersi appears not to be common, and although Blyth obtained his specimens in Calcutta, there is no evidence that they were found near Calcutta. According to my experience, most of the Chelonia that find their way to the Calcutta market come from considerable distances. The specimens I have obtained are four in number; one female obtained by Mr. G. Nevill at Huzurapur in the Jessore District, two males from Furreedpore, and one male from Dacca. Sub-Genus HarpELLA, Gray. Axillary and inguinal septa of the shell strongly developed as in the ordinary species of Batagur. Alveolar surface of the upper jaw very wide, and antero- posteriorly long, asin Morenia. An oblique raised dentated ridge in its middle, on either side, separated anteriorly by a deep pit over the premaxillaries. Margins of the upper and lower jaws strongly dentated. A deep premaxillary notch with a prominent tooth on either side of it, the high smyphysial tooth of the lower jaw fitting into the notch. The lower jaw with a ridge on each side separated anteriorly by a longitudinal groove. + Batacur (HARDELLA) THURGI, Gray. Enys thurgu, Gray, Syn. Rept., p. 22, 1831; Dum. & Bibr., Erpét. Génl., vol. ii, 1835, p. 318 ; Duméril., Cat. Méthod Rept., 1851, p. 14. Emys thurgii, Gray, Cat. Tort. B. M., 1844, p.17; id., Cat. Shd. Rept., B. M., 1855, p. 21; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxii, p. 63, 1855; id., 2. ¢., vol. xxxil, p. 81, 1863. Emys thuji, Gray, Til. Ind. Zool., vol. 1, tab. 73, 1832. Limys flavonigra, Lesson, Bull. de Se. Nat., t. xxv, p. 12; Voy. de Belanger, Zool., p. 293, 1834. Clemmys thurgi, Strauch, Chelon. Stud., p, 32, 1862; id., Vertheil. Schildkr., p. 71, 1865. Lmys thurgi, Ginth., Rept. of Brit. Ind., p. 24, 1864. Kachuga oldhami, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1869, p. 200, fig. xiv, skull. Batagur thurgi, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe., Lond., 1870, p. 708; Theobald, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxvu, ex. No., 1868, p. 12; Deser. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind., p. 23, 1876. Hardella thurgi, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., B. M., p. 58, fig. xxi, 1870; id., App. Cat. Shd. Rept., B. M., p. 18, 1873; Theobald, Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1872, p. 84; Hand List, Sh. Rept., 1873, p. 52. Hardetia indi, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 58; id., Hand List, Sh. Rept., p. 52, 1878. The shell of the female is an elongated oval, narrower in front than behind, attaining its greatest breadth at the sixth and seventh marginals. 'The border from the eighth to the twelfth marginals is sinuous, but not serrated in the adult, although it is so in the young. The posterior margins are slightly upwardly convergent, forming a very obtuse angle with the sternal portion of the margin of the shell. There is a faint concavity over the anterior angle of the first costal and the hinder half of the first and second marginals, also over the ninth, tenth and eleventh mar- ginals, and between the fourth and fifth vertebrals in the adult. The caudal notch is well developed. The costals are well arched in the female but flatter in the male. In the young and the male, an areolar nodosity occurs near to the CHELONIA. 765 centre of the superior border of the first and second costals, and close to the superior posterior angle of the third costal. In the fourth costal, the upper is more convex than the lower half, but there is no distinct nodosity. In the adult, these nodosities are distinctly visible as swellings in these portions of these shields; and as the second, third and fourth vertebrals are rather concave than otherwise, although they are markedly convex in the young and in males, these nodosities almost simulate a costal ridge in the adult, as they constitute an obscure longitudinal eminence which is separated from the vertebral ridge by an intervening shallow concavity. In the young, the vertebral ridge is most pronounced at the hinder border of the areole which are strongly transversely developed, slightly posterior to the centres of the plates, the outlines of which they retain, their surfaces being finely roughened, and the areolz surrounded by lines concentric to their forms. The ridge is most defined in the first vertebral, and in the young embraces the nuchal. In the male, and young females of the size of the ascertained males, the ridge terminates rather abruptly close to the posterior margin of each plate in a kind of nodosity ; but in the large adult females these entirely disappear, and the ridge is rather depressed at the junction of the plates. In the young, the vertebral plates are relatively much broader than in the adults, the breadth of the second vertebral plate, which is about the same breadth as the third, equalling the distance between its external angle and the margin of the shell, while, in the adult female, the breadth of that plate is less than one-half of that distance, whilst in the males it is considerably more. In the young, the nuchal is triangular and broader at its base than long, while in the adult that shield preserves the same form. In the former stage, the first vertebral is almost quadrangular in some, while in others it is narrower in front than behind, with the margins nearly straight, and is con- siderably broader than long. In the adult, this shield is sometimes as broad as long, while in others it is longer than broad. Its lateral margins are sometimes nearly parallel, whilst in others they converge anteriorly as straight lines, while occasionally their anterior halves are concave and their posterior halves convex, so that the shield is nearly bell-shaped. In the majority of adults, the second, third, and fourth vertebrals are longer than broad, with rectangular borders, the costal margins of the third and fourth plates being more or less sinuous, while other indi- viduals have the first and second vertebrals broader than long, and the third and fourth as long as broad, besides other intermediate individual variations. The general characters, however, of the first, second, third and fourth vertebrals are, that they are more or less quadrangular or oblong, generally longer than broad, with nearly rectangular margins and of nearly equal breadth anteriorly and posteriorly, with the exception of the posterior margin of the fourth vertebral, which is less than two-thirds the breadth of its anterior border. In the young, the first, fourth and fifth vertebrals are of nearly equal breadth, but, in the adult, the last men- tioned shield is by far the broadest. It is contracted at its anterior extremity, and its costal margin is convex, and it articulates broadly with the eleventh marginal. 766 REPTILIA. The sternum has the gular transversely truncated, the post-gular considerably broader than the preanal portion of the young female, and the anal notch broad and its margins obtuse. The sternal ridges, which are posteriorly convergent, are marked by an areolar nodosity on the posterior margin of the pectorals and abdominals. In the adult female, the post-gular region is narrower than the preanal, and the axillary and inguinal diameters are nearly equal. In the male, the characters of the young female prevail, and the axillary is broader than the inguinal breadth. The ridge all but disappears in the adult female, and in the male it is feeble. The gulars are generally shorter than the post-gulars which are always less than the pectorals. The abdominals are the largest of all the sternal shields, and the preanals are invariably larger than the post-gulars, and occasionally as long, or longer, than the pectorals. In young specimens, the anal suture is sometimes not so long as the posterior margin of an anal, while, in the adult, it is longer than the breadth of the anal notch. In some individuals the sternum is projected more forwards than in others, being nearly in a line with the anterior margin of the carapace, while in others it is much further back. The following table gives the measurements of the carapace and sternum in eleven females and three males, the sexes of which were ascertained by dis- section :— Measurements of living specimens of Batagur thurgi. Ge Vi SOs We Oe Pe Oe WI OS gg) Ge Py SIG re Or Oe eg al at In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.| In| In.| In. Length of carapace, straight line .| 19°07] 18°75] 18°26] 18°00} 28°00) 18°58) 17-00) 17°43} 16°75) 16:26} 16°33) 6°17) 6-03] 5°83 Breadth of carapace over curve .| 18:00] 16:42) 16°75} 16°67} 16°50} 17:00} 17-00) 13°33) 15°92) 15°26) 15°50} 6-26) 6°17] 5°78 Length of sternum .| 18°26] 17°90] 16°50} 16°33] .16'26) 17°00) 16°26) 15°42) 15°50) 15°75) 14°83) 5-75) 5:50) 5-26 Breadth at axilla .| 7:00) 6°75) 6:00) 6:00} 6°26] 626) 617) 5:75) 5°75) 5:50) 5 75) 2°33) 2°33) 2:22 at gron .| 675) 675} 626) 6°50) 6°67) 6:58) 6:00) 6:26) 6:00) 575) 658] 2°17) 2°17/ 2:00 Depth through mid- dle of third verte- bral 4 2 8:00} 7:00) 7:17) 7:33) 7:17) 7:26) 7:17; 692) 7:00} 6:42) 6°67) 2°83) 2 75) 2°57 Out of thirty living examples of this species, of all ages and sizes, only three were males, the largest being only 6"17 in the length of its carapace, whilst the largest female measured as much as 19:07 inches, in a straight line. I cannot say whether the remarkable discrepancy between the sizes of the two sexes indicated in this table is persistent, but this Ican state, that the shells of these small males are fully conso- lidated, and that the penis was so enormously developed that it measured one-half of the length of the carapace. The males are distinguished by the more elongately oval character of their shells, which are not so high as those of the female, and by their longer tails, and these thres characters serve at once to distinguish them from the opposite sex. The rarity of the male sex is also worthy of note. CHELONIA. "67 A few small yellowish tubercles on the upper surfaces of the toes of the fore foot, with the exception of the first; and a triangular scaly surface crossing the limb from the outer margin of the elbow to the dorsum of the first toe; the hinder margin of the limb, having a row of six or seven large membranous plates. On the under surface of the limb, a patch of medium-sized scales occurs in the fold of the ankle joint, and smaller scales on the sole of the foot. A few enlarged scales on the upper surface of the hind toes, and along the hinder margin of the limb, on which they confer a serrated border. The tail is covered above with rather spiny tubercles. Shell dark brown above, with an orange margin, a black vertebral line and a dark spot over the areolz of the three first costals, sometimes a continuous line. /Under surface yellow, each plate occupied with a dark brown centre, so that the yellow is almost marginal. Head dark brown. An orange band above the snout, between the eyes and through the eyelid. A narrower orange-yellow band from the posterior angle of the eye and over the tympanum on to the sides of the neck, where it fades. A yellow band from the anterior angle of the eye forwards, below the nostrils, to the opposite side, the band being separated from the one above it by a narrow dark brown band passing through the nostrils. A yellow spot below the eye. A yellow band from the exterior of the base of the symphysial hook of the lower jaw along the ramus of the latter and below the tympanum, to the sides of the neck. A dark band internal to this, the under surface of the throat being mottled with dark brownish and yellowish. A very obscure yellowish band from the anterior margin of the tympanum backwards. Limbs olive brownish above, margined with yellowish. Claws dark brown. Tail with a yellow dorsal line. In the adult, the bright colours are fainter than in the young. In some males there is an orange line along the lower margins of the second, third and fourth costals, and which I have not observed in the females. The leading characters by which this skull is separated from other Batagurs are the absence of any upturning of the nose; the deep notch on the alveolar margins of the premaxillaries, external to which is a strong triangular serrated tooth- like process ; the strong dentation of the alveolar border of the maxillary ; and still stronger toothed character of the lower jaw, which has a large symphysial sharp tooth, fitting in to the notch in the upper jaw and the absence of a coronoid. The internal nares are broad, and shorter than in other Batagurs, but this character would be of no sub-generic value were it not associated with a differently formed external wall. In true Batagurs, the palatine and pterygoid form an expanded surface at the posterior angle of the maxillary palate, producing a well-defined external wall to the internal nares by thesharp border of the palatine. The latter is pierced by the palatine ‘canal, on the same plane with the general surface of the palate, whereas, in B, thurg?, there is no expanded pterygo-palatine surface, the pterygoid arching outwards and anteriorly to the posterior angle of the maxillary palate, there being no ridge-like border to the palatine, which is wholly concave and pierced in the outer wall of the nares by its canal. 768 REPTILIA. In the general form of the skull, the so-called B. (Hardella) thurgi is very closely approached by B. (Morenia) ocellata and B. (IL) petersi, but the different extent to which the axillary and inguinal septa of the shells of Hardella and Morenia are developed is so great, that it appears to me that the two should have each sub-generic rank to Batagur. When the mandible of Hardella is compared with the mandible of B. lineata, B. baska, B. iravadica, and B. trivittata, it will be observed that in these species it is characterised by a well developed process, which even projects above the upturned posterior extremity of the serrated alveolar border of the upper jaw, and at a consid- erable altitude above the alveolar line of the lower jaw. In B. thurgi, and in B. ocellata and B. petersi, there is no upturning of the alveolar line of the upper jaw, and the so-called coronoid process does not exist. Tke lower jaw, also, of B. thurgi is a magnified repetition of the jaws of the two species B. ocellata and B. petersi, and this is very well seen when the skull of an adult B. ocellata is com- pared with the small male skull of B. ¢hurgi. In such a comparison, the skulls are so similar, that the generic identity of the two, apart from other considerations, would be probably maintained. There is the same shaped palatine region with a corre- sponding number of ridges and depressions, and similarly formed external nares, only in Morenia the palatine foramen is more posterior and placed out of the nares than in Hardella; but there is also a similar mandible, flattened, denticulated con- tinuously and with an expanded posterior surface. The viscera also, in both the sub- generic forms, are much alike. In the female, there are 21 caudal vertebree. The first has an outwardly directed, well-marked transverse process which disappears in the second and third, but in the fourth itis strongly developed and curved forwards, this forward curve existing in a less degree in the two succeeding vertebre, in which the process is more strongly developed, but it decreases in strength in the seventh with a back- ward direction, and gradually decreases in size to the seventeenth vertebra, disappear- ing on the eighteenth. The shell has the well-marked septa of Batagur baska and B. lineata. The tongue is small, triangular, and marked by a longitudinal furrow, about two inches behind the laryngeal orifice; the cesophagus is covered with more or less longitudinal lines of rather large flattened processes of the mucous membrane, and behind this again for about three inches, these structures become lengthened into conical papillae 0”21 in length, simulating, to a certain extent, the remark- able mucous stylet-like appendages of the wsophagus of Chelonia virgata. The remainder of the cesophagus is thrown into numerous sharp longitudinal folds which are continuous with the folds of the stomach, which disappear at the bend where the viscus becomes transverse, reappearing again about four inches from the pylorus; the interspace free of folds being sacculated and with smooth walls. The left half of the stomach literally lies in a groove of the liver, between the ventral and dorsal lobes, the longitudinal portion being wholly hidden by the free margin of the ventral lobe. With the exception of the slight distension CHELONIA. 769 to the right of the bend of the stomach, the viscus is tubular, as in allied tortoises. Its walls in the latter situation are thin, but in all the remaining portion to the right they are 0°35 thick. The small intestine preserves one calibre throughout, and its mucous coat is thrown into longitudinal folds, finer but of the same general character as those on the cesophagus, with three or four very fine wavy folds between each. It measures seven feet three inches in the largest adult, the measurements of which I have given, and is considerably longer than in B. baska, B. lineata, &c. There is a distinct pyriform ceecum about two inches long when contracted, and about one inch in diameter. The large intestine is three feet long, and it is very different from the large intestine of B. baska, B. lineata, and B. duvaucelli, in describing two sigmoid curves instead of one. The liver in- vests the stomach to a much greater extent than in either B. baska or B. lineata. The gall bladder, which is of considerable size, lies in a concavity on the left side of the gland, and is transverse to the body from the dorsal to the ventral surface, bent slightly to the right, its apex appearing through the liver substance from the right side of the cavity in which the viscus is placed. The gall duct is eight inches long before it reaches the intestine, and, at this distance, its presence is indicated, in the mucous coat of the intestine, by an almost cartilaginous process of the wall, and beyond this it runs under the mucous coat for 1°40 and then opens by a minute orifice, although the tube has considerable capacity. The bile has a rather rich dark-green colour, and the liver is much lighter-coloured than in other tortoises I have examined. The clitoris of this species consists of an outer rosette of four lobes in pairs, with a terminal pointed lobe, the inner rosette being small, consisting of one pair of lobes and an azygos terminal lobe traversed by the urinal canal, z.¢., the same type as in B. baska and B. lineata. The peritoneal canal having the same length as in these species and apparently opening near the base of the glans. The cloacal bladders are large and covered internally with long villi, which, however, do not extend on to the cloacal walls, as in B. baska. The longitudinal folds guarding the ovario-urinary chamber are full and broad, and when drawn asunder are seen to be connected by a transverse constriction, or short fold, below which there is a small pit. The ureters open immediately below the orifice of the oviducts, at the extremity of a short downward prolongation of the folded. border of this orifice. The ureter is short (1°50 inch), but of considerable calibre, and its narrow orifice is defined by a crescentic fold on its upper margin which prevents regurgitation of the fluid. The oviduct is capacious, and, in the individual before me, the ovary was 18 inches long, and had numerous ova; the contents of the larger ova were a bright yellow grumous substance. The oviduct measured 3 feet 4 inches. The first foot from the cloacal opening had its inner surface of a decided pinkish hue, and was thrown into numerous transverse, but interrupted fine folds, while all the remaining portion of the tube was of a pale greyish, almost faint bluish-white tint. The peritoneal attachments of the tube were well defined internally and gave rise to its A5 770 REPTILIA. division into an anterior and posterior wall, each of which were covered with fine folds placed obliquely across each wall, but parallel to each other. The allantoic bladder is small compared with that of B. lineata, and pre- sents two halves that are thrown into numerous fine folds, on their red inner aspects. The lung is very different from either the lung of B. baska or B. lineata, and is chiefly distinguished by the large flask-shaped lower lobe which depends over the oviduct and abuts against the cloacal bladder, distending the inguinal region at, every deep inspiration, pushing before it the cloacal bladders and the enormous masses of yellow consistent fat that occur in that region. It nearly equals the length of the body of the lung, which is narrow and rather elongate, partially divided at its anterior extremity, with a sinuous external margin, terminated below by asmall flask-like lobe. The anterior portion of the lung is nearly twice as broad as the lower end, before the flask-like lobes are given off. The lateral length of the lung is 11°50 inches; its greatest breadth anteriorly 3°75 inches, and posterior 2”16. The length of the large flask-like lobe is 4°50 inches. Hardella thurgi is a thoroughly aquatic species, frequenting deep slow-flowing nullahs, and the long land-locked reaches of deep water that occur, for example, in the district of Purneah, old channels of the Cossy river, which has travelled about ten miles to the westward, during a comparatively short space of years. These slow-flowing and stagnant waters are generally well stocked with aquatic weeds of various kinds but little known, and generally teem with fish, and are thus the favourite resort of crocodiles. The H. tiurgi lives in these muddy bottoms where it scrapes up the bulbous roots of the aquatic plants, occasionally rising to the surface to breathe, but not so frequently as the Pangshures and Trionyces, by reason of its capacious lung. The stomachs and intestines I have opened have invariably been filled with dark-green vegetable matter, but with no trace of an. animal diet. This water tortoise is eaten by Crocodilus palustris, and I have been informed by a reliable authority that he has seen a crocodile trying to swallow a large H. thurgi, and that he has found the stomach of C. palustris, packed full of fragments of the shells of tortoises. It is not at all of a fierce disposition, and when unmolested seldom attempts to bite, and even when much irritated it only slowly opens its mouth, and with- drawing its head, emits a blowing hissing sound. Although thoroughly aquatic, I have kept it during the hot weather out of water, and without food, for more than two months, and with no evil effects as far - as I could judge; after it is returned to the water, having been previously for long deprived of it, the allantoic bladder becomes rapidly distended, as in other and allied species, with a clear watery fluid, which, when the animal is frightened, is ejected with considerable force. This species appears to be widely distributed through the Gangetic system of rivers, extending up the Brahmaputra, but not occurring in Arracan and Burma. CHELONTA. 771 During the cold weather months, many hundreds are brought to Calcutta and purchased by a low caste of Hindus', who keep them alive in tanks and sell them to the Mugh population and to the Chamars for food, also eating them themselves. In the Purneah district, I have had an opportunity of observing at Kolassy, a tribe of Sontals who have been settled in the district for some generations, dive for this species in deep water, and perform the much more astonishing feat of capturing in the same way the very fierce 7. gangeticus and T. hurwm. Ten of these men, all but naked, collected together, and I was surprised to see each man provided with a large bundle of green marsh grass, neatly tied up as a cylinder, about 2 feet long by 9 inches in diameter, cut cleanly across at the ends. As they went into the water each thrust his green bundle before him which I soon perceived to be a float, on which each rested his chest, as he got beyond his depth. Then, one after another, pushing away their floats, dived and re-appeared generally with an example of Hardella thurgi obtained in the mud at the bottom. Having caught a tortoise the diver rests on his float to recover his breath, and coming slowly to shore lands his captive which he carries in two hands, propelling himself slowly by his feet. In this way they caught, in avery short time, about fifteen tortoises of the following species, viz., P. tecta, EH. granosa, and H. thurgi. Sub-Genus TETRAONYX, Lesson. BATAGUR (TETRAONYX) BASKA, Gray. Pl. LX VI, LXVII, juv. Emys batagur, Gray, Syn. Rept., p. 24, 1831; id. Ill. Ind, Zool., vol. ii, 1834, t. 59. Emys baska, Gray, Tl, Ind. Zool., vol. i, p. 82, tab. 75. Trionyx cuvieri, Gray, Syn. Rept., p. 50, 1831. Tetraonyx batagur, Gray, Cat. Tort. B. M., 1844, p. 29. Batagur baska, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept., B. M., p. 35, pl. xvi, 1855 pars; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1857, vol. xix, p. 343; id. Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. B. M., p. 52, fig. skull, 1870; Gunther, Rept., Brit. Ind., p. 37, pl. iii, figs. BB; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxii, 1863, p.-84. Tetraonyx baska, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 200, fig. ti, skull. Tetraonya longicollis, Lesson, Belanger, Voy. aux Ind. Rept., p. 297, 1834. Tetraonyx lessoni, D. & B., Expét. Gén. vol. ii, p. 338, pl. xvi, fig. 1, 1835, M. M. Duméril. Cat. Méth. Rept., p. 15, 1851; Blyth, As. Soc. Journ., vol. xxii, p. 645, 1853; Theobald, Linn. Soe. Journ., vol. x, Zool. p. 17, 1868 ; id., Cat. Rept. Journ. As. Soc. vol. xxxvii, ex. No., p. 11, 1868. Tetraonye baska, D. & B., Erpét. Génl. vol. 1, 1835, p. 341. 1 There is a colony of these Hindu brokers on the eastern outskirts of Calcutta, on the high road to a great fish mart to which many fish that find their way to the city bazaars, and even to those of its suburbs, are first brought alive, in boats half filled with water, and sold to the highest bidders. These Bengalee Chelonian brokers live in wretched thatched mud huts around a tank, the banks of which are literally paved with the shells of this species, and with the granulated shields of Chitra, Trionye and Emyda, which are also highly esteemed as food. On visiting this curious spot, I was first shewn a few huge specimens of T, gangeticus lying in the shallow water at the side of the tank, moored to its bank by a cord passed through the webs of the fore and hind feet of one side, and secured to a wooden peg driven into the bank. On the opposite side of the tank, a large enclosure had been staked off in deep water, and I was informed that it was filled with Hardella thurgi which is always penned up in this way to preveut its escaping, for it is a good walker on dry land. Close to this tank was another and much smaller pond, but so shallow that the backs of the turtles and tortoises appeared as low mounds above its green surface, coated with a thick pellicle of conferve. Here, again, there was a central circular pen filled with Hardella thurgi, and, round about it, were many specimens of T. gangeticus disabled and pegged as just described. 772 REPTILIA. Tetraonyex affinis, Cantor, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xv, 1847, p. 612 (pars). Tetraonyx baska, Duméril, Cat. Méth. Rep., p. 15, 1851. Clemmys longicollis, Strauch, Chelon. Stud., 1862, p. 33; id. Vertheil. der Schildkr. 1865 p. 87. Snout pointed and turned upwards, the upper surface concave between the anterior half of the orbits, convex behind this. The facial portion is much more pointed, up-turned and narrower than in B. lineata, and the nostrils are more tubular. An elongated shield between the orbit and the anterior upper half of the tympanum, with a very narrow elongated shield below it and the aural border. Tympanum covered with rather small scales, arranged somewhat in concentric circles. The skin granular on the neck and on other parts of the body as in B. lineata, with similarly defined scales. The jaw is feebly serrated and slightly notched anteriorly. The general colour of the upper surface of the head and neck in the female is olive-green, with the horny covering of the jaws yellow, the under surface of the neck being also more yellow than the upper surface; the limbs and tail being dark olive- green. The claws yellow. The upper surface of the shell is a uniform olive-brown, the under surface yellow. The shell has no ridge in adult life, but the young has a rather pronounced vertebral ridge. The shell is not so elongately oval as in B. lineata and is more expanded posteriorly and has more reverted marginals. It is also generally more arched from side to side in its anterior half; broader before and much fuller over the region of the first and second vertebrals and first costals, than in the generality of shells of B. lineata. It attains its greatest depth between the second and third vertebrals. It is distinguished from B. lineata by the more quadrangular form of its vertebrals, but more especially by the absence of the fourth elongated verte- bral of that species. The nuchal is not so broad posteriorly as in specimens of the same size of B. lineata. Like that species, the first vertebral has divergent lateral margins, but the hinder margin, if it is at all concave, is not so much so as in B. lineata, and it is occasionally quite straight. It is broader than long, its greatest breadth being between the costo-marginal angles, and its posterior breadth also either exceeds or equals the length. The shield is marked by a feeble longitudinal swelling. The second vertebral is also broader than long. Its first costal margin is directed back- wards and outwards and is nearly straight, the second costal border being directed inwards and backwards from the former, with a sinuous outline. The posterior border is very faintly concave from behind forwards. The greatest breadth of the shield is attained between the two costals, the breadth of the posterior border scarcely equalling the length of the shield. The third vertebral is also a little broader than long, and only slightly broader in its anterior than in its posterior margin which is backwardly concave. Its greatest breadth is attained between the second and third costals, and if its slight outward projection at that point is omitted, the two sides of the third plate are nearly parallel, but a little posteriorly convergent. The fourth is considerably broader than long, and the front margin CHELONTA. 773 broader than the hinder suture. The third costal sutures are sinuous and posteriorly divergent, while the fourth costal margins are the reverse, and nearly straight. The second and third vertebrals are nearly of equal breadth, and the fourth is only a little narrower than the last. The fifth is much broader than long, with a straight truncated anterior margin, half as broad as its posterior margin. The caudal notch is hardly perceptible. The gular suture is shorter than in B. lineata, equalling about one-third or one- fourth of the post-gular suture. The latter almost equals the pectoral suture, which is less than the two former sutures by about one-half of the gular suture. The abdominal is the longest suture, but the preanal suture is shorter than the conjoint gular sutures. The anal suture is less than the greatest breadth of one of its shields. I have not observed any very great disproportion between the males and females of this species, but the largest specimen that has passed under my observa- tion was a female from Kyouk Phyoo on the coast of Arracan, which greatly exceeded the dimensions of any male, but still not to that degree that seems to prevail in B. thurgi, B. duvaucelli and some other species. The only structural difference that I can detect between the two sexes, is the much greater length of the tail in the male, as compared with the female, which is brought out in the accompanying table : Measurements of shells of B. baska, Gray. é g Length of carapace, straight line. s : i 3 ‘ ; s : 5 f 15°75 16:75 ,, of plastron : , . : , , é c Si ; i : 13°75 15:00 Axillary breadth . : ; : : é : 3 ; - : 5 ‘ 5:00 575 Inguinal __,, : ‘ ‘ ; : : : ‘ : : ‘ : : ; 5°25 5°75 Greatest depth of shell . ; . : : ; . ‘ : : : 5 ; 6°25 675 Breadth of shell over curve, greatest : ; 5 : : s : ‘ j ; 14°50 16°20 Length of caudal vertebre . : : : : : : é : 2 : : 7°50 4,90 In adolescence, the nasal portion of the skull of the male is perhaps more pointed and upturned than in the female at the same period. In youth, however, the skull of the male is almost flat (see Pl. lxxv* figs. 6 to 10) as is shown in a specimen from the Irawady which has all the skull characters of this species, and regarding the specific identity of which there can be no doubt. Unless the specific characters of the adult are well ascertained, the young of such species as B. baska and of other species of Batagur, owing to the great changes in form that take place between youth and age in the shell characters, are very liable to be mistaken for distinct species. I may also add that unless the characters which distinguish the sexes are well known, similar errors are liable to arise regarding them, and, moreover, the sexes can only be satisfactorily determined by a direct appeal to the organs of generation. The male, however, is distinguishable from the female by the remarkably brilliant colouring of the front part of the body, but this is not always present, and may perhaps depend on sexual periods. 774 REPTILIA. The general colour of the upper surface of the shell, in the bright-coloured phase of the male, is rich brown, somewhat marbled with darker in the form of lines, the under surface having a rosy yellow tint. The area around the nostrils is pale bluish, but all the rest of the head, and the under surface of the neck are deep black, passing into arich crimson on the base of the neck, the whole of the fore-limb being brilliant rosy carmine. The hind limb is dull reddish purple, and the tail and hinder parts are of the same colour, only darker. The eye is a pale greenish yellow. The alveolar or palatal surface of the plates of the jaws is always almost black in both sexes, but darker in the male. The skull is distinguished by the contraction of the facial portion, which begins at the posterior margin of the prefrontals; the region posterior to this being narrow and concave on its upper surface, with the prefrontals in the adult upturned to agreater extent than in any other Batagur. Internal to the sharp finely serrated margin of the maxillaries, there are two parallel strongly serrated ridges on either side of the palate. The anterior ridges are separated from each other in front by a deep mesial groove, continuous with the furrow internal to each, and which is prolonged forwards into the premaxillary depression; the internal ridges are also separated from each other by a sharp longitudinal ridge; this ridge expands ante- riorly between them, but they are separated from it by the furrow internal to each, sending a narrow prolongation round the anterior extremity of each ridge into the anterior furrow. The hinder border of the palate is slightly reverted, form- ing the posterior wall of the second furrow. The posterior nares have their lateral margins slightly anteriorly divergent and not prolonged so far forwards as in B. lineata ; they are thus broader than in that species. The post-palatal portion of the base of the skull, around the nares, is broader and more expanded than in B. lineata, and B. duvaucelli resembles B. baska in this respect, rather than B. lineata. The pterygoid constriction of the base of the skull is also much broader than B. lineata, and in this character B. duvaucelli also resembles it. It equals half of the space between the pterygoid angles of the post-palatal surface, a pro- portion which also prevails in B. duvaucelli, while in B. lineata it is less than one-third of that interspace. The base of the skull, in this region, does not project so far downwards asin B. lineata. Thearea between the articular facets for the mandible is only marked by two very shallow concavities on the pterygoids, while in B. lineata there is a deep crescentic concavity, and external to it a deep furrow running downwards and forwards. In B. duvaucelli, this concavity and furrow are merged in one, defined by the ridge that runs inwards forwards and upwards from the inner margin of the facet for the mandible. The concavity on the under surface of the occipital is much larger than in B. lineata, which is the case also with B. duvaucelli, although the superior lateral concavities of the basioccipital are larger and more backwardly projecting in the former species. The parietal region of the skull is also much more flattened than in B. lineata, as it is also in B. duvaucelli, although, in its general form, the skull of the latter is more nearly allied to this species than to the former. The eye, as in other species, is strengthened by a ring of sclerotic CHELONTA. 775 bones, ten to twelve in number, Pl. Ixxv, fig. 11, which constitute a strong sup- porting ring to the sclerotic. The temporal fossa has a rather acutely pointed anterior superior border, while in B. lineata and B. duwvaucelli the same border is obliquely transverse and broad. As in B. lineata, the lower jaw has a longitudinal groove between the pos- terior symphysial margin and the post-alveolar ridge, but instead of stopping short where it meets the angle of junction of the ridges of the opposite sides, it is prolonged forward between them, terminating on the symphysis, while in B. lineata the ridges unite; a sharp but short ridge occurring at the angle of union, which is the case also in B. duvaucelli, only in that species there is no groove posterior to the post-alveolar, which has only a single narrow surface behind it nearly on its own level. The groove behind the inner ridge of the lower jaw has a well-defined inner border in B. baska, whereas, in B. lineata, this border is not upraised, and there is consequently no true posterior groove, but only a broad shelf of bone. In this species and B. lineata, there is a concavity on the outer surface below the alveolar border corresponding to the surface on which the superior maxillary rests, but in B. duwvaucelli no such concavity exists. The skull of the large individual from Khyouk Phyoo measuring 5"-45 in extreme length and 3"10 in width below the ear is fully adult, as the sutures on the anterior portion of the upper surface of the head are disappearing; and since the skeleton presents every appearance of full maturity, the dimensions given under that speci- men may be regarded as indicating the limit of growth of the female. The first vertebra after the eighth dorsal is applied by its transverse process in the same way to the eighth costal plate as occurs in B. lineata, but the nodosity so formed is applied to the ilium before the transverse processes of the first of the true sacral vertebree, of which there are only two with distinct transverse processes. The transverse processes appear in the fifth and disappear in the fifteenth caudal vetebra. In a female there are 27 tail vetebree. The axillary and inguinal septa are developed almost to the same extent as in B. baska. The tongue is very small, not more than half an inch in length, and is marked by a longitudinal furrow, as in Baturgide generally, leading to the laryngeal orifice which is almost exactly below the posterior nares. The larynx is thus placed much anteriorly. The surface of the mouth, and the cesophagus for three inches behind the larynx, are covered with large and numerous rounded villiform processes. The tubular intestiniform stomach is stretched across from side to side between the anterior septa of the shell. Entering the visceral cavity, at the upper end of the left septum, it passes a short way backwards and then stretches across to the posterior margin of the right septum, from which it is separated by the narrow transverse lobe of the liver. It then turns backwards, and, when opposite the gall bladder, it is covered anteriorly by the right division of the liver, which arches over it, and from that point its backward curve is inwards. The left lobe of the liver embraces anteriorly the cesophageal portion of the stomach and lies in*the lesser curvature. The total length of the greater curvature in one 776 REPTILIA. individual was 11°50 inches and of the lesser curvature 7°80 inches, with a maximum diameter of 17°10. The total length of the small intestine was 45"60, and of the large intestine 15”60. There is a small conical dilatation of the large intestine on the beginning of its left wall. The first five inches of the small intestine are considerably dilated and the mucous coat is smooth, but beyond that, to the large intestine, there are long tracts in which it is thrown into long continuous wavy parallel rugee of different calibre, but of marked regularity. The liver israther small compared with B. lineata, and its right and left lobes lie immediately behind the septa, its right being but little larger than its left lobe. The latter has a lingulate anterior surface directed backwards and inwards, from left to right, with the tip recurved outwards, the peritoneal sac being alone attached along the upper border. Its outer half lies across the cesophageal portion of the stomach, the recurved inner end resting in the depth of the smaller curvature. This lobe has two small lobules at its base, dorsal to the attachment of the gastro-hepatic omentum, and they also lie in the smaller curvature, the smaller lobule being bent anteriorly over the root of the other, and fitting into the lesser curvature. The other lobule contracts rapidly and in the middle line is not more than 0°75 of an inch in breadth antero-posteriorly, while its transverse width is three inches. The two vene cave run along the anterior surface of this connecting lobe (lobulus caudatus), the heart resting on it about its middle. The right section of the liver is deeply concave, chiefly by the inward projection of the ventral half of the right lobe which is broadly bifurcate at its extremity, and to which the allantoic bladder is attached, and by the dorsal half of this lobe meeting the lobulus quadratus at right angles. The lobulus quadratus sends down a long filamentary process from its inner margin, behind the gall duct, and along it the vena cava passes. The gall bladder which is large is so deeply imbedded in the right lobe that its fundus appears on the exter- nal surface of the liver as a round projection close to the margin between the two divisions of the right lobe. The bile duct has a course of about six inches, and opens into the intestine, six inches from the pylorus. The bile is a very dark-green, almost approaching to black. The pericardium was full of a very clear fluid which measured about 2 ounces. The right auricle was beating vigoronsly for about two hours after all external signs of life had ceased, but the other cavities exhibited hardly, if any, perceptible movements, any motions that they did make appeared more to be due to the blood propelled by the right auricle and to its movements. The right auricle has thin, almost transparent puckered walls and is considerably larger than the left auricle. Its apex is directed inward, and slightly forward. The pulmonary artery divides at 0°68 inch from its base, and the brachial arteries arise one inch from the base of the ascending carotid. The right descending aorta, lying between the pulmonary artery and ascending carotid, bends over to the right nearly in a transverse direction, crossing the left carotid, left and right bronchi, and bending round about the middle of the left bronchus reaches the back. The right aorta gives off at 0°75 of an inch from its base, a common trunk, a quarter of an inch in length, which divides into the CHELONIA. 777 carotids and brachial arteries and then crosses the pulmonary artery and the right bronchus. It is about six inches long from the point it bends dorsally to the bron- chus, and it gives off no branches in its course to its junction with the left aorta. The latter, which is also six inches long in its dorsal course before it branches, 0°25 above its junction with the right aorta, gives off two branches. One long branch passes forwards to the left over the transverse colon to the concavity of the Jesser curvature of the stomach, and enters the left lobe of the liver, but gives off no branches until it reaches the stomach. The other branch passes forwards to the right, crosses the dorsal aspect of the pyloric end of the stomach and then runs along the gastro-hepatic omentum to the right, and backwards to the right of the quadrate lobe of the liver, to supply the liver pancreas and also the pyloric end of the stomach and duodenal portion of the intestine, sending a few branches to the commencement of the large intestine. The mesenteric branches of the ccelic axis arise by a short common tube about two lines in length, from which they radiate. Commencing from above, the first branch is small and proceeds to the transverse colon ; the next in order to the right, two in number, viewing the animal from above, are directed outwards to the duodenum, spleen, and pancreas. The next branch passes to the ileum, while the two remaining and most posterior branches are directed to the jejunum and to the last part of the great intestine. All these mesen- teric arteries thus pass off, anteriorly to the right, and posteriorly to the union of the two aorte. The supra-renal arteries are distant 3°75 inches from the point of union of the right and left aortee, and the renal arteries are 0°58 below them, but anterior to the supra-renals; backwards to the renal arteries nine small renal branches pass off from each side of the aorta to the kidneys. The division of the aorta into its iliac branches occurs two lines below the renal branch. The ovaries in the virgin are narrow bands 0°16 broad by 2"25 in length, their lower ends curved forwards. On the right side, as well as on the left, two large pro- cesses of the lung lie in front of the ovaries, as in Batagwrs generally, and on the former side, the last part of the duodenum is closely attached to the side of the upper part of the rectum and to the lung. The omental fold from this portion of the small intestine invests the pendent portion of the lung. From the oviduct to the rectal attachment of the ligament of the ovary, a delicate fold of peritoneum stretches and is attached along the under surface of the ligament, and can be traced along the abdominal wall as far forwards as on a line with the lower margin of the liver, and which gives attachment to the oviduct, which is 625 in length by little more than 005 in breadth. The trumpet-like mouth of the ovary dilates at its free extremity to 025 in breadth. The intestine terminates about half an inch above the arched membrane that passes forwards and downwards from its orifice on to the lateral walls of the cloaca, when contracted closing in the arched membrane that protects the orifices of the ureters and bladder from the feces. The former arch of membrane when closed only allows of a passage to and from the lateral cloacal bladders. The intestinal recess of the cloaca is thrown into longitudinal folds, while the urinary recess is BO 778 REPTILIA. comparatively smooth with the orifices of the ureters situated well in on its sides, with rather patulous orifices directed inwards and downwards. The orifices of the cloacal bladders are very wide, as in all Batagurs, and distensible, easily dilating to two inches and a half in extent. The whole of the inner walls of the bladders are covered with villiform processes, as in Pangshura, very sparse near their apices but especially plentiful at their orifices, and on the sides of the cloacal canal nearly as far forwards as the clitoris. The latter organ has two lateral lobes on either side, with a common, somewhat pointed anterior lobe, with a small central lobe resembling the last, and grooved for the termination of the urinary canal. The urinary canal is three inches in length, and it dilates in its anterior third as it approaches the orifice of the ureters. The allantoic bladder is very large, and the fundus of its right division is attached as far forward as the liver by a narrow mesentery. A specimen which had lived for two months without water beyond an occasional douche, but which had not been near water for three weeks before its death, except on the previous day when it was immersed, the bladder was found distended to a great size with a clear fluid, and so large as to invest the whole of the intestines, reaching to both lobes of the liver. The trachea divides at 6°75 inches from the laryngeal slit and is to the left of. the mesial line. The right and left bronchi are 7°50 inches long, and in their length and convolutions resemble the coiled air-tubes of some birds. The left bronchus is completely curved upon itself at the apex of the left lung, anterior to which it lies along the anterior border of the cesophagus till it reaches the apex of the lung where it describes the foregoing curve, and then crosses the dorsal aspect of the cesophagus to enter the lung about two inches below its apex and one inch internal to the inner border of the lung. The right bronchus enters its lung at about the same posi- tion, but does not curve on itself like the left tube, but in its course from the trachea describes a number of small curves. The lung is six inches in extreme length, by three inches in breadth. It is broad anteriorly and narrower behind. Its external margin is marked by six divisions, the most anterior being the largest, and forming the outer half of the broad anterior end of the lung and is partially divided into three secondary lobules. The posterior division is not very long, but is divergent from the lobe before it. The inner border terminates in a moderately long dilatation, projecting backwards across the ovaries and separated from the last lobe of the outer border by a wide notch. Batagur baska, Gray. . a F Inches. Inches, Inches. Carapace in a straight line . f a ‘ ‘ ‘ : ; : 23°75 15°6 14°6 Breadth,-greatest on seventh marginal : ; 3 : : : ; 23°75 12:9 11:9 Sternum to middle of anal notch ‘ - F A ; : : 5 20°75 133 “13-4 Breadth of sternum at axilla . : é : ‘ . ‘ : : 9:00 60 64 3 oy inguinal notch . é : ’ , ‘ E . : : Depth through vertebrals | = 4 o2 CHELONIA. 779 This species occurs in the Sunderbunds to the east of Calcutta, and is more common than B. lineata. How far it extends to the westward I cannot say, but it appears probable that its place is taken in the north-west by B. lineata and B. duvaucelli, and that it is more essentially a Malayan than an Indian form. I have received it from the coast of Arracan, and it is generally distributed throughout the Irawady. IT have carefully examined the type of 7. longicollis, and do not find any charac- ter by which it can be separated from B. baska. TRIONYCID 2. Genus Emypa, Gray. Emypa scutata, Peters. Plates LXXIV, LXXV, & Plate LXXV4: Emyda granosa, Theobald (pars), Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, p. 18, 1868. Emyda scutata, Peters, Monatsbr. Preuss. Akad., 1868, p. 449; Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., B. M., p. 107, 1870; Theobald, Deser. Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., 1870, p. 32. This is a shorter and more rounded oval than any of the other species of the genus, and if the nuchal valve is excluded, the anterior and posterior margins of the shell are rounded nearly to the same extent. The nuchal is very small and suspended in a cartilaginous flap. The anterior vertebral swelling is better defined in the male than in the female. The first costal area in the female is markedly concave. The marginals in the adult are nearly all of one size, whereas, in the other forms, the first marginal is always much larger than the rest. The plastron is known by its very much smaller epiplastra, hyoplastra, and hypoplastra, and by its very large entoplastron, characters which separate it from all the other species ; also, by its closely approximated xiphiplastra, broad anteriorly and narrow posteriorly, their inner margins forming a straight line, with no divergence either anteriorly or posteriorly. The sexes are distinguished by well marked characters. The males are smaller than the females, and the callosities of the plastron in the male are relatively larger than in the female. In a fully grown male measuring 7"-50, the epiplastra are triangular with a long anterior border. The inner margin is slightly convex, but nearly straight, while the posterior margin is nearly transverse, being directed slightly backwards, these two margins each equalling two-thirds of the length of the anterior margin. The callosities are rather widely separated by an interval, equalling nearly one-half of the length of the internal margin, but being broader anteriorly and posteriorly, owing to the convexity of the imner margins. Each epiplastron is much smaller than the entoplastron, the extreme length of one of these being less than the transverse breadth of the entoplastron, but exceeding its longitudinal breadth, the greatest breadth of &n epiplastral callosity being little more than three-fourths of the latter measurement of the entoplastron. The entoplastron is transversely oval, the posterior side being somewhat swollen; its 780 REPTILIA. breadth considerably exceeds the length of a xiphiplastron, and even the conjoint breadth of two. The conjoint hyoplastron and hypoplastron have a rounded internal margin, the entoplastral border being marked by a deep notch. These elements are separated by an interval of only one line from the entoplastron, internal to the notch. The xiphiplastra form a suture in the middle line, the internal being the largest of all the margins, the external border being five-sixth of its length. The external borders are anteriorly divergent, so that the plates are broad anteriorly and narrow posteriorly. The anterior margin is slightly convex and notched at its outer angle; the posterior equals one-third or so of the external border, and it forms an oblique angle with its fellow, varying in degree. The umbilical interspace, and the area around the entoplastron are much more restricted in this than in any of the other species. In the female the epiplastra are narrower and more elongated than in the male, the entoplastron is considerably smaller and more rounded, and the abdominals are proportionally smaller and separated by a wide interval. The xiphiplastra also are relatively smaller, and their anterior margins are transverse and further apart from the abdominals. These characters are persistent at all ages. In youth (specimens 5"°65) the entoplastron of the male is round, while that of some females is transversely oval. The xiphiplastra in the male are in apposition in the middle line, but their anterior margins are divergent, whereas in these females they are separated, and both anterior and posterior margins are divergent. From the base of the snout to the vertex, behind the eyes, appears to be slightly more arched in the males than in the females. The head is moderately broad behind the vertex, being flat or slightly concave, and has much the same breadth as in H. vittata, Peters. The upper lip is full and pendulous. The eye is moderately large, considerably smaller than the tympanic area. The first claw of both the fore and hind foot is relatively stronger than in the Gangetic species, LE. punctata, Gray. The toes are not so broadly webbed as in the last mentioned form, and in Z. vittata and H. granosa (Madras) ; the web between the fourth and fifth toes of the hind foot, and the membrane along the base of the fifth toe, are especially narrow. The skin on the snout and upper surface of the head between the eyes in the males is covered with very fine granules. The general colour of the upper surface of the shell in the adults is a dark olive-brown with an obscure black reticulation, or spotted; the cartilaginous marginal surface being a paler brown. The spots are occasionally reduced to irregular rings, while in others they form dark reticulations all over the shell. The sternum is yellowish-white, the callosities and marginals being pale fleshy. The upper surface of the head and neck and limbs, and under surface of feet are paler olive-brown than the shell, and, in adult females, the head and neck are occasionally yellowish-olive. An obscure variable dark longitudinal band or spot between the eyes; a dark line from the posterior margin of the eye over the tympanum. Two obscure black spots on the vertex, occasionally absent, and some smaller spots on the beginning of the neck. The lips are more or less yellowish CHELONIA. 781 on the under surface, and in the pale coloured females are orange; the angle of the upper lips on the side being yellowish- -orange, which does not occur in dark-coloured males, but only to a very faint degree. The yellowish-orange, however, extends behind the angle of the mouth involving the tympanum. The hyoid region has a yellowish tinge, while the rest of the under surface of the neck is pinkish-white ; the under surface of the limbs is the same colour with a purplish blush. The claws are yellow, dark olive at the base, or wholly yellow in pale varieties. The iris is various shades of pale yellow, in some, nearly white. The skull (Plate LXXVa, figs. 12 to 16,) is closely allied by its form to the skull of #. vittata, but its zygomatic arch is more bulging and the orbital portion of the skull relatively shorter, the surface antero-posteriorly of the temporal fossa being also shorter than in #. vittata. The shorter character of the skull as com- pared with the skull of H. vittata also shows itself in the palatal and pterygoid regions, which are shorter than in the foregoing species, while its posterior nares are somewhat broader. The lower jaw is markedly distinct from that of EZ. vittata, in its weaker symphysis, less lateral depth, and less divergent coronoids. The skull of . vittata is much less pointed than the skull of EH. punctata, which has an elongated facial portion even more pointed than in FZ. ceylonensis. Although these differences exist between the skulls of F. scutata and FE. vittata, they are undoubtedly more nearly related to each other by their skulls than to any of the other species. Ei. scutata, Peters. Q Q Inches. Inches. Total length of shell ‘ : ‘ 5 : A : ‘ : : 3 é 9:00 7°33 Greatest breadth of shell . z ‘ : ‘ . ‘ : ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ 716 5°82 depth of shell . 3 : : : j : A ‘ : * : 3°40 3:08 Total length of sternum . : : : : 3 3 ; : : - ; 8°33 7:08 Breadth at axilla. : : : : ; ‘i : ; ; j 3 ; 5°75 492 » atgroin. : , : ; 2 : ‘ 3 ‘ , , 4:00 3°40 Length of head and neck ‘ F é ‘ : s : : . ; 6°25 6:16 Anterior angle of eye to tip of snout - : ; . . : ‘ ; ; 0°60 0°60 Breadth of snout at tip : : : : : : : 5 ; ; : 0:40 0°40 » base ‘ : : : ‘ . 4 - < s 0°40 0°45 Distance between eyes, anterior angle : : ; : a : ; : Pal 0°40 0°50 ss 5 » posterior angle. : ; : : : ; 3 0°65 072 over tympanum ‘ e : . ‘ F ‘i : ¢ 1°66 1:60 Posterior angle of eye to angle of gape 5 : ‘ : , : ‘ oe 0°95 1:04 Base of tail to tip . . : , : ; ‘ : ; 5 s 0°60 1:00 This species is distinguished by the small size of its epiplastral plates and the relatively great size of its entoplastral callosity and by its nearly triangular- shaped xiphiplastra and by its comparatively short hyo- and hypoplastra and small marginals. The epiplastra have the posterior contraction hardly, if at all, ‘marked, and they taper considerably to their posterior ends. ‘The rami of the entoplastron are about as divergent as in H. pwnctata, and the plate is almost spherical, but broader generally in its posterior than its anterior half. The portion of the hyoplastral plate lying between the external and the entoplastral process 782 REPTILIA. does not appear to attain the development that distinguishes it in the other species, and, unlike any of the other species, the external process is directed rather outwards and backwards than outwards and forwards. The anterior conjoint margin of the xiphiplastrals is transverse and twice as broad as the conjoint posterior margins, the two halves of which form an obtuse angle much the same as in adult &. punctata. These plates, as already stated, are proportionally large for the species which appears to be the smallest of all. The stomach in this genus is not more dilated than the cesophagus, or than the small intestine at its beginning, and it is not so wide as the large intestine. The © first third is directed obliquely across the abdomen from right to left, lying, however, on the left side of the mesial line. Its middle third is nearly longitudinal, and its latter third is almost transverse, and the pyloric end, which is slightly contracted and thickened, appears in the visceral cavity well to the left of the mesial line. In opening the abdomen, the coils of the intestine are seen arranged in three concentric circles with the transverse portion of the large intestine appearing between the duodenal fold and first part of the second circle. On removing the intestines entire from off the vertebral column and carapace, and turning to the back, two other concentric complete circular folds are observed, the innermost fold beginning at the left side with the others external to it, the transverse colon terminating on the left side, to the right of the pylorus. There is no cecum, and the total length of the small intestine measures 3 feet 3 inches, and the large intestine 64 inches, in an animal 8°75 in length. Two inches behind the larynx, the cesophagus is covered for about an inch with rather long triangular flat villi, the surface of the pharynx anterior to that locality, and the tongue and roof of the mouth being covered with similar but much smaller structures. The rest of the cesophagus, the pyloric third of the stomach, and the most contracted portion of the small intestine are marked with fine longitudinal folds. The remainder of the digestive tract, with the exception of the large intestine, is smooth and of nearly equal breadth throughout, and were it not for the narrow pylorus, there would be no indication either of stomach, cesophagus or small intestine, but merely a continuous tube. The right lobes of the liver are proportionally much larger than in Batagur, and the bile duct is large, but I have not been able to detect its opening in the intestine. The lung is stronger, but quite as large as in the Bataguride. There are two bronchi, one to each side. The lung is more or less oblong and thick on its external two-thirds, but very thin internally, its lower border being in close contact with the testicle and kidney. The penis, which lies in the post-caudal dilatation of the cloaca, is large, com- pressed from above downwards, the glans consisting of two equal semi-ovals, placed in apposition, like a bilobate leaf, the tip being slightly pointed. It is deeply concave on its under surface, which carries two rather long conical filamentary processes, one before the other, the anterior pair of which are the longest, and situated at the distal end of the proximal or basal third of the glans. These two processes are widely separated from each other, and opposite to them the urinary CHELONIA. 783 groove divides into two, one groove proceeding to each process. The groove which passes first slightly posterior to the base of the process, then courses back in a spiral manner on the process, till it reaches the anterior aspect of its tip. The other grooves, passing backwards to the posterior or distal processes, are straightly divergent, each terminating internally, but slightly posteriorly on the tip of its process. The urinary groove of the body of the penis, as well as the grooves of the glans, are very deep, and must form nearly a perfect canal when their edges are in apposition. The groove is not continuous with the orifice of the bladder, but below where the ureters open, the cloaca is marked by fine longitudinal ruge., The peritoneal canals commencing slightly below and external to the neck of the bladder appear to terminate in the bases of the proximal pair of filamentary pro- cesses and in the spongy substance of which the glans is made up. There are no lateral cloacal bladders. The allantoic bladder is a moderately sized pyriform sac marked by strong rugee on its fundus ; the remainder of its wall being smooth. In females measuring 5°35 in length of carapace, the clitoris which is like a miniature penis, is 020 in extreme length. The division between the lobes is more deeply marked than in the penis, and the filaments are more continuous with the lobes, one pair being directed forwards and the other backwards, while in the penis these structures form nearly a right-angle with the longitudinal axis of the glans. From the base of the proximal pair of processes, a fold of skin passes upwards and outwards, terminating externally in a little wart-like papilla that marks the position of the ending of the peritoneal canal. The urethral groove is shorter in the females and only extends about half the distance that intervenes between the clitoris and ureters, the intermediate surface being densely covered with transverse folds. The females are distinguished from the males by their apparently greater size ; their proportionally much shorter and narrower tails; by the more rounded character of the shell, and its greater fulness behind the inguinal region and greater depth through the middle line. In both sexes, the tail is generally so bent on itself in the cloacal region, that when the animal is retracted and the vent closed, the bend of the caudal vertebrae projects downwards, so as to abut against the anal fold of the ster- num posterior to the penis and cloaca, with the anal fold and caudal contraction of the carapace effectually closing the entrance to the cloaca. The upper surface of the tailin Z. granosa is marked by a smooth ungulate surface of a darker colour than the rest of the skin, and at first sight resembling a scale. There is a minute papilla at the anterior extremity of the floor of the nasal passage with a short fold passing backwards from it in the direction of the nasal septum and acting as a valve. In specimens of this genus only an inch and a quarter in length, the plastron presents no trace of the callous plates that afterwards become developed on its con- stituent bones. In a specimen 12 inch in length, however, the epiplastral plates are indicated by a puckering of the skin over the anterior end of the bones, and over the hyo- and hypoplastra at the point where they have already united immediately 784 REPTILIA. before the anterior extremity of the inguinal valves. The bones of the posterior pairs are thickened over the point from which their median transverse connecting rod diverges inwards. There is a considerable deposit of pigment in these locali- ties, in very young specimens, the whole of the area in the neighbourhood of the second, third, and last pair of the plastral bones being deep black, this colour becom- ing fainter with age; but it is still present in specimens measuring 4 inches in length. In animals 3 inches long, the anterior roughened surfaces are 0°35 long. They first make their appearance near the anterior extremities of the epiplastra, and grow outwards as distinct plates beyond the external margins of the epiplastra, their internal borders corresponding to the same border of the bones. The azygos callosity appears on the arch of the entoplastron towards its posterior margin. The lateral callosities first appear on the broad surface formed by the union of the hyo- and hypoplastra, and extends as these bones grow on to the posterior rami of the hypoplastra, above the division, but less so on to their external rami, and hardly reaching their internal rami. The hinder callosities, 0°35 long in this female, appear on the surface from which the three arms of each xiphiplastron diverge, and gradually extend on to the first and hinder arms, but more so on to the former than on to the latter. These callosities do not extend on to the transverse rami of the hypoplastral bones. In examples 4 inches long, the plates of the epiplastra are more or less quadran- gular, separated from each other by two-thirds of their own diameters, while the entoplastral plate is a minute rough crescentic area. The hyo- and hypoplastral rough surfaces have a straight anterior margin, two concave internal margins, one before the other, and one external concave border. The xiphiplastra are rather elongated ovals, separated from each other in their posterior halves by one-half of their own diameters, their anterior halves being strongly divergent. In the fresh state all these callosities are invested with a thin skin. Tn the adult, the skin is thick and fleshy, the granules are round and pearly, and on the inside of the sternum the callous plates are seen to invest the bones with the exception of a short basal portion which permits the epiplastra to move freely on the entoplastron. The development in the epiplastra is most extensive on their posterior ends, the bony plate in that direction being more than twice the size of the anterior section. The entoplastral plate is developed downwards between the two halves of the bone, the ends fit into the lateral plates before their anterior processes and produce a notch in HL. punctata. The processes of the hyo- and hypoplastra are wholly and broadly invested by the rough plates, only the extremities of their internal processes remaining free in H. punctata. In adults, the xiphiplastral plates embrace all their bones except their extremities anteriorly and posteriorly, while three of the transverse processes fit into each other side by side, the tip of each abutting against the opposite bony plate when the two halves of the plastron are bent upwards and inwards, so that this motion is very limited, while motion in the opposite direction is very free. CHELONIA. 785 The outline of all the original bones and their processes can be detected in the bony plates, so that it would appear that growth commencing in the parts indicated in the young extends gradually in all directions, till at last this secondary osseous structure embraces all the constituent bones, leaving only their articular processes free, the bones themselves preserving their outlines. Variation, however, is not confined to the plastral plates, but occurs also in the shells, independently of differences ascribable to age. In youth, the shell is of a more rounded form than in after life, when it is a more elongated oval. In some specimens the anterior margin of the shell and the anterior vertebral swelling are fuller than in others; the vertebral line is raised in a few, while in others it is rounded off at the sides. In fresh healthy specimens, the upper shell is always entirely covered with skin so thick as to obscure the granular surface under it, but in adults it sometimes becomes abraded, exposing the almost white granular shell below it. These curious mud turtles when left to themselves will slowly and cautiously extend their necks, but as soon as they are approached they do not attempt to escape, but withdraw with great rapidity into their shells and firmly close them. I have never observed them snap at objects, in the same way as Trionyx, and the much more formidable Chitra, which darts out its long neck with a rapidity un- paralleled among animal motions. When the head is retracted it is completely hidden so that the anterior margins of the carapace and sternum meet. The skin on the long retracted neck forms two folds; the innermost but highest fold is so formed that its upper border, which is slightly longer than the snout, and so, doubtless for the protection of that sensitive part, overhangs it; but at the sides of the mouth it slopes downwards and back- wards, the free margin in that position of the fold lying along the chin, so that by this arrangement the mouth is not covered by this fold. The most external fold which is formed by the skin at the base of the neck, covers the whole of the inner fold against which it lies, and all that part of the mouth left uncovered by it, leav- ing only the nostrils unprotected. The neck when retracted is so doubled on itself, that the base of the cervical vertebree, at the anterior extremity of the carapace, is on the same line with the tip of the snout, the posterior bend being opposite the inguinal notch of the sternum, and pushing backwards before it the coils of the intestines which par- tially embrace it on either side. This, like the other members of the genus, frequents muddy bottoms, and, when jheels dry, it buries itself in the mud, at no great depth below the surface. The female in laying her eggs, which are round and about an inch in dia- meter, scrapes a shallow hole for them in the mud and then covers them up. They are exclusively vegetable and grain-feeders. This species appears to be generally distributed throughout Burma, extending along the various rivers that debouch into the main stream, from Lower Pegu up to Bhamé, where I obtained examples, and it doubtless ranges still higher. c 5 786 REPTILIA. Genus Trionyx, Geoff. TRIONYX PEGUENSIS, Gray. Plates LXX,—LXXIII, Trionyx peguensis, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 99, Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind. (Calcutta), 1876, p. 31. Isola peguensis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 31. The specimens of Trionyx collected by Mr. Theobald in Pegu and Arracan, and which found their way to the British Museum, were three in number, as far as I have been able to make out by an inspection of the registers in which they are entered and of the specimens themselves. There is a young Zrionyx in alcohol, the type of Z. formosus,' and the skull of which was afterwards ex- tracted; the skull of the type of JZ. phayrei,’ the shell of which was presented by Theobald to the Bristol Museum’; and the head of an adult in spirit,’ the type of 7. peguensis, and the skull of which was afterwards figured under the name of Isola peguensis. Theobald mentions that only two skulls of Trionyx (exclusive of young animals in spirit) passed from his hands into the British Museum, either by gift or purchase, “a head of 7. stellatus,” and second, “the skull of my type of 7. phayrei.” This is confirmed by the Hand List of Shield Reptiles. The history of these specimens is noteworthy. The young animal in alcohol was described in 1869 as Z. formosus,? and in 1872 as Nilsonia formosa,’ but at this latter date Dr. Gray contrasts the skull of the young animal which had been removed from the specimen, with an adult skull which he received from C. Falconer, Esq.,’ one of the executors of the late Dr. Hugh Falconer. This adult skull has been since figured,® and we are thus enabled to judge of its true nature. After a careful consideration of the figure, I do not hesitate to pronounce it to be the skull of a Gangetic species, viz., 7. hurum,° distinguished from 7. Gangeticus by its antero-posteriorly long symphysis without a median ridge, and to be the skull of the fresh-water turtle which has been described under the names of 7. sewaare,” T. ocellatus,” and 7’. buchanani,” all of which yield similar skulls, quite distinct from the young skull of 7. formosus. The skull of 7. phayrei was first apparently 1 Hand List Shd. Rept., B. M., 1873 p. 77. 2 le, p. 80. 3 Obs. on Ind. and Burm. Trionyz, Theobald, Cal. 1873, p. 8. ‘ Hand List Shd. Rept., p. 80. ® Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 217, Plate xv, fig. 1; Suppl. Cat. Shd. Rept., 1870, p. 99. ® Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 332, 4th Ser., 1872, 7 Le, p. 382 ® Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 46, fig. 2. * Syn. Rept., 1831, p. 47, Tab. x; Ill. Ind: Zool. vol. ii, 1833, t. 16. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x, 1872, p. 836 ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 50; Theobald, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, p. 172. ; n ee ao Nat. Hist., vol. x. 1872, p. 337; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 51; Theobald, Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, » p. 174. ® Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1874, p. 78, -CHELONIA. "87 referred by Gray to 7. formosus, as he states under 7. formosus that “this may be the species indicated asa Trionyx phayrei,” but afterwards? he identified the skull of 7. phayret with T. hurwm of his Synopsis Reptilium, but with which T. phayret has no affinity. In 1871° I identified a skull, recognized by Theobald to be the skull of his 7. phayrei, with the type skull, 7. jeudi, and I stated that after a comparison of the two, I could not detect any characters by which to separate them, but Dr. Gray considered that I had erred, and that the turtle I described as T. phayrei was distinct from 7. jeudi and referable to his 7. perocellatus. But, as we have seen, Dr. Gray after this still identified 7. phayreit with T. hurum. But in the Hand List* my view of the identity of 7. phayrei and J. jeudi was ultimately accepted, but the species was erroneously referred to the 7. sewaare, which is identical with the 7. hwrum of the Syn. Reptilium. The head in alcohol which was the only specimen of the kind in the British Museum obtained from Theobald has a peculiar history. In the Suppl. to the Cat. Shield Rept.’ the head of an adult animal in spirit is stated, under Trionyx jeudi, to have been obtained from Mr. Theobald, who procured it in Pegu, but it is remarked that the symphysial ridge of the lower jaw is only slightly raised and very different from the type of 7. jeudi. On the following page, a head in spirit from Mr. Theobald is again mentioned, and described as the type of Z. peguensis. There can be no doubt but that this also is the head referred to under 7. jeudz. The skull of this head was ultimately removed and figured by Dr. Gray,* and the prepared skull shows a large injury which is explained by Theobald, who states that the two Trionyces he collected in Pegu were shot by his revolver.’ The specimen which constituted the type of 7. peguensis, Theobald mentions’ was taken by a fish hook from the Sittang river at Tonghoo, but as both specimens were shot by him, we conclude that this example was shot after it had been landed by the hook. I shall now consider these specimens in detail, and some other Trionyces which have since been figured and described by Theobald,’ in order to arrive at an under- standing of their relations to the species figured in this work. I have not seen the shell of the type of 7. phayrei which was obtained by Theobald in a mountain stream in the Arracan range, west of Pegu, but it was remarkable owing to the circumstance that the roughened surfaces which generally occur on the elements of the plastron of Trionyces were almost absent, the granulations being only slightly developed. Theobald did not describe the coloration of his type, beyond stating that the colour during life was dark dull brown, handsomely lined as in Pelochelys cantori ; 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 219, et. Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept., 1870, p. 98. 2 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., x, 1872, p. 336. 3 Proc, Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 154. 4 Le, p. 80. 5 dc. p. 98. ® Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 52, fig. 5. 7 Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1874, p. 85. ® Obs. on Ind. and Burm. Trionyces, Cal., 1873, p. 7: 91. ¢., Proc. As, Soc., Bengal, 1874; 2.¢., 1875. 788 REPTILIA. the under surface yellowish-white. Since then, however, Theobald’ has figured and described under the name of 7’. careniferus, Gray, (?) and also under the name of T. phayrei, Theob., without any expression of doubt, the head and shell of a fresh water turtle from Pegu. Mr. Theobald was so good as to allow me to make a coloured drawing from the same specimen, and I have compared the heads of a series of eight turtles from Moulmein, Myanyoung, and Bhamé on the Irawady, with it, and all of them exactly agree with the animal which he in 1873 considered to be his 7. phayrei. At the same time’? Mr. Theobald figured from a specimen obtained at Moulmein another species which he regarded as Trionyx stellatus, Geoff. The head of the specimen referred to 7. phayrei, is reticulated on its upper surface with black elongated irregularly formed spots, which extend partially on to the upper half of the thick upper lip, but not on to its lower half, nor on to the under surface of the head. The head is moderately broad. The head of the turtle from Moulmein referred to 7. stellatus, Geoff., is narrower and more pointed than the former, and the head is covered more densely, and is reti- culated by broken black spots or markings which are more open on the sides of the head. They extend, however, over the upper lip and on all the under surface of the head, and the marking, although generally the same in both, is specifically distinct from the first mentioned head. Mr. Theobald has figured* one-half of the carapace and one-half of the plas- tron of each species. The pitted reticular structure of the carapace of 7. careniferus, Gray (?)= ZT. phayrei, is represented as being coarse, but not nearly so much so as in the carapace of 7. stellatus, Geoff. The under surface of the plastronof 7. careniferus, Gray ( P= T. phayrei, Theob., is figured perfectly smooth, with no trace of granulations, but the figure is so small as not to show a slight tendency to granulation, visible in the specimen figured, and which is shown in the drawing I had made, of life size, from the specimen. This plastron has a very strong resemblance to the plastron of the Trionyx figured by Gray* as T. subplanus. A specimen in the British Museum named Dogania subplana appears to be the specimen figured. The characteristic features of this plastron, as of the plastron figured by Theobald, is the heavy entoplastron and the smooth surface of the other elements. There is no evidence, however, that this Trionyx is the T. subplanus, Geoff., as that species was founded on a carapace only, which Geoffroy considered might have appertained either to the Trionyx of Georgia or of the Euphrates. I have never met in the Gangetic system with a tortoise like Gray’s specimen referred to 7. subplanus and figured as such, and ag coming from the Ganges; but General Hardwicke apparently received the specimen i Obese twa: Weenie ss 5 seated eo . ae a Burm. Trionyx, 1873, p. 7, pl. ii, e¢ Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1874, p. 75, pls. iii & iy. ° l.e., pls. i and ii, et l.c., pls. iii & iv. 4 Ilust. Ind. Zool., vol. i, 1832, pl. xxix. CHELONIA. 789 from Singapore, and it may be it is identical with species of Trionyx from Burma which Theobald has described as having a smooth carapace. The figure shows the remains of what appears to have been a dark reticulation of the upper surface of the head. The plastron of 7. stellatus is represented as having its hyoplastron and hypoplastron and xiphiplastron covered with granulations as in Trionya generally, and with a light entoplastron. The specimens here figured (Plates lxx to lxxiii) under the name of Trionyx peguensis, have heads exactly agreeing with Theobald’s figure, Plate ii, /.¢., referred by him to 7. careniferus, Gray (?)= T. phayrei, Theob, The eight specimens from Moulmein and the Ivawady are all alike in these particulars, viz., that their heads have one coloration and one form so closely corresponding in all their details to Theobald’s figure that they must in this respect be regarded as specifically identical with the head figured on Plate ii and Plate iii, l.c. The heads of these animals exactly agree with the head in the British Museum named by Gray 7. peguensis. There is, however, this remarkable difference between their plastra and the plastron figured under the name of 7. phayrei, that animals of the same size as that figured by Theobald have their plastra covered with granulations asin the plastron of 7. stellatus, figured by Theobald on Plate and Plate ii (J. c.) T have never seen a Trionyx from the Irawady with a head like that of 7. ste/- latus, Geoff., apud Theobald. The skull of the adult figured on Plate Ixxii and lxxiii of this work, and which I here reproduce, natural size, Figs. 29, 30 and 81, agrees with the skull of the head. of the type of Z. peguensis, The skull has a rather long symphysis marked by a Skull of Zrionyx peguensis, Gray. longitudinal ridge, and in the former character it resembles the skull of 7. hurum, which, however, has no ridge, but rather a mesial groove, 790 REPTILIA. My. Theobald? has recently described a turtle from Thayet Myo on the Irawady, with a plastron covered with granulations, as in the plastron referred by him to T. sted- Fig. 31. Skull of Trionyx peguensis, Gray. latus ; and the skull of this specimen, it is important to observe, corresponds to the skull of 7. peguensis. Theobald recognized this, but remarks’ that the plastral characters indicated a totally different animal, and that the style of the coloration of the head was so different from that of 7. peguensis that it clearly belonged to some other species. In connection with these remarks, however, by Mr. Theobald, it must be borne in mind that he regarded the turtle figured by him under the name of T. stellatus as the equivalent of 7. peguensis—a view of the question I cannot adopt, after reading Dr. Gray’s first description of 7. peguensis, and after having compared the specimen I have figured under this name with the type of 7. peguensis. It is further stated by Mr. Theobald that the dried head of the specimen which served as his type of 7. grayi when moistened with water closely resembled the coloration of the head he has figured under the name of 7. phayrei, and which he also names 7. careniferus, Gray (?), from which, however, he was prevented identify- ing it, as the plastron of 7. grayi was covered with granulations. The skull of ' Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1875, p. 176, pl. iii. 21. p. 176. CHELONIA. "91 T. gray is undoubtedly identical with the skull of the turtle figured in this work, and with the skull of the type of Z. peguensis. The skull of the turtle figured by Theobald as 7. stellatus is,.as far as I am aware, unknown. The shape of the head does not indicate a skull like the skull of 7. peguensis. Mr. Theobald has described and figured! a young turtle from Tenasserim under the name of 7. ephippium, and it will be observed on a reference to the figure of the head that in its elongated form and in the dark reticulations spreading over the under surface of the head, it corresponds much to the head figured as 7. stellatus, Geoff. There is also this noticeable feature of this supposed species, that its plastron is per- fectly smooth like the plastron figured as the plastron of 7. careniferus, Gray (?) = T. phayrei, Theobald. The head, however, of the latter corresponds to the heads of’ eight turtles from the Irawady in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, which have their plastra covered with coarse granulations, and which in the form of their entoplastron piece exactly correspond to the plastron referred to 7. stellatus and to the plastron of T. grayi. The granular surfaces or callosities on these eight plastra exactly corre- spond to the granulations figured on the plastron referred to Z. stellatus and T. grayt. The plastron of 7. ephippiwm, on the other hand—a species which has a head the equivalent in form and markings with the head figured as 7. stellatws—has a smooth plastron, with a heavy entoplastron like that of the smooth plastron referred to ZT. careniferus, which is in Theobald’s plate associated with a head specifically distinct from that of 7. ephippiwm and T. steliatus. I have pointed out that the adult or adolescent skull referred by Gray to T. formosus corresponds to the skull of 7. hurwm. The skull (68, 4, 3, 142) removed from the type is so small, that its specific characters are not sufficiently marked to enable it to be decided wherein it differs from the skull of JZ. hurum, but it does not appear to be that species which is confined to the Gangetic rivers. I am disposed to consider it as the young of 7. peguensis. From these facts it is apparent that considerable difficulty has been experienced in determining the one species of Trionyx from the Irawady described in this work. I have no hesitation, however, in identifying it with the Zrionyx which has been described by Gray as 7. peguensis, and were it not that the plastron of the Trionyx figured by Theobald under the name of 7. careniferus, Gray, and 7. phayrei, Theo- bald, is described as smooth, and that its entoplastron is differently formed from the entoplastron of the specimens before me, I should have considered this species, from the specific identity of its head with the head of the latter, as an example of the same species. The smooth character of the plastron figured by Theobald might perhaps be accounted for on the supposition that it was abnormal, but even were this so, such an explanation would not explain away the difference between its entoplastron and the entoplastra of the eight Zrionyces which I have examined from Moulmein and from the Irawady. 1 Proc, As. Soc., Bengal, 1875, p. 177, pl. v. 799 REPTILIA. The 7. careniferus, Gray, was founded on a turtle from the Moluccas received from the Leyden Museum. The type is now much bleached, and as the skull has not been removed, it is impossible to say whether it is specifically the same as T. javanicus, with which Gray’ has regarded it as identical. The head is broader than in 7. perocellatus, Cantor, like which the carapace is covered with large pointed tubercles, which is also a character of 7. javanicus, to which, in form, and in the shape of its head, it has a strong resemblance. It appears to attain to a larger size than J. perocellatus, Cantor; and in specimens of larger size than the largest Z. perocellatus, it is observable that the plates of the plastron are considerably smaller, and that the rugosities are apparently not developed. The entoplastral piece is not so outwardly expanded as in TZ. perocellatus, and the xiphiplastra are much more elongated. The epiplastra are widely apart over the entoplastron, as in specimens referable to 7. stellatus. It would seem in all its characters to be most closely allied to 7. javanicus, if not identical with it. In describing the Burmese species, Theobald refers, as I have said, the J. pe- guensis, Gray, to the 7. stellatus, var. japon., Geoff. This variety from Japan, how- ever, was not indicated by Geoffroy, but by Temminck and Schlegel. Moreover, there are apparently two species of Trionyx found in Japan, one corresponding to the supposed foregoing variety of 7. stellatus, Geoff., but which is identical with T. perocellatus, which is the 7. sinensis, Wiegm.,’ and which appears to have been more recently re-described by Brandt? under the name of 7. schlegeli; the T. stella- tus, Geoff., and 7. javanicus, Geoffroy, being seemingly synonymous terms and refer- ing to the same animal as 7. careniferus, Gray. I have examined animals referable to T. stellatus or to T. javanicus, and I cannot allow that the 7. peguensis, Gray, has any affinity with them. The other Trionyx found in Japan besides 7. sinensis, Wiegm., is a form allied to ZT. javanicus, Geoff., and which Gray first referred to D. subplana, and which has been figured by Schlegel* under the name of 7. japonicus. It appears to me to be distinct from the so-called D. subplana, Gray, and from T. javanicus. I give two figures of this Irawady Triony2—one of an adult, and the other of a moderately young individual still in the ocellated stage ; and I would observe that in its ocelli and general characters, this species may almost be regarded as the repre- sentative in Burma of the Gangetic species 7. hurum, with its young stage 7’. ocel- latus, the skull having the symphysis of the lower jaw long antero-posteriorly, as in T. hurum, but with a mesial ridge instead of a furrow. I retain Gray’s name for the species, viz., T. peguensis, as its use is not likely to be productive of error, Head moderately broad and pointed. Greatest breadth across the tympanic region, not broad before the eyes. Tubular portion of nostrils rather long; upper lip full. Rather abruptly depressed from between the eyes downwards to the } Hand List, Shd. Rept., 1873, p, 85, * Nova. Acta. Leop. Carol., vol. xvii, p. 189. Bull. Phys. Math. de I’ Acad. Imp. des Se., St. Petersb,, vol. xvi, No, 67, p. 111, 6th June 1857, * Abild. neucr Amph., pl. xxxi, 1837-44, CHELONTA. 793 tubular nostrils. Toes broadly webbed. Claws moderately strong. Tail not long, projecting in both sexes beyond the fleshy carapace, but longest in the male. Cara- pace an elongated oval, with a vertebral ridge more or less prominent, with the cara- pace external to this marked on either side, with two to three raised wavy lines or rudimentary ridges, the line next the vertebral ridge being the longest, the others external to it more interrupted. A swelling over the hinder portion of the nuchal and inner portion of first costals. The nuchal flap of the cartilaginous carapace covered with transverse series of elongated eminences placed side by side; the broad hinder portion of the fleshy carapace covered with about thirteen longitudinal rows of little somewhat backwardly pointed fleshy knobs, one longitudinal series being continuous with the vertebral ridge and others with the finer wavy lines already described. These knob-like eminences are continued more or less over all the cartilaginous area and osseous carapace, in longitudinal parallel lines. The sculpturing of the carapace is somewhat coarse, and the raised reticulating lines tend to enclose circular depressions. The cartilaginous area of the plastron has the general characters in Trionyx. The callosities are well developed, but in the female figured, it will be observed that a considerable area was Still open in the centre. The epiplastra are rather long and slender; they do not meet below on the entoplastron, which has moderately divergent rami, and is characterized by being somewhat feeble and does not show any trace of the growth of a sculptured surface. The other plates are broadly covered with the callous growths, and the sculpturing adheres to the same type as on the carapace, consisting of a rather coarse reticulation of raised lines enclosing spaces, the lines tending on the hyo- and hypoplastral pieces to follow the outline of the inner and outer margins of these plates, and the outlines of the xiphiplastron. The latter plates tend to meet in the mesial line anteriorly, but they are slightly divergent posteriorly. In the young, the vertebral ridge on the carapace is well pronounced, and tends to become double and to have a finely nodose appearance. The lines or fine ridges also are more regular and parallel, and each consists chiefly of a longitudinal aggre- gation of little fleshy eminences which on the hinder portion of the cartilaginous carapace are larger and more apart and somewhat spinose on their hinder margins. The swelling of the nuchal and costals is present. In the young figured, the sculp- tured callosities of the plastron have not yet appeared. Inches, Greatest length of osseous carapace. ; ; ; oes : =~ « & =» 410 = breadth of ,, - : : : 2 ; 7S. Length from tip of apipladieons to sai of xipliplastion - ‘ : ‘ : : - 10:20 Breadth of plastron greatest . es : Sty ee eet “ 4 » « 950 Length of the 15 caudal vertebre 2 . : : ; we. an Se - « 6:50 The upper surface of the head and neck yellow, reticulated on the head, with broad black interrupted lines not extending on to the under surface, nor passing below the upper half of the upper lip. The portion behind the occiput, and the upper surface of the neck black-spotted, in the adult more or less finely reticulated. 1 They are represented too concentric in the plate. D5 794 REPTILIA. The upper surface of the limbs and tail greenish-olive. The under surface of the head, neck, limbs, and tail white, suffused with bluish. In the young, there is a yellow spot behind the angle of the mouth, with a dark area behind it prolonged over the tympanum, and along the under surface of the throat, from side to side, with dark margins. A broad irregular yellow spot behind this, running up on to the surface of the head, behind the tympanum, and across the under surface of the neck. The rest of the under surface of the neck purplish, also the under sur- face of the plastron, as in young Asiatic Trionyces generally... The upper surface of the carapace is dark olive-grey, densely punctulated with small black spots, the two sides of the carapace anteriorly and posteriorly being occupied by a large obscure dark round area, densely punctulated in its centre with deep black. These black areas are the last traces of the brilliant dorsal ocelli of the young. Under surface of plastron pale fleshy yellowish, marked with the courses of numerous blood- vessels, and the callous areas pinkish. In the young, the upper surface of the carapace is dark olive-grey, with two pairs of ocelli. The centre of each ocellus is a round black spot, with a pale reddish margin encircled by a broad dark area, nearly black. These ocelli are encircled again by a broad dark line, portion of a broad reticulation of the shell, with similar lines most crowded near the margin, where there is still a much finer black reticula- tion, as on the head. The margin of the young shell is yellow, and its under sur- face blackish, internal to the yellow margin, especially on the hinder half of the posterior surface, and over the bones more or less. The plastron itself being yellowish, suffused here and there with dusky. The upper surface of the limbs is dark olive, spotted with yellow. In the young specimen figured, the yellow spots on the cheek have almost disappeared. The skull (figs. 29-31, p. 790-91) has the facial portion moderately pointed in the adult, but in the young it is proportionally somewhat shorter. The alveolar ledge of each side is separated from the posterior nares to the premaxillary foramen by a moderately deep and broad groove. The pterygoid region is broad, concave from side to side, with the lateral margins somewhat convex. The posterior nares are moderately long, with a ridge running backwards and inwards from the palatine to the postpalatine foramen. The facial portion of the skull is directed considerably forwards and downwards, and the external nasal opening is quadrangular. The symphysis of the lower jaw is antero-posteriorly elongated, somewhat spatulate with a prominent longitudinal ridge. . I have obtained specimens of this species from Moulmein through the assistance of Colonel Sladen, and from Myanyoung and other parts of the Irawady through the invaluable aid accorded to the Indian Museum by Sir Ashley Eden, during the period he was Chief Commissioner of British Burma. I have also received it from Bham6. The type of the species, as already stated, was from Tonghoo, on the Sittang, where it was obtained by Mr. Theobald. ‘ This is the stage apparently corresponding to 7. formosus and probably to 7. grayt. SAURIA. Family—V-4RANID ZZ. Genus HypRosauRvus. Wagler. HYDROSAURUS SALVATOR, Laur. Steliio salvator, Laur., Syn. Rept., p. 56, 1768. Hydrosaurus salvator, Gray, Cat. Lizards, B. M., 1845, p. 13; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., 1864, p- 67; Theobald, Descr. Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 39; Ferguson, Rept. Fauna, Ceylon, 1877; p. 9. This species is common throughout Burma, and I obtained one example at Bhamé. Family—ZONURIDZ. Genus PsEupopPtus, Mery. PSEUDOPUS GRACILIS, Gray. Pseudopus gracilis, Gray, Cat. Lizards, p. 56, 1845; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., 1864, p. 75; Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soe., Lond., vol. x, 1868, p. 24; Cat. Rept. & Mus. As. Soc., Bengal, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, 1868, vol. xxxvii, p. 22; Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc., Bengal, 1870, p. 74; Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1871, p.156; Theobald, Deser., Cat. Brit. Ind. 1876, p. 47. Dopasia gracilis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, 1853, p. 889; Gimther, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1860, p. 172, note. Ophiseps tessellatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxii, 1854, p. 655. I obtained this species at Muangla in the Sanda valley. The specimens, like those from the Kashia Hills in the British Museum, have sixteen longitudinal rows of scales from fold to fold, whilst Blyth’s Rangoon example of the species has only fourteen such rows, and eight on the ventral surface, while the specimens from Muangla and the Kashia Hills have ten rows of ventral scales. These specimens, and those in the British Museum, have palatine teeth, but Blyth states that the Rangoon lizard had none. Hight of the dorsal rows of the Muangla lizard are strongly and continuously keeled, but the others are smooth. There are from 110 to 115 transverse rows from the chin to the anus. The shields of the head, with the exception of the vertical, the three occipitals, and the row of supra-orbitals, are variablein number. Among eight specimens in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, no two are alike in respect of these shields, 796 REPTILIA. and the same remark applies to their colouring. Inthe Yunnan examples, the upper surface is light brown, darker on the head; the under aspect is pale yellow. The lateral fold begins one inch behind the gape, and its ventral margin has a dark edge, and, a scale’s breadth below it, there is a faint dark lateral line, and, at the same distance above it, a dark broad, almost black line running from an inch behind the gape to the tip of the tail. There is a ventral series of black spots on the anterior two-thirds of the body. In some specimens these spots are bright blue; in others they extend across the back as transverse blue bands with dilated lateral portions, forming an interrupted band along the side. Family—SCINCIDE. Genus TroprpoPrHorus, D.& B. TROPIDOPHORUS BERDMOREI, Blyth. Plate LXXVI, Fig. 3. Aspris berdmorei, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxii, 18538, p. 650; Giinther, Rept. B. Ind., 1864, p. 77. Tropidophorus berdmoret, Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus. Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, Ex. No., vol. xxxvii, 1868, p. 23; Journ, Linn. Soc., vol. x, 1868, p. 24; Deser., Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 48. I obtained specimens of this species in the Hotha valley, Yunnan. Lower eyelid scaly. No supranasals. The prefrontal forms a suture with the rostral, and meets ina point with the vertical and postfrontal. The vertical has nar- row hinder margins and is transversely truncated. A pair of small anterior and of large posterior occipitals separated by a narrow wedge-like azygos shield. Four super- ciliaries. Two loreals and one prefrontal. Six upper labials. A pair of large anal scales. Sub-caudals large. Thirty-four rows of scales round the body. Forty-five transverse rows between the axilla and groin. The fore limbs feeble, reaching only to the angle of the mouth. The hind leg, when laid forwards, stretches half-way between the groin and axilla. Total length 6°75; tail 3°50. Upper surface dark brown, with light brown margins. Back and tail with a series of large yellowish-brown transverse blotches, with black margins. They extend on to the sides of the back, and each has two or three white spots at its lateral margins. They become very indistinct on the tail. Side of the body and tail with small white spots. Under surface yellowish; chin, neck and under surface of tail marbled with brown. The remarkable circumstance connected with these Yunnan specimens of this species is that the scales are quite smooth, whereas in the types from Mergui described by Blyth, and also in other specimens in the British Museum presented by Mr. Theobald from Pegu, the scales of the back are strongly keeled. My speci- mens are adult, and with this enigmatical exception of the entire absence of keeling, agree in every other particular with Blyth’s types, with which I have compared them. The identity is so perfect that no course is left but to regard these keeled SAURIA. 797 and non-keeled lizards as belonging to one and the same species. There is this also to be kept in view, that in specimens in the British Museum, two of which are half-grown, while the other is an adult female, the keeling in the former is much more distinct than in the latter. Tropidophorus microlepis, Giinther, is nearly allied to 7. cochinchinensis. It has the posterior frontals forming a widesuture together. In 7. microlepis there isa dis- tinct tendency to the formation of keels in the ventral scales, more especially visible in those of the under surface of the neck, near the chest. The posterior nares are situated further back than in 7. berdmorei, and occupy about the same position as in T. grayt. In T. cochinchinensis the posterior nares occupy about the same position as in 7. berdmorei, and the scales on the under surface, except on the throat, are smooth. On the latter locality they are somewhat keeled. The under surface of T. grayt is keeled. The coloration of 7. cochinchinensis, T. microlepis, and T. berdmorei is much the same in all. Theobald’s specimens were captured among wet gravel in the stony beds of streams. I found it among rubble on the banks of the Namsa, in the Hotha valley, at an elevation of 4,500 feet. The types were obtained in Mergui, and Theobald observed it on the Pegu range, forty miles from Rangoon. The other species 7’. cochinchinensis and T. microlepis are from Cochin China and Siam respectively, and 7. grayi inhabits the Philippines. Genus Mocoa, Gray. Mocoa EXIGUA, n. Ss. The small lizard which I describe under this name was obtained at Momien. The eye has a transparent disc. No supranasal. Ear without denticles or lobules. The prefrontal single, in contact with the rostral, and broadly so with the vertical. Four superciliary shields. A pair of anterior occipitals; the azygos shield separating them from the posterior occipitals rather large. The posterior occipitals broad and large. A pair of very large anals with a small shield on either side of them. Twenty-eight rows of scales round body. Forty-five rows between the axilla and groin. Limbs feeble, the fore legs reach to the eye, the hind legs to half-way between the axilla and groin. A dark brown band from the snout along the back to the tail, on which it disappears near the root. A pale greenish- yellow band from above the posterior angle of the eye, along the side of the back to the base of the tail, in the colour of which it is lost. A broad brown band from the side of the snout through the eye and ear and above the fore limbs along the side, disappearing a short way beyond the hind limbs. The under surface pale yellowish-brown. ‘Tail uniform olive, with a dorsal and lateral series of minute black dots, corresponding to the dark body-bands. Limbs spotted brown and olive, 798 REPTILIA. Family, —@2CKOTIDA. Genus GECKO, Gray. GECKO GuTTATUS, Daudin. Lacerta gecko, Linn., Mus. Adolph. Frid., vol. i, 1754, p. 46 ; Syst. Nat., xii ed., vol. i, 1766, p. 365 ; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xiii, 1788, p. 1068 ; Shaw, Genl. Zool., vol. i, 1802, p. 264, pl. lxxvii. Gekko teres, Laur., Synops. Rept., 1768, p. 44. Gekko verticellatus, Laur., Synops. Rept., 1768, p. 44. Gecko guttatus, Daudin, Hist. Nat. Rept., vol. iv, 1802, p. 122, pl. xlix ; Gray, Griffith’s An. Kingd., vol. ix, 1831, p. 48; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., 1864, p. 102; Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. x, 1868, p. 28; Descr. Cat. Rept., Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 71, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xli, 1872. p. 92. Lacerta guttatus, Hermann, Obs. Zool. (Opus. Posth.), 1804, p. 256. Gekko verus, Merrem, Tent. Syst. Amph., 1820, p. 42; Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. ii, 1827, p. 223. Gecko annulatus, Kuhl., Beitr. Zool., 1820, p. 182. Gecko revesii, Gray, Griffith’s An. Kingd., vol. ix, 1831, p. 48; Cat. Lizards, B.M., 1845, p. 161. Platydactylus guttatus, Dum. & Bibr., Erpét. Génl., vol. ii, 1836, p. 828, pl. xxvii, fig. 4; Guérin, Iconogr. Reg. An., 1834, pl. xiii; Duméril, Cat. Méthod. Rept., 1851, p. 36. Platydactylus revesti, Duméril, Cat. Méthod. des Rept., 1851, p. 37. Gekko indicus, Gerard, U. 8. Explor. Exped. Herpet., 1858, p. 290, pl. xvi, figs. 9, 16. Specimens of this species are not unfrequent with as few as eighteen preanal pores ; but in the examples which I obtained in Upper Burma, there are twenty- two in a slightly angular series. The young have occasionally pale yellow transverse bands on the back, and the tail is broadly banded dark brown and white. The eggs of this species are strongly compressed ovals, with a long diameter of 0°83 inches and are joined together in a mass of sixteen to twenty eggs. This is an essentially Malayan form, occurring throughout Burma and the Andamans, and spreading westwards to the neighbourhood of Calcutta and into Assam. Genus HEMIDACTYLUS, Cuvier. Sub-Genus PERIPIA, Gray. HEMIDACTYLUS (PERIPIA) MEYERI, Bleeker. Platydactylus lugubris, Cantor, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi, 1847, p. 622. Hemidactylus meyert, Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., vol. xvi, 1859, p. 47. Peripia cantoris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., 1864, p. 110; Theobald, Journ. As, Soc., Bengal, ex. No. 1868, p. 80; Descr. Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., 1876, p. 80, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxix, 1870, p. 163; id. op. cit., vol. xli, 1872, p. 108, Ferguson, Rept. Faun. Ceylon, p- 12, 1877. Gecko harrieti, Tytler, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxiii, 1864, p. 548. Peripia meyeri, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 594. I have compared this specimen with the type of P. cantoris, Ginther, from Penang, with which it agrees, except in that it has twenty-four femoral pores, SAURIA. 799 continued across the preanal region as in H. (Peripia) mutilatus. The tail is im- perfect, but what remains of it has no enlarged sub-caudals. I obtained only one example of this rare Gecko at Ponsee, at an elevation of 3,300 feet on the Kakhyen Hills. HMIDACTYLUS (PERIPIA) MUTILATUS, Weigm. Hemidactylus (Peropus) mutilatus, Weigm., Nov. Act. Leop., vol. xvii, 1835, p- 288; Fitzinger, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 103. Peropus mutilatus, Gray, Cat. Lizards, B.M., 1845, p. 159; Gerard, United States Explor. Herpet., 1858, p. 277; Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se., Philad., 1868, p. 319; Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 168. Hemidactylus mutilatus, Dum. & Bibr., Erpét. Génl., vol. iii, 1886, p. 854; Dum., Cat. Méthod. des Rept., 1851, p. 38. Hemidactylus peronti, Dum. & Bibr., Erpét. Génl., vol. iii, 1836, p. 352, pl. xxx, fig. 1; Cantor, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xvi, 1847, p. 628. Peripia peronii, Gray, Cat. Lizards, B.M., 1845, p. 158; Kelaart, Prod. Fauna Zeylan. 1852, p. 187 ; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., 1864; id. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 422; 1872; dd. * Brenchley’s Cruise of Curacoa,” 1872, p. 407; p. 110; Peters, Berlin Monatsber. 1867, p- 14; Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc., 1868, vol. x, p. 29; Deser. Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind. 1876, p- 79; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxix, 1870, p. 140, p. 163; id. op. cét., 1872, vol. xli, p. 103; Ferguson, Rept. Fauna, Ceylon, p. 12, 1877. Gecko pardus, Tytler, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, 1864, vol. xxxiii, p. 547. Peripia mutilata, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, vol. xlii, 1878, p. 118. Peropus packardii, Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sc., Philad., 1868, p. 319. This is a common Tree-Gecko at Bhamé, where in the months of February and March I found it on trees; but it occurs also in the houses which are all built of bamboo and teak. Young specimens are brown, marked with small blackish-brown spots, and with smaller interspersed whitish spots. The adults are pale olive greyish-brown, with hardly any trace of spots, but all the scales of the upper surface, as in the young, are minutely punctulated with brownish. The colour of this lizard tends to conform to the surface on which it lives, while at the same time the young are more deeply coloured than the adult. I have compared these specimens with examples of the species in the British Museum, both from the Isle of France and Ceylon, with which they structurally agree. They have all the enlarged chin shields, and the preanal pores vary from thirty-six to thirty-eight in these individuals, but Theobald has observed as many as forty-two in Rangoon specimens. The edge of the tail is minutely serrated in all, depressed and rather flattened on the under surface, with a mesial line of enlarged sub-caudals raised above the level of the small imbricate scales external to it, and which are arranged in oblique rows numbering about six scales to each row, on either side, at the base of the tail. The numbers of these scales diminish from before backwards, so that at the middle of the tail, and throughout the rest of its extent, they become reduced to two or three in each row, the under surface of the tail being thus, in its distal half, wholly occupied by the enlarged sub-caudals. In its latter half, the tail tapers rather rapidly to a 800 REPTILIA. fine point which tends to curl. Giinther’ records that in a Penang specimen in which the tail had been reproduced, this member terminated in a dilated flap, and Stoliczka’? mentions an apparently similar case. Inches. Adult male, length of body eo ce Oe) Gel Ga